Imager - Drypix7000 - E08 [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

FUJI MEDICAL DRY LASER IMAGER

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

Document No. 006-259-08 First Edition Oct. 15, 2002 Revised Edition May 15, 2007

Printed in Japan

0.1

Copyright © 2002-2007 by FUJIFILM Corporation

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.1

0.2

1.

HANDLING THIS SERVICE MANUAL

1.1

About This Service Manual This Service Manual applies to the Fuji Medical Dry Laser Imager DRYPIX 7000.

Notation of Unit Symbols For notation of unit symbols, metric units set forth in the International Systems of Units (SI) are used, as a rule. However, some metric units that are not allowed in the SI but are permitted under the Measurement Law are partially used. Notation of Cautions, Warning, etc. The notation formats of “WARNING”, “CAUTION”, “INSTRUCTIONS”, “NOTE”, “REMARKS” and “REFERENCE” are shown below.

WARNING Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in death or serious injuries.

CAUTION Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in light or moderate injuries, or serious malfunction (unrecoverable or difficult to recover) of the equipment.

Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in damage to the equipment, or other problems.

Indicated where special attention is required during a work procedure.

Indicated where description of the term used or supplementary explanation is given.

Used to indicate the relevant reference.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.2

0.3

1.2

1.3

Service Manual Appropriations 1.

All rights are reserved by the FUJIFILM Corporation (FUJIFILM).

2.

Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service personnel.

3.

This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.

4.

FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following. • Manual copying in whole or in part. • Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel. • Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.

5.

The contents of this manual are subject to changes for product improvement.

Software Version in This Manual This manual describes the functions of main unit software version A02/A03/A04/V4.1/ V5.0/V6.0/V7.0 or later/V10.0/V11.0/V12.0/V13.0 or later for DRYPIX 7000. It also describes functions of software version V3.0 of the service tool DI Tool.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.3

0.4

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

GENERAL CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTION 1.

SAFETY PRECAUTION .............................................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-2 1.1 General Precautions...................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-2 1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation .......... SAFETY PRECAUTION-6

2.

LABELS....................................................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-8 2.1 Laser Caution Labels .................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-8 2.2 Other Labels................................................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-12

3.

PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE PREVENTION.................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-20

4.

CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS ............................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-22

5.

CLASSIFICATION ..................................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-23

SPECIFICATIONS 1.

SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................... SPECIFICATIONS-2 1.1 Part Names ............................................................. SPECIFICATIONS-2 1.2 List of Optional Parts ............................................ SPECIFICATIONS-3 1.3 General Specifications .......................................... SPECIFICATIONS-4 1.4 Equipment Dimensions and Weight .................... SPECIFICATIONS-7 1.5 Means to Move and Secure Equipment ............... SPECIFICATIONS-8 1.6 Environmental Requirements............................... SPECIFICATIONS-9 1.7 Electrical Requirements...................................... SPECIFICATIONS-11 1.8 Equipment Installation Space ............................ SPECIFICATIONS-12 1.8.1 Installation Space ....................................... SPECIFICATIONS-12 1.8.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work...... SPECIFICATIONS-13 1.9 Disposing the Equipment ................................... SPECIFICATIONS-14

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.4

0.5

DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD) 1.

OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT .......................................................................... MD-2 1.1 Functions of Equipment ................................................................ MD-2 1.2 System Configuration .................................................................... MD-4 1.3 Overall Configuration and Names of Parts .................................. MD-6 1.3.1 External View ....................................................................... MD-6 1.3.2 Operation Panel ................................................................... MD-8 1.3.3 Layout of External Interface Connector ................................ MD-9 1.3.4 Layout of Units ................................................................... MD-10 1.3.5 Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions ............... MD-12 1.3.6 Layout of Boards ................................................................ MD-22 1.3.7 Layout of Rollers/Guide Boards ......................................... MD-25

2.

STARTING UP AND ENDING THE EQUIPMENT ..................................... MD-28 2.1 Power ON Operations .................................................................. MD-28 2.2 Error Processing .......................................................................... MD-29 2.3 Power OFF Operations ................................................................. MD-31

3.

DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL OPERATIONS ................................... MD-32 3.1 Tray Loading Unit ......................................................................... MD-32 3.2 Removal Unit ................................................................................. MD-35 3.3 Upper Conveyor Unit .................................................................... MD-40 3.4 Sub-scanning Unit ........................................................................ MD-46 3.5 Scanning Optics Unit ................................................................... MD-47 3.6 Heat Development Unit ................................................................ MD-50 3.7 Film Release Unit .......................................................................... MD-51 3.8 Sorter ............................................................................................. MD-52

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.5

0.6

4.

DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL ........................................... MD-56 4.1 System Block Diagram................................................................. MD-56 4.2 Outline of Power Supply .............................................................. MD-57 4.3 Interlock Control ........................................................................... MD-58 4.4 Functions of Boards..................................................................... MD-60 4.4.1 PC Board ............................................................................ MD-60 4.4.2 PRN Board ......................................................................... MD-61 4.4.3 MCT Board ......................................................................... MD-62 4.4.4 SNS Board ......................................................................... MD-64 4.4.5 DRV Board ......................................................................... MD-66 4.4.6 PNL Board, VR Board ........................................................ MD-68 4.4.7 Power Supply Unit .............................................................. MD-70 4.4.8 SRT Board.......................................................................... MD-72

5.

MECHANISM CONTROL FLOW ............................................................... MD-74 5.1 Reading the Mechanism Control Flow ....................................... MD-74 5.2 Initialization Flow.......................................................................... MD-75 5.2.1 Upper/Middle/Lower Removal Unit Initialization ................. MD-76 5.2.2 Cleaning Roller Grip Initialization ....................................... MD-77 5.2.3 Conveyance Grip Roller Initialization ................................. MD-78 5.2.4 Upper Film Positioning Section Initialization ...................... MD-79 5.2.5 Lower Film Positioning Section Initialization....................... MD-80 5.2.6 Remaining Film Discharge ................................................. MD-81 5.3 Normal Processing ....................................................................... MD-86 5.3.1 Film Removal ..................................................................... MD-87 5.3.2 Film Conveyance ................................................................ MD-91 5.3.3 Pre-recording Conveyance/Recording Conveyance ........... MD-95 5.3.4 Heat Development Conveyance ......................................... MD-97 5.3.5 Film Release Conveyance.................................................. MD-98

6.

PRINTING FORMATS .............................................................................. MD-100 6.1 Reading the Format Name ......................................................... MD-100 6.2 Standard Formats ....................................................................... MD-101 6.3 Mixed Formats ............................................................................ MD-102

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.6

0.7

TROUBLESHOOTING (MT) 1.

TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD ................................................................. MT-2

2.

ERROR CODE.............................................................................................. MT-4 2.1 Checking Error Codes .................................................................... MT-4 2.2 Format of Detailed Information ..................................................... MT-6 2.2.1 FLH (Conveyance) Related Detailed Error Information ......... MT-7 2.2.2 MFC (Data Setting/System Related) Related Errors Detailed Information ............................................................ MT-13 2.2.3 DEN (Internal Densitometer) Related Errors Detailed Information .......................................................................... MT-15 2.2.4 DEV (Temperature Control) Related Errors Detailed Information .......................................................................... MT-15 2.3 Error Code Table ...........................................................................MT-18 2.3.1 Printer .................................................................................. MT-22 2.3.2 Formatter ............................................................................. MT-63 2.4 Troubleshooting Flow .................................................................. MT-86 2.4.1 How to Read the Troubleshooting Flow ............................... MT-86 2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow .......................................................... MT-90 021A ........................................................................................ MT-90 2282 ........................................................................................ MT-90 2283 ........................................................................................ MT-90 22BC ........................................................................................ MT-90 0226 ........................................................................................ MT-94 0228 ........................................................................................ MT-94 2225 ........................................................................................ MT-94 2227 ........................................................................................ MT-94 0230 ........................................................................................ MT-98 0232 ........................................................................................ MT-98 2229 ........................................................................................ MT-98 2231 ........................................................................................ MT-98 0234 ...................................................................................... MT-102 0236 ...................................................................................... MT-102 2233 ...................................................................................... MT-102 2235 ...................................................................................... MT-102

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.7

0.8

0238 0299 2237 2298 0240 2239 0242 0246 2241 2245 0244 0248 2243 2247 0250 0256 2249 2255 0252 0258 2251 2257 0254 0260 2253 2259 0262 2279 0264 2280 0266 2281

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

...................................................................................... MT-106 ...................................................................................... MT-106 ...................................................................................... MT-106 ...................................................................................... MT-106 ...................................................................................... MT-110 ...................................................................................... MT-110 ...................................................................................... MT-114 ...................................................................................... MT-114 ...................................................................................... MT-114 ...................................................................................... MT-114 ...................................................................................... MT-118 ...................................................................................... MT-118 ...................................................................................... MT-118 ...................................................................................... MT-118 ...................................................................................... MT-122 ...................................................................................... MT-122 ...................................................................................... MT-122 ...................................................................................... MT-122 ...................................................................................... MT-126 ...................................................................................... MT-126 ...................................................................................... MT-126 ...................................................................................... MT-126 ...................................................................................... MT-130 ...................................................................................... MT-130 ...................................................................................... MT-130 ...................................................................................... MT-130 ...................................................................................... MT-134 ...................................................................................... MT-134 ...................................................................................... MT-138 ...................................................................................... MT-138 ...................................................................................... MT-142 ...................................................................................... MT-142

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.8

0.9

0291 0293 0295 02BD 02BF 2284 2285 2287 2288 1268 2267 1270 2269 1272 2271 1273 221B 1274 221C 1276 1277 1278 12A3 12A4 12A5 12A6 12A7 12A8 12A9 12E2 2289 2290

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

...................................................................................... MT-146 ...................................................................................... MT-150 ...................................................................................... MT-154 ...................................................................................... MT-158 ...................................................................................... MT-158 ...................................................................................... MT-158 ...................................................................................... MT-158 ...................................................................................... MT-158 ...................................................................................... MT-158 ...................................................................................... MT-162 ...................................................................................... MT-162 ...................................................................................... MT-166 ...................................................................................... MT-166 ...................................................................................... MT-170 ...................................................................................... MT-170 ...................................................................................... MT-174 ...................................................................................... MT-174 ...................................................................................... MT-178 ...................................................................................... MT-178 ...................................................................................... MT-182 ...................................................................................... MT-186 ...................................................................................... MT-190 ...................................................................................... MT-194 ...................................................................................... MT-198 ...................................................................................... MT-202 ...................................................................................... MT-206 ...................................................................................... MT-210 ...................................................................................... MT-214 ...................................................................................... MT-218 ...................................................................................... MT-222 ...................................................................................... MT-226 ...................................................................................... MT-230

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.9

0.10

3.

ABNORMAL IMAGES .............................................................................. MT-234 3.1 Troubleshooting from Abnormal Images ................................. MT-234 3.2 Scratches and Streaks Caused by Guide Plate ....................... MT-252

4.

ABNORMAL OPERATIONS .................................................................... MT-262 4.1 System Freezes without Displaying Error Code Normally ..... MT-262 4.2 Error Message at the Startup Sequence .................................. MT-263

5.

CLEARING FILM JAMS ........................................................................... MT-264

6.

TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE ...................................................... 6.1 Fuse System Diagram ................................................................ 6.2 Layout of Fuse ............................................................................ 6.3 LED Lighting Information .......................................................... 6.4 Checking the DC Voltage ........................................................... 6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts .................................................................... 6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability ............................................ 6.7 Print Position of Board Serial Number .....................................

7.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ........................................................................ MT-290

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-266 MT-266 MT-268 MT-272 MT-278 MT-282 MT-284 MT-285

0.10

0.11

REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC) PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS, REPLACEMENTS, AND ADJUSTMENTS .................................................................................................. MC-2 HOW TO READ REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT VOLUME ............................. MC-4 CONTENTS ......................................................................................................... MC-6 1.

COVERS ..................................................................................................... MC-10 1.1 Covers ........................................................................................... MC-10

2.

FRAME ....................................................................................................... MC-12 2.1 BCR Assembly .............................................................................. MC-12

3.

TRAY LOADING UNIT ............................................................................... MC-14 3.1 Tray Loading Unit ......................................................................... MC-14 3.2 Tray ................................................................................................ MC-18 3.3 Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA11, SA21, SA31) ........ MC-22 3.4 Tray Detection Switch (SA12, SA22, SA32) ................................ MC-24 3.5 Tray Lock Assembly ..................................................................... MC-26 3.6 Tray Loading Unit Rail ................................................................. MC-27 3.7 Tray Rail ........................................................................................ MC-30 3.8 Squeezing Roller .......................................................................... MC-32 3.9 Special Screw ............................................................................... MC-34

4.

REMOVAL UNIT......................................................................................... MC-36 4.1 Removal Unit ................................................................................. MC-36 4.2 Removal Drive Cam ...................................................................... MC-40 4.3 Suction Cup Arm .......................................................................... MC-44 4.3.1 Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... MC-44 4.3.2 Changing Film Size to 20 x 25 cm ..................................... MC-46 4.3.3 Changing Film Size to 25 x 30 cm ..................................... MC-48 4.4 Suction Cup .................................................................................. MC-53 4.5 Bellows .......................................................................................... MC-54

5.

CONVEYOR UNIT ...................................................................................... MC-56 5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit .................................................................... MC-56 5.2 Film Positioning Motor (Lower) (MD6) ........................................ MC-64 5.3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2) ...................................... MC-66 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4) ................................ MC-68 5.5 Film Positioning Assembly (Lower)............................................ MC-70

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.11

0.12

5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13

Film Positioning Motor (Upper) (MD5) ........................................ MC-72 Film Positioning Assembly (Upper) ............................................ MC-74 Conveyor Unit Exit Guide ............................................................ MC-78 Conveyance Driving Roller (Upper) ............................................ MC-80 Conveyance Driving Roller (Lower) ............................................ MC-84 Conveyor Unit Guide .................................................................... MC-86 Grip Idle Gear ................................................................................ MC-87 Lower Conveyor Unit ................................................................... MC-88

6.

SUB-SCANNING UNIT............................................................................... MC-90 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit ....................................................................... MC-90 6.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... MC-90 6.1.2 Adjusting the Sub-Scanning Unit Positioning Screw .......... MC-95 6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1) ........................................................ MC-100 6.2.1 Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... MC-100 6.2.2 Adjustment When Replacing Sub-scanning Motor ........... MC-101 6.3 Sub-Scanning Roller .................................................................. MC-102 6.4 Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1) ............................. MC-106

7.

SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ....................................................................... MC-112 7.1 Scanner Unit ............................................................................... MC-112 7.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... MC-113 7.1.2 Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit .................. MC-115

8.

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT .................................................................. MC-118 8.1 Cooling Fan Assembly ............................................................... MC-118 8.2 Filter Section Cooling Fan ......................................................... MC-120 8.3 Film Cooling Section .................................................................. MC-122 8.4 Heat Development Unit .............................................................. MC-124 8.5 Heat Development Rack Assembly........................................... MC-126 8.6 Heat Development Roller ........................................................... MC-130 8.7 Thermal Protector.................................................................... MC-131.1

9.

FILM RELEASE UNIT .............................................................................. MC-132 9.1 Film Release Unit........................................................................ MC-132 9.2 Density Measurement Light-Emitting Board (LED15A) .......... MC-134

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.12

0.13

10. CONTROLLER ......................................................................................... MC-136 10.1 Operation Panel .......................................................................... MC-136 10.2 Controller Assembly .................................................................. MC-138 10.3 HDD .............................................................................................. MC-140 10.4 PC Board ..................................................................................... MC-142 10.5 MCT Board .................................................................................. MC-144 10.6 DRV Board................................................................................... MC-146 11. SORTER ................................................................................................... MC-148 11.1 Film Conveyance Timing Belt ................................................... MC-148 11.2 Jam Removing Guide Plate Magnet.......................................... MC-151 12. VERSION UPGRADE AND FULL INSTALLATION OF MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE ............................................................................................. MC-152 12.1 Preparations (Same for Version Upgrades and Full Installation) ................................................................................. MC-153 12.2 Version Upgrade ......................................................................... MC-154 12.3 Full Installation ........................................................................... MC-158 12.4 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A02 to A04 ....... MC-168 12.5 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A01 to A04 ....... MC-172 12.6 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from [A03 to V4.2/V10.2 or Earlier] to [V5.0/V11.0 or Later] .......................... MC-180 12.7 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or Later ........................................................................... MC-184

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.13

0.14

SERVICE MODE (MU) 1.

OUTLINE OF SERVICE MODE.................................................................... MU-2 1.1 Transition of Modes in DRYPIX 7000 ............................................ MU-2 1.2 Note on Executing Service Mode .................................................. MU-2 1.3 Operations of Each Utility.............................................................. MU-3

2.

U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY) ........................................................................ MU-4 2.1 U-Utility Menu Tree ......................................................................... MU-4 2.2 Starting and Ending the U-Utility .................................................. MU-6 2.3 Details of U-Utility Commands ................................................... MU-7.3 [1] AUTO F.D.C. ...................................................................... MU-7.3 [2] TEST PATTERN ................................................................ MU-7.4 [3] UNLOCK TRAY .................................................................. MU-10 [4] PRINT QUEUE ................................................................... MU-10 [5] SET COUNTERS ............................................................... MU-11 [5-1] SET COUNTERS ........................................................... MU-11 [5-2] DISPLAY LIST................................................................ MU-11 [6] ECONOMY MODE ............................................................. MU-12 [6-1] SAVE POWER ............................................................... MU-12 [6-2] CALENDAR.................................................................... MU-13 [6-3] DETAIL ........................................................................... MU-13 [6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED ................................... MU-13 [6-3-2] TRANSITION TIME ................................................ MU-14 [6-3-3] SCHEDULER ......................................................... MU-14 [7] SET ALARM ....................................................................... MU-15 [7-1] SET ALARM ................................................................... MU-15 [7-2] KEY TOUCH .................................................................. MU-15 [8] AUTOMATED F.D.C. ........................................................... MU-16 [9] SET DATE/TIME ................................................................. MU-16 [10] ECONOMY MODE ............................................................. MU-17 [10-1] SET TIME....................................................................... MU-17 [10-2] SCHEDULER ................................................................. MU-18 [10-3] SAVE POWER ............................................................... MU-18 [11] SOFTWARE VERSION ...................................................... MU-18

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.14

0.15

2.4

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

[12] REPRINT ........................................................................... MU-19 [13] ANIMATION ........................................................................ MU-20 [14] QC ...................................................................................... MU-21 [14-1] QC TEST PATTERN ....................................................... MU-21 [14-2] HISTORY ....................................................................... MU-22 [14-2-1] EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER ............................... MU-22 [14-2-2] FORMAT ................................................................. MU-22 [14-2-3] ARTIFACTS ............................................................ MU-22 [14-3] SETTINGS ..................................................................... MU-23 [14-3-1] BUILT-IN DENSIOMETER ...................................... MU-23 [14-3-2] EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER ............................... MU-23 [14-3-3] FORMAT ................................................................. MU-24 [15] MAMMO.QC ....................................................................... MU-24 Other Functions ............................................................................ MU-26 2.4.1 Displaying Printing Jobs and Job Operations..................... MU-26 2.4.2 Acquisition of Log Data by User ......................................... MU-27

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.15

0.16

3.

M-UTILITY (MAINTENANCE UTILITY)...................................................... MU-28 3.1 M-Utility Menu Tree ...................................................................... MU-28 3.2 Starting and Ending the M-Utility ................................................ MU-32 3.3 Details of M-Utility Commands.................................................... MU-34 [1] System Management ......................................................... MU-34 [1-1] System Config. ............................................................... MU-34 [1-1-1] Set Date/time.......................................................... MU-34 [1-1-2] Set Parameters....................................................... MU-34 [1-1-2-1] Set Tray............................................................. MU-34 [1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting ................................................... MU-35 [1-1-2-3] Reprint Function ............................................... MU-35 [1-1-2-4] Option ............................................................... MU-36 [1-1-2-5] Select Dmax .................................................. MU-37.1 [1-1-2-6] Set ML Dmax ................................................. MU-37.2 [1-1-3] Initialize ............................................................... MU-37.3 [1-1-3-1] Recover ......................................................... MU-37.3 [1-1-3-2] Save Config. ..................................................... MU-38 [1-1-3-3] Initialization ....................................................... MU-38 [1-1-4] Check Files ............................................................. MU-39 [1-1-5] Check Version ........................................................ MU-39 [1-1-6] Set Counters .......................................................... MU-40 [1-1-7] Reboot .................................................................... MU-40 [1-1-8] Reload Software ..................................................... MU-41 [1-2] Print Queue .................................................................... MU-41 [1-3] Log Files ........................................................................ MU-42 [1-3-1] Display Error Log .................................................... MU-42 [1-3-2] Clear ....................................................................... MU-42 [1-3-3] Store Log Files ....................................................... MU-43 [1-3-4] Logging by User ..................................................... MU-43

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.16

0.17

[1-4] Network .......................................................................... MU-44 [1-4-1] Set Network ............................................................ MU-44 [1-4-1-1] AE-title .............................................................. MU-44 [1-4-1-2] Fine PRT AE-title .............................................. MU-45 [1-4-1-3] Port No. ............................................................ MU-45 [1-4-1-4] IP Address ........................................................ MU-46 [1-4-1-5] SubNetMask ..................................................... MU-46 [1-4-1-6] Gateway ........................................................... MU-47 [1-4-1-7] Hostname ......................................................... MU-47 [1-4-2] Test Network........................................................... MU-48 [1-4-3] Set DICOM ............................................................. MU-48 [1-5] Set Main Panel ............................................................... MU-49 [1-5-1] Select Language .................................................... MU-49 [1-5-2] Size Information ..................................................... MU-50 [1-5-3] Set Alarm ............................................................... MU-50 [1-5-4] Set Key Touch Tone ................................................ MU-50 [1-5-5] ANIMATION ............................................................ MU-50 [1-5-6] Sound Test.............................................................. MU-50 [1-5-7] Icon Positioning ...................................................... MU-51 [1-5-8] Show Position ......................................................... MU-51 [1-6] Economy Mode .............................................................. MU-51 [2] Output Film ......................................................................... MU-52 [2-1] 24-Steps ......................................................................... MU-52 [2-2] 17-Steps ......................................................................... MU-53 [2-3] Flat ................................................................................. MU-54 [2-4] Cleaning ......................................................................... MU-54 [2-5] Grid ................................................................................ MU-55 [2-6] Film out to Sorter ........................................................... MU-56 [2-7] Uniformity ....................................................................... MU-57 [2-8] SMPTE ........................................................................... MU-58 [2-9] User Settable ................................................................. MU-59 [2-10] Spatial Resolution .......................................................... MU-60

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.17

0.18

[3]

F.D.C. .................................................................................. MU-61 [3-1] AUTO F.D.C. ................................................................... MU-61 [3-2] Check Density ................................................................ MU-62 [3-3] 24-Steps ......................................................................... MU-63 [3-4] Manual F.D.C. ................................................................. MU-63 [3-5] Densitometer .................................................................. MU-64 [3-5-1] 24-Steps ................................................................. MU-64 [3-5-2] Calibration .............................................................. MU-64 [3-5-3] Clear Calib. Table .................................................... MU-65 [3-5-4] DM Sensor Monitoring ........................................... MU-65 [3-6] Uniformity ....................................................................... MU-66 [3-6-1] Clear Table ............................................................. MU-66 [3-6-2] Input ....................................................................... MU-66 [4] Check Scanner ................................................................... MU-67 [4-1] Polygonal Motor ............................................................. MU-67 [4-2] LD .................................................................................. MU-67 [4-3] Adjusting Main Scanner ................................................. MU-68 [4-3-1] Scanning Width ...................................................... MU-68 [4-3-2] Scanning Position ................................................... MU-70 [4-3-3] Display Adjustment ................................................. MU-72 [4-3-4] Initialize Scanner .................................................... MU-72 [4-4] Diagnosis ....................................................................... MU-73 [4-4-1] Initial Check ............................................................ MU-73 [4-4-2] PRN Board Test ...................................................... MU-74 [5] Check Mechanism .............................................................. MU-76 [5-1] Film Removing ............................................................... MU-76 [5-1-1] Unlock Tray ............................................................. MU-76 [5-1-2] Set Remain. Films .................................................. MU-76 [5-1-3] Unit Operation ........................................................ MU-77 [5-2] Motor Operation ............................................................. MU-78 [5-2-1] Motor Operation ..................................................... MU-78 [5-2-2] Adjusting Subscanner ............................................ MU-80 [5-3] Grip ................................................................................ MU-82

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.18

0.19

[5-4] Other Actuators .............................................................. MU-82 [5-5] Positioning Film .............................................................. MU-83 [5-6] Sensor Monitor ............................................................... MU-84 [5-7] Other .............................................................................. MU-86 [5-7-1] Board FAN .............................................................. MU-86 [5-7-2] Serial I/F ................................................................. MU-87 [5-7-3] HDD Test ................................................................ MU-88 [5-7-4] DPRAM Test ........................................................... MU-88 [5-7-5] Inter Board Test ...................................................... MU-89 [5-7-6] Barcode Test ........................................................... MU-90 [5-8] Sorter Unit ...................................................................... MU-92 [5-8-1] Motor MT1 .............................................................. MU-92 [5-8-2] Solenoids................................................................ MU-93 [5-8-3] Sensor Monitor ....................................................... MU-93 [6] Heat-Developer .................................................................. MU-94 [6-1] Temperature ................................................................... MU-94 [6-2] Heating ........................................................................... MU-95 [6-3] Fan Operation ................................................................ MU-96 [6-4] Temp. Control ................................................................. MU-96 [6-5] Set Heater Temp. ........................................................... MU-97 [7] Skip Initialize ...................................................................... MU-98 [7-1] Eject Film Remaining ..................................................... MU-98 [7-2] Initialize & Heating Up .................................................... MU-98 [7-3] Initialize Developer ......................................................... MU-99

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.19

0.20

4.

DPX7 PC Tool .......................................................................................... MU-100 4.1 DPX7 PC Tool Operations.......................................................... MU-102 4.1.1 Outline of Operations ....................................................... MU-102 4.1.2 Operations of the Configuration Setting Screen ............... MU-103 4.2 Preparations for Using the DPX7 PC Tool ............................... MU-104 4.2.1 PC Environment Required for Installing the DI Tool ......... MU-104 4.2.2 Installing/Uninstalling/Version Upgrading the DI Tool ....... MU-105 4.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC.......................... MU-108 4.2.4 Setting Grouping Symbols ............................................... MU-110 4.3 Flow of DPX7 PC Tool Operations ............................................ MU-112 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network .............. MU-112 4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)................................. MU-113 4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment ................... MU-114 4.3.4 Importing Individual Data .............................................. MU-115.3 4.3.5 Setting/Changing/Checking Individual Data Using the DPX7 PC Tool ......................................................... MU-115.4 4.3.6 Sending Individual Data to the Equipment ....................... MU-116 4.3.7 Ending the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool) .................................. MU-118 4.4 Registering and Deleting the Establishments and Printers ... MU-120 4.4.1 Registering Establishments .............................................. MU-120 4.4.2 Registering Printers.......................................................... MU-122 4.5 Registering and Deleting Clients .............................................. MU-124 4.6 DPX7 PC Tool Menu Tree........................................................... MU-128

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.20

0.21

4.7

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DPX7 PC Tool Command Details .............................................. MU-136 [PC1] Setting .............................................................................. MU-136 [PC1-1] Network ................................................................. MU-136 [PC1-1-1] HostName...................................................... MU-136 [PC1-1-2] IP Address ..................................................... MU-137 [PC1-1-3] SubnetMask................................................... MU-137 [PC1-1-4] Default Gateway ............................................ MU-137 [PC1-2] Config .................................................................... MU-138 [PC1-2-1] Version ........................................................... MU-138 [PC1-2-2] Protocol Information ...................................... MU-139 [PC1-2-2-1] AE-title ..................................................... MU-139 [PC1-2-2-2] Fine PRT AE-title ..................................... MU-139 [PC1-2-2-3] Port No. .................................................... MU-140 [PC1-2-2-4] Data Transfer Timeout.............................. MU-140 [PC1-2-3] Association Count.......................................... MU-141 [PC1-2-4] Logging DICOM ............................................. MU-141 [PC1-2-5] Default Client ................................................. MU-142 [PC1-2-6] Real Dmax on film ......................................... MU-142 [PC1-2-7] Requested Dmax less than 3.6 ..................... MU-143 [PC1-2-8] Printer ............................................................ MU-143 [PC1-2-9] Option ......................................................... MU-143.1 [PC1-2-9-1] 17-Steps Pattern ................................... MU-143.1 [PC1-2-9-2] Auto FDC .............................................. MU-143.1 [PC1-2-9-3] Set Alarm .............................................. MU-143.2 [PC1-2-9-4] Set Alarm Tone ..................................... MU-143.2 [PC1-2-9-5] Set Key Touch ....................................... MU-143.3 [PC1-2-9-6] Set Key Touch Tone .............................. MU-143.3 [PC1-2-9-7] Language .............................................. MU-143.4 [PC1-2-9-8] Sorter .................................................... MU-143.4 [PC1-2-9-9] Step Type ................................................. MU-144 [PC1-2-9-10] Size Information ....................................... MU-144 [PC1-2-9-11] User Settable ........................................... MU-145 [PC1-2-9-12] BackupLog ............................................... MU-145 [PC1-2-9-13] QC ........................................................... MU-146 [PC1-2-9-14] Warning at system start ........................... MU-147 [PC1-2-9-15] Spatial Resolution.................................... MU-148 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.21

0.22

[PC1-2-9-16] MammoQC .............................................. MU-148 [PC1-2-10] Tray1/Tray2/Tray3 ........................................... MU-149 [PC1-3] Clients ................................................................... MU-150 [PC1-3-1] Protocol ......................................................... MU-151 [PC1-3-1-1] Attribute List Error (0107H Warning) ....... MU-151 [PC1-3-1-2] Attribute Value Out of Range (0116H Warning) ..................................... MU-151 [PC1-3-1-3] Image Size is Larger than Imagebox (B604H Warning) ..................................... MU-151 [PC1-3-1-4] N-Event-ReportRQ .................................. MU-152 [PC1-3-1-5] Use Extention format ............................... MU-153 [PC1-3-1-6] Change Film ............................................ MU-154 [PC1-3-1-7] Use System Timeout ............................... MU-155 [PC1-3-1-8] Presentation LUT..................................... MU-155 [PC1-3-1-9] Precede Picking Up ................................. MU-156 [PC1-3-1-10] Use Max/Min Density ............................... MU-156 [PC1-3-1-11] Logging Client .......................................... MU-157 [PC1-3-1-12] Reprint ..................................................... MU-157 [PC1-3-2] Magnify .......................................................... MU-158 [PC1-3-2-1] Procedure ................................................ MU-158 [PC1-3-2-2] Default Smoothing Type ........................... MU-158 [PC1-3-2-3] Adjustment Parameter ............................. MU-159 [PC1-3-2-4] Default Requested Decimate/Crop Behavior .................................................. MU-160 [PC1-3-3] LUT ................................................................ MU-162 [PC1-3-3-1] Procedure ................................................ MU-162 [PC1-3-3-2] Default LUT ............................................. MU-162 [PC1-3-3-3] Adjustment Parameter ............................. MU-163 [PC1-3-3-4] Dmax 3.6 ................................................. MU-164 [PC1-3-4] Output Format ............................................... MU-165 [PC1-3-4-1] Border Density ......................................... MU-165 [PC1-3-4-2] Polarity(Pos./Neg.) ................................... MU-165 [PC1-3-4-3] Trim Density ............................................. MU-165 [PC1-3-4-4] Trim .......................................................... MU-166 [PC1-3-4-5] Trim Width ................................................ MU-166 [PC1-3-4-6] Number of Copies .................................... MU-166 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.22

0.23

[PC1-3-4-7] Margin between Image ............................ MU-167 [PC1-3-4-8] Image Layout ........................................... MU-167 [PC1-3-4-9] Film Size .................................................. MU-168 [PC1-3-4-10] Medium Type(base color) ........................ MU-168 [PC1-3-4-11] Film Orientation ....................................... MU-168 [PC1-3-4-12] Mirror ....................................................... MU-169 [PC1-3-4-13] Processing Type ...................................... MU-169 [PC1-3-4-14] Film Destination .................................... MU-169.1 [PC1-3-5] Annotation ..................................................... MU-170 [PC1-3-5-1] Annotation Height .................................... MU-171 [PC1-3-5-2] Annotation Font ....................................... MU-171 [PC1-3-5-3] Annotation Size ....................................... MU-172 [PC1-3-5-4] Upper Left/Upper Center/Upper Right/ Lower Left/Lower Center/Lower Right ..... MU-172 [PC2] Data Transfer .................................................................... MU-174 [PC2-1] Indv ....................................................................... MU-178 [PC2-2] Operation .............................................................. MU-180 [PC2-3] Log ........................................................................ MU-183 [PC2-4] Files ....................................................................... MU-184 [PC2-5] User Settable ........................................................ MU-188 [PC3] Upgrading ......................................................................... MU-190 [PC3-1] Load System Files ................................................. MU-190 [PC3-2] Install ..................................................................... MU-192 [PC4] Analyzer ........................................................................... MU-194 [PC5] DICOM Print ..................................................................... MU-196 [PC6] OutPutFilm ....................................................................... MU-198 [PC6-1] 24-Steps ................................................................ MU-199 [PC6-2] 17-Steps ................................................................ MU-200 [PC6-3] Flat ........................................................................ MU-201 [PC6-4] Cleaning ................................................................ MU-202 [PC6-5] Grid ....................................................................... MU-203 [PC6-6] Film out to Sorter .................................................. MU-204 [PC6-7] Uniformity .............................................................. MU-205 [PC6-8] SMPTE .................................................................. MU-206 [PC6-9] User Settable ........................................................ MU-208 [PC6-10] Spatial Resolution ................................................. MU-209 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.23

0.24

[PC7] F.D.C. ................................................................................ MU-210 [PC7-1] Auto F.D.C. ............................................................ MU-211 [PC7-2] Check Density ....................................................... MU-212 [PC7-3] 24-Steps ................................................................ MU-214 [PC7-4] Manual F.D.C. ........................................................ MU-215 [PC7-5] Calibration ............................................................. MU-216 [PC7-6] Uniformity .............................................................. MU-217 [PC7-6-1] Unit data Reading .......................................... MU-217 [PC7-6-2] Clear Table ..................................................... MU-217 [PC7-6-3] Input............................................................... MU-218 [PC7-7] DM sensor monitor ................................................ MU-219 [PC8] Check ............................................................................... MU-220 [PC8-1] Check Scanner ...................................................... MU-220 [PC8-1-1] Initialize Scanner ........................................... MU-220 [PC8-1-2] Adjusting Main Scanner................................. MU-221 [PC8-1-3] Polygonal Motor LD ....................................... MU-226 [PC8-1-4] Initial Check ................................................... MU-227 [PC8-1-5] PRN Board Test ............................................. MU-228 [PC8-2] Check Mechanism ................................................. MU-229 [PC8-2-1] Moving ........................................................... MU-229 [PC8-2-1-1] Unit Operation ......................................... MU-229 [PC8-2-1-2] Motor Operation ....................................... MU-230 [PC8-2-1-3] Grip .......................................................... MU-232 [PC8-2-1-4] Positioning Film ....................................... MU-233 [PC8-2-1-5] Adjusting Subscanner .............................. MU-234 [PC8-2-1-6] Other Actuators ....................................... MU-236 [PC8-2-1-7] Sorter Unit ............................................... MU-237 [PC8-2-1-8] Solenoids ................................................. MU-238 [PC8-2-1-9] Sensor Monitor ........................................ MU-239 [PC8-2-2] Sensor Monitor .............................................. MU-240 [PC8-2-3] Other.............................................................. MU-243 [PC8-2-3-1] Board Fan ................................................ MU-243 [PC8-2-3-2] Serial I/F .................................................. MU-244 [PC8-2-3-3] HDD Test ................................................. MU-246 [PC8-2-3-4] DPRAM Test ............................................ MU-247

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.24

0.25

[PC8-2-3-5] Inter Board Test ....................................... MU-248 [PC8-2-3-6] LAN Base Test ......................................... MU-249 [PC8-2-3-7] Patrol Lamp Test ...................................... MU-249 [PC8-3] Heat-Developer ..................................................... MU-250 [PC8-3-1] Temperature .................................................. MU-250 [PC8-3-2] Heating .......................................................... MU-251 [PC8-3-3] Fan Operation ................................................ MU-252 [PC8-3-4] Temp. Control................................................. MU-253 [PC8-3-5] Set Heater Cond. Temp. ................................ MU-254 [PC9] Control .............................................................................. MU-256 [PC9-1] File Save/Load ...................................................... MU-256 [PC9-1-1] Log Data ........................................................ MU-256 [PC9-1-2] Error Log........................................................ MU-257 [PC9-1-3] Indv. data ....................................................... MU-258 [PC9-2] System Config ....................................................... MU-259 [PC9-2-1] Set Date/Time. ............................................... MU-259 [PC9-2-2] Save Config. .................................................. MU-260 [PC9-2-3] Initialize .......................................................... MU-261 [PC9-2-4] Reboot ........................................................... MU-262 [PC9-2-5] Set Counters.................................................. MU-263 [PC9-2-6] Set Remain. Films ......................................... MU-264 [PC9-3] Set Main Panel ...................................................... MU-265 [PC9-3-1] Sound Test ..................................................... MU-265 [PC9-3-2] Motion Speed ................................................ MU-266 [PC9-4] Set Parameter ....................................................... MU-267 [PC9-4-1] Patrol Lamp ................................................... MU-267 [PC10] Film Counter ..................................................................... MU-268 [PC11] Print Queue ...................................................................... MU-270 [PC12] Tool ................................................................................... MU-274 [PC12-1] GetLog .................................................................. MU-274 [PC12-2] HW AutoCheck ...................................................... MU-275

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.25

0.26

5.

SETTING METHOD BY PURPOSE ......................................................... MU-276 5.1 Registering User ID .................................................................... MU-276 5.2 Setting the Image QC Function ................................................. MU-279 5.3 Setting Reprint ............................................................................ MU-280 5.4 Setting Annotation ..................................................................... MU-282 5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Images ................................... MU-290 5.6 Displaying Logs by Client (Filtering DICOM Communication Logs)................................................................ MU-292 5.7 Adjusting LUT Using SAR MAKER ........................................... MU-294 5.8 Acquiring Logs when Equipment is not Started ..................... MU-298 5.9 Adjusting the Leading Edge Margin ......................................... MU-302 5.10 Copying Weekly Settings........................................................... MU-303 5.11 Acquiring Log Files .................................................................... MU-305 5.12 Creating a New Gamma Table ................................................... MU-308 5.13 Full Installation of Main Unit Software with Equipment not Started ................................................................................... MU-312 5.14 Settings for Using MammoQC Function After Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from V6.0/V12.0 or Earlier to V7.0/V13.0 .................................................................................... MU-314

APPENDIX 1

PRECAUTIONS AND SETTINGS IN THE USE OF Windows XP PC FOR SERVICING ...................................... MU-316

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.26

0.27

SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP) HOW TO USE THE SERVICE PARTS LIST...................................................... SP7-2 HOW TO READ THE PARTS DIAGRAMS ........................................................ SP7-4 INDEX ................................................................................................................. SP7-6 01A COVER 1 ....................................................................................... SP7-10 01B COVER 2 ....................................................................................... SP7-12 02A FRAME 1 ....................................................................................... SP7-14 02B FRAME 2 ....................................................................................... SP7-16 03A LOADING UNIT 1 .......................................................................... SP7-18 03B LOADING UNIT 2 .......................................................................... SP7-20 04A REMOVAL UNIT 1 ........................................................................ SP7-22 04B REMOVAL UNIT 2 ........................................................................ SP7-24 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1 ...................................................................... SP7-26 05B CONVEYOR UNIT 2 ...................................................................... SP7-28 05C CONVEYOR UNIT 3 ...................................................................... SP7-30 05D CONVEYOR UNIT 4 ...................................................................... SP7-32 05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5 ...................................................................... SP7-34 06 SUB-SCANNING UNIT ................................................................. SP7-36 07 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ............................................................ SP7-38 08A HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1 .................................................... SP7-40 08B HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2 .................................................... SP7-42 08C HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3 .................................................... SP7-44 08D HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 .................................................... SP7-46 08E HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 5 .................................................... SP7-48 08F HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 6 .................................................... SP7-50 09A FILM RELEASE UNIT 1 ................................................................ SP7-52 09B FILM RELEASE UNIT 2 ................................................................ SP7-54 10 CONTROLLER .............................................................................. SP7-56 11A SORTER 1..................................................................................... SP7-58 11B SORTER 2..................................................................................... SP7-60 11C SORTER 3..................................................................................... SP7-62 11D SORTER 4..................................................................................... SP7-64 11E SORTER 5..................................................................................... SP7-66 11F SORTER 6..................................................................................... SP7-68 11G SORTER 7..................................................................................... SP7-70

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.27

0.28

12 13 14 15 16

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

CABLE .......................................................................................... SP7-72 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM ............................................... SP7-73 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE ................................................... SP7-84 TABLE OF SCREWS/WASHERS INDICATION SYMBOLS........ SP7-90 LIST OF QUICK WEARING PARTS............................................. SP7-91

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.28

0.29

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 1.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS........................................................ PM-2 1.1 List of Preventive Maintenance Items .......................................... PM-2 1.2 Symbols on Maintenance Cycle .................................................... PM-5 1.3 Precautions on Periodic Maintenance .......................................... PM-5

2.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FLOW ........................................................ PM-6

3.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.................................................................... PM-8 3.1 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs ................................. PM-8 3.2 Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images .................... PM-10 3.3 Checking the Interlock Function ................................................. PM-13 3.4 Checking Fan Operations ............................................................ PM-16 3.5 Checking the Tray Periphery ....................................................... PM-18 3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover ..................................................................... PM-19 3.7 Cleaning/Replacing Filters .......................................................... PM-20 3.8 Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment ..................................................................................... PM-22 3.9 Checking/Cleaning the SUS Belt, Cleaning Sub-scanning Conveyance Roller ....................................................................... PM-23 3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section .............................. PM-27 3.11 Cleaning the Heat Development Unit .......................................... PM-28 3.12 Greasing ........................................................................................ PM-31 3.13 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers ...................................................... PM-33 3.14 Checking the DC Voltage ............................................................. PM-34 3.15 Final Operation Checks/Checking Images ................................. PM-38 3.16 Setting Date and Time .................................................................. PM-40 3.17 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding ........................... PM-41 3.18 Work Completion Report ............................................................. PM-42

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.29

0.30

INSTALLATION (IN) 1.

INSTALLATION CONDITIONS ...................................................................... IN-2 1.1 Equipment Dimensions and Weight ............................................... IN-2 1.2 Means to Move and Secure Equipment .......................................... IN-3 1.3 Environment Conditions .................................................................. IN-4 1.4 Electrical Specifications .................................................................. IN-5 1.5 Other Specifications......................................................................... IN-5 1.6 Installing Space and Maintenance Work Space ............................ IN-6 1.6.1 Installation Space ................................................................... IN-6 1.6.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work.................................. IN-7

2.

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW .......................................................... IN-8

3.

WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION ............................................................... IN-16 3.1 Precautions on Installation............................................................ IN-16 3.2 Preparing the DPX7 PC Tool ......................................................... IN-18 3.2.1 PC Environment Required for Installing the DI Tool ............. IN-18 3.2.2 Installing and Uninstalling the DI Tool .................................. IN-19 3.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC.............................. IN-21 3.2.4 Setting Grouping Symbols ................................................... IN-24 3.3 Preparations.................................................................................... IN-26

4.

TEMPORARY INSTALLATION.................................................................... IN-28 4.1 Unpacking and Unloading ............................................................. IN-28 4.2 Carrying ........................................................................................... IN-30 4.3 Temporary Placement .................................................................... IN-31 4.4 Checking Components .................................................................. IN-32

5.

INSTALLATION............................................................................................ IN-36 5.1 Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body .... IN-36 5.2 Removing Covers ........................................................................... IN-37 5.3 Removing Fixtures ......................................................................... IN-38 5.4 Installing Separately Packaged Items .......................................... IN-44 5.4.1 Installing the Cleaning Roller ............................................... IN-44 5.4.2 Affixing the Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set .................................................... IN-44 5.5 Changing the Film Size .................................................................. IN-45 5.5.1 Changing the Film Tray Size ................................................. IN-45 5.5.2 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader ....... IN-46 5.5.3 Affixing the Film Labels ........................................................ IN-47

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.30

0.31

5.6 5.7

5.8 5.9 5.10 6.

Installing Options ........................................................................... IN-48 Connecting Interface Cables ......................................................... IN-49 5.7.1 Connecting Network Cable .................................................. IN-49 5.7.2 Connecting the PC for Servicing .......................................... IN-50 Setting the Power Supply .............................................................. IN-51 Connecting the Power Cable ......................................................... IN-52 Installing Covers ............................................................................. IN-53

INSTALLING OPTIONS ............................................................................... IN-54 6.1 Installing the Additional Removal Unit ......................................... IN-54 6.1.1 Remove the Cushioning Materials, Changing the Film Tray Size ............................................................................... IN-54 6.1.2 Installing the Barcode Reader .............................................. IN-54 6.1.3 Installing the Removal Unit................................................... IN-55 6.1.4 Installing the Film Loading Unit ............................................ IN-57 6.1.5 Installing the Conveyor Unit.................................................. IN-59 6.1.6 Securing the idle gear .......................................................... IN-59 6.1.7 Internal Wiring ...................................................................... IN-63 6.1.8 Inserting the Film Trays ........................................................ IN-64 6.2 Installing the 20 x 25 cm Size Suction Cup Arm Assembly........ IN-65 6.2.1 Changing the Film Tray Size ................................................. IN-65 6.2.2 Removing the Film Loading Unit .......................................... IN-65 6.2.3 Removing the Removal Unit ................................................. IN-67 6.2.4 Replacing the Suction Cup Arm Assembly .......................... IN-68 6.2.5 Changing the Installed Position of the Film Release Plate ... IN-69 6.2.6 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader ....... IN-70 6.2.7 Reassembling the Equipment .............................................. IN-70 6.3 Installing Additional Image Memory Boards................................ IN-71 6.4 Installing Sorter .............................................................................. IN-74

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.31

0.32

7.

SETTING OF THE EQUIPMENT .................................................................. IN-82 7.1 Power ON and Starting the M-Utility ............................................. IN-82 7.1.1 Power ON ............................................................................. IN-82 7.1.2 Starting the M-Utility ............................................................. IN-84 7.2 System Settings.............................................................................. IN-85 7.2.1 System Management/System Config. .................................. IN-85 7.2.2 System Management/Network/Set Network ........................ IN-88 7.2.3 System Management/Set Main Panel .................................. IN-92 7.3 Ending System Settings ................................................................ IN-94

8.

CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS.................................................... IN-96 8.1 MD1 Operations When Adding Expansion Film Trays................ IN-96 8.2 Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations....................................................................................... IN-96 8.3 Checking Density ........................................................................... IN-97 8.4 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches ........................................................... IN-98 8.5 Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the Sorter is Connected .................................................... IN-100 8.6 Checking the Interlock Function ................................................. IN-101 8.6.1 Checking the Jam Clear Cover Interlock ............................ IN-101 8.6.2 Checking the Front Cover Interlock .................................... IN-102 8.6.3 Checking the Film Tray Interlocks ....................................... IN-103 8.6.4 Checking the Sorter Interlock ............................................. IN-103 8.7 Checking Fan Operations ............................................................ IN-104 8.8 Settings for U-Utility ..................................................................... IN-105

9.

INSTALLATION OF MULTIPLE SETS ...................................................... IN-106

10. SETTING CLIENTS .................................................................................... IN-108 10.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network ...................... IN-109 10.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)/Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment ................................................. IN-110 10.2.1 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)................................... IN-110 10.2.2 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment ..................... IN-112 10.3 Importing Individual Data ............................................................ IN-114

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.32

0.33

10.4

10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8

Settings by Client ......................................................................... IN-116 10.4.1 Registering Clients ............................................................. IN-116 10.4.2 Client Settings .................................................................... IN-119 10.4.3 Settings by Client ............................................................... IN-125 10.4.4 Setting Client [MammoQCTest] .......................................... IN-125 Adding and Registering Printers ................................................ IN-126 Sending Data on Setting to the Equipment ................................ IN-127 Settings for U-Utility ..................................................................... IN-128 Ending the DI Tool and the Equipment ...................................... IN-129

11. CHECKING NETWORK CONNECTION .................................................... IN-130 11.1 Checking the Start-up of the Equipment .................................... IN-130 11.2 Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment ..................................................................................... IN-130 11.3 Checking the Termination of the Equipment ............................. IN-130 12. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT ................................................................ IN-132 12.1 Backing Up Individual Data ......................................................... IN-132 12.1.1 Saving Individual Data in the Equipment HD ..................... IN-133 12.1.2 Saving Individual Data in the PC for Servicing ................... IN-134 12.1.3 Saving Individual Data on the FD ....................................... IN-135 12.2 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Which Occur at Installation ................................................................................ IN-138 12.2.1 Checking the Error Log ...................................................... IN-139 12.2.2 Saving Error Logs .............................................................. IN-140 12.2.3 Deleting Error Logs ............................................................ IN-141 12.3 Installing the Equipment .............................................................. IN-142 12.3.1 Installing the Equipment and Securing with Fixtures ......... IN-142 12.3.2 Installing the Equipment Without Using Fixtures ................ IN-143 12.4 Cleaning the Equipment .............................................................. IN-144

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.33

0.34

PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC) INSTALLATION OF THE DRYPIX 7000 - Checklist........................................... PC-2

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.34

0.35 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0.35

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

SAFETY PRECAUTION

SAFETY PRECAUTION-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

10/15/2002 11/10/2002 07/15/2004

00 01 02

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

10/02/2006

07

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

Reason New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601) Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690) Revised (Change of corporate name and corporate logo) (FM4992)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 11-16 All pages 1, 3-23

1-3, 8, 12, 20

1, 10, 15

SAFETY PRECAUTION-1

SAFETY PRECAUTION-2

1.

SAFETY PRECAUTION To avoid accidents, observe the following precautions.

1.1

General Precautions

■ Power Supply • Be sure to turn OFF the power of the main power switch and switch board before starting operation. Starting operations with the power ON may result in electric shock, fire hazards, or machine malfunction. Some parts are not fully discharged and other parts (e.g. heater) remain heated immediately after power OFF. Be careful not to touch such parts. When performing steps (e.g. voltage measurement) that cannot be completed with the power OFF, observe the instructions set forth in this manual and operate with care to avoid electric shock and other hazards. • When restarting the machine, turn OFF the power, wait for more than 5 seconds, and then turn it ON. If the interval from power OFF to ON is too short, the machine may not be properly started. ■ Drive Section Inspection To avoid accidents, be sure to turn OFF the power before initiating inspection or adjustment procedures. When performing an inspection or adjustment procedure that cannot be completed with the power OFF, operate carefully while observing the instructions set forth in this manual. ■ Heavy Weights When installing or removing heavy weights, complete it with an assistant or a hoisting or other appropriate device. ■ Safety Devices Ensure that the accident prevention functions of fuses, interlock switches, panels, covers, and other safety devices are always operative. Also refrain from introducing such modifications which may impair the safety device functions. ■ Adjustable Foot Anchorage As an earthquake measure for the equipment, fasten the adjustable feet to the floor surface. ■ Optical Parts Handling Precautions When handling any optical parts, observe the following precautions. Failure to observe these precautions may result in a deterioration in image quality. • Never touch the surfaces of optical parts. • When removing dirt from optical parts, use the specified procedure only. • Scanning optics unit removal must be carried out in a clean environment. Also do not remove the scanning optics unit protective housing.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-2

SAFETY PRECAUTION-3 ■ Heat Development Unit Handling Precautions A heater is used for the rack. Touching it during operations may result in burns. Turn the power OFF and wait until the heater temperature drops before handling the unit. ■ Ventilation of Installation Site The ventilation of the equipment and film is accompanied by a slight smell. Be sure to ventilate the room during and after operation. ■ Grounding Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts. ■ Other General Precautions • When servicing the board for maintenance, be sure to wear a wrist band to ground yourself. Failure to do so may result in damage of electronic components on the board due to static electricity from your body. • Do not stain or peel off the product nameplates, labels of safety standards, or product No. indications attached on the machine, and do not attach other labels over them. • After completion of operation, return the protective enclosure, fixing screws, or cover earth and other removed components to the original positions and fix fully.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-3

SAFETY PRECAUTION-4 ■ Interlock Release Jig To operate the equipment with the jam clear cover and front cover of the equipment opened, use the dedicated jig provided with this equipment to release the interlock. To avoid danger, do not touch rotating parts. Also take precautions against getting your hands, feet, hair, and clothes caught by the equipment. After completing servicing return the jig back to its original position.

Jam clear cover interlock release jig BR3x8

Lower front cover

BR3x8

Front cover interlock release jig FP7I0101.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-4

SAFETY PRECAUTION-5 BLANK PAGE

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-5

SAFETY PRECAUTION-6

1.2

Precautions Against Laser Radiation As indicated in the Certification and Identification Label attached on the right cover of the machine for overseas use, the machine complies with the “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 60825-1, Am. 2; Final Guidance for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)”. Although a laser (Class 3B, semiconductor laser having a wavelength of 660 nm and emitting visible red light) having a maximum output of 50 mW is incorporated in the image recorder, exposure to any hazards can be avoided by following the instructions set forth in this manual.

■ How to Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure To avoid laser radiation exposure, observe the following precautions. ● Steps Requiring Precautions Against Laser Radiation Exposure When performing the following procedures, thoroughly comply with the instructions set forth in this manual to avoid laser radiation exposure. • Removing the scanning optics unit and accomplishing its reassembly • Replacing or cleaning the components of the upper conveyor unit , entrance of the heat development unit or the sub scanning unit After completion of the above procedures, restore the removed protective housing and retaining screws to their original states to prevent the laser beam from leaking out from the equipment. ● Periodical Maintenance for Keeping Equipment Conditions Compliant with Standards To keep the equipment compliant with the laser safety requirements, perform the preventive maintenance programs at specified intervals (See “Preventive Maintenance (PM)” Volume.) ● Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure When performing installation procedures, observe the following precautions to avoid laser radiation exposure. • Do not attempt to perform any steps other than those stated in this manual because laser radiation exposure may result. • Do not position a mirror or other reflective article in the laser beam optical path. • Do not change the laser beam optical path. • Optical axis adjustments must not be made in the field. Although the semiconductor laser beam is visible red light, no one is allowed to make optical axis adjustments in the field.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-6

SAFETY PRECAUTION-7 ■ Front Cover Interlock An interlock function is provided for this equipment for turning OFF the laser output circuit to prevent laser exposure when the front cover is opened. Before turning ON the power with the front cover open and performing services, be sure to release the interlock with the special jig provided. After completion of the service procedures, return the jig to the original position.

FP7I0102.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-7

SAFETY PRECAUTION-8

2.

LABELS

2.1

Laser Caution Labels

■ Locations of Laser Caution Labels The following illustrates the locations of the protective housing and laser caution labels specified in “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 60825-1, Am. 2; Final Guidance for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)”. ● DRYPIX 7000

IEC/EN60825-1: 2001 class 3B panel label #1 FP7I0201.EPS

HHS certification and identification label IEC/EN60825-1: 2001 class 1 product label

IEC/EN60825-1: 2001 class 3B panel label #1 FP7I0202.EPS

006-259-05 08.22.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-8

SAFETY PRECAUTION-9

IEC/EN60825-1: 2001 class 3B panel label #2 FP7I0203.EPS

IEC/EN60825-1: 2001 class 3B panel label #1

FP7I0204.EPS

● Scanning Optics Unit IEC/EN60825-1: 2001 warning label

FP7I0205.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-9

SAFETY PRECAUTION-10 ■ List of Laser Caution Labels ● HHS Certification and Identification Label ❍ Old Label

❍ New Label

FP7I0221.EPS

FP7I0241.EPS

● IEC/EN60825-1:2001 Class 1 Product Label

FP7I0222.EPS

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-10

SAFETY PRECAUTION-11 ● IEC/EN60825-1:2001 Class 3B Panel Label #1

FP7I0223.EPS

● IEC/EN60825-1:2001 Class 3B Panel Label #2

FP7I0224.EPS

● IEC/EN60825-1:2001 Warning Label

FP3B0110.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-11

SAFETY PRECAUTION-12

2.2

Other Labels

■ Locations of Other Labels ● DRYPIX 7000

Manufacturer label

Rating indication label FP7I0206.EPS

High temperature caution label

Watch out hand label

Caution label for the lever operation of the cleaning roller set 1

Caution label for the lever operation of the cleaning roller set 2 FP7I0212.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-12

SAFETY PRECAUTION-13 High temperature label

Watch out hand caution label (Sorter) (When mounted with the optional sorter)

Jam removing label 1

Jam removing label 2

FP7I0228.EPS

● Scanning Optics Unit Scanning optics unit manufacturer label

FP7I0211.EPS

● Power Supply Unit Neutral indication label

L

N

Protective earth mark

PE

L

N

PE

FP7I0299.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-13

SAFETY PRECAUTION-14 ● Sorter Sorter jam removing label

Sorter serial No. label

FP7I0207.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-14

SAFETY PRECAUTION-15 ■ List of Labels ● Rating Indication Label ❍ Old Label

❍ New Label

FP7I0227.EPS

FP7I0243.EPS

● Manufacturer Label

FP7I0237.EPS

● Scanning Optics Unit Manufacturer Label Manufactured by : F.I.T. CO., LTD. Model NO. 839Y0056 (LD Assembled) FP7I0225.EPS

● High Temperature Caution Label

FP7I0214.EPS

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-15

SAFETY PRECAUTION-16 ● Watch Out Hand Caution Label

FP7I0213.EPS

● Watch Out Hand Caution Label (Sorter) (When mounted with the optional sorter)

FP7I0229.EPS

● Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set 1

FP7I0215.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-16

SAFETY PRECAUTION-17 ● Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set 2

FP7I0239.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-17

SAFETY PRECAUTION-18 ● Earth Mark

FP7I0230.EPS

● Neutral Indication Label

FP7I0231.EPS

● Sorter Serial No. Label

FP7I0232.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-18

SAFETY PRECAUTION-19 ● Jam Removing Label 1

FP7T0503.EPS

● Jam Removing Label 2

FP7T0504.EPS

● Sorter Jam Removing Label

FP7T0505.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-19

SAFETY PRECAUTION-20

3.

PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE PREVENTION Even if the protective housing is removed for servicing purpose, the laser beam will not possibly leak out of the equipment unless its optical path is intentionally changed. However, if the optical path is inadvertently changed during optical system installation, the service engineer or other persons near the equipment may be exposed to laser radiation. Optical system related installation procedures must be carefully performed while observing the instructions set forth in this manual. After completion of installation, thoroughly restore the removed protective housing to its original state. Before turning the power ON with the front cover open to operate services, be sure to release the interlock with the special jig provided. After completion of the service procedures, return the jig to the original position.

■ Protective Housing of Equipment The following shows the removable laser exposure protective housing parts of the equipment.

Front cover

Right cover

FP7I0210.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-20

SAFETY PRECAUTION-21 Left inside cover

Rear cover

FP7I0208.EPS

■ Protective Housing of Scanning Optics Unit Upper cover

FP7I0209.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-21

SAFETY PRECAUTION-22

4.

CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified according to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC60950 for data processing equipment and IEC60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore all configurations shall comply with the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects additional equipment to the signal input part or signal output part configures a medical system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical services department or your local representative.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-22

SAFETY PRECAUTION-23

5.

CLASSIFICATION 1)

According to the type of protection against electrical shock CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT

2)

According to the degree of protection against electrical shock NO APPLIED PART

3)

Protection against harmful ingress of water IPXO

4)

According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide. Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.

5)

According to the mode of operation CONTINUOUS OPERATION

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-23

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

10/15/2002 11/10/2002 07/15/2004

00 01 02

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

07/31/2006

06

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

Reason New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601) Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690) Revised (DI-ML film)(FM4949)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 4, 7, 9-11 All pages 1, 9

1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 10

1, 4, 5

SPECIFICATIONS-1

SPECIFICATIONS-2

1.

SPECIFICATIONS

1.1

Part Names Product Code

DRYPIX 7000 200V E

Contents Overseas specification main unit

Parts No. 000Y5396 (VFOR/VF1)

Film tray: 1 tray Tray setting • Tray 1: 35x43 cm size Buffer memory board: 1

Remarks

Tray can be extended up to 3 trays. (Optional tray)

113S0185

256 MB Memory can be extended up to 512 MB. (Optional memory)

Individual data FD: 2 Main unit software CD-R: 1 Operation Manual DRYPIX 7000 200V 2T E

Overseas specification main unit

000Y5396 (VFOR/VF2)

Film tray: 2 tray Tray setting • Tray 1: 35x43 cm size • Tray 2: 26x36 cm size Buffer memory board: 1

Tray can be extended up to 3 trays. (Optional tray)

113S0185

256 MB Memory can be extended up to 512 MB. (Optional memory)

Individual data FD: 2 Main unit software CD-R: 1 Operation Manual DRYPIX 7000 200V 3T E

Overseas specification main unit

000Y5396 (VFOR/VF3)

Film tray: 3 tray Tray setting • Tray 1: 35x43 cm size • Tray 2: 35x43 cm size • Tray 3: 26x36 cm size Buffer memory board: 1

113S0185

256 MB Memory can be extended up to 512 MB. (Optional memory)

Individual data FD: 2 Main unit software CD-R: 1 Operation Manual TP7I7401.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-2

SPECIFICATIONS-3

1.2

List of Optional Parts Check the components against the PACKING LIST contained in the carton box. Note that the interface is hereafter sometimes referred to as I/F and the diagnostics units as HOST or image generator. Lists of components are described below. Product codes ending in # are for domestic use in Japan while those ending in E are for overseas use.

The following List of Components enumerate items required for each configuration, so they do not correspond to units (quantities) of orders or packages. Use the product codes (Product Code) indicated only as a reference for unpacking and follow the order lists provided separately when placing orders.

● List of Options for DRYPIX 7000 Product Code

Product

Parts No.

Remarks

DPX TRAY #/E

Additional option tray

898Y0881

For 35x43 and 26x36 cm size

DPX TRAY 8x10 E

Additional option tray

898Y0896

For 20x25 cm size

DPX ARM 8x10 #/E

Suction cup arm

898Y0883

For 20x25 cm size

DPX SRT #/E

Optional sorter

000Y5398

DPX BASE FBM 256MB #/E

Expanded frame buffer memory

113S0185

256MB TP7I0402.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-3

SPECIFICATIONS-4

1.3

General Specifications

■ Recording Method Laser exposure heat development method ■ Laser Light Source Red semiconductor source (660 nm, 50mW x 1) ■ First Printing Time Approximately 65 seconds ■ Processing Ability 35 x 43 cm size: Approximately 180 films/hour 26 x 36 cm size: Approximately 240 films/hour 20 x 25 cm size: Approximately 200 films/hour ■ Start-up Time Approximately 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 °C) ■ Image Quality ● Exposure Resolution 14 bits ● Maximum Density (Dmax) DI-HL, DI-HLc : Select from 2.64, 3.0, 3.3, 3.6 DI-ML : Select from 3.6, 4.0 (for mammography) ● Recording Pixel Size 100 µm (standard), 50 µm (optional) ● Maximum Number of Recording Pixels 35 x 43 cm size : 3520 x 4280 (in 100 µm recording) : 7040 x 8560 (in 50 µm recording) 26 x 36 cm size : 3600 x 2540 (in 100 µm recording) : 7200 x 5080 (in 50 µm recording)

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-4

SPECIFICATIONS-5 ■ Film ● Applicable Types DI-HL (blue base) DI-HLc (clear base) DI-ML (High density film for mammography) (26 x 36 cm, 20 x 25 cm, 25 x 30 cm film sizes only) ● Applicable Film Size/Number of sheets in One Pack 35 x 43 cm size

: 101 sheets (including one sheet for reducing dusts) 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm sizes : 151 sheets (including one sheet for reducing dusts) ● Number of Supplies Maximum 3 trays (Data input from DRYPIX Link is applicable to three film sizes for A/D-I/F and two for E-I/F.) ● Loading Method Daylight conditions loading ■ Input I/F DICOM Network input only ■ Network Connection ● DICOM Protocol Direct connection (standard) ● TOSHIBA Protocol Connection via FN-PS551 and DRYPIX Link ● FINP Protocol Connection via FN-PS551 and DRYPIX Link ■ Modality Connection ● Analog/Digital I/F Connection Connection via DRYPIX Link Applicable equipment: Diagnostic devices such as CT/MRI ● E-I/F Connection Network connection via DRYPIX Link Applicable equipment: Image reader after FCR 7000, MF-300/L, FN-PS

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-5

SPECIFICATIONS-6 ■ Image Processing ● Interpolation SSM interpolation, A-VR interpolation ● Tone Processing BAR method, SAR method ● Format ❍ Standard Format (for all film sizes) 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 35, 36, 40, 42, 48, 49, 54, 56, 63, 64, 70, 72, 80 ❍ Mixed Format 35 x 43 cm size portrait mix 26 x 36 cm size portrait mix 26 x 36 cm size landscape mix 20 x 25 cm size portrait mix 20 x 25 cm size landscape mix 25 x 30 cm size portrait mix 25 x 30 cm size landscape mix

: six types : one type : four types : one type : four types : one type : four types

■ Memory Capacity Standard 256 MB, maximum 512 MB ■ Image Spooling Spooled to HD (in IDE connection) ■ HDD Capacity 20 GB or above ■ Density Correction Automatic density correction function ■ Optional Sorter (DP-LS 452) ● Number of Bins 10 bins ● Maximum Number of Films Storable per Bin 50 films ■ Noise Standby : Approximately 45 dB Printing : Approximately 53 dB

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-6

SPECIFICATIONS-7

1.4

Equipment Dimensions and Weight

■ Dimensions ● DRYPIX 7000

1240 mm

735 mm x 680 mm x 1240 mm (W x D x H)

m

0m

68

73

5m

m FP7I0302.EPS

● Sorter

1190 mm

385 mm x 590 mm x 1190 mm (W x D x H)

38

5m

m

59

0m

m

FP7I0303.EPS

■ Weight ● DRYPIX 7000 Approximately 203 kg (including two trays) ● Sorter Approximately 63 kg 006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-7

SPECIFICATIONS-8

1.5

Means to Move and Secure Equipment

■ Move ● DRYPIX 7000 Four wheel caster (omni-directional, with no brake) ● Sorter Six wheel caster (Four are omni-directional, two are for preventing from turning over, with no brake) ■ Securing Adjustable feet x 2 (front) and fixtures x 4

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-8

SPECIFICATIONS-9

1.6

Environmental Requirements

■ Temperature, Relative Humidity and Atmospheric Pressure ● Operating Temperature/Relative humidity : 15 °C (40 to 70%RH) to 30 °C (15 to 70%RH) Atmospheric pressure : 700 to 1060 hPa Heat generation : 400 kcal/hr

Relative humidity

[%]

70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5

10

15 20 Temperature

25

30

[°C]

FP5I0115.EPS

● Non-operating Temperature : 0 to 45 °C (No freezing) Relative humidity : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa ● Transit or Storage Temperature : -10 to 50 °C Relative humidity : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa ■ Exhaust Air of Equipment ● Exhaust Air in Standby State 40 m3/hour ● Average Exhaust Air When Processing 100 Films (35 x 43 cm) 54 m3/hour per equipment ■ Floor (installation surface) Vibration Requirement Frequency: 10 to 55 Hz Amplitude: 0.0075 mm or less

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-9

SPECIFICATIONS-10 ■ Floor Levelness 10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around ■ Floor Flatness 10 mm or less ■ Static Magnetic Field DC 100 Gauss or less

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-10

SPECIFICATIONS-11

1.7

Electrical Requirements

■ Frequency 50/60 Hz ±3% ■ Line Voltage 200/ 220/ 230/ 240 VAC ±10% (By tap changing) Single-phase (2 lines) ■ Capacity 2.2 kVA ■ Rated Current 11 A/ 10 A/ 9.5 A/ 9 A ■ Power Consumption Maximum 2.2 kW ■ Electric Energy Printing Standby Power save mode Sleep mode Remote standby mode

: 570 Wh : 320 Wh : 200 Wh : 120 Wh : 20 Wh

■ Maximum Heat Generation Printing Standby

: 580 W : 330 W

■ Overload Protection 15 A

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-11

SPECIFICATIONS-12

1.8

Equipment Installation Space

1.8.1

Installation Space

■ When Not Fixed with Fixtures • Without sorter

• With sorter 20 or more

50 or more

50 or more

20 or more

50 or more

800 or more

350 or more

800 or more Unit: mm FP7I0401.EPS

■ When Fixed with Fixtures • Without sorter

• With sorter 20 or more

80 or more

80 or more

80 or more

800 or more

80 or more

350 or more

800 or more Unit: mm FP7I0402.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-12

SPECIFICATIONS-13

1.8.2

Space Required for Maintenance Work

■ When Not Fixed with Fixtures

To rotate the equipment, one side requires more than 1000 mm of space.

• Without sorter

• With sorter 600 or more

600 or more

800 or more

800 or more

800 or more

800 or more

1000 or more

1000 or more Unit: mm FP7I0403.EPS

■ When Fixed with Fixtures ● Space for Removing Fixtures • Without sorter

• With sorter

80 or more

250 or 250 or more more

250 or more

1000 or more

350 or more

1000 or more Unit: mm FP7I0404.EPS

● Maintenance Space after Removing Fixtures The same space as “■ When Not Fixed with Fixtures” is required.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-13

SPECIFICATIONS-14

1.9

Disposing the Equipment When disposing the equipment, remove the PC board first. Be sure to return the removed PC board to the Service Parts Center.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-14

SPECIFICATIONS-15 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-15

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)

MD-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

Reason

10/15/2002 11/10/2002

00 01

New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601)

04/01/2003 07/15/2004

02 03

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

07/31/2006

06

Revised (FM3978) Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690) Revised (DI-ML film)(FM4949)

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 2, 5, 8, 15, 20, 25, 28, 32, 35-38, 40-42, 44, 47, 48, 50, 51, 56-60, 62, 63, 65, 68-70, 75-99 1, 42, 50 All pages 1, 2, 33, 77

1, 2, 28-31, 33

1, 2, 28

MD-1

MD-2

1.

OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT

1.1

Functions of Equipment

■ Outline of Equipment • The DRYPIX 7000 is a network printer dedicated to DICOM protocol, and adopts the laser exposure heat development method. • Film sizes 35 x 43 cm, 26 x 36 cm, and 25 x 30 cm can be used. Mounting the optional 20 x 25 cm removal/loading unit allows use of 20 x 25 cm size films. • By installing the optional removal/loading unit, trays for supplying films can be increased to three. This allows three types of film sizes and film base colors to be used together, as well as use of the same film on all three trays. • The image resolution is compatible with 20 pix/mm outputs for all film sizes. However, this will require optional memory to be added. • The following DICOM protocols are supported. • Verification SOP Class (SCP) • Basic Grayscale Print Management SOP Class (SCP) • Basic Annotation Box SOP Class (SCP) • Print Job SOP Class (SCP) • Print Queue Management SOP Class (SCP) • User Preference LUT SOP Class (SCP) • The following services can be set using the service tool software installed in the externally connected PC. This equipment uses the DPX7 PC Tool of the Fuji Medical Dry Imager integrated service tool software DI Tool. • Clients settings • Setting sorting conditions • Save/load individual data files and files of data inside the equipment, save log files, install/upgrade version of software, etc.

Equipment with the following serial numbers can be used 25 x 30 cm size film. • #21936, #22687, #23291 or later Also, to use 25 x 30 cm size film, main unit software version A03/A04/V4.1 or later/V10.0 or later is required.

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-2

MD-3 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-3

MD-4

1.2

System Configuration ● System Configuration Example 1 (When Connecting with Dicom Compatible Devices) Network inside hospital

FCR XG-1

DRYPIX 7000

CR-IR346RU

CR-IR346CL

FCR5000 plus

FCR9000

QA-WS771

CT (DICOM) FP7D0111.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-4

MD-5 ● System Configuration Example 2 (When Connecting with Non-dicom Compatible Devices) Network inside hospital

FCR5000 (FINP)

DRYPIX 7000

CT (DICOM) MRI (TOSHIBA) DRYPIX Link E-I/F

FIX90A

FN-PS551

CT (Digital)

10Base-T/ 100Base-TX

MF-300L

US (Analog)

MRI (Digital video)

DRYPIX Link E-I/F

10Base-T/ 100Base-TX

FIX90A

DRYPIX Link E-I/F

FCR9000

10Base-T/ 100Base-TX

FIX90A

Remote panel

DRYPIX Link HAV90A/HAV90B DPI90A/DVI90A

CT/US/MRI

10Base-T/ 100Base-TX

AD-I/F

FP7D0112.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-5

MD-6

1.3

Overall Configuration and Names of Parts

1.3.1

External View

■ Equipment Main Body Upper left cover Operation panel

Jam clear cover Upper right cover

Front cover Side ejection cover Upper tray (Tray 1)

Middle tray (Tray 2) Right cover Lower tray (Tray 3)

Main power switch FP7D0101.EPS

Rear cover Left cover

FP7D0102.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-6

MD-7 ■ Sorter Upper cover Sorter release lever Rear cover

1 bin

Front cover

10 bin

FP7D0326.EPS

Jam removing guide 1

Jam removing guide 4 Control board cover

FP7D0327.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-7

MD-8

1.3.2

Operation Panel 1

2 5 3

4 FP7D0116.EPS

6 No.

Name

FP7D0103.EPS

Function

1

ERROR LED

• When lit: Indicates that level 0 error has occurred. • When OFF: Normal • When blinking: Indicates transitioning to level 0 error state.

2

SAVE ENERGY MODE • When lit: At sleep mode LED • When blinking: At power save mode • When OFF: Normal

3

POWER LED

• When lit: Main power switch is ON. • When OFF: Main power switch is OFF.

4

Power ON switch

Pressing when the equipment is not ON starts the equipment.

5

Touch panel

320 x 240 dot color touch panel (LCD)

6

Contrast adjustment volume

Used for adjusting the touch panel contrast. (Located at the bottom of the operation panel) TP7D0110.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-8

MD-9

1.3.3

Layout of External Interface Connector Network cable connector

Operation panel connector

Sorter connector

PC board

FP7D0121.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-9

MD-10

1.3.4

Layout of Units

Heat development unit (G)

Film cooling section

Density measurement section

Film release unit (J)

Scanning optics unit Sub-scanning unit (E) Conveyor unit

Upper conveyor unit (D) Upper removal unit (B1) Upper film loading unit (A1)

Middle conveyor unit Middle removal unit (B2) Middle film loading unit (A2)

Lower conveyor unit Lower removal unit (B3) Lower film loading unit (A3)

Controller Frame (K)

FP7D0104.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-10

MD-11 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-11

MD-12

1.3.5

Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions

■ Film Loading Unit SA12

SOLA11

SA13 SA11 Upper film loading unit

SA14

SA22

SA32 SOLA21

SOLA31

SA21

SA31 SA23

SA33

SA24

SA34

Middle film loading unit

Lower film loading unit FP7D0105.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-12

MD-13 Unit Upper film loading unit (A1)

Middle film loading unit (A2)

Lower film loading unit (A3)

Symbol

Name

SOLA11 Tray lock solenoid (Upper)

Type

Remarks

Linear solenoid

Releases tray lock

SA11

Film pack/shutter detection sensor (Upper)

Reflection type sensor

OFF in presence of film pack/shutter

SA12

Tray detection switch (Upper)

Microswitch

ON when tray is pushed in

SA13

Tray lock detection sensor (Upper)

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

ON when tray is locked

SA14

Barcode reader (Upper)

–

Detects film lot number

SOLA21 Tray lock solenoid (Middle)

Linear solenoid

Releases tray lock

SA21

Film pack/shutter detection sensor (Middle)

Reflection type sensor

OFF in presence of film pack/shutter

SA22

Tray detection switch (Middle) Microswitch

SA23

Tray lock detection sensor (Middle)

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

ON when tray is locked

SA24

Barcode reader (Middle)

–

Detects film lot number

Linear solenoid

Releases tray lock

SOLA31 Tray lock solenoid (Lower)

ON when tray is pushed in

SA31

Film pack/shutter detection sensor (Lower)

Reflection type sensor

OFF in presence of film pack/shutter

SA32

Tray detection switch (Lower)

Microswitch

ON when tray is pushed in

SA33

Tray lock detection sensor (Lower)

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

ON when tray is locked

SA34

Barcode reader (Lower)

–

Detects film lot number TP7D0101.EPS

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following. • Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor: Film present • Microswitch: Switch actuator is pressed

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-13

MD-14 ■ Removal Unit

MB11 Upper removal unit SB12

SB11

SB13

MB21

MB31

SB22

SB32

SB21

SB31

SB23

SB33

Middle removal unit

Lower removal unit FP7D0106.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-14

MD-15 Unit

Symbol

Name

Upper removal unit (B1)

MB11

Film removing motor (Upper)

SB11

Suction cup arm HP detection Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm) sensor (Upper)

ON when suction cup arm is at film suction side than home position

SB12

Film surface detection sensor Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm) (Upper)

ON when suction cup reaches on film

SB13

Removal unit exit sensor (Upper)

MB21

Film removing motor (Middle) Stepping motor

Drives suction cup arm

SB21

Suction cup arm HP detection Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm) sensor (Middle)

ON when suction cup arm is at film suction side than home position

SB22

Film surface detection sensor Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm) (Middle)

ON when suction cup reaches on film

SB23

Removal unit exit sensor (Middle)

Reflection type sensor

ON when film is at removal unit exit

MB31

Film removing motor (Lower)

Stepping motor

Drives suction cup arm

SB31

Suction cup arm HP detection Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm) sensor (Lower)

ON when suction cup arm is at film suction side than home position

SB32

Film surface detection sensor Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm) (Lower)

ON when suction cup reaches on film

SB33

Removal unit exit sensor (Lower)

Middle removal unit (B2)

Lower removal unit (B3)

Type Stepping motor

Reflection type sensor

Reflection type sensor

Remarks Drives suction cup arm

ON when film is at removal unit exit

ON when film is at removal unit exit TP7D0102.EPS

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following. • Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor: Film present

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-15

MD-16 ■ Upper Conveyor Unit 1

CLD1 MD2

MD4

MD3

MD1

MD6

MD5 FP7D0107.EPS

Unit

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

Upper conveyor unit (D)

MD1

Film conveyance motor

Stepping motor

Drives removal unit rollers and conveyor unit rollers, and conveys film

MD2

Upper conveyor unit exit motor

Stepping motor

Drives conveyor unit exit roller, and conveys film

MD3

Gripping release motor

Stepping motor

Releases grip of upper conveyor unit gripping roller

MD4

Cleaning roller grip release motor

Stepping motor

Releases grip of cleaning roller

MD5

Film positioning motor (Upper)

Stepping motor

Positions film to the center

MD6

Film positioning motor (Lower)

Stepping motor

Positions film to the center

CLD1

Upper conveyor unit exit clutch

Electromagnetic clutch

Transfers MD2 drive to conveyor unit exit roller TP7D0103.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-16

MD-17 ■ Upper Conveyor Unit 2 SD2

SD5

SD3 SD6 SD4

SD1 SD7

FP7D0108.EPS

Unit

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

Upper conveyor unit (D)

SD1

Upper conveyor unit entrance Reflection type sensor sensor

SD2

Upper conveyor unit exit sensor

Reflection type sensor

ON when film is at upper conveyor unit exit

SD3

Upper grip position detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

SD4

Lower grip position detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

Detect the upper and lower conveyance grip roller grip state by the ON/OFF combination of SD3 and SD4

SD5

Cleaning roller grip position detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

ON when cleaning roller is at gripping position

SD6

Positioning guide HP detection sensor (Upper)

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

ON when film positioning guide plate (upper) is at home position

SD7

Positioning guide HP detection sensor (Lower)

Penetration type sensor (Pl: 5 mm)

ON when film positioning guide plate (lower) is at home position

ON when film is at U-turn guide entrance

TP7D0104.EPS

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following. • Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor: Film present

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-17

MD-18 ■ Sub-scanning Unit/Heat Development Unit 3rd rack

FANG1 - 3

2nd rack ThG10 MG1 1st rack

ME1

SE1

1st rack TpG1 TpG2 ThG1

TpG3

2nd rack

TpG4

ThG2 TpG5

ThG3 H1 - H3

ThG4

TpG6

TpG7

ThG5

3rd rack

TpG8

ThG6 H4 - H6

ThG7

TpG9 ThG8 H7 - H9

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

ThG9 FP7D0109.EPS

MD-18

MD-19 Unit

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

Sub-scanning unit (E)

ME1

Sub-scanning motor

DC motor

Sub-scans and conveys film

SE1

Film leading edge detection sensor

Laser detection sensor

Detects leading edge and trailing edge of film by detecting laser light

Heat development unit (G)

MG1

Heat development unit conveyance motor

Stepping motor

Heat develops and conveys film

FANG 1-3

Filter section cooling fan

DC fan

Cools film and ventilates near heat development unit

HG1 - 3

Heaters 1 - 3

Silicon rubber heater

Heat develops film (1st rack)

HG4 - 6

Heaters 4 - 6

Silicon rubber heater

Heat develops film (2nd rack)

HG7 - 9

Heaters 7 - 9

Silicon rubber heater

Heat develops film (3rd rack)

ThG1 - 3 Heat development thermistors 1 - 3

Thermistor

Detects 1st rack heater temperature

ThG4 - 6 Heat development thermistors 4 - 6

Thermistor

Detects 2nd rack heater temperature

ThG7 - 9 Heat development thermistors 7 - 9

Thermistor

Detects 3rd rack heater temperature

Thermistor

Detects film cooling section temperature

TpG1 - 3 Thermal protectors 1 - 3

Manual recovery type

Shuts off power supply in overheating of 1st rack heater

TpG4 - 6 Thermal protectors 4 - 6

Manual recovery type

Shuts off power supply in overheating of 2nd rack heater

TpG7 - 9 Thermal protectors 7 - 9

Manual recovery type

Shuts off power supply in overheating of 3rd rack heater

ThG10

Film cooling section thermistor

TP7D0105.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-19

MD-20 ■ Film Release Unit/Frame SK1 Thk1 MJ1

SOLJ1

SJ1

SK2

SK3

FANK1

FP7D0110.EPS

Unit Film release unit (J)

Symbol

Name

MJ1

Film release unit conveyance motor

Remarks

Stepping motor

Ejects film

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide (When mounted with the optional sorter)

Reflection type sensor

ON when there is film in film release unit

DC fan

Ventilates and cools controller

Jam clear cover interlock switch

Microswitch

ON when jam clear cover is closed

SK2-3

Front cover interlock switch

Microswitch

ON when front cover is closed

ThK1

Recording section thermistor

Thermistor

Detects sub-scanning unit temperature

SOLJ1 Changeover guide solenoid

SJ1

Frame (K)

Type

Film release unit film detection sensor

FANK1 Ventilation fan SK1

TP7D0106.EPS

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following. • Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor: Film present • Microswitch: Switch actuator is pressed

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-20

MD-21 ■ Sorter ST1 SOLT1 ST2

SOLT2 SOLT3

ST3 SOLT4 ST4

SOLT5 SOLT6

ST5

SOLT7 SOLT8 SOLT9 ST6 MT1 FP7D0117.EPS

Unit

Name

Type

Function/Remarks

ST1

Film detection sensor 1

Reflection sensor

ON when there is film

ST2

Film detection sensor 2

Reflection sensor

ON when there is film

ST3

Film detection sensor 3

Reflection sensor

ON when there is film

ST4

Film detection sensor 4

Reflection sensor

ON when there is film

ST5

Film detection sensor 5

Reflection sensor

ON when there is film

ST6

Sorter interlock switch

Microswitch

ON when connected to the printer

MT1

Sorter conveyance motor

Stepping motor

Conveys film

SOLT1

Changeover guide solenoid 1

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT2

Changeover guide solenoid 2

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT3

Changeover guide solenoid 3

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT4

Changeover guide solenoid 4

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT5

Changeover guide solenoid 5

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT6

Changeover guide solenoid 6

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT7

Changeover guide solenoid 7

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT8

Changeover guide solenoid 8

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide

SOLT9

Changeover guide solenoid 9

Linear solenoid

Switches changeover guide TP7D0111.EPS

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following. • Reflection type sensor: Film present • Microswitch: Switch actuator is pressed

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-21

MD-22

1.3.6

Layout of Boards

■ Equipment Main Body VR board LDD16A PNL16A LED15A PDD15A

DRV16A/B

SNS16A

HDD

MCT16A

Power supply unit fan

PRN16A Power supply unit PC board DIMM (memory)

Main power switch FP7D0113.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-22

MD-23 Name

Main function

PNL16A (Operation panel board)

LCD display/non-display control, touch panel control, operation panel LED

VR board (Volume board)

Touch panel contrast adjustment

LDD16A (Laser drive board)

Scanner laser drive

LED15A (Density measurement section light-emitting board)

Light is emitted for density measurement

PDD15A (Density measurement section light-sensing board)

Receives penetrating light for density measurement

HDD

Image data spool

Power supply unit

Supplies DC power to the equipment/AC power for heat development unit heater

Main power switch

Supplies to AC power to the power supply unit

DIMM (Memory)

Main memory of PC board

PC board

Overall control of equipment, network input, image processing

PRN16A (Print control board)

DA converts processed image signals from PC board and sends to scanner, laser power strength control, exposure output timing control

MCT16A (Mechanical control board)

Mechanism control, heat development control

SNS16A (Sensor board)

I/O part control, thermistor signal/density measurement section data AD conversion, barcode reader communication

DRV16A/B (Driver board)

Mechanical drive parts drive TP7D0107.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-23

MD-24 ■ Sorter

SRT16A

FP7D0118.EPS

Name SRT16A (Sorter control board)

Main function Performs communication with printer, and controls/drives each I/O parts TP7D0112.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-24

MD-25

1.3.7

Layout of Rollers/Guide Boards

■ Equipment Main Body ● Layout of Rollers 16

18

17

22

21 20 19

15 12

11

10

9

13

8 7 6

14

5

1

2 4

1

2 3

1

2

FP7D0119.EPS

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Removal conveyance roller (Upper/Lower)

12

Pre-recording roller

2

Removal unit exit roller (Upper/Lower)

13

Sub-scanning conveyance driven roller

3

Lower conveyance roller (Left/Right)

14

1st rack heat development roller

4

Middle conveyance roller (Left/Right)

15

2nd rack heat development roller

5

Conveyance grip roller (Lower)

16

3rd rack heat development roller

6

Conveyance driving roller (Lower)

17

Film cooling section roller

7

Conveyance grip roller (Upper)

18

Film cooling section exit roller (Upper/lower)

8

Conveyance driving roller (Upper)

19

Film release unit roller (Upper/lower)

9

Cleaning roller

20

Film release guide roller

10

Conveyor unit exit roller

21

Film release roller (Lower)

11

Sub-scanning conveyance driving roller

22

Film release roller (Upper) TP7D0108.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-25

MD-26 ● Layout of Guides 17

19 18 14

13 12

11 10 9

16

15 1

1

1

8 5 3 2 4 7 6 3 2 4 7 6 3 2 4

FP7D0120.EPS

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Removal unit guide

11

Conveyor unit U turn guide (Lower)

2

Conveyor unit entrance guide (Lower)

12

Conveyor unit exit guide (Upper)

3

Conveyor unit entrance guide (Upper)

13

Conveyor unit exit guide (Lower)

4

Conveyor unit relay guide (Left)

14

Sub-scanning unit entrance guide

5

Conveyor unit relay guide (Right)

15

6

Conveyor unit open/close guide

Heat development unit entrance guide (Upper)

7

Conveyor unit vertical path guide

16

Heat development unit entrance guide (Lower)

8

Conveyor unit guide (Right)

17

Film release unit entrance guide

9

Conveyor unit guide (Left)

18

Film release unit upper guide

10

Conveyor unit U turn guide (Upper)

19

Changeover guide TP7D0109.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-26

MD-27 ■ Sorter 1

2

3

4 5

18

6

17 16 15 14

13 12 11 7

10 8

9

FP3F0S03.EPS

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Entrance roller 1

10

Changeover guide 9

2

Entrance roller 2

11

Conveyance roller 5 (Right)

3

Entrance roller 3

12

Conveyance roller 5 (Left)

4

Conveyance roller 1 (Right)

13

Jam removing guide 4

5

Bin 1 discharge roller (Upper)

14

Jam removing guide 1

6

Bin 1 discharge roller (Lower)

15

Changeover guide 1

7

Bin 10 discharge roller (Upper)

16

Conveyance roller 1 (Left)

8

Bin 10 discharge roller (Lower)

17

Sorter entrance guide (Lower)

9

Changeover guide 10 (Fixed to equipment)

18

Sorter entrance guide (Upper) TP7D0113.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-27

MD-28

2.

STARTING UP AND ENDING THE EQUIPMENT

2.1

Power ON Operations The equipment starts up in the following conditions when the main power switch is ON. Conditions

Method

Remarks

Power ON switch on operation panel

Press power ON switch on operation panel.

–

Interlocking of power supplies of externally connected device

Turn ON power of device externally connected. (Connect with optional cable)

Responds only when external device power status signal changes from OFF to ON.

External timer

Generation of power ON signal by timer (Connect with optional cable)

Responds only when external signal changes from OFF to ON.

WakeOnLAN function

Receive WakeOnLAN packet from network connected device

The network equipment needs to correspond to the WakeOnLAN function. TP7D0201.EPS

The following screen appears when DICOM input is enabled during initialization. While this screen is displayed, image inputs are accepted but keys cannot be entered.

In the above screen example, the gray in the number of film display area indicates DI-HLc loaded, blue indicates DI-HL loaded, and pink indicates DI-ML film loaded. If displayed as “4.0” below the film tray number, it means that Dmax 4.0 is set.

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-28

MD-29

2.2

Error Processing When errors occur during initialization or in the routine mode, this equipment performs the following processes.

■ When Films Run Out When the remaining number of films counter becomes 0, the equipment determines that films have run out and shows a display prompting replenishing of films. However, if the equipment has several trays, and trays other than the one that has run out of films have films of the same size and same base color, the display prompting that films be replenished will be shown while printing continues. Information that films have run out will be sent to externally connected devices at the point a printing request is made. The replenishing of films by the user is determined by the opening/closing of film trays, and by the ON/OFF of the film pack/shutter detection sensor. ■ When Level 1 Errors Occur When level 1 errors occur, for errors which can be recovered by the user, displays on user recovery operations are shown. Initialization was performed after recovery by the user, and if printing is currently being performed printing will be continued. If recovered by retry operations of the equipment, only error logs are performed. Error logs are also only performed for reference information for design analysis. ● Cover Open/Tray Open/Shutter Detection When these errors are detected, operations of the equipment are stopped, the error notification display is shown on the operation panel, and operations of the equipment are continued after errors have been removed by the user. ● When Films Jam When films jam, printing of films ahead of the jammed position are completed, and the film jam display is shown. When films jam in the sorter, films continuing from the jammed position are switched to be released to the equipment, and the display to cancel use of sorter appears. If cancellation of use of sorter is selected, the sorter is taken to have degenerated. Images which have not been printed will be re-output automatically after recover. ● When Sorter is Abnormal When sorter errors occur during printing, the place of ejecting films proceeding the sorter is switched to the equipment. At the same time, the display to select canceling of use of sorter appears. If cancellation of use of sorter is selected, the sorter is taken to have degenerated.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-29

MD-30 ■ When Level 0 Errors Occur When level 0 errors occur, the equipment completes the current process as much as possible, stops temperature control, and lights up ERROR. The equipment then becomes system down and the power must be turned ON/OFF. It is possible to shift to the M-Utility in this state. Level 0 errors consists of the following. • Conveyance system fatal error • Temperature control system fatal error • Scanner system fatal error • Image processing fatal error • Fatal errors determined by the software • Failed in reading external files when equipment is started. • Discovered contradiction of various software environment when equipment is started. • Discovered contradiction in service settings when equipment is started. • Discovered malfunction of various electric parts when equipment is initialized. • Malfunctions of all trays. • Communication error of formatter (PC board) and printer (MCT board) ■ Degeneration When the following units malfunction, this is taken as degeneration, and operations are continued without using the function. • Tray (only when there are usable trays) • Density measurement section • Sorter ■ Film Replacement Output If films with the size and base color specified by externally connected equipment have not been replenished, films are output from trays which can be used according to configuration settings of the M-Utility.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-30

MD-31

2.3

Power OFF Operations When the power of this equipment is ON, it can be ended in the following conditions. Conditions

Method

Shut down button on touch Touch the shut down bottun on the touch panel. panel

Remarks – Operates when no interlocking with external devices.

Main power switch

Turn OFF the main power switch.

All power supplies are cut off regardless the state of the equipment.

Interlocking of power supplies of externally connected device

Turn OFF the power of device externally connected. (connected by the optional cable)

Responds only when the external device state signal changed from ON to OFF. TP7D0202.EPS

Shut down the software before turning off the power when ending the equipment.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-31

MD-32

3.

DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL OPERATIONS

3.1

Tray Loading Unit

The following descriptions are based on the upper film loading unit. They also apply to the middle film loading unit and lower film loading unit, but A1 is A2 and A3 respectively.

Upper tray loading unit: SA11 Middle tray loading unit: SA21 Lower tray loading unit: SA31

■ Film Sizes This equipment is compatible with film sizes 35 x 43 cm, 26 x 36 cm, 20 x 25 cm, and 25 x 30 cm. The following figure shows the arrangement of guide pins and guide plates for each film size. Guide plate

35x43

26x36

Guide pin 25x30

20x25

Film tray

FP7B0519.EPS

The following procedures are required to change the film size. • Change the position for attaching the guide pin and guide plate in the film tray • Change the position for attaching the barcode reader • To use the 20 x 25 cm film size, replace with the optional 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm, and change the position for attaching the film release plate of the removal unit • To use the 25 x 30 cm film size, change the positions for attaching the suction cup and film release plate of the removal unit • Change the film size in the configuration setting of the M-Utility

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-32

MD-33

Equipment with the following serial numbers can be used 25 x 30 cm size film. • #21936, #22687, #23291 or later Also, to use 25 x 30 cm size film, main unit software version A03/A04/V4.1 or later/V10.0 or later is required.

■ Film Pack/Shutter Detection To prevent exposure of films in trays when trays are opened, this equipment is equipped with sensors to detect film packs in the trays and shutters. Trays can be opened only when reflected light from the film pack or shutter is detected by the film pack/shutter detection sensor (SA11: reflection type sensor). ■ Barcode Reader (BCR) A barcode label is pasted to the base of the film pack. The barcode reader (BCR) reads barcode information such as film production lot, etc. from this label when film is loaded. If change in the film production lot is detected from this barcode information, density measurement is performed automatically according to the U-Utility setting, and density difference is corrected by updating the density correction table. If films are not loaded correctly, error message is displayed. If barcode information is not read correctly, it is determined as BCR malfunction and previous density correction tables are used continuously. Or it is determined as other brand film. Barcode BCR

FP7D0302.EPS

● Example of Error Message when Wrong Type of Film is Loaded

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-33

MD-34 ■ Tray Detection/Tray Lock Film tray detection is performed by the tray detection switch (SA12). When a film tray is inserted, SA12 turns ON so that film tray presence is detected. SA12 also serves as an interlock function. In the tray open state, it cuts off the +24V power of the film removing motor (MB11), film conveyance motor (MD1), and tray lock solenoid (SOLA11). Tray lock is released by SOLA11, and the SOLA11 state is detected by the tray lock detection sensor (SA13). SOLA11 turns ON by tray open operations on the operation panel, and the tray lock is released. When SOLA11 turns ON, SA13 goes OFF by the actuator attached to the hook. SA13 prevents the tray lock from being continuously set when SOLA11 malfunctions. When the tray lock is released, and the film tray is pulled out, SOLA11 is turned OFF by SA12 interlock mechanism. SA12 COM

SOLA11

NC

SA13

OP

EN CL

OS

E

FP7D0303.EPS

DRV board Upper tray detection switch (SA12)

+24V

K1 SOLA11 K1 MB11 +24V MD1 K1: Relay FP7D0304.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-34

MD-35

3.2

Removal Unit

The following descriptions are based on the upper removal unit. They also apply to the middle removal unit and lower removal unit, but B1 is B2 and B3 respectively.

Upper removal unit: SB11 Middle removal unit: SB21 Lower removal unit: SB31

■ Suction Cup Arm Home Position In the standby state, the suction cup arm is positioned at the suction cup arm home position. The suction cup arm home position is the position at which the suction cup arm HP detection sensor (SB11) turns OFF from ON and the removal conveyance roller (upper) touches the removal conveyance roller (lower). Suction cup arm

SB11: OFF

Removal unit Removal conveyance roller (upper) Removal conveyance roller (lower)

FP7D0305.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-35

MD-36 ■ Film Suction The film removing motor (MB11) rotates at high speed in the normal direction by the removal enable signal, and the suction cup arm starts moving. The suction cup arm curves according to the groove on the removal unit frame, and the suction cup descends onto the film. When the suction cup reaches the film surface, the film surface detection sensor (SB12) turns ON, and MB11 switches to low speed rotation. SB12: ON

Film

Suction cup

FP7D0306.EPS

After MB11 switches to low speed rotation, it continues to rotate in the normal direction until SB12 goes OFF. At this time, the suction cup arm pushes the bellows in, and generates negative pressure so that the film is suctioned to the suction cup.

SB12: OFF

FP7D0307.EPS

■ Film Flapping Operations With the suction cup suctioning the film, MB11 rotates in the reverse direction for the specified pulse at low speed, the suction cup arm rises and stops once. From this position, MB11 switches to middle speed, and performs flapping operations which repeat rising/lowering of suction cup arm five times. Flapping operations supply air to the trailing edge of the film by moving the leading edge up and down, to prevent improper conveyance due to adherence of the trailing edge of the films. The distance moved by the suction cup arm during flapping operations differ according to the number of films remaining on the film tray.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-36

MD-37 ■ Film Separation After flapping operations complete, MB11 rotates in the reverse direction, and moves the film to the removal conveyance roller (lower). If SB11 turns ON while it is moving, MB11 switches to low speed, and continues rotating in the reverse direction for the specified number of pulses. After the film reaches the removal conveyance roller (lower), the bellows is pushed in even further, which pushes the air inside out. The film separates from the suction cup, and is held by the removal conveyance roller (upper) and removal conveyance roller (lower).

Film

FP7D0308.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-37

MD-38 ■ Removal Conveyance After film separation, the film conveyance motor (MD1) rotates, conveying film to the removal unit exit conveyance roller via the removal unit exit sensor (SB13) and stops. The film conveyance roller of the removal unit is rotates by the drive of MD1 of the upper conveyor unit. At this time, if SB13 does not turn ON within the specified time, the film is determined to have dropped, and an error code is displayed. When the trailing edge of the preceding film passes the upper conveyor unit exit sensor (SD2) and gripping operations of the cleaning roller start, film can be conveyed to the upper conveyor unit. SD2

Preceding film

Upper conveyance unit

SB13

Middle conveyance unit FP7D0310.EPS

■ Return to Home Position When conveyance starts and SD1 detects the leading edge of conveyed film, MB11 reverses, the suction cup arm returns to the home position, and MB11 waits for the next film removing enable signal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-38

MD-39 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-39

MD-40

3.3

Upper Conveyor Unit

■ Setting the Conveyance Grip Roller State There are two conveyance grip rollers, one upper and one lower. In the conveyance and film positioning operations of the upper conveyor unit, the roller used differs according to the film size. Therefore the grip state is set according to the film size after the specified time at which the film leading edge passed SD1. For 26 x 36 cm, 20 x 25 cm, or 25 x 30 cm film, if the preceding film is also the same size, since this means that the grip state has already been set, no re-settings are required. For 35 x 43 cm film, the upper and lower conveyance grip rollers are gripped before the start of the next film conveyance. In the setting of the grip state, the upper and lower conveyance grip rollers move to the grip position/release position individually by the drive of the grip release motor (MD3). The positional relation between the upper and lower grip rollers is detected by the ON/ OFF combination of the upper grip position detection sensor (SD3) and lower grip position detection sensor (SD4).

Conveyance grip roller (upper)

Conveyance grip roller (lower)

FP7D0325.EPS

Conveyance grip roller (upper)

CCW

CW MD3

Conveyance grip roller (lower)

SD3 SD4 FP7D0309.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-40

MD-41 The following table shows the grip roller to be used according to film size, and combination of SD3 and SD4 in the setting of the grip state. 35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size

Film

Film

Grip release

Gripping

Grip release

Grip release

SD3: ON

SD3: OFF

SD4: ON

SD4: ON

TP7D0300.EPS

The upper and lower grip rollers differ in the distance between the grip roller and cam shaft. Although the upper and lower cam shafts are attached at the same phase, because the lower once has a smaller distance, when MD3 rotates, the upper grip roller releases the grip first. Front view

Conveyance grip roller (upper) Cam shaft

Wide Narrow

Conveyance grip roller (lower) FP7D0311.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-41

MD-42 ■ Conveyance 1 When gripping opetation of the upper and lower conveyance grip rollers are gripped, film conveyance from the removal unit starts. If the preceding film is currently passing through the conveyor unit exit roller, MD1 stands by until the preceding film passes through the conveyor unit exit, after which operations are performed in the following order “■ Cleaning Roller Grip Release”, “■ Cleaning Roller Re-grip”, “■ Conveyor Unit Exit Clutch ON”, and “■ Conveyance 2”. If the preceding film has already passed the conveyor unit exit roller, it means that the grip of the cleaning rollers has been released, so no grip release operations are performed. Instead operations are performed in the order of “■ Conveyance 2”, “■ Cleaning Roller Re-grip”, and “■ Conveyor Unit Exit Clutch ON”. SD2 Conveyor unit exit roller

Film Preceding film SD1

FP7D0312.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-42

MD-43 ■ Cleaning Roller Grip Release When the trailing edge of the film passes the upper conveyor unit exit sensor (SD2), the cleaning roller grip release motor (MD4) rotates in the normal direction (CCW) and releases the cleaning roller grip. The cleaning roller is moved to the grip position/release position by MD4. The position is detected by the cleaning roller grip position detection sensor (SD5). Cleaning roller maintenance arm

One-way gear

Cleaning roller CW SD5 MD4

FP7D0313.EPS

The idle gear transmitting the MD4 drive is a one-way gear. This gear is freed when the user lowers the cleaning roller by hand. On the other hand, the spring attached to the cleaning roller maintenance arm functions to raise the cleaning roller. The position of the cleaning roller is maintained by the worm gear attached to MD4.

At times other than film conveyance, the cleaning roller is in the grip release state. This is to prevent deformation by setting the cleaning roller into the grip state, and prevent disabling of grip release by the adhering of cleaning roller to the conveyance roller.

■ Cleaning Roller Re-grip MD4 rotates in the reverse direction (CW) for the next film, and moves the clean roller to the grip position again.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-43

MD-44 ■ Conveyor Unit Exit Clutch ON The conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) is turned ON. The conveyor unit exit roller rotates from the drive of MD2, but the driving force is transferred to the roller when CLD1 turns ON. Conveyor unit exit roller

Cleaning roller

MD2

CLD1 FP7D0314.EPS

■ Conveyance 2 MD1 rotates in the normal direction and conveys leading edge of the film to the upper conveyor unit exit. When the film leading edge passes SD2, MD2 starts rotating in the reverse direction. At this time, the rotation of MD1 in the normal direction conveys the film to the discharge side. However because MD2 is rotating in the reverse direction, the leading edge of the film is pressed into the conveyor unit exit roller. Film positioning operations are started 1.2 seconds after SD2 turns ON, and allowing removal of the next film. SD2

; ;;;; ; : Rollers driven by MD1

; ;;

: Rollers driven by MD2

FP7D0315.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-44

MD-45 ■ Film Positioning Operations In film positioning operations, the positioning motors (upper/lower) (MD5/MD6) repeat rotation in the normal direction/reverse direction twice, and also restricts the film position to the center of the conveyance path. During film positioning operations, the conveyance drive roller moves in the normal direction, while the conveyor unit exit roller moves in the reverse direction for smooth positioning operations. When positioning operations end, MD1 and MD2 stop, and set into the pre-recording conveyance standby. When pre-recording conveyance starts, MD5 and MD6 rotate reverse direction and return the guide plate to the home position. Detection of the home position of the guide plate is carried out by the positioning guide HP detection sensor (SD6/SD7). Film

MD5/MD6

SD6/SD7 Guide plate

FP7D0316.EPS

■ Pre-Recording Conveyance After transfer of image data to the print buffer in the formatter, film conveyance (prerecording conveyance) to the sub-scanning unit is started (pre-recording conveyance). In pre-recording conveyance, after MD2 is rotated in the normal direction at high speed for the specified number of pulses, it is switched to the low speed normal direction. The same sync transfer as the sub-scanning conveyance roller is performed, and film is sent to the sub-scanning unit. After conveying the film for the specified time, CLD1 and MD2 are turned OFF to free the conveyor unit exit roller. When SD2 goes OFF, the cleaning roller grip is released.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-45

MD-46

3.4

Sub-scanning Unit

■ Sub-scanning Conveyance At the same time film is conveyed from the upper conveyor unit, the sub-scanning motor (ME1) drives and the sub-scanning conveyance roller rotates. The sub scanning unit conveyance driving roller receiving the driving force from ME1 transmits the drive to the sub-scanning unit conveyance driven roller by the SUS belt. Using the SUS belt prevents stretching of the belt, etc., and transmits the speed from ME1 accurately. Driving roller ME1 SE1

Driven roller

SUS belt

FP7D0317.EPS

■ Recording Conveyance When the leading edge of film is detected by the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1), image recording starts from the laser light from the scanner unit. Image recording ends, and after it has been conveyed according to the length of the film, ME1 stops.

SE1 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7D0321.EPS

MD-46

MD-47

3.5

Scanning Optics Unit

■ Outline The scanning optics unit is composed of the LDD board (laser diode drive board), LDA board, SYN board (start-point detection board) of the scanner unit, SED board of the sub-scanning unit (film leading edge detection sensor: SE1), polygon driver, LED board and PDD board of the density measurement section. The LDD board, LDA board, SYN board, and SED board are controlled by the PRN board, while the polygon driver and density measurement section are controlled by the MCT board. These controls are synchronized with film conveyance to record images. The digital data sent from the PC board is D/A converted in the PRN board, and sent to the LDD board as the analog image signal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-47

MD-48 ■ Description of Units ● Scanner Unit The Max. 50 mW/660 nm red laser is reflected to the 6-face polygon mirror by the laserdiode mounted to the laser unit of the scanner unit. The laser light scanned in the main scanning direction by the polygon mirror is synchronized by the detection of the scan start timing by the main scanning sync sensor of the SYN board.

Laser unit Mirror LDA board

Reflection mirror

LDD board Scanning lens SYN board (Start-point detection)

Polygon mirror

FP7D0318.EPS

The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror is passed through the scanning lens and irradiated to the surface of the film at the bottom of the scanning optics unit by the reflection mirror. The exposed film is conveyed to the heat development unit and heatdeveloped.

Film Laser unit LDA board

Reflection mirror

LDD board Scanning lens Polygon mirror

FP7D0319.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-48

MD-49 ● Density Measurement Section The density measurement section measures film density after development, and compiles density correction tables to correct image density. The film (17-steps pattern/24-steps pattern) printed by the density measurement menu on the operation panel is read for the light penetration amount when it passes between the light-emitting side of the LED board and light-sensing side of the PDD board of the film release unit to measure the density data. LED board

PDD board

Film release unit

Film

FP7D0320.EPS

● Temperature Correction Film image density varies according to cooling temperature after heat development and temperature of the equipment. For this reason, the temperature of the film cooling section and temperature near the sub-scanning unit are detected by the thermistor, and based on this temperature data, image data before D/A conversion are corrected.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-49

MD-50

3.6

Heat Development Unit

■ Heat Development The exposed image on the film conveyed from the sub-scanning unit is heat developed by passing through the heat plate and heat development roller of the heat development unit. Temperature control of the heat plate is performed by the temperature detection signal from the thermistor attached to each heat plate. At the same time, thermal protectors are attached to each heat plate as a protection against overheating of the heat plate. The heat development unit conveyance motor (MG1) starts rotating at the same time as removal operations start. When heat development completes, films are uncurled while cooled by the film cooling section, and conveyed to the film release unit. After the last film is discharged, MG1 stops. Film Heat plate

Film cooling section

Heat development conveyance roller

FP7D0322.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-50

MD-51

3.7

Film Release Unit

■ Film Discharge 1 After heat development, films are conveyed to the film release unit and discharged outside the equipment. When the film release unit film detection sensor (SJ1) turns ON, the film release unit conveyance motor (MJ1) starts rotating in the normal direction at low speed.

Film

SJ1

FP7D0323.EPS

■ Film Discharge 2 When the film trailing edge passes the last roller of the film cooling section, MJ1 switches to movement in the normal direction at high speed, and discharges film at high speed. ■ Changeover Guide Switching For equipments with the optional sorter, the changeover guide is at the sorter discharge position from the force of the spring. To switch to upper discharge, the changeover guide solenoid (SOLJ1) is turned ON at the same time MJ1 starts moving in the normal direction at low speed, and the direction of the changeover guide is switched.

Changeover guide

Film SOLJ1: OFF

To sorter

FP7D0324.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-51

MD-52

3.8

Sorter

■ Sorter Power ON/OFF The power of the sorter turns ON when the power of the printer turns ON. The sorter then performs self-diagnosis (about 30 seconds). If normal, it sets into the standby state. The power of the sorter goes OFF when the power of the printer goes OFF. In the following conditions, the sorter performs the reset sequence, and performs the same process as when the power is ON. • When the reset signal is output from the printer • When the +5V output from the sorter power board drops below the specified voltage while the sorter power is ON due to some reason. (When below approximately 4.3V) ■ Film Conveyance from Printer The sorter prepares for film storage when it receives the sorter film discharge signal from the printer. When film is conveyed to the sorter and the film detection sensor 1 (ST1) turns ON, the sorter conveyance motor (MT1) rotates and conveys the film inside the sorter.

Film ST1

FP3F0S06.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-52

MD-53 ■ Film Conveyance/Switching of Changeover Guides When the film detection sensor (ST1 to ST5) corresponding to the bin storing the film turns ON, the corresponding changeover guide solenoid (SOLT1 to SOLT9) turns ON to form the conveyance path to the bin.

Film detection sensor

Changeover guide

FP3F0S07.EPS

■ Solenoid Control of Film Detection Sensors The five film detection sensors provided on the sorter control the ON/OFF of the nine changeover solenoids. After the sensor corresponding to the discharge bin turns ON, the corresponding solenoid is turned ON after the specified time. • Time to Solenoid ON Bin 1 Corresponding Sensor Solenoid ON

Bin 2

Bin 3

ST1

Bin 4

Bin 5

ST2

Bin 6

Bin 7

ST3

Bin 8 ST4

Bin 9

Bin 10

ST5

–

0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec.

– TP7D0301.EPS

■ Film Discharge Films are discharged onto the bins. When the film detection sensor goes OFF, the solenoid and sorter conveyance motor are turned OFF after the specified time, and the end signal is sent to the printer. • Solenoid, Motor Stop Time Bin 1 Corresponding sensor

Bin 2

Bin 3

ST1

Bin 4

ST2

Bin 5

Bin 6

ST3

Bin 7

Bin 8

ST4

Bin 9

Bin 10

ST5

Solenoid OFF

2.67 Sec. 5.99 Sec. 2.67 Sec. 5.99 Sec. 2.67 Sec. 5.99 Sec. 2.67 Sec. 5.99 Sec. 2.67 Sec.

–

Motor OFF

6.92 Sec. 10.90 Sec. 6.92 Sec. 10.90 Sec. 6.92 Sec. 10.90 Sec. 6.92 Sec. 10.90 Sec. 6.92 Sec. 10.90 Sec. TP7D0302.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-53

MD-54 ■ Film Jam Detection/Film Jam Processing If a sensor does not go OFF even after more than 39 seconds after it turned ON, it is determined as film jam, and the solenoid and motor are turned OFF. At this time, films which have not been recorded are discharged to the top of the printer. On the other hand, if film jam occurs inside the printer, films before the jammed film are processed normally and discharged to the corresponding bin. ■ Error Processing The sorter is able to detect the following six errors. When an error occurs, the error is sent to the printer if communication can be carried out, and at the same time, the LED2 (red) on the SRT board lights up. When the printer receives the error from the sorter, it displays an error message on the operation panel, and logs the error information, • Self-diagnosis error (ROM, RAM check error) • Film jam • Detection if disconnection of printer (Interlock cut off detection) • Mechanism error • Communication error • Command processing error ■ Sorting Operations The sorting operations of this equipment differ according to the version of the main unit software. ● Main unit software version A02 or earlier Bins are switched for every print. If printing several copies, films are output to the same bin. ● Main unit software version A03 or later Start using the selected bins from the one with the smallest number, and switch to the next bin when the number of copies output with the current bin totals 50. Bins are switched only when output bin number is not specified by the client and bin settings were performed using the DPX7 PC Tool. If the output bin has been specified by the DICOM tag, images are output to this bin. Main unit software version A02 or earlier

Main unit software version A03 or later

FP7D0330.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-54

MD-55 The total number of films is managed for every bin, therefore bins are not always switched for every 50 prints as seen from the client side, as shown in the following examples. Example 1 (Overlapping of selected bins) When set as follows: • Client A: Bin 1, 2, 3 • Client B: Bin 3, 4, 5 As bin 3 is overlapping, bins may be switched even if 50 copies have not been output as seen from the client. Example 2 (When the output bin is specified by DICOM tag) When set as follows: • Client A: Bin 1, 2, 3 • Client B: Bin 1 specified by DICOM tag As bin 1 is overlapping, bins may be switched even if 50 copies have not been output as seen from client A.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-55

MD-56

4.

DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL

4.1

System Block Diagram AC input Operation panel

Power supply unit

Power ON switch +5VS

Main power switch

LEDs

POWER LED

Buzzer Controller fan +5VS +5V +12VD +12V -12V +3.3V +24V ±12VITLK

Touch panel

VGA

HDD Scanner unit PC board

SIO

(Leading edge) (Start-point) SED SYN

PRN

LD

PD LDA

LDD

SNS Sensor ADC

MCT

Density measurement section sensor

Thermistor SIO

Barcode reader

DRV Interlock SW ATX control Motor LAN

SIO

SIO

Solenoid

Controller fan Heater control Remote power supply control

Clutch Fan

Interlock Heat development heater

Heater power

External timer

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

LAN compatible devices (Including WakeOnLAN)

Modem (For servicing)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

External devices (Remote power supply control)

Sorter

External connection

FP7D0406.EPS

MD-56

MD-57

4.2

Outline of Power Supply AC input Operation panel

Power supply unit

Power ON switch +5VS

Main power switch

+5V, +12VD

Controller fan +5VS +5V +12VD +12V -12V +3.3V +24V ±12VITLK

+5V, +12VD

+5V

LEDs

POWER LED

Touch panel

HDD Scanner unit PC board

+5VS, +5V +3.3V +12VD -12V

(Leading edge) (Start-point) SED SYN LD PD +5V ±12V +5V LDA LDD ±8V +5V +12V→±8V

PRN +5V

±12V, +3.3V

SNS +5V

±12V, +5V

±12V +5V

MCT Signal +5V +5V→+3.3V +5V→+2.5V +5V→+1.9V

Auto-transformer

Barcode reader

DRV Signal +5V, +24V

AC200V

Density measurement section

+5V

200V HTC

Sensors

+24V +24V

Drive parts Polygon motor

Heat development heater FP7D0407.EPS

AC power is supplied to the power supply unit when the main power switch is turned ON. The power supply unit outputs the following power based on this AC power. • When AC power is input, the power supply unit outputs +5VS to the PC board and for the POWER LED on the operation panel. • The power supply unit outputs +5V, ±12V, +12VD, +24V, and +3.3V when the power ON switch is pushed. • The power supply unit outputs AC200V to the heat development unit heater by the heater control signal from the MCT board. The PC board has a lithium batter for the clock and backup RAM.

Each output block of the power supply unit of this equipment has a protection circuit for overvoltage and overcurrent. When problems are detected, the present DC output is stopped.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-57

MD-58

4.3

Interlock Control The drive power supply cutoff by the interlock switch of this equipment is shown below.

Power supply unit

DRV board

Upper tray detection switch (SA12)

+24V

+5V

F1 +24V

K1 MB11 K1 SOLA11 Middle tray detection switch (SA22)

+24V F2

JP K2 MB21 K2 SOLA21 Lower tray detection switch (SA32)

+24V F3

JP K3 MB31 K3 SOLA31

+12V -12V

Front cover interlock switch (SK2, SK3)

+24V F9

K12 K12 K5

K6

+24V MD1

F8 K1

K2

K3 MD4 to MD6, CLD1

F6 K5 Scanner unit (LDD)

F5

MD2, MD3, MG1

F7

ME1 K6

FP7D0408.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-58

MD-59 DRV board

Power supply unit

+24V

MS1, FANG1 to FANG3 Jam clear cover interlock switch (SK1)

+24V F4 K4

MJ1 K4 SOLJ1 FP7D0409.EPS

F:

Fuse

JP:

Short-circuit connector for supplying power to the MD1 drive circuit in equipments without the middle and lower film loading units.

K1 to K3:

Relays which prevent the flow to the DRV board of counter-electromotive power generated when motors are rotated in jam removing in the opening of trays. At the same time, these relays cut off +24V power to the MD1 drive circuit.

K4:

Relay which prevents the flow to the DRV board of counter-electromotive power generated when motors are rotated in jam removing in the opening of the jam clear cover.

K5, K6:

Relay which cuts off power to motors and clutch in the opening of the front cover. At the same time, these relays prevent the flow to the DRV board of counter-electromotive power generated when motors are rotated in jam removing.

K12:

Relay which cuts off the ±12V (for driving the laser) to the LDD board when the front cover is released.

The ON/OFF states of interlock switches, relays, and fuses are converted to the ON/ OFF signal by the photocoupler, sent to the SNS board, and used for software control.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-59

MD-60

4.4

Functions of Boards

4.4.1

PC Board

■ Outline The PC board performs overall control of the equipment, network input, and image processing. ■ Main Functions ● CPU 733 MHz (FSB = 133 MHz) ● LAN 10/100BASE, with Link/Speed LED, Wakeup On LAN function

The Wakeup On LAN function is activated after the power is turned ON, the system starts, and setup has been performed. When power supply stops, it is activated after the power is turned ON again and the system starts.

● IDE-I/F Ultra ATA 100 compatible ● DIMM 168 pin, 3.3V Unbuffered DIMM, Non-ECC, SPD, PC133/PC100 compatible Maximum capacity: 512 MB Slots: 2 ● SIO-I/F 2 ch ● CRT-I/F Display mode: Resolution 320 x 240 to 1600 x 1200 ● PCI-I/F PCI2.2 compatible, 4 slots (of which, 2 slots are for the PRN board and MCT board) ● Lithium Battery For RTC and backup RAM, replaceable

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-60

MD-61

4.4.2

PRN Board PRN board Frame memory

PCI socket

Line memory

16 bit

32 bit

Image data

(1) LBC

16 bit

(2) CTG

14 bit

(3) DAC Scanner unit Coaxial I/F

32 bit

PLL synthesizer

(4) Start-point/Leading edge detection signal

FP7D0405.EPS

■ Outline The PRN board converts image data stored in the main memory on the PC board from digital to analog via the following blocks, and sends analog image data to the scanner unit using the coaxial cable. ■ Main Function (1)

LBC block Performs DMA transfer of image data via the PCI bus, and controls transfer to the frame memory.

(2)

CTG block Performs image data transfer from the frame memory to line memory, and controls transfer to the DAC based on the start-point/leading edge detection signal.

(3)

DAC block Converts image data from the line memory from digital to analog, and controls the laser light power.

(4)

Start-point/leading edge detection signal Takes in film leading edge detection sensor (SE1) outputs, and generates output timing to the exposure area. To accurately obtain start-points in the scanning direction, a PLL synthesizer is mounted.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-61

MD-62

4.4.3

MCT Board MCT board External remote input External remote output LED

PCI BUS

Heater ON/OFF CPU (7709A)

Power supply OFF Controller fan ON/OFF (Power supply)

DipSW

FPGA

Board version

RS-232C transeiver

Sorter I/F Debugging

SNS I/F Main memory (SDRAM) 4M x 32

Boot program FlashROM 512k word

FlashROM for application 1M word FP7D0401.EPS

■ Outline Performs mechanical control. Connected to the PCI bus of the PC board. Has interface with the SNS board and DRV board which control and drive the I/O parts. ■ Main functions ● Power ON Reset IC Generates reset signals when the power is turned ON. ● Hard Reset Switch Generates the same reset signal as power ON reset. ● Self-reset Circuit Generates reset signals by reset sequence access. ● CPU SH3: 7709A (133 MHz) ● Main Memory 8M word SDRAM (32 bit width), SH3 CKIO: 33.3 MHz access ● Boot Program ROM Can read/write by flash memory and sector, 512K words ● Application ROM Can read/write by flash memory and sector, 1M word, program is expanded on SDRAM and run.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-62

MD-63 ● FPGA Bus error monitoring, decoding, bus control, self-reset register, LED, version register, soft SW reading, SNS board I/F, 2-port memory (256B x 2) function ● RS232C Connected to the sorter and PC for debugging. ● PCI Interface PCI connection in the FPGA. Performs communication between the SH3 and PC board via the 2-port memory in the FPGA. ● SNS Board Interface Accesses the address/data 8-bit multiplexer via the FPGA. In data reading from the SNS board, takes in data when confirmed as the same data sent continuously twice. Bus error results when access is delayed because data cannot be confirmed. ● Heater Performs ON/OFF control of the heater for the power supply unit. Mounts the LED for checking operations, ● Controller Fan Control Outputs the ON/OFF signal of the controller fan to the power supply unit. ● External Remote Input/Output Outputs the power ON signal to the power supply unit and power OFF signal to SH3 by the signal from the external remote terminal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-63

MD-64

4.4.4

SNS Board SNS board Sensor input I/F

Reflection type sensor LED individual ON/OFF control MCT board

Power supply

AD coverter

5 mm GAP sensor Reflection type sensor

Heat development unit thermistor Film cooling section thermistor Recording section thermistor Density measurement PD Interlock state signal (DRV board)

+5V +12V -12V

FUSE open detection signal (DRV board)

FUSE open detection

Pulse motor control FPGA

Pulse motor drive (DRV board)

Solenoid control

Solenoid drive (DRV board)

DC motor control

DC motor drive (DRV board)

Clutch control

Clutch drive (DRV board)

Fan control

Fan drive (DRV board)

Volume board LED control

LED (Volume board)

Operation panel display control

Operation panel

Serial communication control

Barcode reader

FP7D0402.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-64

MD-65 ■ Outline The SNS board performs I/O parts control of the equipment by controlling the MCT board. Control signals from the MCT board are accessed by the address/data 8-bit multiplexer via the FPGA. The sensor input block is controlled by the SNS board directly, but the drive block I/O is controlled via the driver of the DRV board. This board generates only the control signals. ■ Main Functions ● Sensor Input Function ❍ Input system • PI 5 mm GAP type • PI reflection type • Interlock state detection

x 14 systems x 10 systems x 5 systems

❍ Control system • LED pulse lighting control (Reflection type)

x 10 systems

● Drive System Functions • • • • •

Pulse motor control Solenoid control (Power down control) DC motor control Electromagnetic clutch control Cooling fan control

x 11 systems x 4 systems x 2 systems x 1 system x 2 systems

● Analog Input System Function ❍ Input system (A/D conversion) • • • •

Heat development unit thermistor Recording section thermistor Film cooling section thermistor Density measurement photodiode

x 9 systems x 1 system x 1 system x 1 system

❍ Control system • Density measurement LED lighting control

x 1 system

● Volume Board LED Control • LED lighting control

x 2 systems

● Operation Panel Display Control • Setting data output

x 5 systems

● RS-232C Communication • Barcode reader

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

x 3 systems

MD-65

MD-66

4.4.5

DRV Board DRV board Interlock state signal (SNS board)

Photocoupler

Interlock circuit

FUSE open detection signal (SNS board)

Photocoupler

FUSE open detection

Pulse motor control (SNS board)

Pulse motor drive

Interlock switch

Pulse motor

Solenoid control (SNS board)

Solenoid drive

Solenoid

DC motor control (SNS board)

DC motor drive

DC motor

Clutch control (SNS board)

Clutch drive

Fan control (SNS board)

Fan drive

Power supply

Clutch

Fan

+5V +24V

FP7D0403.EPS

■ Outline Drives actuators using the control signal from the SNS board. Connected to the SNS board by the board to board connector.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-66

MD-67 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-67

MD-68

4.4.6

PNL Board, VR Board PNL board Analog RGB input DDC

A/D conversion

LCD controller

• Analog AMP • A/D converter • PLL, etc.

• Tone control • Timing conversion • Timing control • Memory control

PHASE CTL

Hard SW Display CTL

H.V. image position CTL

Memory

Controller

LCD output

ON/OFF SW

INV power supply output

Contrast CTL

DC - DC DC12V DC5V

5.0V, 3.3V, 30.0V FUSE

RS232C output

RS232C decoder

Touch panel controller

Touch panel input

VR board VR

Contrast adjustment volume

Save energy mode LED

Power supply unit SNS board

ERROR LED

Power ON switch

PC board

POWER LED

Buzzer FP7D0404.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-68

MD-69 ■ Outline The PNL board and VR board are user operation boards installed on the operation panel. Panel displays are controlled by the SNS board. ■ Main functions ● LCD • 5.7” passive color LCD (STN) • 320 (RGB) x 240 dots, COB LCD module • Built-in inverter drive backlight and inverter ● Touch Panel Analog resistance touch panel ● PNL board (LCD and Touch Panel Controller) • • • • •

Analog RGB input from PC board (VGA) VGA/LCD conversion function Backlight ON/OFF function LCD display/non-display function Touch panel controller

● VR Board (Volume Board) • LCD contrast adjustment volume • POWER LED/ERROR LED/SAVE ENERGY MODE LED (controlled by SNS board) • Power ON switch (Momentary) ● Touch Sound Speaker Operation buzzers (Beep from PC board only)

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-69

MD-70

4.4.7

Power Supply Unit

■ Outline of Power Supply Specifications ● Input Voltage AC 200/208/220/230/240 V ±10% Single-phase (2 lines)

Voltage is switched by tap switching.

● Output Voltage AC180 to 220V/(2500W), +5VS/0.5A, +5V/4A and 10A, ±12V/2A, +12VD/6A, +24V/8A, +3.3V/5A (However, only +5VS is output when the main power switch is turned ON) ● Input Frequency 50/60 Hz ±3 Hz ● Input Capacity Below 2.5 KVA ● Leakage Current Below 4 mA ■ Main Functions ● +5V Power Supply Monitor Output of +5VS power supply is started when the main power switch is turned ON. After +5V power is supplied, the POK signal (DC5V) is output for 100 to 500 ms by the control of the power SW controller. (For PC board) ● Power SW controller • Input signal 1 Receives logic LOW level start request signal using the +5VS voltage • Output signal 1 Outputs starts signals within signal pulse width 1 to 3 seconds or continuous logic LOW level start signals (for PC board) by input signal 1 • Input signal 2 Outputs power supply voltage (5V, ±12V, +12VD, 24V, 3.3V) other than +5VS by receiving logic LOW level (ground level) power supply ON request signal. Also cuts off power by opening grounding.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-70

MD-71 ● Heater Controller Signal from controller for turning heater AC output ON/OFF. ● Interlock Circuit Turns ±12VITRLK ON/OFF by the 24VITRLK signal input via the interlock switch from 24V.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-71

MD-72

4.4.8

SRT Board

■ Main Functions ● Communication Control Serial communication control ● Status Display for Maintenance When power is supplied to the CPU, LED1 (green) on the SRT board is lit. When errors occur, LED2 (red) is lit. ● Film Conveyance • The stepping motor (MT1) is rotated by the pulse motor driver to convey film. • The motor is stopped promptly when film jams are detected. ● Film Detection • When films pass by in front of the reflection sensor, film is detected as present. • Five film detection sensors are provided and used for switching two bins each. ● Changeover Guide Switching • The bin storing the film is specified by the command from the printer. • After the sensor corresponding to the specified bin detects that there is film, the solenoid is turned ON to switch the changeover guide. ● Detection of Disconnection When the sorter is disconnected and separated from the printer, +24V is cut off by the interlock switch. This cut off is detected by the software on the SRT board.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-72

MD-73 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-73

MD-74

5.

MECHANISM CONTROL FLOW

5.1

Reading the Mechanism Control Flow

■ Meaning of Symbols Start of sequence

START 5.3.1

Main routine

5.3.2 Fig. 1

Sub routine

SD4: ON?

Judgment

0215

Error processing Display of message

End of sequence

END

FP7D0520.EPS

■ ON/OFF Notation

• Penetration type sensors (SA13, SA23, SA33, SB11, SB21, SB31, SB12, SB22, SB32, SD3, SD4, SD5, SD6, SD7)

ON: Blocked

OFF : No blocked

• Reflection type sensors (SA11, SA21, SA31, SB13, SB23, SB33, SD1, SD2, SJ1)

ON : Film is present

OFF : No film

FP7D0521.EPS

■ Time/Conveyance Parameter Notation The time indicated in the MECHANISM CONTROL FLOW is the operation standby time or operating time. 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-74

MD-75

5.2

Initialization Flow

■ General Flow START

All motors stops

All reflection type sensors LED OFF

Sorter initialization

5.2.1

Upper Removal Unit Initialization

5.2.1

Middle Removal Unit Initialization

5.2.1

Lower Removal Unit Initialization

5.2.2

Cleaning Roller Grip Initialization

5.2.3

Conveyance Grip Roller Initialization

5.2.4

Upper Film Positioning Section Initialization

5.2.5

Lower Film Positioning Section Initialization

Clutch initialization

5.2.6

Remaining Film Discharge

END FP7D0500.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-75

MD-76

5.2.1

Upper/Middle/Lower Removal Unit Initialization START

SB11 : OFF?

Upper removal unit: SB11 Middle removal unit: SB21 Lower removal unit: SB31

ON (Not at suction cup HP)

OFF (At suction cup HP) MB11 : CW (Deviates from HP) SB11 : OFF→ON?

NO

YES

Retry?

NG

OK

MB11 : STOP

2225

0226

Upper removal unit

2229

0230

Middle removal unit

2233

0234

Lower removal unit

Removal unit HP deviation detection error

MB11 : CCW (Returns to HP) SB11 : ON→OFF?

NO

YES (HP)

Retry?

NG

OK 2227

0228

Upper removal unit

2231

0232

Middle removal unit

2235

0236

Lower removal unit

Removal unit HP return detection error MB11 : STOP MB11 : CCW (Mute drive) MB11 : STOP

END FP7D0501.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-76

MD-77

5.2.2

Cleaning Roller Grip Initialization

START

SD5 : OFF?

ON

OFF MD4 : CCW

SD5 : OFF→ON?

NO

Retry?

YES (Cleaning roller grip)

NG

OK

2298

Cleaning roller grip detection error

Delay : 1sec

SD5 : ON→OFF?

0299

YES

NO 02BB 12BB MD4 : STOP

Main unit software version A02 or earier Main unit software version A03/A04/V4.1 or later/V10.0 or later

No cleaning roller detection error

MD4 : CW

SD5 : ON→OFF?

NO

YES (Cleaning roller grip release)

Retry?

NG

OK

2237

Delay MD4 : STOP

0238 Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

END FP7D0503.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-77

MD-78

5.2.3

Conveyance Grip Roller Initialization

START

MD3 : CW

SD4 : OFF→ON?

NO

Retry?

YES (Completed setting grip state to 35 x 43 cm)

NG

OK

2239

0240 Size grip HP detection error

MD3 : STOP

END FP7D0502.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-78

MD-79

5.2.4

Upper Film Positioning Section Initialization START

SD6 : ON?

OFF (Not at HP)

ON (At HP) MD5 : CCW (Deviates from HP) SD6 : ON→OFF?

NO

Retry?

YES

NG

OK

MD5 : STOP

2243

0244 Upper positioning guide HP deviation detection error

MD5 :CW (Returns to HP) SD6 : OFF→ON?

NO

Retry?

YES (HP)

NG

OK

2247

Perform together with lower film positioning section

0248 Upper positioning guide HP return detection error

MD5 : STOP

END FP7D0504.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-79

MD-80

5.2.5

Lower Film Positioning Section Initialization START

SD7 : ON?

OFF (Not at HP)

ON (At HP) MD6 : CCW (Deviates from HP) SD7 : ON→OFF?

NO

Retry?

YES

NG

OK

MD6 : STOP

2241

0242 Lower positioning guide HP deviation error

MD6 :CW (Returns to HP) SD7 : OFF→ON?

NO

Retry?

YES (HP)

NG

OK

2245

Perform together with upper film positioning unit

0246 Lower positioning guide HP return error

MD6 : STOP

END FP7D0505.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-80

MD-81

5.2.6 Remaining Film Discharge START

All reflection type sensor LED ON CLD1 : ON MD4 : CCW (Cleaning roller grip)

SD5 : OFF→ON?

NO

YES (Grip)

0299 Cleaning roller grip detection error

Delay : 1 sec

MD4 : STOP

MB11 : CW (Removal conveyance roller grip)

Upper removal unit: MB11 Middle removal unit: MB21 Lower removal unit: MB31

MB11 : STOP

MB11 : CW (Mute drive)

MB11 : STOP

All tray setting completed ?

NO

YES SOLJ1 : ON (Discharge to upper cover of the equipment)

A FP7D0524.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-81

MD-82 A

MD2 : CW (Low speed) Delay ME1 : CW MG1 : CCW MJ1 : CW (Low speed) CLD1 : OFF

SJ1 : OFF→ON? MD2 : STOP

YES 2

SJ1 : ON→OFF?

MD3 : CCW (20 x 25 cm setting)

SD4 : OFF→ON?

NO

NO

NO

12A9 Film release unit jam error

YES

02BD

1

Size grip detection error

YES MD3 : STOP

MD4 : CW (Cleaning roller grip HP)

SD5 : ON→OFF?

NO

0238

1

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

YES Delay : 0.4 sec

MD4 : STOP

B FP7D0525.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-82

MD-83 B

MD1 : CW (Start of discharge of film remaining at conveyor unit)

SD2 : ON?

ON Delay

OFF

MD1 : STOP SD2 : OFF→ON?

YES

NO (End of discharge of film remaining at conveyor unit)

MD4 : CCW (Cleaning roller grip)

SD5 : OFF→ON?

NO

MD1 : STOP

0299

1

Cleaning roller grip detection error

YES Delay : 1 sec C MD4 : STOP

MD3 : CW (35 x43 cm setting)

SD4 : OFF→ON?

NO

0240

1

Size grip detection error

YES MD3 : STOP

MD2 : CW (Low speed)

SD2 : ON→OFF?

NO

YES

12A7

1

Sub-scanning unit jam error

CLD : OFF MD2 : STOP

2 FP7D0526.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-83

MD-84 C

SB33 : OFF?

ON

12A5

Lower tray removal unit jam error

OFF SB23 : OFF?

ON

12A4

ON

12A3

1

Upper tray removal unit jam error

OFF SD1 : OFF?

1

Middle tray removal unit jam error

OFF SB13 : OFF?

1

ON

12A6

1

Front conveyor unit jam error

OFF 1 Has SD2 detected film?

NO

YES SJ1 : OFF→ON?

NO

12A8 Heat development unit jam error

YES

Delay

All reflection type sensor LED OFF

SOLJ1 : OFF

D FP7D0527.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-84

MD-85 D

ME1 : STOP MG1 : STOP MJ1 : STOP

5.2.1

Upper Conveyor Unit Initialization

5.2.1

Middle Conveyor Unit Initialization

5.2.1

Lower Conveyor Unit Initialization

5.2.2

Cleaning Roller Grip Initialization

5.2.3

Conveyance Grip Roller Initialization

END FP7D0528.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-85

MD-86

5.3

Normal Processing

■ General Flow START

5.3.1

Film Removal

5.3.2

Film Conveyance

5.3.3

Pre-recording Conveyance

5.3.4

Recording Conveyance

5.3.5

Heat Development Conveyance

5.3.6

Film Release Conveyance

END FP7D0506.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-86

MD-87

5.3.1

Film Removal

START

5.3.1 Fig. 1

Tray check

MD3 : CW or CCW

Rotating direction differs according to grip state of current position.

Combination of SD3/SD4 OK?

NG

2284

20 x 25 cm size

Size grip detection error

OK 1 MD3 : STOP 5.2.1

Upper Removal Unit Initialization

MB11 : CCW/High sped (Film removal start)

SB12 : OFF→ON?

NO

YES (Film surface detection) MB11 : STOP

Upper removal unit: SB12, MB11 Middle removal unit: SB22, MB21 Lower removal unit: SB32, MB31

NG

Retry? OK 2249

0250

Upper removal unit

2251

0252

Middle removal unit

2253

0254

Lower removal unit

Film surface detection error

MB11 : CCW/Low speed (Film suctioning) 1 A

FP7D0507.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-87

MD-88

START

SOLA11 : OFF (Tray lock)

Tray check : SA12

Tray open

Upper removal unit: SA11, SA12, SA13, SOLA11 Middle removal unit: SA21, SA22, SA23, SOLA21 Lower removal unit: SA31, SA32, SA33, SOLA31

Tray close 1214

Upper removal unit

1218

Middle removal unit

1222

Lower removal unit

Tray open error Shutter check : Shutter present SA11

No shutter 1216

Upper removal unit

1220

Middle removal unit

1224

Lower removal unit

Shutter present error SA13 : ON?

OFF (Film tray lock error)

ON (Film tray lock normal) 1214

Upper removal unit

1218

Middle removal unit

1222

Lower removal unit

Tray open error END FP7D0523.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-88

MD-89 A

SB12 : ON→OFF?

NO

Retry? OK

YES (Film suction position) MB11 : STOP

NG

2255

0256

Upper removal unit

2257

0258

Middle removal unit

2259

0260

Lower removal unit

Delay : 0.5 sec. (Completion of film suction) MB11 : CW/Low speed (Movement of flapping position)

Film suction detection error 1

MB11 : STOP

Delay (Film separation)

20 x 25 cm : 1.0 sec. 26 x 36 cm : 0.5 sec. 35 x 43 cm : 2.5 sec. 25 x 30 cm : 1.0 sec.

MB11 : CW/Middle speed (Rise of flapping operation)

MB11 : STOP

MB11 : CCW/Middle speed (Descent of flapping operation)

MB11 : STOP

Operation : 5 times?

Less than 5 times

Distance moved differ according to film size.

5 times MB11 : CW/High speed (Moves film to conveyance roller)

B FP7D0508.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-89

MD-90 B

SB11 : OFF→ON?

NO

YES (Suction cup arm HP) MB11 : STOP

Retry?

Upper removal unit: SB11 Middle removal unit: SB21 Lower removal unit: SB31

NG

OK 2261

0262

Upper removal unit

2263

0264

Middle removal unit

2265

0266

Lower removal unit

MB11 : CW/Middle speed (Film separation)

Removal unit HP rise detection error

1 MB11 : STOP

MB11 : CW (Mute drive)

MB11 : STOP

MD1 : CW/10mm

MD1 : STOP

SB13 : ON? ON

OFF

Retry?

Upper removal unit: SB13 Middle removal unit: SB23 Lower removal unit: SB33

NG

OK 2267

1268

Upper removal unit

2269

1270

Middle removal unit

2271

1272

Lower removal unit

Removal unit jam error END

1 FP7D0510.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-90

MD-91

5.3.2

Film Conveyance

START

Is cleaning roller gripping? g ipping?

NO (Precedent film currently passing cleaning roller)

YES (Precedent film passed cleaning roller) 20 x 25 cm setting?

NO MD3 : CW or CCW

YES

Combination of SD3/SD4 OK?

NG

OK

MD1 : CW

20 x 25 cm size

2284

Size grip detection error

MD3 : STOP

SD1 : OFF→ON?

Rotating direction differs according to grip state of current position.

1

NO

NG

Retry?

YES (SD1 detects film leading edge)

OK

1273 Conveyor unit removal unit jam error

221B

5.2.1

2

Delay

Removal Unit Initialization A FP7D0509.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-91

MD-92 A

SD2 : OFF→ON?

NO

NG

Retry?

YES (SD2 detects film leading edge) Delay

OK

1274 Conveyor unit jam error

221C Delay

MD1 : STOP MD1 : CW Next removal enable signal ON

If film size is the following: 35x43 cm (those removed from middle and lower film tray) Is film positioning possible?

YES

5.3.2 Fig. 1

NO

End of precedent film recording

Film Positioning

END

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

FP7D0512.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-92

MD-93

START

MD2 : CCW MD1 : CW Delay : 1.2 sec

MD5 : CCW MD6 : CCW (Close guide according to film size) MD5 : STOP MD6 : STOP MD5 : CW MD6 : CW (Open guide) MD5 : STOP MD6 : STOP MD5 : CCW MD6 : CCW (Close guide) MD5 : STOP MD6 : STOP

Film positioning Less than 2 times operation: 2 times?

2 times MD1 : STOP MD2 : STOP MD5 : CW MD6 : CW (Open guide slightly) MD5 : STOP MD6 : STOP

END FP7D0513.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-93

MD-94 1

MD4 : CCW (Cleaning roller grip) CLD1 : ON SD5 : OFF→ON?

NO

2282 Cleaning roller grip detection error

YES Delay : 1 sec (End of gripping) MD4 : STOP

END

2 Different size as film What is currently conveyed current setting?

MD3 : CW or CCW

Same size as film currently conveyed

Rotating direction differs according to grip state of current position. Combination of SD3/SD4 OK?

NG

OK MD3 : STOP

2284

20 x 25 cm size

2285

26 x 36 cm size

2287

35 x 43 cm size

2288

25 x 30 cm size

Size grip detection error

END FP7D0514.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-94

MD-95

5.3.3

Pre-recording Conveyance/Recording Conveyance

START Recording conveyance enable signal ON Next removal enable signal ON

If film size is the following: • 35x43 cm (those removed from upper film tray) • 26x36/20x25/25x30 cm

MD2 : CW/High speed ME1 : CW 1 MD2 : STOP Delay (End of recording) Next film positioning enable signal ON

MD2 : CW/Low speed

ME1 : STOP Delay : 0.6 sec

END

CLD1 : OFF

MD2 : STOP

SD2 : ON→OFF?

NO

YES Delay : 0.2 sec 1276 MD4 : CW

SD5 : ON→OFF?

Sub-scanning unit jam error

NO

YES Delay : 0.4 sec 2283 MD4 : STOP

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

Delay : 0.39 sec (End of cleaning roller grip HP return) Next film conveyance enable signal ON

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7D0515.EPS

MD-95

MD-96 1

Delay : 1 sec

MD5 : CW MD6 : CW (Open to front of HP) MD5 : STOP MD6 : STOP MD5 : CW MD6 : CW

SD6 : OFF→ON?

NO

YES (HP)

2290 Upper positioning guide HP detection error SD7 : OFF→ON?

NO

YES (HP)

2289 Lower positioning guide HP detection error MD5 : STOP MD6 : STOP

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7D0516.EPS

MD-96

MD-97

5.3.4

Heat Development Conveyance

START

Heat development drive command

First film from idling

MG1 : CCW Heat development stop command

Transfer to idling

MG1 : STOP

END FP7D0522.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-97

MD-98

5.3.5

Film Release Conveyance

START

SJ1 : OFF→ON?

NO

1277 Heat development unit jam error

YES

MJ1 : CW/Low speed

Discharge to upper cover of the equipment

YES Is film trailing tr NO edge passed film cooling section?

SOLJ1 : ON

YES

High speed discharge?

NO

SJ1 : ON→OFF?

NO

Film release jam error

YES

YES

MJ1 : STOP

Normal Nor mal film or cleaning film?

NO

YES MJ1 : STOP

MJ1 : CW/High speed

1278

MJ1 : CW/High speed

1

High speed discharge performed •Normal film (Film cooling section low temperature) High speed discharge not performed •Normal film (Film cooling section high temperature) •Density measurement film •Cleaning film •Sorter discharge

1 SJ1 : ON→OFF?

NO

1278 Film release jam error

YES 1 Delay MJ1 : STOP SOLJ1 : OFF

END FP7D0517.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-98

MD-99 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-99

MD-100

6.

PRINTING FORMATS This chapter describes printing formats such as format names, standard formats, and mixed formats.

6.1

Reading the Format Name In “STANDARD\c, r”, c and r indicate the following values. C (Column) : No. of frames in the horizontal direction R (Row) : No. of frames in the vertical direction For example, they are as shown in the following for “STANDARD\3, 4”. Column

Row

FP7D0607.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-100

MD-101

6.2

Standard Formats This equipment supports the following standard formats for all film sizes. No. of frames/film: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 35, 36, 40, 42, 48, 49, 54, 56, 63, 64, 70, 72, 80 Portrait

Landscape

STANDARD\1,1

STANDARD\5,5

STANDARD\1,1

STANDARD\6,6

STANDARD\1,2

STANDARD\5,6

STANDARD\1,2

STANDARD\7,4

STANDARD\1,3

STANDARD\5,7

STANDARD\2,1

STANDARD\7,5

STANDARD\2,1

STANDARD\5,8

STANDARD\2,2

STANDARD\7,6

STANDARD\2,2

STANDARD\6,6

STANDARD\3,1

STANDARD\7,7

STANDARD\2,3

STANDARD\6,7

STANDARD\3,2

STANDARD\8,4

STANDARD\2,4

STANDARD\6,8

STANDARD\3,3

STANDARD\8,5

STANDARD\3,3

STANDARD\6,9

STANDARD\4,2

STANDARD\8,6

STANDARD\3,4

STANDARD\6,10

STANDARD\4,3

STANDARD\8,7

STANDARD\3,5

STANDARD\7,7

STANDARD\4,4

STANDARD\8,8

STANDARD\3,6

STANDARD\7,8

STANDARD\5,3

STANDARD\9,6

STANDARD\4,4

STANDARD\7,9

STANDARD\5,4

STANDARD\9,7

STANDARD\4,5

STANDARD\7,10

STANDARD\5,5

STANDARD\9,8

STANDARD\4,6

STANDARD\8,8

STANDARD\6,3

STANDARD\10,6

STANDARD\4,7

STANDARD\8,9

STANDARD\6,4

STANDARD\10,7

STANDARD\4,8

STANDARD\8,10

STANDARD\6,5

STANDARD\10,8 TP7D0601.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-101

MD-102

6.3

Mixed Formats The following shows the frame layout of the mixed formats of each film size supported by this equipment. ● 14” x 17” (35 cm x 43 cm) PORTRAIT MIXED FORMAT ROW\1,2

ROW\1,3,3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

1

2

3

2

3

4

5

6

7

HPM1

2

3

4

5

6

10

7

11

HPM2

HPM3

ROW\4,4,4,4,2

ROW\3,2,2

1

ROW\3,3,3,2

ROW\4,4,2,2

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

HPM4

18

9

10

11

12

HPM5

HPM6 FP7D0601.EPS

● 11” x 14” (26 cm x 36 cm) PORTRAIT MIXED FORMAT ROW\1,3,3

1 2

3

4

5

6

7

BPM1 FP7D0603.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-102

MD-103 ● 11” x 14” (26 cm x 36 cm) LANDSCAPE MIXED FORMAT ROW\2,3 1

1

2

3

ROW\2,4,4

ROW\3,2

4

2 4

5

1

3 5

BLM1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

BLM2

BLM3

ROW\4,4,2 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 BLM4

FP7D0604.EPS

● 8” x 10” (20 cm x 25 cm) PORTRAIT MIXED FORMAT ROW\1,3,3 1 4 7

3 6

2 5

BPM1

FP7D0605.EPS

● 8” x 10” (20 cm x 25 cm) LANDSCAPE MIXED FORMAT ROW\2,3 1 3

1

2 4

ROW\3,2

5 BLM1

4

2

ROW\2,4,4

5 BLM2

2

1

3 3 7

4 8

5 6 9 10 BLM3

ROW\4,4,2 1 5

2 6 9

3 7

4 8

10 BLM4 FP7D0606.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-103

MD-104 ● 10” x 12” (25 cm x 30 cm) PORTRAIT MIXED FORMAT ROW\1,3,3 1 2

3

4

5

6

7

FP7D0608.EPS

● 10” x 12” (25 cm x 30 cm) LANDSCAPE MIXED FORMAT ROW\2,3 1

1

2

3

4

ROW\2,4,4

ROW\3,2

5

2 4

1

3 5

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

ROW\4,4,2 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 FP7D0609.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-104

MD-105 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD-105

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)

MT-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

Reason

10/15/2002 11/10/2002

00 01

New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601)

07/15/2004

02

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

10/02/2006

07

Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690) Revised (Change of corporate name and corporate logo) (FM4992)

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 4-8, 10, 11, 13, 15-17, 19, 31-34, 46, 49-120 All pages 1, 30, 48, 52, 77, 80, 263

1, 72-75

1, 290-301

MT-1

MT-2

1.

TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD When malfunctions occur in the equipment, analyze them from error codes, abnormal image, and abnormal operation and perform the required corrections.

■ Troubleshooting Methods The following three troubleshooting methods are available. ● Troubleshooting from Error Codes When an error code is displayed on the screen, analyze the malfunction from that error code. When no error codes are displayed, the malfunction can be analyzed if an error message is logged in the error log. When analyzing malfunctions from error codes, refer to “2. ERROR CODES”. ● Troubleshooting from Abnormal Images When analyzing malfunctions from abnormal images, refer to “3. ABNORMAL IMAGES”. ● Troubleshooting from Abnormal Operations When analyzing malfunctions from abnormal operations, refer to “4. ABNORMAL OPERATIONS”. When checking the unit in troubleshooting, refer also to “6. TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE”, “7. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS”.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-2

MT-3 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-3

MT-4

2.

ERROR CODE

2.1

Checking Error Codes

■ Display Example

FP7T0226.EPS

■ Checking Error Logs The following describes how to check error logs. (1)

Start the M-Utility.

(2)

[System Management] → [Log Files] → [Display Error Log] → The following error log display appears.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-4

MT-5 (3)

For details on error codes, refer to “2.3 Error Code Tables” for the meaning of the error which has occurred, suspected cause, and remedy. When analyzing an error code, also refer to the detailed code provided. To differentiate the place of error (printer or formatter), look up the name displayed under “Source” on the error log display in the following table. Source

FLH MFC DEN DEV POL PNL SIF DICOM Spooler ImgPrc Output GUI JobMake Main Decode PCUTL

Error Type

Place of Error

Film conveyance related error Data setting/system related error Internal densitometer related error Temperature control system related error

Printer error

Polygon motor control related error Panel control related error Sorter related error DICOM error Spooler error Image processing error Output control error Operation error Test pattern generation error MAIN control error

Formatter error

Decoder error File transfer error (Using the DPX7 PC Tool in normal state) File transfer error

Satelite

(Using the DPX7 PC Tool during initialization error) TP7T0201.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-5

MT-6

2.2

Format of Detailed Information Perform this check only for analyzing error codes of the printer. In the usual troubleshooting, find the corresponding error code from the error code tables, and refer to the suspected causes and remedy methods indicated to resolve the problem. However if the problem persists, or to investigate the problem in further detail, check the following detailed information to analyze the problem.

■ Checking Detailed Information of Error Codes (1)

Check the corresponding error code and its detailed information at the error message display, or at [Display Error Log] of the M-Utility.

(2)

Check the detailed information format number at “2.3 Error Code Tables” and refer to the corresponding format.

(3)

Find the format information from the 4-digit detailed information, and analyze the problem.

(3) (1) Error Code

Error Name

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

0238

Significance

Detailed information format

Probable cause and remedy

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller. (home position) in initialization, but SD5 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform does not become OPEN. mechanism adjustments. (Retryover) 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.

2-A-4

(2)

■2-A-4 (Conveyance Related Information(Type S4))

REDY LOCK SK2

SK1

SJ2

SB33 SB23 SB13

4 0

1

SJ1

SD7

0 0

0

0

0

SD6

SD5

SD4

SD3

7 0

0

0

1

SD2

SD1

8 1

1

1

0

0

0

FP7T0227.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-6

MT-7

2.2.1

FLH (Conveyance) Related Detailed Error Information

■ 2-A (Sensor Related Errors) Convert the hexadecimal 4-digit code to binary, compare the bit maps, and investigate the input state corresponding to each bit. 1=ON (Close), 0=OFF (Open)

a

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

b

c

d FP7T0201.EPS

● 2-A-1 (Conveyance Related Information(Type S1)) Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.

[Bit map] a 0

0

SK2

b SK1

0

d

SY23 SY22 SY21 SY12 SB13 SB12 SB11 SY11 SA13 SA12 SA11

Spare

Cover

c

Upper removal unit

Upper film loading unit

FP7T0202.EPS

● 2-A-2 (Conveyance Related Information(Type S2)) Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs. [Bit map] a 0

0

SK2

Cover

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

b SK1

0

c

d

SY23 SY22 SY21 SY12 SB23 SB22 SB21 SY11 SA23 SA22 SA21

Spare

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Middle removal unit

Middle film loading unit

FP7T0203.EPS

MT-7

MT-8 ● 2-A-3 (Conveyance Related Information(Type S3)) Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs. [Bit map] a 0

0

b

SK2

SK1

0

c

d

SY23 SY22 SY21 SY12 SB33 SB32 SB31 SY11 SA33 SA32 SA31

Spare

Cover

Lower removal unit

Lower film loading unit

FP7T0204.EPS

● 2-A-4 (Conveyance Related Information(Type S4)) Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs. [Bit map] a REDY LOCK SK2

b SK1

SJ2

Polygon/ Sub-scanning unit/cover

c

SB33 SB23 SB13

SJ1

SD7

Removal unit

d SD6

SD5

SD4

SD3

SD2

SD1

Upper conveyor unit/ Sub-scanning unit/ Film release unit FP7T0205.EPS

● 2-A-5 (Electric Related Information (Type E1)) Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.

[Bit map] a 0

F05 VM

b F24 VJ

F24 VH

F24 VG

F24 VF

c F24 VE

Fuse

F24 VD

F24 VC

F24 VB

d F24 VA

F24 VP

F05 VP

F12 VM

F12 VCCS VP

Power supply FP7T0206.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-8

MT-9 ■ 2-B (File I/O Error) Error which occurs when a file could not be accessed properly. Displays the number of the file causing the error and the causes.

2

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

0

X

File number

X Cause

FP7T0207.EPS

■ 2-E (M-Utility Operation Error) Displays the M-Utility command number and parameter of errors which occur when the removal operation of the M-Utility was not executed as specified.

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

X

X

0

Y

M-Utility Parameter command number number

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0208.EPS

MT-9

MT-10 ■ 2-F-1 (Sorter Conveyance Error) Hardware errors/mechanism errors/film errors which occur during conveyance in the sorter. Two sets of detailed information are displayed. ● Detailed Information 1/2 Displays the sensor number and sensor state immediately after the error has occurred.

0

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal display)

X

Y

Sensor number

Y

Sensor information FP7T0221.EPS

Code details Sensor number • 0: Hardware error, or when the error cannot be specified • 1 to 5 (ST1 to ST5): Mechanism error or film error Sensor information • The OFF/ON state of sensors is displayed by 0/1. [Bit map] 0

0

ST6

ST1

ST2

ST3

ST4

ST5

FP7T0222.EPS

“FF” will be displayed when the data cannot be specified due to faulty communication with the sorter. ● Detailed Information 2/2 Displays the mode, tray number, and bin number discharged to when the error has occurred.

Detailed error code

8

X

Y

Y

Mode/tray Bin number (Decimal) “00” when discharging remaining film during initialization

0

0

Mode Tray

Mode (0:During initialization, 1: During normal recording) Tray (0:Tray 1, 1:Tray 2, 2:Tray 3) FP7T0224.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-10

MT-11 ■ 2-F-2 (SIO Related Error) Displays details of errors related to sorter SIO. Detailed code (Hexadecimal)

Details

Location Detected

0100

Task ID error

0101

Queue ID error

API detection error

010C

Address error

010D

Queue table full

0200

Parameter error

Intermediate task detection

0201

BCC check error

error

0202

Sequence error

0203

Task unregistered error

0208

Parity error

0210

Overrun error

0220

Flaming error

0240

Brake detection

7FFF

Time-out error

FLH detection error TP7T0211.EPS

■ 2-F-3 (Sorter I/F Error) Displays errors related to commands which failed in transmission/reception of the sorter I/F. However, includes SIO reception timeout, etc. due to sorter power OFF. Detailed code (Hexadecimal)

Details

Main Transmission

Transmission

Reception

50

D0

Status request/response

All the time when sorter is normal (Excluding utility)

51

D1

Initialization self-diagnosis request/ response

During initialization

52

D2

Film storage request/response

During sorter conveyance

53

-

Storage canceled notification

When sorter conveyance is canceled

70

F0

Sensor status request/response

During M-Utility When compiling detailed error information

71

F1

72 73

F2 F3

Motor operation request/response Solenoid operation request/response Motor speed setting request/ response

During M-Utility During M-Utility During initialization During M-Utility TP7T0212.EPS

■ 2-F-4 (Sorter motor speed setting error) Displays the error speed (decimal value) outside the specification during sorter motor speed setting.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-11

MT-12 ■ 2-G (Software Data Error) Displays software data error using the following three detailed codes. ● 2-G-1 Detailed codes are common information of the printer and are displayed as “conveyance management print ID (XXXX)”. Because they are internal control codes in software control, they cannot be used for analysis during servicing. ● 2-G-2 Displays errors related to failure in detecting the discharge bin number. Displays the discharge bin number detection error by the number of information registered in the film management number table and bin number to be searched (parameter in sorter discharge response). Because this is the internal control code in software control, it cannot be used for analysis during servicing.

X

X

No. of registered information

Y

Y

Bin no. searched FP7T0225.EPS

● 2-G-3 FLH information displayed as “SIO transmission number (0XXX)”. ■ 2-H-1 (No Detailed Information) Displayed when no detailed information.

F

F

F

F FP7T0209.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-12

MT-13

2.2.2

MFC (Data Setting/System Related) Related Errors Detailed Information

■ 3-A (File Transfer/Creation Error) Displays errors which occur while transferring files or creating files. Displays the file number with the error. 3000: IOT data file 3010: ISC log file 3020: Printer individual information file 30A0: ROM image file (Printer load module) 30B0: OS file (OS load module) 30C0: Installer file (Installer load module) ■ 3-B (File Write Error) Displays error occurring while writing in the FLASH ROM. Displays the type of error which occurred and installation method.

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

X

X

A

B

Type Installation of error method FP7T0210.EPS

Code details Type of error 1: Writing size error 2: Installation method error 3: Erase error Installation method 0: PRT application 1: OS 2: Installer ■ 3-C (General Error Details) Displayed when no detailed information.

F

F

F

F FP7T0209.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-13

MT-14 ■ 3-D (SIO Communication Error) Error which occurs during SIO communication test. Displays the type of port causing the error and film tray number.

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

X

X

A Type of port

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

B Tray number (Only port for barcode reader)

FP7T0220.EPS

MT-14

MT-15

2.2.3

DEN (Internal Densitometer) Related Errors Detailed Information

■ 4-A (File I/O Error) Error which occurs when a file could not be accessed properly. Displays the causes.

Detailed error code

1

B

X

X

Cause

2.2.4

FP7T0215.EPS

DEV (Temperature Control) Related Errors Detailed Information

■ 9-A (Temperature Error) Displays the temperature when the temperature is outside the specified range in heater temperature control. (Unit: 1°C) However, if the temperature is minus (-1 to -99°C), “F” will be displayed at the second digit from the left.

Detailed error code (When temperature is plus)

X

X

X

X

Heater number Temperature Detailed error code (When temperature is minus)

X

F

Heater number

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

X

FP7T0211.EPS

X

Temperature

FP7T0212.EPS

MT-15

MT-16 ■ 9-B (Heater Thermistor Disconnection Error) Error which occurs when the heater thermistor is disconnected. Displays the heater number and thermistor temperature (A/D value).

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

X

X

Heater number

X

X

A/D value

FP7T0213.EPS

■ 9-C (Film Cooling Section, Recording Section Thermistor Disconnection Error) Error which occurs when the thermistor of the film cooling section or recording section is disconnected. Displays the thermistor temperature (A/D value).

Detailed error code (4-digit hexadecimal)

0

X

X

X

A/D value

FP7T0214.EPS

■ 9-D (File I/O Error) Error which occurs when a file could not be accessed properly. Displays the causes.

Detailed error code

1

B

X

X

Cause

FP7T0215.EPS

■ 9-E (Heater Control Task Start Error) Displays the heater number when the heater temperature control task start ends in error.

Detailed error code

0

0

0

X

Heater number

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0216.EPS

MT-16

MT-17 ■ 9-F (General Error Details) Displayed when no detailed information.

F

F

F

F FP7T0209.EPS

■ 9-H (Heater Control Task Start Error) Displays the causes when heat development unit control parameter value errors are detected.

Detailed error code

0 Fan number

0

0

X Cause

FP7T0218.EPS

Code details Cause 0001: Target temperature setting error 0003: Heater control TCYC1 value error 1004: A system fan control TCYC2 value error 1005: A system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error 1006: A system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error 1007: A system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error 1008: A system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error 0009: Heater control DUTY value error 000A: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC1 value error 000B: Photosensing material correction parameter KBC value error 000C: TRAY number error at photosensing material correction parameter setting 000D: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC4 value error 2004: B system fan control TCYC2 value error 2005: B system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error 2006: B system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error 2007: B system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error 2008: B system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-17

MT-18

2.3

Error Code Table Names abbreviated in error code tables are as follows. Abbreviated Name

Formal Name

SNS board

SNS16A board

DRV board

DRV16A/B board

MCT board

MCT16A board

PRN board

PRN16A board

PNL board

PNL16A board

LDD board

LDD16A board

LED board

LED15A board

PDD board

PDD15A board

SRT board

SRT16A board

PRT

Printer/print mechanism

FMT

Formatter

DSP

Image processor

HDD

Hard disk drive TP7T0202.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-18

MT-19 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-19

MT-20 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-20

MT-21 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-21

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

2.3.1

Printer

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0201

0213

0215

0217

0219

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Conveyance system related external file access error • File read error • File write error • File conversion error • File line specification error • File column specification error

Incorrect software installation, malfunction of MCT board, inappropriate data, or insufficient data. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

2-B-1

Attempted to check the upper tray open/close state in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA12 sensor or malfunction of SA12 port of SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

2-A-1

Upper tray shutter detection sensor error

Attempted to check whether the upper tray shutter is present in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA11 sensor or malfunction of SA11 port of SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

2-A-1

Middle tray detection sensor error

Attempted to check the middle tray open/close state in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA22 sensor or malfunction of SA22 port of SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

2-A-2

Attempted to check whether the middle tray shutter is present in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA21 sensor or malfunction of SA21 port of SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

2-A-2

Conveyance system file error

Upper tray detection sensor error

Middle tray shutter detection sensor error

MT-22

MT-22

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

021A DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0221

0223

0226 0228 0230 0232

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Cleaning roller grip detection error (M-Utility function)

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SNS board SD5 port or MD4 controller. The cleaning roller attempted to move 1. Using M-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, from the HP to the grip state, but SD5 did mechanism adjustment. not detect CLOSE. 2. If problems are detected, replace the sensor/motor. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

Lower tray detection sensor error

Attempted to check the lower tray open/close state in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA32 sensor or malfunction of SA32 port of SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

2-A-3

Attempted to check whether the lower tray shutter is present in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA31 sensor or malfunction of SA31 port of SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

2-A-3

Lower tray shutter detection sensor error

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to return the removal arm from Upper tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. HP return detection error does not become OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”. (Retryover) Upper tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

2-A-1

2-A-1

2-A-2

2-A-2

MT-23

MT-23

Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to return the removal arm from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. Middle tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. HP return detection error does not become OPEN.(Retryover) Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”. Middle tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

2-A-4

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

0234

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0236

0238

0240

0242

0244

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to return the removal arm from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. Lower tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. HP return detection error does not become OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”. (Retryover) Lower tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Detailed information format 2-A-3

2-A-3

2-A-4

Size grip HP detection error

Attempted to set size grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD3/SD4 do not become the specified values. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SD3/SD4 sensor or MD3 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3/SD4 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD3 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become OPEN.(Retryover)

Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD6 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SD6 sensor or MD5 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD6 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD5 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Positioning guide entrance HP deviation detection error

Positioning guide exit HP deviation detection error

MT-24

MT-24

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform (home position) in initialization, but SD5 mechanism adjustments. does not become OPEN. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

0246 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0248

0250

0252

0254

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

2-A-4

Attempted to return positioning guide to Positioning guide exit HP (home position) in initialization, but HP return detection error SD6 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SD6 sensor or MD5 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD6 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD5 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB12 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB22 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB32 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

Positioning guide entrance HP return detection error

Upper tray film surface detection error

Middle tray film surface detection error

Lower tray film surface detection error

MT-25

MT-25

Attempted to return positioning guide to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

0256 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0258

0260

0262

0264

Error Name

Upper tray film suction detection error

Middle tray film suction detection error

Lower tray film suction detection error

Upper tray removal unit HP rise detection error

Middle tray removal unit HP rise detection error

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB22 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB32 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB11 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB21 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

MT-26

MT-26

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB12 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

0266 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0291

0293

0295

0299

Error Name

Lower tray removal unit HP rise detection error

Upper tray lock release error

Middle tray lock release error

Lower tray lock release error

Cleaning roller grip detection error

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB31 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

Attempted to open the upper tray, but SA13 did not become OPEN.

Malfunction of the SA13 sensor, or SOLA11 solenoid. Or malfunction of the SA13 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of SOLA11. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Attempted to open the middle tray, but SA23 did not become OPEN.

Malfunction of the SA23 sensor, or SOLA21 solenoid. Or malfunction of the SA23 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of SOLA21. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

Attempted to open the lower tray, but SA33 did not become OPEN.

Malfunction of the SA33 sensor, or SOLA31 solenoid. Or malfunction of the SA33 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of SOLA31. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

2-A-4

MT-27

MT-27

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS Attempted to set the cleaning roller at HP board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform (home position) in initialization, but SD5 mechanism adjustments. did not become CLOSE. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

02AA

Sensor power supply fuse disconnection

02AD

DRV board 5V disconnection

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Disconnection of SNS board sensor power fuse

Disconnection of the VCCS sensor power fuse (F3). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

Disconnection of DRV board 5V

F5VP DRV board 5V disconnection. 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

2-A-5

02AE

DRV board 24V disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board 24V

F24VP DRV board 24V disconnection. 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, check connectors and cables. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

02AF

Upper film tray power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board upper film tray power fuse

Disconnection of the F24VA upper tray power fuse (F1). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

02B0

Middle film tray power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board middle film tray power fuse

Disconnection of the F24VB middle tray power fuse (F2). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

02B1

Lower film tray power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board lower film tray power fuse

Disconnection of the F24VC lower tray power fuse (F3). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

2-A-5

2-A-5

MD1 power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board MD1 power fuse

02B3

MD2,3 MG1 power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board MD2, MD3, MG1 power fuse

Disconnection of the F24VE MD2, MD3, MG1 power fuse (F5). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

MT-28

MT-28

02B2

Disconnection of the F24VD MD1 power fuse (F8). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MD4,5,6 CLD1 power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board MD4, MD5, MD6 CLD1 power fuse

02B5

ME1 power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board ME1 power fuse

Disconnection of the F24VG ME1 power fuse (F7). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

Upper cover related fuse Disconnection of DRV board upper cover disconnection related fuse

Disconnection of the F24H upper cover fuse (F4). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

02B7

Front cover related fuse disconnection

Disconnection of DRV board front cover related fuse

Disconnection of the F24VJ front cover fuse (F9). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

02BA

All film trays notmounted error

Error when all film trays were set as unmounted

Set film trays or check files. 1. Using the M-Utility, check settings of film used. 2. If no problem, check the files.

FFFF

02BB

No cleaning roller detection error

Attempted to set the cleaning roller grip position into the grip state from the home position (HP) during initialization, but after Check that cleaning roller is inserted. SD5 closes, SD5 further opens. (Main unit software version A02 or earlier)

02BD

Attempted to move to the HP, but Size grip detection error SD3/SD4 did not become the required (Detection of remainder) value.

02BF

20x25/26x36 size grip detection error (M-Utility function)

Attempted to move to the left size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the required value.

02FF

Device set error

Setup error of sensor driver, FPMC driver • FPMC time monitoring setting error • Message ID specification error

02B6

Malfunction of the SD3/SD4 sensor or MD3 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SNS board SD3/SD4 port, or MD3 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, mechanism adjustment. 2. If problems are detected, replace the sensor/motor. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board. Error which essentially does not occur caused by software bug and incorrect settings.

2-A-5

2-A-4

2-A-4

2-A-4

2-D-1

MT-29

MT-29

02B4

Disconnection of the F24VF MD4, MD5, MD6 CLD1 power fuse (F6). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0332

DEV-SS start timeout

No response from DEV-SS that it has completed start even after a certain period of time.

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

3-C

0333

FLH-SS start timeout

No response from FL-SS that it has completed start even after a certain period of time.

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

3-C

3-C

0334

FMT unit communication Communication with FMT unit not timeout possible.

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction (DPRAM, FLASH-ROM, etc..), PC hardware error (PCI bus,HDD, etc.) 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board. 3. Replace the MTH board. 4. Replace the HDD.

0361

ISC log file writing error

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

3-A

0362

IOT data file writing error Failed in creating IOT data file.

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

3-A

3-A

3-B

Failed in creating ISC log file.

File transfer error

Failed in transferring file between MCT PC.

0371

FLASH-ROM writing error

Failed in writing in FLASH-ROM when installing.

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

0380

SIO communication test Failed in data transmission to the serial transmission error port during SIO communication test.

0381

Data sent to/received from the serial port SIO communication test during SIO communication test was compare error incorrect.

0382

SIO communication test Failed in receiving data from the serial reception error port during SIO communication test.

3-D Malfunction of the test tool, MCT board, or SNS board 1. Replace the test tool. 2. Replace the SNS board. (When BCR port is specified)

3-D 3-D

MT-30

MT-30

0370

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction (DPRAM, FLASH-ROM, etc..), PC hardware error (PCI bus,HDD, etc.) 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board. 3. Replace the MTH board. 4. Replace the HDD.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0385

Inter-board Port read value in inter-board communication test error communication test was not correct.

Malfunction of the MCT board, SNS board, or DRV board 1. Replace the MCT board. 2. Replace the SNS board. 3. Replace the DRV board.

3-D

0390

Detected tray error during printing Tray error during printing (changes in tray lock sensor/shutter detection sensor).

Malfunction of sensor or SNS board. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.

3-C

0401

Density measurement control parameter file read error

Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

None

0501

Polygon control Failed in reading the polygon control parameter file read error parameter file during system start.

Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

None

Malfunction of the scanner unit, PRT16A board, or LDD16A 1. Replace the scanner unit. 2. Replace the PRT16A board. 3. Replace LDD16A.

None

Failed in reading density measurement control parameter files at system start.

Polygon error

0901

Heat development control parameter file reading error

Failed in reading the heat development control parameter file when the system was started up.

9-D

0902

TMS driver setup error

Failed in TMS driver (temperature measurement task) setup when system was started up.

9-F

0903

Heat development calculation parameter file reading error

Failed in reading the heat development control parameter file when the system was started up.

0904

Failed in reading the temperature Temperature conversion conversion table file when the system was table file reading error started up.

0905

Plate setup error

Failed in starting the plate control task when the system was started up.

9-E

0906

Fan setup error

Failed in starting the fan control task when the system was started up.

9-E

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

9-D

9-D

MT-31

MT-31

0510

Detected polygon rotation error during scanner initialization diagnosis.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

0911 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0920

Error Name

Plate thermistor disconnection error

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SNS board and thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of Detected that the current temperature of the SNS board. a heater dropped below -20°C for three 1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the times continuously (detection interval: 600 thermistor, and connector of the SNS board are set correctly. ms), and determined that the thermistor 2. Replace the thermistor. has disconnected. 3. Replace the SNS board. 4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SNS board.

The plate temperature is low. Malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater, disconnection of the cable between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, cable to the heater, and connectors of the power supply unit and MCT board are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the The temperature of all plates did not hand. become the appropriate temperature If hot, the heater is OK. (within target temperature ±1°C) even The thermistor/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. after 25 minutes from the start of If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. initialization. 3. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using the M-Utility. Note: Initialization time timeout The FAN is OK if operations are normal. 1. Generally, as the low temperature error The film cooling section and recording section (2911) and heater disconnection error thermistors/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. (0961), etc. occur before this error, the If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. rate of occurrence of this error is low. Replace the connector and filter section cooling FAN. 2. The target temperature (approx. 90°C 4. Replace the heater. to 130°C) varies according to internal 5. Replace the MCT board. conditions. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SNS board. 8. Replace the thermistor for the internal FAN. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 10. Replace the power supply unit.

9-B

9-F

MT-32

MT-32

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

Detailed information format

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0951

Error Name

Overheat 2 error

Significance

Detected that the current temperature of a heater exceeded 138°C for three times continuously (detection interval: 600ms).

Probable cause and remedy The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the MCT board, temperature detection thermistor, filter section cooling FAN, heater, or heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check if the MCT board is controlled properly according to the state LEDs, etc. (hang up, bus error, etc.). 2. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the MCT board are set correctly. 3. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using the M-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and filter section cooling FAN. 4. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 7. If hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. Replace the thermistor. 5. Replace the heater. 6. Replace the MCT board. 7. Replace the thermistor. 8. Replace the SNS board. 9. Replace the internal temperature detection thermistor. 10. Replace the cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 11. Replace the power supply unit.

Detailed information format

9-A

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

MT-33

MT-33

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0961

Error Name

Heater disconnection error

Significance

The temperature of a heater remained lower than the target temperature even after 15 minutes from the start of temperature control (detection interval: 600ms, measured 2000 times continuously) and did not become the appropriate temperature. Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

The plate temperature is low. Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the cable between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of the power supply unit and MCT board are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the heater. 4. Replace the MCT board. 5. Replace the thermistor. 6. Replace the SNS board. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 8. Replace the power supply unit. Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

09A0

Heat development control parameter value error

Abnormal heat development control Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. parameter was detected when the system 1. Re-install the software. was started up. 2. Replace the MCT board.

9-H

MT-34

MT-34

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

09B0

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

The plate temperature is low. Incorrect DipSW setting of the MCT board, connector malfunction, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heaters, disconnection of the cable between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by thermal protector, or malfunction of heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the DipSW settings of the MCT board are correct, the heater connector and cable to the heater, and connectors of the power supply unit and MCT board are set correctly. Also check that the thermal protector reset has Average rise temperature of plate is less been cleared. than 10˚C even after 5 minutes after 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. system start. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. Cold start TimeOut error Note: If hot, the heater is OK. This error occurs due to incorrect DipSW The thermistor/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. setting of the MCT board or heater control If not hot, the heater/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to failure caused by electrical malfunction, step 3. etc. 3. Replace the heater. 4. Replace the MCT board. 5. Replace the thermistor. 6. Replace the SNS board. 7. Replace the cable between the heater and power supply unit, or the cable between the MCT board and power supply unit.

Detailed information format

9-F

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

1211 1212 1214

The upper cover is open.

Close the upper cover.

2-A-4

Front cover open

The front cover is open.

Close the front cover.

2-A-4

Upper tray open error

The upper tray was open in initialization and removal.

Close the upper tray.

2-A-1

1216

Upper tray shutter present error

The shutter was inserted in the upper tray Remove the shutter of the upper tray. in initialization and removal.

2-A-1

1218

Middle tray open error

The middle tray was open in initialization and removal.

Close the middle tray.

2-A-2

1220

Middle tray shutter present error

The shutter was inserted in the middle tray in initialization and removal.

Remove the shutter of the middle tray.

2-A-2

MT-35

MT-35

Upper cover open

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

1222

Lower tray open error

The lower tray was open in initialization and removal.

Close the lower tray.

2-A-3

1224

Lower tray shutter present error

The shutter was inserted in the lower tray in initialization and removal.

Remove the shutter of the lower tray.

2-A-3

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB13 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retryover)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SB11, SB12, SB13 sensors or MB11motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11, SB12, SB13 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB23 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retryover)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SB21, SB22, SB23 sensors or MB21motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21, SB22, SB23 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB33 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retryover)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SB31, SB32, SB33 sensors or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31, SB32, SB33 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

1268

1270

1272

Upper tray removal unit jam error

Middle tray removal unit jam error

Lower tray removal unit jam error

MT-36

MT-36

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Conveyor unit removal unit jam error

Upper tray : Removal jam Middle tray : Conveyance jam Lower tray : Conveyance jam

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

2-A-4

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retryover)

Jam occurred during conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD2, MD1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Conveyed film to the sub-scanning unit, but did not detect SD2 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).

Jam occurred during recording conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD2, MD1, MD2, ME1, laser 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV/MCT board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Heat development unit jam error

Conveyed film to the heat development unit, but did not detect SJ1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

Jam occurred during heat development conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ1, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

1278

Film release jam error

Jam occurred during heat development conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. Conveyed film to the film release unit, but 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform did not detect SJ1 OPEN mechanism adjustments. SJ1, MG1, MJ1 (film trailing edge detection). 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

1292

Upper tray shutter uninserted error

Attempted to open the upper tray, but the After inserting the shutter, open the upper tray. shutter was not inserted.

2-A-1

1273

1274

1276

1277

Conveyor unit jam error

Sub-scanning unit jam error

MT-37

MT-37

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retryover)

Jam occurred during conveyance. Open the front cover and tray (for upper tray), and remove the jammed film. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD1, MD1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

1294

Middle tray shutter uninserted error

Attempted to open the middle tray, but the shutter was not inserted.

1296

Lower tray shutter uninserted error

Attempted to open the lower tray, but the After inserting the shutter, open the lower tray shutter was not inserted.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

12A3

12A4

12A5

Upper tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Middle tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Lower tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

After inserting the shutter, open the middle tray.

Detailed information format 2-A-2 2-A-3

Failed to detect SB13 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.Or malfunction of the SB11, SB12, SB13 sensors, or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11, SB12, SB13 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Failed to detect SB23 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.Or malfunction of the SB21, SB22, SB23 sensors, or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21, SB22, SB23 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

Failed to detect SB33 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.Or malfunction of the SB31, SB32, SB33 sensors, or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31, SB32, SB33 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

MT-38

MT-38

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

12A6

12A7

12A8

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Conveyor unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

The remainder is not discharged normally from the front conveyor unit.Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MD1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SNS Failed to detect SD1 OPEN at completion board, or malfunction of the MD1 controller. of remainder conveyance 1. Check if film has dropped. (detected no film). 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Sub-scanning unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

The remainder is not discharged normally from the sub-scanning unit.Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD2 or ME1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port of the SNS Failed to detect SD2 OPEN at completion board, or malfunction of the MD2 or ME1 controller. of remainder front conveyance 1. Check if film has dropped. (detected no film). 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Heat development unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SJ1 CLOSE at completion of remainder recording conveyance (detected film).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the heat development unit.Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MG1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

MT-39

MT-39

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit.Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

Detailed information format

Film release unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SJ1 OPEN at completion of remainder recording conveyance (detected film).

12BB

No cleaning roller detection error

Attempted to set the cleaning roller grip position into the grip state from the home position (HP) during initialization, but after SD5 closes, SD5 further opens. (Main unit software version A03 or later)

12C0

SIO registration error

Failed in registering SIO for communication with the sorter unit.

Malfunction in the periphery of the sorter unit SIO. 1. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. 2. Replace the MCT board.

2-F-2

12C1

SIO initialization error

Failed in SIO channel initialization for communication with the sorter unit.

Malfunction in the periphery of the sorter unit SIO. 1. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. 2. Replace the MCT board.

2-F-2

Detected error during transmission of message to the sorter unit.

Malfunction in the sorter unit and periphery of the sorter unit. 1. Check that the power of the sorter unit is ON. 2. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. 3. Replace the cable. 4. Replace the sorter unit. 5. Replace the MCT board.

2-F-2

Detected error during reception of message from the sorter unit.

Malfunction in the sorter unit and periphery of the sorter unit. 1. Check that the power of the sorter unit is ON. 2. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. 3. Replace the cable. 4. Replace the sorter unit. 5. Replace the MCT board.

2-F-2

12A9

12C2

12C3

SIO transmission error

SIO reception error

2-A-4

Check that cleaning roller is inserted.

If re-installation is performed without inserting after error detection, fatal error (0299) will result due to the mechanism.

2-A-4

MT-40

MT-40

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SIO reception timeout

12D1

Sorter unit detection interlock error

The sorter unit detected interlock error.

1. Check that the sorter unit is connected properly.

12D2

Sorter unit detection sensor error

The sorter unit detected sensor error. • Sensors which must turn ON did not turn ON, and the downstream sensor turned ON first in film conveyance.

1. Using the maintenance utility, check the sensor by sensor monitoring of the sorter unit. 2. Replace the sorter unit parts/board.

2-F-1

12D3

Sorter unit detection motor error

The sorter unit detected motor error. • After motor driving, safe speed reach interrupt was not generated even after a certain period of time.

1. Using the maintenance utility, check the motor in individual motor operations of the sorter unit. 2. Replace the sorter unit parts/board.

2-F-1

12D4

Sorter unit detection solenoid error

The sorter unit detected solenoid error. • A downstream sensor of the targeted bin turned ON. • Before the sensor corresponding to the targeted bin turned ON, there was only one ON sensor, but this was not sensor error.

12D5

1. Check that the sorter unit is connected properly. The sorter unit detected film jam. 2. Check if the film is curled, etc. Sorter unit detection film • After the sensor turned ON, it did not go 3. Using the maintenance utility, check the operations of the jam OFF even after a certain period of time. motor/sensor/solenoid of the sorter unit. 4. Replace the sorter unit parts/board.

12D6

Sorter unit detection command parameter error

1. Using the maintenance utility, check the motor in individual solenoid operations of the sorter unit. 2. Replace the sorter unit parts/board.

The sorter unit determined that the message command parameter is inappropriate. Errors due to software bug, etc. which usually do not occur. As a result, the required command (see detailed information) cannot be executed.

2-F-3

-

2-F-1

2-F-1

2-F-3

MT-41

MT-41

12C4

Malfunction in the sorter unit and periphery of the sorter unit. 1. Check that the power of the sorter unit is ON. 2. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. Waited for reception of message from the sorter unit, but did not receive the waited 3. Replace the cable. 4. Replace the sorter unit. message within a certain period of time. 5. Replace the MCT board. If the problem still persists, it is due to causes which usually do not occur such as software bug, communication timing error, etc.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

12D7

Invalid sorter unit detection command

The sorter unit received a message command at an unacceptable timing. After initializing the sorter unit again, execute sorter film release As a result, the required command (see conveyance or utility command. detailed information) cannot be executed.

2-F-3

12D8

Sorter unit detection storage stop

While storing in the sorter unit, the storing Not a problem because sorter conveyance was stopped process was forcibly stopped. intentionally due to film jam in the heat development unit. As a result, film may remain in the sorter unit.

2-G-1

12E2

During sorter conveyance, attempted to Sorter entrance film JAM convey to the sorter unit, but the sorter unit sensor 1 (ST1) did not turn ON.

12E3

Over sorter number of simultaneous conveyance films

During sorter conveyance, because the sorter unit exceeded the upper limit for the number of films which can be conveyed, the output destination of the film was switched to the upper cover of the equipment.

Sorter conveyance preparations NG

During sorter conveyance, attempted sorter conveyance even sorter conveyance has been disabled by errors of the sorter unit which just occurred, so the output destination of the film was switched to the upper cover of the equipment.

12E5

Sorter conveyance stop

During sorter conveyance, attempted to convey to the sorter unit, but because errors had just occurred in the sorter unit, sorter conveyance was canceled. Only when could not output to the film tray.

12E6

Sorter storage command reception failure

During sorter conveyance, requested storage in the sorter unit, but the unit did not accept the storage command.

12E4

1. Check if the changeover guide solenoid (SOLJ1) of the film release unit is operating normally. 2. Check if the sorter unit is connected properly. 3. Check the ST1 and motor of the sorter unit. 4. Replace the sorter unit parts/board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

High possibility of film jam in the sorter unit. Check for defects of the sorter unit before and after this log.

Occurred due to influence of other sorter problems. Check for detects of the sorter unit before and after this log.

Occurred due to influence of other sorter problems. Check for detects of the sorter unit before and after this log.

2-G-1

2-G-1

2-G-1

2-G-1

MT-42

MT-42

Occurred due to influence of other sorter problems. Check for detects of the sorter unit before and after this log. • SIO transmission error (12C2) • SIO reception error (12C3)

2-F-1

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

12E8

Sorter unit initialization execution failure

While attempting to initialize the sorter, the sorter unit was found to have been initialized unintentionally. Occurs when the sorter unit power is turned from ON to OFF during maintenance utility.

12E9

Sorter motor speed setting error

Attempted to set the sorter motor speed, but was not in the settable range.

Check the sorter motor speed in the external file (sif_unt.fil) installed.

2-F-4

12EF

Sorter Power Off error

During sorter idling or sorter conveyance, the sorter unit was found to have been initialized unintentionally. Occurs when the sorter unit power is turned from ON to OFF during normal operations.

Can be recovered by operating according to displayed instructions.

2-H-1

2104

Reception of prohibited command

Internal I/F error

Internal communication timing error. No correction is required if no abnormal phenomenon seen in particular.

3-C

221B

Conveyor unit removal unit jam error

Upper tray: Removal jam Middle tray: Conveyance jam Lower tray: Conveyance jam

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying)

Jam occurred during conveyance. Open the front cover and tray) for upper tray, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD1, MD1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace SNS/DRV board. Refer to "2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow".

2-A-4

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying)

Jam occurred during conveyance. Open the front cover and tray) for upper tray, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD2, MD1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace SNS/DRV board. Refer to "2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow".

2-A-4

221C

Conveyor unit jam error

Check the power supply state of the sorter unit. Can be recovered by operating according to displayed instructions.

2-H-1

MT-43

MT-43

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

221D DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2225 2227 2229 2231 2233 2235

Error Name

Density measurement starting point error

Significance

As the film reached the sensor (SJ1) earlier than normal sequence, density measurement was started.

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Malfunction of the SJ1 sensor or MD2, ME1, MG1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD2, ME1, MG1 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensor, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace SNS/DRV board. Refer to "2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow".

2-A-4

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to return the removal arm from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. Upper tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. HP return detection error does not become OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”. (Currently retrying) Upper tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to return the removal arm from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. Middle tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. HP return detection error does not become OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”. (Currently retrying) Middle tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to return the removal arm from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. Lower tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. HP return detection error does not become OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”. (Currently retrying) Lower tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

2-A-1

2-A-1

2-A-2

2-A-2

2-A-3

2-A-3

MT-44

MT-44

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

2237 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2239

2241

2243

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform (home position) in initialization, but SD5 mechanism adjustments. does not become OPEN. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Size grip HP detection error

Attempted to set size grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD3/SD4 do not become the specified values. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SD3/SD4 sensor or MD3 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3/SD4 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD3 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD6 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SD6 sensor or MD5 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD6 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD5 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Positioning guide entrance HP deviation detection error

Positioning guide exit HP deviation detection error

MT-45

MT-45

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

2245 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2247

2249

2251

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Attempted to return positioning guide to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to return positioning guide to Positioning guide exit HP (home position) in initialization, but HP return detection error SD6 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SD6 sensor or MD5 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD6 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD5 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB12 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB22 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

Positioning guide entrance HP return detection error

Upper tray film surface detection error

Middle tray film surface detection error

MT-46

MT-46

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

2253 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2255

2257

2259

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Lower tray film surface detection error

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB32 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

Upper tray film suction detection error

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB12 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB22 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB32 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

Middle tray film suction detection error

Lower tray film suction detection error

MT-47

MT-47

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2267

2269

2271

2279

Error Name

Upper tray removal unit exit detection error

Middle tray removal unit exit detection error

Lower tray removal unit exit detection error

Upper tray removal unit HP detection error

Detailed information format

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB13 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SB11, SB12, SB13 sensors or MB11motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11, SB12, SB13 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB23 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SB21, SB22, SB23 sensors or MB21motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21, SB22, SB23 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB33 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SB31, SB32, SB33 sensors or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31, SB32, SB33 ports of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release, but SB11 did not become OPEN.

Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-1

MT-48

MT-48

Probable cause and remedy

Significance

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Middle tray removal unit HP detection error

Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller. Attempted to move from conveyance 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform roller position to upper deadpoint in grip mechanism adjustments. release, but SB21 did not become OPEN. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-2

2281

Lower tray removal unit HP detection error

Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller. Attempted to move from conveyance 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform roller position to upper deadpoint in grip mechanism adjustments. release, but SB31 did not become OPEN. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-3

2282

Cleaning roller grip detection error

2283

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

2284

20x25 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to left size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2285

26x36 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to left size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2287

35x43 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to left size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2288

25x30 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to left size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2280 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Malfunction of SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Attempted to move cleaning roller from Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS HP to grip state, but SD5 did not become board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller. CLOSE. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. Attempted to move cleaning roller from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. grip state to HP, but SD5 did not become 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

2-A-4

2-A-4 Malfunction of the SD3/SD4 sensor or MD3 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3/SD4 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD3 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

2-A-4

2-A-4

MT-49

MT-49

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

2289 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2290

2297

2298

22AB

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Attempted to return the positioning guide to HP(home position), but SD7 did not become CLOSE.

Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Positioning guide exit HP detection error

Attempted to return the positioning guide to HP(home position), but SD6 did not become CLOSE.

Malfunction of the SD6 sensor or MD5 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD6 port of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MD5 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

Incorrect operations

Attempted to perform the following items using the M-Utility, but failed. 1. Unit operations 2. Individual grip operations 3. Positioning operations

Be sure to perform homing first, or implement according to the MUtility tree.

2-E-1

Cleaning roller grip detection error

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS Attempted to set the cleaning roller at HP board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform (home position) in initialization, but SD5 mechanism adjustments. did not become CLOSE. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

Positioning guide entrance HP detection error

Density measurement sensor power supply fuse disconnection

Disconnection of SNS board density measurement sensor power fuse

Disconnection of the F12VP density measurement sensor power fuse (F1). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-4

2-A-5

MT-50

MT-50

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

22AC

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

22B9

22BC

22C2

22C3

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Disconnection of SNS board density measurement sensor power fuse

Disconnection of the F12VM density measurement sensor power fuse (F2). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

Sorter fuse disconnection

Disconnection of MCT board sorter fuse

Disconnection of the FUSE sorter fuse (F1). 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2-A-5

Cleaning roller grip HP absent error

Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SNS board SD5 port or MD4 controller. The cleaning roller must be at the HP, but 1. Using M-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, mechanism adjustment. could not detect OPEN of SD5. 2. If problems are detected, replace the sensor/motor. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.

2-A-4

SIO transmission error

Detected errors during transmission of messages to the sorter unit (Rewrite).

Malfunction in the sorter unit and periphery of the sorter unit. 1. Check that the power of the sorter unit is ON. 2. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. 3. Replace the cable. 4. Replace the sorter unit. 5. Replace the MCT board.

2-F-2

Detected errors during reception of messages from the sorter unit (Rewrite).

Malfunction in the sorter unit and periphery of the sorter unit. 1. Check that the power of the sorter unit is ON. 2. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board is connected properly. 3. Replace the cable. 4. Replace the sorter unit. 5. Replace the MCT board.

2-F-2

Error Name

Density measurement sensor power supply fuse disconnection

SIO reception error

Significance

MT-51

MT-51

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

Sorter storing process mismatch

The sorter unit was in the middle of storing when initialized.

Occurred due to influence of other sorter problems. Check for detects of the sorter unit before and after this log. • SIO transmission error (12C2) • SIO reception error (12C3) • Sorter unit detection command parameter error (12D6) • Invalid sorter unit detection command (12D7) • Sorter conveyance stopped (12E5)

2-H-1

22EA

Failed to detect storage place bin number

Occurred due to influence of other sorter problems. Check for detects of the sorter unit before this log. The storage response information from • SIO transmission error (12C2) the sorter unit does not match the data of • SIO reception error (12C3) the equipment software. • Sorter unit detection command parameter error (12D6) • Invalid sorter unit detection command (12D7) • Sorter conveyance stopped (12E5)

2-G-2

2300

Register value reading error when resetting equipment

Failed in reading register values properly when resetting MCT side.

2310

Leading edge detection communication reception error

Did not receive leading edge detection notification which must be received in printing other than clean printing.

2311

Recording completion notification reception error

Did not receive recording completion notification which must be received in printing other than clean printing.

2402

Density measurement sequence error

Failed in software control sequence during density measurement.

22E7 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MCT board malfunction Replace the MCT board.

3-C

3-C Internal communication timing error. No correction is required if no abnormal phenomenon seen in particular. 3-C Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

None

MT-52

MT-52

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2403

Error Name

Density measurement data error

Significance

The density value measured by the density measurement section is abnormal.

Probable cause and remedy The density value measured by the density measurement section is abnormal. 1. Check if the density measurement sections such as density measurement LED, LED board, PDD board, connectors between boards, density measurement sensor power fuse, etc. are normal. 2. Check if the film sensitivity is normal.

Detailed information format

None

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SNS, MCT boards. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SNS board. 5. Replace the MCT board.

2404

Density measurement data write error

Failed in creating density measurement AD data files.

Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

4-A

2405

No density measurement data

No density measurement AD data in the printer.

No density measurement data as density measurement was not performed. After performing density measurement, acquire AD data.

None

1. Check if the density pattern of the film is normal. 2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.

2406

Density measurement starting point detection error

Failed to detect starting point of the density pattern from the number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section.

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SNS, MCT boards. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SNS board. 5. Replace the MCT board.

None

1. Check if the density pattern of the film is normal. 2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.

2407

Density measurement ending point detection error

Failed to detect the ending point of the density pattern from the number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section.

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SNS, MCT boards. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SNS board. 5. Replace the MCT board.

None

MT-53

MT-53

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

The number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section is less than the minimum number of effective data (Note). 1. Check if the density of the film is normal. 2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2408

Insufficient number of effective density measurement data

The number of effective density measurement data measured by the density measurement section is insufficient.

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SNS, MCT boards. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SNS board. 5. Replace the MCT board.

4-B

Note: The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data logically measured. The number of effective data required for 24steps pattern is above 6717, that for 17-steps pattern is above 4976, and that for QC pattern is above 1555.

Detected polygn rotation error during scanner initialization diagnosis.

2510

Polygon error

270B

Panel control parameter Failed in reading the panel control file read error parameter file during system start.

Malfunction of scanner unit, PRN board, LDD board. Check again by scanner check using the M-Utility, and perform the following for malfunctioned parts. 1. Check the connectors between the scanner unit, LDD board, etc. and PRN board, and replace as necessary. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board. 4. Replace the LDD board. Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

Times of diagnosis

None

MT-54

MT-54

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2907

Error Name

Temperature measurement error

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

The plate temperature measurement is abnormal. Malfunction of plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the I/F cable between the thermistor and SNS board. 1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SNS board are set properly. At system start, the initial measured value 2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the M-Utility. (average of four) of the temperature of a Check the temperature of each thermistor visually. heater was outside the -15°C to 150°C If the temperature is a feasible value (about 0°C to 130°C). range approximately 5 seconds after the If it is, the thermistor/SNS may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. setup of the TMS driver (temperature 3. Replace the thermistor. measurement task). 4. Replace the SNS board. 5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SNS board.

Detailed information format

9-A

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

MT-55

MT-55

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2911

Error Name

Low temperature error

Significance

The temperature of a heater remained lower than the target temperature even after 10 minutes from the start of temperature control (detection interval: 600ms, measured 1000 times continuously) and did not become the appropriate temperature. Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

Probable cause and remedy The plate temperature is low. Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the cable between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of the power supply unit and MCT board are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. If not hot, the heater/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the heater. 4. Replace the MCT board. 5. Replace the thermistor. 6. Replace the SNS board. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 8. Replace the power supply unit.

Detailed information format

9-A

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

2918

Film cooling section The film cooling section thermistor has thermistor disconnection disconnected (Detected temperature error dropped below -20°C.).

2919

Sub-scanning section The sub-scanning section thermistor has thermistor disconnection disconnected (Detected temperature error dropped below -20°C.).

Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SNS board and thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SNS board. 1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and connector of the SNS board are set correctly. 2. Replace the thermistor. 3. Replace the SNS board. 4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SNS board.

9-C

9-C

MT-56

MT-56

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2921

Error Name

Temperature control abnormally low error

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and During temperature control, the connectors of the power supply unit are set correctly, and temperature of a heater dropped below check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. the appropriate temperature range (within 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. target temperature ±1°C), and did not Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the return to the appropriate temperature hand. even after 5 minutes (detection interval If hot, the heater is OK. 600ms, measured 500 times The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. continuously). If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the heater. Note: 4. Replace the MCT board. 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C 5. Replace the thermistor. to 130°C) varies according to internal 6. Replace the SNS board. conditions. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit. 8. Replace the power supply unit.

Detailed information format

9-A

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

MT-57

MT-57

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2930

Error Name

Temperature timeout

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

The plate temperature is abnormal. Disconnection of the plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater of I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of the power supply unit are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the The temperature of all plates did not hand. become the appropriate temperature If hot, the heater is OK. (within target temperature ±1°C) even The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. after 20 minutes from the start of If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. initialization. 3. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using t the M-Utility. Note: The FAN is OK if operations are normal. 1. Generally, as the temperature control The film cooling section and recording section thermistor/MCT abnormally low error (2921) and heater board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. disconnection error (0961), etc. occur If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. before this error, the rate of Replace the connector and film section cooling FAN. occurrence of this error is low. 4. Replace the heater. 2. The target temperature (approx. 90°C 5. Replace the MCT board. to 130°C) varies according to internal 6. Replace the thermistor. conditions. 7. Replace the SNS board. 8. Replace the film cooling section and recording section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 10. Replace the power supply unit.

Detailed information format

9-F

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

MT-58

MT-58

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2931

Error Name

Significance

During temperature control, the temperature of a heater exceeded the appropriate temperature range (within target temperature ±1°C), and did not return to the appropriate temperature even after 5 minutes (detection interval Temperature abnormally 600ms, measured 500 times high error continuously). Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

2932

Temperature control abnormally high 2 error

During temperature control, the temperature of a heater exceeded the appropriate temperature range (within target temperature ±1°C), and did not return to the appropriate temperature even after 10 minutes (detection interval 600ms, measured 1000 times continuously). Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

2941

Overheat 1 error

The temperature of a heater remained higher than the target temperature even after 5 minutes from the start of temperature control (detection interval: 600ms, measured 500 times continuously) and did not become the appropriate temperature. Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

Probable cause and remedy

The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the MCT board, filter section cooling FAN, heater, temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the MCT board are set correctly. 2. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using the M-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and filter section cooling FAN. 3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 6. If hot, the heater/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the MCT board. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SNS board. 8. Replace the temperature detection thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 10. Replace the power supply unit. Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

Detailed information format

9-A

9-A

9-A

MT-59

MT-59

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2942

Error Name

Overheat 1-2 error

Significance

The temperature of a heater remained higher than the target temperature even after 10 minutes from the start of temperature control (detection interval: 600ms, measured 1000 times continuously) and did not become the appropriate temperature. Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

Probable cause and remedy The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the MCT board, filter section cooling FAN, heater, temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port of the MCT board. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the MCT board are set correctly. 2. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using the M-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and filter section cooling FAN. 3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 6. If hot, the heater/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the MCT board. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SNS board. 8. Replace the temperature detection thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply unit. 10. Replace the power supply unit.

Detailed information format

9-A

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

MT-60

MT-60

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2971

Error Name

Temperature measurement noise (Level 2)

Significance

Difference between two continuous temperature measurements (detection interval: 600 ms) > 2°C

Probable cause and remedy The plate temperature measurement is abnormal. Malfunction of the plate temperature detection thermistor, dsiconnection of the I/F cable with the SNS board. 1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SNS board are set properly, and if the AD converter for temperature measurement is affected by unidentifiable noise. 2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the M-Utility. Check the temperature of each thermistor visually. Check that the measured value becomes the feasible value (about 0°C to 130°C) and if there is a difference of 2°C within one second. The thermistor/SNS may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the thermistor. 4. Replace the SNS board. 5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SNS board.

Detailed information format

9-A

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board. Failed in creating data file when acquiring temperature data.

2991

29A0

Temperature data writing error

Heat development control parameter value error

Note: 1. As "Acquiring temperature data" is a function for design and evaluation (DPX7 PC Tool only), this error does not occur in actual user operations.

Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

The target temperature is abnormal or the film compensation information parameter is abnormal, or malfunction of the barcode reader. 1. If the target temperature is abnormal, set the target temperature using the M-Utility again. 2. If the film compensation information parameter (SBC) is The target temperature (individual data) abnormal, enter the correct barcode. or film compensation information value obtained from the barcode are abnormal. 3. If the barcode reader has malfunctioned, replace the barcode reader.

9-H

MT-61

MT-61

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the MCT board.

9-D

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

Error Code

Error Name

Significance

Probable cause and remedy

Detailed information format

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error which essentially does not occur caused by software bug and incorrect control timing.

2-C-1

32EB

The targeted information could not be Conveyance found in the SIO transmission management table error information. (Sorter information) As a result, it became no-response.

Errors due to software bug, control timing error, etc. which usually do not occur.

2-G-3

33EC

Conveyance The targeted information could not be management table error found in the heat development unit (Heat development unit conveyance information. information) As a result, it became no-response.

Errors due to software bug, control timing error, etc. which usually do not occur.

2-G-1

33ED

SIO transmission buffer over error

Errors due to software bug, control timing error, etc. which usually do not occur.

2-F-3

3202

FPMC error (At start)

FPMC motor drive failure

The table storing SIO transmission information has become full.

MT-62

MT-62

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

2.3.2

Formatter

■ DICOM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0001

0001

DPM Invoke fail

Failed in starting DICOM main thread.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0001

0002

Invalid Dicom.dat

Invalid Dicom.dat contents

Save equipment individual data (requires Dicom.dat analysis).

Tag number with error

0001

0003

DPC Invoke fail

Failed in starting DICOM communication main thread.

Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm analysis).

Port number

0001

0004

Invalid Netinf.prm

Invalid Netinf.prm contents

Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm analysis).

1:No file 2:Non existing keyword 3:Non existing value

0001

FFFF

Insufficient memory

Insufficient virtual memory

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-63

MT-63

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ Spooler

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Detailed code

0002

0001

Error occurred with creating thread.%n%1

Failed in creating thread. (Internal Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe error) conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0002

Error occurred with posting message to thread.%n%1

Failed in sending messages. (Internal error)

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0003

Insufficient memory.%n%1

Failed in securing memory. (Internal error)

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0004

Creation of PrintJob dispatch driver failed.%n%1

Failed in creating Print Job objects in recovering unprocessed JOBs.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis)

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0005

PrintJob file read error.%n%1

Failed in reading PrintJob files.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0007

Getting to item data failed.%n%1 Failed in acquiring PrintJob and FILM object data.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0008

Addition of spooler queue failed.%n%1

Failed in registering spooler queue.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0009

Film Object is invalid.%n%1

Invalid film object, or insufficient data

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000A

Deleting raw file is failed.%n%1

Failed in deleting RAW data file.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000B

Status is invalid.%n%1

Invalid status

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code, status

0002

000C

PrintJob dispatch pointer is invalid.%n%1

Failed in accessing PrintJob.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000D

Film Object Number is invalid.%n%1

Specified Film number is invalid.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000E

PrintJob was not found for Delete.%n%1

Save equipment individual data (requires log Could not find Print Job deleted analysis), reboot system, and observe when requesting queue deletion. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-64

MT-64

Error code

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0002

0010

Change priority is invalid.%n%1

Specified change priority level is invalid.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0013

PrintID is invalid.%n%1

Requested print ID is illegal.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0014

Moving File failed.%n%1

Failed in moving file.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0015

Invalid Case Happen.%n%1

Unexpected case occurred.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

2002

0012

File error.%n[%1]

Failed in opening and creating files.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code, file name

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-65

MT-65

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ ImgPrc

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0003

0001

System call has failed. %n[%1]

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Error occurred due to system call. individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0003

0002

Memory allocate failed.%n[%1]

Failed in acquiring memory.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0003

0003

Object create failed.%n[%1]

Failed in creating image processing objects.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

2003

0004

Data not found.%n[%1]

Data to be acquired was not Save equipment individual data (requires Place of occurrence in source found in PrintJOB, FILM object, imginf.prm analysis), acquire error job information code nor image processing parameter. (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).

2003

0005

File error.%n[%1]

Failed in opening and creating files.

Save equipment individual data (requires Place of occurrence in source imginf.prm analysis), acquire error job information code, file name (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).

2003

0006

Image process error.%n[%1]

Execution of image processing resulted in error.

Save equipment individual data (requires Place of occurrence in source imginf.prm analysis), acquire error job information code (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).

2003

0007

Invalid margin value.%n[%1]

As the leading edge margin parameter is outside the range, use the default value.

Equipment individual data save (PRT_MARGIN.txt) analysis is required.

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

Type, outside range value

MT-66

MT-66

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ Output

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0004

1EB1

Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output main main thread. thread.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB2

Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output transfer transmit thread. thread.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB3

Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output mct16drv thread. mechanical driver thread.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB4

Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output scanner prn16drv thread. driver thread.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB5

Cannot Initialize device mct16drv.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB6

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Cannot Initialize device prn16drv. Failed in initializing scanner driver. individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB7

Cannot Set event to device mct16drv.

Failed in registering events in mechanical driver.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1EB8

Cannot Set event to device prn16drv.

Failed in registering events in scanner driver.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F15

Response Timeout in device mct16drv.

Command response timeout from Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe mechanical driver. conditions.

None

0004

1F16

Response Timeout in device prn16drv.

Command response timeout from Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe scanner driver. conditions.

None

0004

1F79

Matrix Action failed. Position=(%d, %d)

Invalid state transition occurred internally

Log

Significance

Failed in initializing mechanical driver.

Remedy

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Detailed information

MT-67

MT-67

Position in state transition table (line, col) line : (0~6) col : (0~37)

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Detailed code

0004

1F7A

Invalid Parameter received.

Unexpected results code was returned.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Results code

0004

1F7C

FMT Fatal error.

Level 0 error occurred in formatter.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F7D

PRT Run Timeout.

Start timeout of printer.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F7E

Printer/Driver Request Timeout.

Timeout of command request for Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe printer and driver. conditions.

None

0004

1F7F

Unmatch Print ID at Print-Request No print ID for print request which Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment matches print ID for print end individual data, reboot system, and observe and Print-Reqponse. response. conditions.

None

0004

1F80

PRT Run request failed.

Error occurred with start printer command.

Install the printer from the M-UTL.

None

0004

1F81

Memory Information failed at Transmit request.

Invalid state transition occurred internally

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F82

No File Name when file trans.

Could not acquire filename in image transfer.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F83

Density Result File save error.

Failed in storing automatic density results file.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F84

Density Calculate Process Failed.

Density correction calculation results are abnormal.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F85

Internal Error. Detail=%s

Unable to continue operations due to internal error.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E201

Invalid Value.

Value set is outside specified value (range).

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E202

Invalid Command.

Received unsupported command.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Command name

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-68

MT-68

Error code

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

Log

0004

E203

Print-ID is not Exist

Specified print ID does not exist.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E204

Send File Error.

Error occurred in file transfer to printer.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E205

Receive File Error.

Error occurred in file reception from printer.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E206

File Transmit sequence Error.

Error occurred in file transfer sequence to printer.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E207

File Transmit Error.

Received other commands during Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe file transfer to printer. conditions.

None

0004

E264

Cannot Allocate memory block.

Could not secure required volume Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment (block) for transfer memory block. individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E265

MCT16A Communication error.

Communication error with MCT16A.

None

0004

E266

Failed in Top detect when scanner diagnosis

Top detection fault in scanner selfSave equipment individual data (requires log diagnosis. analysis), reboot system, and observe (Main unit software version A02 conditions. or earlier)

None

0004

E267

Failed in Start detect when scanner diagnosis

Starting point detection fault in scanner self-diagnosis.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E268

Failed in Top search power when Top search power setting in scanner diagnosis scanner self-diagnosis.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E269

File I/O Error in Setting file

Save equipment individual data (requires log No setting file or could not read it. analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E26A

File I/O Error in Image file

Save equipment individual data (requires log No image file or could not read it. analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

Significance

Remedy

Replace the MCT board, or SNS board.

Detailed information

MT-69

MT-69

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0004

E26B

Cannot Receive temperature Information.

Did not receive temperature information after instructing start of sub-scanning.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E26C

Cannot Detect top interrupt.

Did not detect top interruption after instructing start of subscanning.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E26D

Cannot Detect complete interrupt.

Did not detect record completion interruption after detecting top.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E26E

Image Transmit timeout

Image transfer timeout.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E26F

Command Timeout when File transmitting.

Command timeout occurred in file Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe transfer to printer. conditions.

None

0004

E270

Hardware Error occurred during record.

Hardware error occurred during recording.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E271

Laser could not emit as expected.

Laser could not emit as expected.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2C8

Cannot execute mct16drv.

Cannot attach print control driver(prnmng.sys) to mechadriver (mct16drv.sys).

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2C9

Cannot execute prn16drv.

Cannot attach the print control driver (prnmng.sys) to scanner driver (prn16drv.sys).

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2CA

Connection Failed in PRN16A board.

Faulty connection of PRN16A board

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2CB

PRN16A Print buffer error.

PRN16A print buffer error

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2CC

PRN16A line memory error.

PRN16A line memory error

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-70

MT-70

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0004

E2CD

Connection Failed in MCT16A board.

Faulty connection of MCT16A board

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2CE

MCT16A DPRAM error

PRAM error for MCT16A communication

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

E2CF

Insufficient memory under 256MB.

Insufficient mounted memory (less than 256MB)

Check SDRAM capacity. Cannot output film normally. However, M-Utility operations can be performed.

None

0004

E2D0

Insufficient memory under 64MB.

Insufficient mounted memory (less than 64 MB)

Check SDRAM capacity. Cannot output film normally. However, M-Utility operations other than recording can be performed.

None

0004

E2D1

Fuse disconnection.

Disconnection of PRN16A fuse

Check the fuse on PRN16A board.

None

0004

E2D2

Communication Error.

PRN16A communication error

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

2004

0002

PRT Log Get Error.

Failed in acquiring ISC log of PRT.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

2004

E266

Failed in Top detect when scanner diagnosis

Failed in leading edge detection when scanner diagnosis

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

2004

E267

Failed in Start detect when scanner diagnosis

Failed in start point detection when scanner diagnosis

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

2004

E268

Failed in Top search power when Failed in leading edge search power setting when scanner scanner diagnosis diagnosis

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

2004

E271

Save equipment individual data (requires log Laser could not emit as expected Laser could not emit as expected analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

3004

0001

Ejected remaining films number of sheets = %d

Number of ejected films

Log

Significance

Number of ejected films

Remedy

None

Detailed information

MT-71

MT-71

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

■ GUI

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0005

0001

It is logic error generating at ActionForm.%n%1

[GUI] Theoretical error 1

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Internal codes of current window and newly displayed window

0005

0002

It is logic error generating at TreatForm.%n%1

[GUI] Theoretical error 2

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Internal codes of current window and newly displayed window

[T2GUIFile.dll] Insufficient memory

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting Function name of DLL with error the system after checking the individual data, replace the memory or HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[T2GUIFile.dll] Parameter error

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting Function name of DLL with error the system after checking the individual data, replace the memory or HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

There is no file.%n%1

[T2GUIFile.dll] File does not exist

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

File access goes wrong.%n%1

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error [T2GUIFile.dll] Failed in accessing If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access file (reading, writing). the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

0005

0005

0005

0005

0003

0004

0005

0006

Log

Memory insufficient generating.%n%1

Parameter error.%n%1

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-72

MT-72

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

Error code

0005

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0005

0005

0005

0005

0005

Detailed code

0007

0008

0009

000A

000B

000C

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

The contents of description unjust [T2GUIFile.dll] Invalid description generating of a config file.%n%1 of configuration file

Save equipment individual data (requires log or configuration file analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system despite no illegal description in the configuration files, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

Opening of a file goes wrong.%n%1

[T2GUIFile.dll] File open error

Save equipment individual data (requires log or configuration file analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[T2GUIFile.dll] Deletion failure

Save equipment individual data (requires log or configuration file analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[T2GUIFile.dll] Copy failure

Save equipment individual data (requires log or configuration file analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[T2GUIFile.dll] Move failure

Save equipment individual data (requires log or configuration file analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[T2GUIFile.dll] Internal error

Reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. Function name of DLL with error In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

Deletion of a file goes wrong.%n%1

Copy failure of a file.%n%1

Move failure of a file.%n%1

Internal error.%n%1

Function name of DLL with error File name attempting to access Row number, column with illegal description

MT-73

MT-73

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

Error code

0005

Detailed code

Log

Significance

[T2GUIFile.dll] Failed in securing memory

Remedy

Detailed information

Reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. Function name of DLL with error In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

000D

Malloc error.%n%1

000E

Domain reservation [GUI] Failed in securing common (OpenFileMapping) of a common memory space memory goes wrong.%n%1 (OpenFileMapping)

0005

000F

Mapping (MapViewOfFile) of the address of a common memory goes wrong.%n%1

Reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting [GUI] Failed in mapping common the system, replace the HDD. System error code memory address (MapViewOfFile) In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

0005

0010

utlRequest ID Error.%n%1

[T2GUIFile.dll]

None

Command ID

0005

0011

printRequest ID Error.%n%1

[GUI] Illegal printRequest command ID

None

Command ID

0005

0012

utlResponse ID Error.%n%1

[GUI] Illegal utlResponsecommand ID

None

Command ID

0005

0005

0005 0005

Reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. System error code In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

0013

The start of Beep cannot be performed.

[T2GUIBeep.ocx] Can not start Beep

Reboot system, and observe conditions. If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. None In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

0014

The value of frequency is unusual.

[T2GUIBeep.ocx] Abnormal frequency value

Save equipment individual data (requires log or configuration file analysis). After correcting configuration file, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0015

The value of time to sound is unusual.

Save equipment individual data (requires log or [T2GUIBeep.ocx] Abnormal beep configuration file analysis). After correcting configuration file, reboot system, and observe time value conditions.

None

MT-74

MT-74

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

Error code

0005

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

0005

0005

Detailed code

0016

0017

0018

Log

A character sequence is out of range.%n%1

A character was not found in the resource.%n%1

A picture sequence is out of range.%n%1

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

[ResourceControl.ocx] Specified character string ID is illegal

Save equipment individual data (requires analysis of logs, various configuration files, and resource files). Reboot system, and observe conditions. Character string ID If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[ResourceControl.ocx] Could not find character string in resource

Save equipment individual data (requires analysis of logs, various configuration files, and resource files). Reboot system, and observe conditions. Character string ID If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

[ResourceControl.ocx] Specified image ID is illegal

Save equipment individual data (requires analysis of logs, various configuration files, and resource files). Reboot system, and observe conditions. Image ID If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

0005

0019

A picture was not found in the resource.%n%1

[ResourceControl.ocx] Could not find image in resource

Save equipment individual data (requires analysis of logs, various configuration files, and resource files). Reboot system, and observe conditions. Image ID If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

0005

001A

infoNotify ID Error.%n%1

[GUI] Illegal infoNotify ID

None

Command ID

001B

Program Error.%n%1

Execution error

0006

0001

-

Specified measured length is illegal.

Re-enter the measured length, and re-execute.

None

MT-75

MT-75

0005

Save equipment individual data (requires analysis of logs, various configuration files, and resource files). Reboot system, and observe conditions. Error code, function name If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting detecting error, error massage the system, replace the HDD. In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC for servicing.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

Log

2005

2001

job ID Error.%n%1

[GUI]Could not find specified job when notified status was other than unprocessed (registered)

None

JobID, status

2005

2002

Delete Job Error.%n%1

[GUI]Could not find job specified to be deleted

None

JobID

2005

2003

Film Count Clear.%n%1

[GUI]Cleared information on number of films used

None

Film tray number, number of films when cleared

2006

2F01

The specified measurement length is inaccurate.

Specified measuring length is illegal

Re-enter the measuring length, and execute again.

None

2006

2F02

Starting Position Length Error.

Input number of pixels is illegal

Re-enter the start point pixels, and execute again.

Normal range is -118 to 120 However the inputtable range is -120 to 120

2006

2F03

Make Uniformity S1 Table Failed. Failed in creating Uniformity S1 table

Check that E:\Param\UniSm.dat exists.

None

2006

2F04

Clear Uniformity S1 Table Failed.

Execute again.

None

2006

2F05

Make Uniformity S2 Table Failed. Failed in creating Uniformity S2 table

Check that E:\Param\UniSm.dat exists.

None

2006

2F06

Clear Uniformity S2 Table Failed.

Failed in initializing Uniformity S2 table

Execute again.

None

3005

3001

Film Count Clear. [Tray Number ] S1 [Film number of sheets] S2

Information on number of films used was cleared.

None

Tray number, number of films

3005

3002

Reprint. [UserID] 1111 [Date] 2003/06/23 20:55 [PrintID] 2121 [AETitle] AE TITLE [FilmNum] 1 [PrintNum] 1

Reprinted.

None

User ID, date, print ID, AE title, number of films, number of prints

3005

3003

Login it was done. [UserID] 1111 [Function] Reprint

Logged in.

None

User ID function (reprint, QC)

Significance

Failed in initializing Uniformity S1 table

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-76

MT-76

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

■ JobMake

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0007

0001

Error occurred with creating thread.%n%1

Failed in creating thread (internal error).

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0007

0002

Error occurred with posting message to thread.%n%1

Failed in sending message (internal error).

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0007

0003

Insufficient memory.%n%1

Failed in securing memory (internal error).

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code, request size

0007

000A

Error occured with file access.%n%1

Failed in opening and creating files.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code, file name

0007

000B

Status is invalid.%n%1

Invalid status

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code, status

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-77

MT-77

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ Main

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0008

0001

Shared memory not allocated.

0008

0002

The mounting memory does not Mounted memory does not fulfill the operation conditions of a satisfy operating conditions of the Check SDRAM capacity. system. system.

0008

0003

The inaccurate parameter was specified.

Invalid parameter was specified.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0004

Calling 'PortOpen' method failed.%n%1

Failed in DICOM control execution start request.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0005

Calling 'PortClose' method failed.%n%1

Failed in communication end request to DICOM control.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0006

Calling GUI method failed.%n%1 Failed in calling GUI method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0007

Calling 'OnEndPrint' method failed.%n%1

Failed in JOB completion communication processing.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0008

Calling 'AnsOnPrintRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling the print request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0009

Calling 'Initialize' method failed.%n%1

Failed in image initializing request.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000A

Calling 'ExeImageProcess' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling image processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe request method. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000B

Calling 'ReLoadLut' method failed.%n%1

Failed in re-reading instruction of concentration correction table.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

Log

Significance Failed in securing area for communication processing.

Remedy Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Detailed information Place of occurrence in source code Place of occurrence in source code

MT-78

MT-78

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0008

000C

Calling 'MakeTestPattern' method Failed in calling JOB generation request (SMPTE/execution) failed.%n%1 method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000D

Calling 'MakeScanerPattern' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling JOB generation request (scanner diagnosis) method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000E

Calling 'MakeBetaPattern' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling JOB generation request (flat pattern) method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000F

Calling 'MakeCleaning' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling JOB generation request (cleaning) method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0010

Calling 'AnsSetPrintPriority' method failed.%n%1

Failed in JOB completion notification.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0011

Calling 'RunRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in initializing output control Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe unit. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0012

Calling 'UTLRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling utility request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0013

Calling 'PowerSaveRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling energy-saving instruction method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0014

Calling 'PrintRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling print request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0015

Calling 'TransmitRequest' method Failed in calling transfer request failed.%n%1 method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0016

Calling 'PowerOffRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling output control end instruction method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0017

Calling 'NextPrintAvailable' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling removal permission notification method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-79

MT-79

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0008

0018

Calling 'EndPrc' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling end request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0019

Calling PC-UTL method failed.%n%1

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Failed in calling PC-Utility method. individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001A

Calling 'SetImgPrcEndStatus' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling image processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment completion setting request individual data, reboot system, and observe method. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001B

Calling 'GetPickupPrcJOB' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling removal process JOB acquisition request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001C

Calling 'GetImgPrcJOB' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling image processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment JOB acquisition request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001D

Calling 'GetRawDataJOB' method Failed in calling RAW data transfer JOB acquisition request failed.%n%1 method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001E

Calling 'trayNotify' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling tray information renewal notification method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001F

Calling 'SetFilmPrintEndStatus' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling output processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe completion notification method. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0020

Calling 'Run' method failed.%n%1

Failed in spooler control execution start request.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0021

Calling 'SetRawDataEndStatus' method failed.%n%1

Failed in spooler control transfer completion notification.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0022

Calling 'DoSpool' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling JOB spool request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0023

Calling 'RestorPrintJOB' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling unprocessed JOB recovery request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-80

MT-80

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0008

0024

Calling 'SetJOBPriority' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling JOB priority order Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe change request method. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0025

Calling 'DeleteJOB' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling deletion request deletion request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0026

Calling 'initializeRequest' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling initialization method of output control

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0027

Calling 'AnsDeleteQueue' method Failed in calling Queue deletion request results notification failed.%n%1 method

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0028

Calling 'OnStartPrint' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling JOB start notification method

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0029

Calling 'AnsOnPrintPrepare' method failed.

Failed in calling preprint response Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe notification method conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002A

Calling 'AnsPrinterInfo' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling printer information request response method

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002B

Calling 'SetImgRcvEndStatus' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling image reception completion notification method

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002C

Calling 'MakeSystemInfo' method Failed in calling system failed.%n%1 information printing method

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002D

Utility-Mode is unexpected.%n%1 Request in unexpected mode

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002E

Calling 'ReLoadUniformityTbl' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling uniformity table re- Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe reading method conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002F

Calling 'SetCalibMode' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling printer image correction mode setting method

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-81

MT-81

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0008

0030

Calling 'TrayStatusChanged' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling tray state change Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe notification method. conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0031

Calling 'DeleteAllJOB' method failed.%n%1

Failed in calling delete all JOB request method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0038

Calling 'JobCheckRequest' method failed.

Failed in reprint verification request.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0039

Calling 'DoReprint' method failed. Failed in reprint spool request.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

003A

Calling 'MakeQCPattern' method failed.

Failed in calling QC test pattern output method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

003B

Calling 'PrintStatusChange' mehtod failed.

Failed in calling printer state change notification method.

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

3008

0032

The film was set.

Film has been loaded.

None

Number of films in each tray after loading

3008 3008 3008 3008 3008

0033 0034 0035 0036 0037

The number of films was changed.

Number of films has been changed.

None

Number of films in each tray after changing

The tray was opened.

Tray has been opened.

None

Tray number which was opened.

The tray was closed.

Tray has been closed.

None

Tray number which was closed.

The solenoid was ON.

Solenoid has been turned ON.

None

Solenoid number which was turned ON.

The solenoid was OFF.

Solenoid has been turned OFF.

None

None

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-82

MT-82

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ Decode

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

0009

0001

Error occurred with creating thread.%n[%1]

Failed in starting decode main threading

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0009

0002

Error occurred with posting message to thread.%n[%1]

Failed in sending messages (internal error)

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0009

0003

Insufficient memory.%n[%1]

Failed in securing memory (internal error)

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0009

0004

Status is invalid.%n[%1]

Own status is illegal

Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual data, reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0009

0005

Error occured with file access.%n[%1]

Failed in opening and creating files

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0009

0006

Error occured with create object.%n[%1]

Failed in creating COM objects

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

2009

000B

Invalid barcode from film pack.%n[%1]

Detected illegal barcodes (film pack)

None

Detected barcode

2009

000C

Invalid barcode from GUI.%n[%1] Detected illegal barcodes (GUI input)

None

Detected barcode

2009

0010

BaseColor unmatched.%n[%1]

Loaded with film pack with base whose color differs from setting.

None

Tray number

3009

000D

Can't read barcode from film pack, but reuse previous barcode.%n[%1]

Failed in reading barcodes, but using results of previous reading because one-time error

None

Previous read barcode

3009

000E

OK barcode from film pack.%n[%1]

Detected normal barcode (film pack)

None

Detected barcode

3009

000F

OK barcode from GUI.%n[%1]

Detected normal barcode (GUI input)

None

Detected barcode

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information

MT-83

MT-83

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ PCUTL

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

200A

0001

FTPTransfer failed.%n%1

Failed in FTP data transfer

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, start the equipment, and observe conditions.

200A

0002

FTPOpen failed.%n%1

FTP port does not open

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of the FTP directory of the PC None for servicing, and observe conditions.

200A

0003

File not found.%n%1

Searched for corresponding file but did not exist

Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information Name of file which failed transfer

Name of file which failed search

MT-84

MT-84

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

■ Satelite

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Error code

Detailed code

200B

0001

FTPTransfer failed.%n%1

Failed in FTP data transfer

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, start the equipment, and observe conditions.

200B

0002

FTPOpen failed.%n%1

FTP port does not open

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of the FTP directory of the PC None for servicing, and observe conditions.

200B

0003

File not found.%n%1

Searched for corresponding file but did not exist

Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.

Log

Significance

Remedy

Detailed information Name of file which failed transfer

Name of file which failed search

MT-85

MT-85

MT-86

2.4

Troubleshooting Flow

2.4.1

How to Read the Troubleshooting Flow

Display Example 1 In the Troubleshooting Flow, problems are corrected while analyzing the causes. For some states, parts may need to be disassembled, replaced, or adjusted. The following describes how to read the Troubleshooting Flow. Output voltage check (Voltage value) To check the specified voltage value, measure the output voltage using the tester.

MT-90 Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. 10 +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

16

10

6

Is MD4 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Grip] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of cleaning roller grip mechanism normal? Rotate MD4 gear with hand, and check that cleaning roller moves up and down smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and grip gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Is the D cut side of the shaft of the one-way gear assembly attached facing up? “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume, 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)”

Yes

No Re-attach

Are CN9 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD4 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C10.EPS

006-259-02 09.10.2003 FM4080

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-90

Suspected cause Check the state of the equipment according to the description given. If “YES”, proceed according to the arrow and perform the check in the next step. If “No”, implement the correction below. 006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0228.EPS

MT-86

MT-87 Display Example 2 In case disassembly, replacement, or adjustment is required in the Troubleshooting Flow, symbols indicating where to refer in the SP Volume and MC Volume are shown. The following describes where to refer.

REF Numbers enclosed indicate that details are provided in the MC Volume. Where to refer (SP Volume/MC Volume) (If REF No. is enclosed) Indicates that parts corresponding to “ 05D 4 ” in the SP Volume and that details are provided in “ 05D 4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)” of the MC Volume.

MT-91 A

B Is MD4 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

05D

Replace MD4.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

4

10

6

10

16

Is SD5 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD5 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD5.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD5 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD5.

Replace SNS board.

05D

18

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 09.10.2003 FM4080

FP7T0D10.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-91

Where to refer (SP Volume) (If REF No. is not enclosed) Indicates that parts corresponding to “ 05D are shown.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

18 ”

in the SP Volume FP7T0229.EPS

MT-87

MT-88 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-88

MT-89 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-89

MT-90

2.4.2

Troubleshooting Flow

021A

Cleaning roller grip detection error (M-Utility function)

The cleaning roller attempted to move from the HP (home position) to the grip state, but SD5 did not detect CLOSE.

2282

Cleaning roller grip detection error

Attempted to move cleaning roller from HP (home position) to grip state, but SD5 did not become CLOSE.

2283

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error

Attempted to move cleaning roller from grip state to HP (home position), but SD5 did not become OPEN.

22BC

Cleaning roller grip HP absent error

The cleaning roller must be at the HP (home position), but could not detect OPEN of SD5. ■ Error Related I/O Layout SD5 MD4

FP7T0A10.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-90

MT-91 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F6

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN9 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD4 1 4 2 5 3 6

CN7 13 +5V 14 Signal 15 GND

CND1 7 8 9

MD4

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

1 2 3 SD5

7-segment LED FP7T0B10.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD4 SD5

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F10.EPS

MT-91

MT-92 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD4 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Grip] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of cleaning roller grip mechanism normal? Rotate MD4 gear with hand, and check that cleaning roller moves up and down smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and grip gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Is the D cut side of the shaft of the one-way gear assembly attached facing up? “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume, 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)”

Yes

No Re-attach

Are CN9 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD4 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C10.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-92

MT-93 A

B Is MD4 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

05D

Replace MD4.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

4

10

6

10

16

Is SD5 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD5 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD5.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD5 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD5.

Replace SNS board.

05D

18

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D10.EPS

MT-93

MT-94

0226

Upper tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 does not become CLOSE.

0228

Upper tray removal unit HP return detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 does not become OPEN.

2225

Upper tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 does not become CLOSE.

2227

Upper tray removal unit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 does not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB11

SB11 FP7T0A07.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-94

MT-95 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F1

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN6 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB11 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB11

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN4 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB1 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB11

7-segment LED FP7T0B07.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB11

SB11

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F07.EPS

MT-95

MT-96 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C07.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-96

MT-97 A

B Is MB11 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB11.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB11 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB11.

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB11 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB11.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D07.EPS

MT-97

MT-98

0230

Middle tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 does not become CLOSE.

0232

Middle tray removal unit HP return detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 does not become OPEN.

2229

Middle tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 does not become CLOSE.

2231

Middle tray removal unit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 does not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB21

SB21 FP7T0A08.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-98

MT-99 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F2

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN5 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB21 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB21

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN5 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB2 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB21

7-segment LED FP7T0B08.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB21 SB21

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F08.EPS

MT-99

MT-100 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C08.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-100

MT-101 A

B Is MB21 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

04A

Replace MB21.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB21 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB21.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB21 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No

Replace SB21. 04B

Replace SNS board.

10

21 16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D08.EPS

MT-101

MT-102

0234

Lower tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 does not become CLOSE.

0236

Lower tray removal unit HP return detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 does not become OPEN.

2233

Lower tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 does not become CLOSE.

2235

Lower tray removal unit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 does not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB31

SB31 FP7T0A09.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-102

MT-103 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F3

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN4 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB31 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB31

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN6 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB3 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB31

7-segment LED FP7T0B09.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB31

SB31

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F09.EPS

MT-103

MT-104 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C09.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-104

MT-105 A

B Is MB31 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB31.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB31 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB31.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB31 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB31.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D09.EPS

MT-105

MT-106

0238

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 does not become OPEN.

0299

Cleaning roller grip detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to set the cleaning roller at HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 did not become CLOSE.

2237

Cleaning roller grip HP detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 does not become OPEN.

2298

Cleaning roller grip detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to set the cleaning roller at HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 did not become CLOSE. ■ Error Related I/O Layout SD5 MD4

FP7T0A10.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-106

MT-107 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F6

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN9 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD4 1 4 2 5 3 6

CN7 13 +5V 14 Signal 15 GND

CND1 7 8 9

MD4

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

1 2 3 SD5

7-segment LED FP7T0B10.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD4 SD5

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F10.EPS

MT-107

MT-108 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD4 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Grip] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of cleaning roller grip mechanism normal? Rotate MD4 gear with hand, and check that cleaning roller moves up and down smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and grip gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Is the D cut side of the shaft of the one-way gear assembly attached facing up? “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume, 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)”

Yes

No Re-attach

Are CN9 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD4 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C10.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-108

MT-109 A

B Is MD4 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

05D

Replace MD4.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

4

10

6

10

16

Is SD5 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD5 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD5.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD5 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD5.

Replace SNS board.

05D

18

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D10.EPS

MT-109

MT-110

0240

Size grip HP detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to set size grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD3/SD4 do not become the specified values.

2239

Size grip HP detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to set size grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD3/SD4 do not become the specified values. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD3

SD4 SD3

FP7T0A11.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-110

MT-111 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F5

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN8 4 10 5 11 6 12

CND4 7 8 9 10 11 12

MD3 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD3

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control 7-segment LED

To software control

CN7 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CND2 1 2 3

1 2 3 SD3

CN7 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CND2 4 5 6

1 2 3 SD4

7-segment LED FP7T0B11.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD3 SD4 SD3 D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F11.EPS

MT-111

MT-112 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD3 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Grip] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of upper conveyor unit grip mechanism normal? Rotate MD3 gear with hand, and check that grip rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and grip gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD3 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD3 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD3.

A

05D

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

22

6

10

16 FP7T0C11.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-112

MT-113 A Is SD3/SD4 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD3/SD4 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD3/SD4.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD3/SD4 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD3/SD4.

Replace SNS board.

05D

18

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D11.EPS

MT-113

MT-114

0242

Positioning guide entrance HP deviation detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become OPEN.

0246

Positioning guide entrance HP return detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to return positioning guide to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become CLOSE.

2241

Positioning guide entrance HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become OPEN.

2245

Positioning guide entrance HP return detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to return positioning guide to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD7 does not become CLOSE. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD6 SD7

FP7T0A12.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-114

MT-115 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F6

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN9 13 14 15 16 17 18

CND3 7 8 9 10 11 12

MD6 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD6

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 19 +5V 20 Signal 21 GND

CND2 7 8 9

1 2 3 SD7

7-segment LED FP7T0B12.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD6

SD7

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F12.EPS

MT-115

MT-116 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No

10

Replace power supply unit.

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD6 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Positioning Film] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply and remove film positioning assembly (lower). Is drive system mechanism of film positioning mechanism normal? Rotate MD6 gear with hand, and check that film positioning guides move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and film positioning guide, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD6 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD6 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD6.

A

05B

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

2

6

10

16 FP7T0C12.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-116

MT-117 A Is SD7 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD7 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD7.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD7 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD7.

Replace SNS board.

05B

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D12.EPS

MT-117

MT-118

0244

Positioning guide exit HP deviation detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD6 does not become OPEN.

0248

Positioning guide exit HP return detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to return positioning guide to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD6 does not become CLOSE.

2243

Positioning guide exit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to deviate positioning guide from HP (home position) in initialization, but SD6 does not become OPEN.

2247

Positioning guide exit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to return positioning guide to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD6 does not become CLOSE. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD5 SD6

FP7T0A13.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-118

MT-119 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F6

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN9 7 8 9 10 11 12

CND3 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD5 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD5

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 16 +5V 17 Signal 18 GND

CND1 10 11 12

1 2 3 SD6

7-segment LED FP7T0B13.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SD6

MD5

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F13.EPS

MT-119

MT-120 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No

10

Replace power supply unit.

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD5 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Positioning Film] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply and remove film positioning assembly (upper). Is drive system mechanism of film positioning mechanism normal? Rotate MD5 gear with hand, and check that film positioning guides move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and film positioning guide, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD5 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD5 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD5.

A

05B

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

6

6

10

16 FP7T0C13.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-120

MT-121 A Is SD6 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD6 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD6.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD6 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD6.

Replace SNS board.

05B

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D13.EPS

MT-121

MT-122

0250

Upper tray film surface detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB12 does not become CLOSE.

0256

Upper tray film suction detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB12 does not become OPEN.

2249

Upper tray film surface detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB12 does not become CLOSE.

2255

Upper tray film suction detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB12 does not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB11

SB12 FP7T0A14.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-122

MT-123 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F1

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN6 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB11 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB11

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN4 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB1 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB12

7-segment LED FP7T0B14.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB11 SB12

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F14.EPS

MT-123

MT-124 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C14.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-124

MT-125 A

B Is MB11 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB11.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB12 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB12 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB12

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB12 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB12.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D14.EPS

MT-125

MT-126

0252

Middle tray film surface detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB22 does not become CLOSE.

0258

Middle tray film suction detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB22 does not become OPEN.

2251

Middle tray film surface detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB22 does not become CLOSE.

2257

Middle tray film suction detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB22 does not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB21

SB22 FP7T0A15.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-126

MT-127 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F2

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN5 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB21 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB21

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN5 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB2 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB22

7-segment LED FP7T0B15.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB21 SB22

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F15.EPS

MT-127

MT-128 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C15.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-128

MT-129 A

B Is MB21 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB21.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB22 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB22 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB22.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB22 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB22.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D15.EPS

MT-129

MT-130

0254

Lower tray film surface detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB32 does not become CLOSE.

0260

Lower tray film suction detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB32 does not become OPEN.

2253

Lower tray film surface detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position in removal, but SB32 does not become CLOSE.

2259

Lower tray film suction detection error (Currently retrying)

Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in removal, but SB32 does not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB31

SB32 FP7T0A16.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-130

MT-131 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F3

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN4 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB31 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB31

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN6 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB3 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB32

7-segment LED FP7T0B16.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB31 SB32

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F16.EPS

MT-131

MT-132 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C16.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-132

MT-133 A

B Is MB31 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB31.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB32 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB32 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB32.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB32 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB32.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D16.EPS

MT-133

MT-134

0262

Upper tray removal unit HP rise detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB11 does not become CLOSE.

2279

Upper tray removal unit HP detection error

Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release, but SB11 did not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB11

SB11 FP7T0A07.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-134

MT-135 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F1

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN6 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB11 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB11

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN4 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB1 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB11

7-segment LED FP7T0B07.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB11

SB11

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F07.EPS

MT-135

MT-136 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C07.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-136

MT-137 A

B Is MB11 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB11.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB11 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB11.

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB11 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB11.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D07.EPS

MT-137

MT-138

0264

Middle tray removal unit HP rise detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB21 does not become CLOSE.

2280

Middle tray removal unit HP detection error

Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release, but SB21 did not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB21

SB21 FP7T0A08.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-138

MT-139 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F2

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN5 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB21 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB21

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN5 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB2 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB21

7-segment LED FP7T0B08.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB21 SB21

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F08.EPS

MT-139

MT-140 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C08.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-140

MT-141 A

B Is MB21 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

04A

Replace MB21.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB21 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB21.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB21 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No

Replace SB21. 04B

Replace SNS board.

10

21 16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D08.EPS

MT-141

MT-142

0266

Lower tray removal unit HP rise detection error (Retryover)

Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB31 does not become CLOSE.

2281

Lower tray removal unit HP detection error

Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release, but SB31 did not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB31

SB31 FP7T0A09.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-142

MT-143 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F3

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN4 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB31 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB31

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN6 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB3 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB31

7-segment LED FP7T0B09.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB31

SB31

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F09.EPS

MT-143

MT-144 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

A

B FP7T0C09.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-144

MT-145 A

B Is MB31 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB31.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB31 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB31.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB31 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB31.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D09.EPS

MT-145

MT-146

0291

Upper tray lock release error

Attempted to open the upper tray, but SA13 did not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout SOLA11 SA13

FP7T0A17.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-146

MT-147 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F1

+24V

SNS board controller

CN6 8 3 9

SOLA11 3 2 1

SOLA11

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN4 13 +5V 14 Signal 15 GND

1 2 3 SA13

7-segment LED FP7T0B17.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SA13 SOLA11

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F17.EPS

MT-147

MT-148 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is SOLA11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Other Actuators] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of tray lock mechanism normal? Release tray lock manually, and check that plunger of SOLA11 moves smoothly.

Yes

No Check that the spring is normal, and there are no foreign particles at mechanism.

Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector SOLA11 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SOLA11 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace SOLA11.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

03A

11

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C17.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-148

MT-149 A Is SA13 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SA13 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SA13.

Are CN4 connector of SNS board and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SA13 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SA13.

Replace SNS board.

03A

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D17.EPS

MT-149

MT-150

0293

Middle tray lock release error

Attempted to open the middle tray, but SA23 did not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

SOLA21

SA23

FP7T0A18.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-150

MT-151 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F2

+24V

SNS board controller

CN5 8 3 9

SOLA21 3 2 1

SOLA21

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN5 13 +5V 14 Signal 15 GND

1 2 3 SA23

7-segment LED FP7T0B18.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SA23 SOLA21

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F18.EPS

MT-151

MT-152 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is SOLA21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Other Actuators] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of tray lock mechanism normal? Release tray lock manually, and check that plunger of SOLA21 moves smoothly.

Yes

No Check that the spring is normal, and there are no foreign particles at mechanism.

Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector SOLA21 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SOLA21 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace SOLA21.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

03A

11

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C18.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-152

MT-153 A Is SA23 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SA23 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SA23.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SA23 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SA23.

Replace SNS board.

03A

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D18.EPS

MT-153

MT-154

0295

Lower tray lock release error

Attempted to open the lower tray, but SA33 did not become OPEN. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

SOLA31

SA33

FP7T0A19.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-154

MT-155 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F3

+24V

SNS board controller

CN4 8 3 9

SOLA31 3 2 1

SOLA31

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN6 13 +5V 14 Signal 15 GND

1 2 3 SA33

7-segment LED FP7T0B19.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SA33

SOLA31

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F19.EPS

MT-155

MT-156 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is SOLA31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Other Actuators] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of tray lock mechanism normal? Release tray lock manually, and check that plunger of SOLA31 moves smoothly.

Yes

No Check that the spring is normal, and there are no foreign particles at mechanism.

Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector SOLA31 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SOLA31 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace SOLA31.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

03A

11

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C19.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-156

MT-157 A Is SA33 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SA33 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SA33.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SA33 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SA33.

Replace SNS board.

03A

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D19.EPS

MT-157

MT-158

02BD

Size grip detection error (Detection of remainder)

Attempted to move to the HP (home position), but SD3/SD4 did not become the required value.

02BF

20x25/26x36 size grip detection error (M-Utility function)

Attempted to move to the above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the required value.

2284

20x25 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2285

26x36 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2287

35x43 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.

2288

25x30 cm size grip detection error

Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD3

SD4 SD3

FP7T0A11.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-158

MT-159 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F5

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN8 4 10 5 11 6 12

CND4 7 8 9 10 11 12

MD3 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD3

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control 7-segment LED

To software control

CN7 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CND2 1 2 3

1 2 3 SD3

CN7 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CND2 4 5 6

1 2 3 SD4

7-segment LED FP7T0B11.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD3 SD4 SD3 D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F11.EPS

MT-159

MT-160 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD3 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Grip] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of upper conveyor unit grip mechanism normal? Rotate MD3 gear with hand, and check that grip rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and grip gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD3 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD3 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD3.

A

05D

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

22

6

10

16 FP7T0C11.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-160

MT-161 A Is SD3/SD4 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD3/SD4 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD3/SD4.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD3/SD4 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD3/SD4.

Replace SNS board.

05D

18

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D11.EPS

MT-161

MT-162

1268

Upper tray removal unit jam error (Retryover)

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB13 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

2267

Upper tray removal unit exit detection error (Currently retrying)

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB13 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB11

SB12 SB11 SB13

FP7T0A20.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F1

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN6 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB11 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB11

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN4 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB1 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB11

CN4 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB1 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB12

CN4 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CNB1 4 5 6

1 2 SB13 3

7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

FP7T0B20.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-162

MT-163 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED SB11

D14 D15

SB12

MB11

SB13

D20

FP7T0F20.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E20.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-163

MT-164 A Is MB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MB11 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB11.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB11 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB11.

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB11 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB11.

Replace SNS board. B

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

04B

21

10

16 FP7T0C20.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-164

MT-165 B Is SB12 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB12 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB12

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB12 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB12.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Is SB13 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB13 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB13.

Replace SNS board.

04B

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D20.EPS

MT-165

MT-166

1270

Middle tray removal unit jam error (Retryover)

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB23 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

2269

Middle tray removal unit exit detection error (Currently retrying)

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB23 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB21

SB22 SB21 SB23 FP7T0A21.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F2

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN5 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB21 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB21

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN5 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB2 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB21

CN5 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB2 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB22

CN5 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CNB2 4 5 6

1 2 SB23 3

7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

FP7T0B21.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-166

MT-167 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB21

SB21 SB23 SB22

D20

FP7T0F21.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E21.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-167

MT-168 A Is MB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MB21 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB21.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB21 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB21.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB21 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB21.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

B FP7T0C21.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-168

MT-169 B Is SB22 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB22 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB22.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB22 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB22.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Is SB23 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB23 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB23.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB23 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB23.

Replace SNS board.

04B

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D21.EPS

MT-169

MT-170

1272

Lower tray removal unit jam error (Retryover)

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB33 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

2271

Lower tray removal unit exit detection error (Currently retrying)

At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB33 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB31

SB32 SB31 SB33 FP7T0A22.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F3

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN4 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB31 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB31

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN6 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB3 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB31

CN6 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB3 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB32

CN6 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CNB3 4 5 6

1 2 SB33 3

7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

FP7T0B22.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-170

MT-171 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SB31 MB31 SB32 SB33

D20

FP7T0F22.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E22.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-171

MT-172 A Is MB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MB31 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB31.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB31 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB31.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB31 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB31.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

B FP7T0C22.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-172

MT-173 B Is SB32 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB32 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB32.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB32 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB32.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Is SB33 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB33 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB33.

Replace SNS board.

04B

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D22.EPS

MT-173

MT-174

1273

Conveyor unit removal unit jam error (Retryover)

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

221B

Conveyor unit removal unit jam error (Currently retrying)

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD1 SD1

FP7T0A23.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-174

MT-175 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F8

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN8 1 7 2 8 3 9

CND4 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 1 +5V 2 Signal 3 GND

CND1 1 2 3

1 2 SD1 3

7-segment LED FP7T0B23.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD1 SD1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F23.EPS

MT-175

MT-176 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of conveyor unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD1.

05D

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

20

6

10

16

A FP7T0C23.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-176

MT-177 A Is SD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD1.

Replace SNS board.

05A

8

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D23.EPS

MT-177

MT-178

1274

Conveyor unit jam error (Retryover)

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

221C

Conveyor unit jam error (Currently Retrying)

Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD1 SD2

FP7T0A24.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-178

MT-179 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F8

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN8 1 7 2 8 3 9

CND4 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CND1 4 5 6

1 2 SD2 3

7-segment LED FP7T0B24.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD1 SD2

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F24.EPS

MT-179

MT-180 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of conveyor unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD1.

05D

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

20

6

10

16

A FP7T0C24.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-180

MT-181 A Is SD2 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of the sensor bracket normal?

Yes

No Re-attach the sensor bracket.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD2 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD2.

Replace SNS board.

05D

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D24.EPS

MT-181

MT-182

1276

Sub-scanning unit jam error

Conveyed film to the sub-scanning unit, but did not detect SD2 OPEN (film trailing edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout ME1 CLD1 MD2

SD2 MD1

FP7T0A25.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

F8

+24V

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED F5

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller

Driver

CN8 1 7 2 8 3 9

CND4 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD1 1 4 2 5 3 6

CN10 2 6 3 7 4 8

MD2 1 4 2 5 3 6

CN10 1 5

CLD1 1 2

MD1

MD2

SNS board 7-segment LED F6

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller

CLD1

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED F7

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller SNS board 7-segment LED

CN12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ME1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ME1

GND

Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CND1 4 5 6

1 2 SD2 3

7-segment LED FP7T0B25.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-182

MT-183 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED MD2

D14 D15

MD1 CLD1

SD2

ME1 D20

FP7T0F25.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E25.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-183

MT-184 A Is MD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of conveyor unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD1.

05D

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

20

10

6

10

16

Is MD2 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of conveyor unit exit normal? Rotate MD2 gear with hand, and check that roller moves smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD2 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD2 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD2.

05C

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

3

6

10

16

Is CLD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/ Other Actuators] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is the stopper of CLD1 secured by the bracket?

Yes

No Re-attach.

B

C FP7T0C25.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-184

MT-185 B

C Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector CLD1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is CLD1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace CLD1.

05C

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

4

10

6

10

16

Is ME1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN12 connector of DRV board and connector on ME1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is the problem corrected when ME1 is replaced with normal one?

Yes

06

2

No End

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

6

10

16

Is SD2 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of the sensor bracket normal?

Yes

No Re-attach the sensor bracket.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD2 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD2.

05D

Replace in the following order. • SNS board • Scanner unit • MCT board

10

19

16

07

1

10

5

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D25.EPS

MT-185

MT-186

1277

Heat development unit jam error

Conveyed film to the heat development unit, but did not detect SJ1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout MG1

SJ1

FP7T0A26.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-186

MT-187 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F5

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN15 1 4 2 5 3 6

MG1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MG1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN9 1 +5V 2 Signal 3 GND

CNJ1 1 2 3

1 2 3

SJ1

7-segment LED FP7T0B26.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MG1 SJ1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F26.EPS

MT-187

MT-188 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MG1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of heat development unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MG1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MG1.

08A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C26.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-188

MT-189 A Is SJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN9 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNJ1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SJ1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SJ1.

Replace SNS board.

09B

3

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D26.EPS

MT-189

MT-190

1278

Film release jam error

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film trailing edge detection). ■ Error Related I/O Layout MG1 MJ1

SJ1

FP7T0A27.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-190

MT-191 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F4

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED Interlock circuit

F5

SNS board controller

Driver

CN11 4 10 5 11 6 12

CNJ2 7 8 9 10 11 12

CN15 1 4 2 5 3 6

MJ1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MJ1

MG1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MG1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN9 1 +5V 2 Signal 3 GND

CNJ1 1 2 3

1 2 3

SJ1

7-segment LED FP7T0B27.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MJ1 MG1 SJ1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F27.EPS

MT-191

MT-192 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MG1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of heat development unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MG1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MG1.

08A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C27.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-192

MT-193 A Is MJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of film release unit normal? Rotate MJ1 gear with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN11 connector of DRV board, and CNJ2 and MJ1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MJ1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

09A

Replace MJ1.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

13

10

6

10

16

Is SJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN9 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNJ1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SJ1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SJ1.

Replace SNS board.

09B

3

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D27.EPS

MT-193

MT-194

12A3

Upper tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SB13 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB11

SB12 SB11 SB13

FP7T0A20.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F1

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN6 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB11 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB11

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN4 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB1 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB11

CN4 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB1 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB12

CN4 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CNB1 4 5 6

1 2 SB13 3

7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

FP7T0B20.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-194

MT-195 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED SB11

D14 D15

SB12

MB11

SB13

D20

FP7T0F20.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E20.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-195

MT-196 A Is MB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MB11 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB11.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB11 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB11 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB11.

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB11 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB11.

Replace SNS board. B

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

04B

21

10

16 FP7T0C20.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-196

MT-197 B Is SB12 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB12 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB12

Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB12 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB12.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Is SB13 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB13 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB13.

Replace SNS board.

04B

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D20.EPS

MT-197

MT-198

12A4

Middle tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SB23 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB21

SB22 SB21 SB23 FP7T0A21.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F2

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN5 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB21 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB21

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN5 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB2 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB21

CN5 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB2 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB22

CN5 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CNB2 4 5 6

1 2 SB23 3

7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

FP7T0B21.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-198

MT-199 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MB21

SB21 SB23 SB22

D20

FP7T0F21.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E21.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-199

MT-200 A Is MB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MB21 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB21.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB21 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB21 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB21.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB21 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB21.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

B FP7T0C21.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-200

MT-201 B Is SB22 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB22 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB22.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB22 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB22.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Is SB23 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB23 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB23.

Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB23 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB23.

Replace SNS board.

04B

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D21.EPS

MT-201

MT-202

12A5

Lower tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SB33 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MB31

SB32 SB31 SB33 FP7T0A22.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F3

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN4 4 10 5 11 6 12

MB31 1 4 2 5 3 6

MB31

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN6 7 +5V 8 Signal 9 GND

CNB3 7 8 9

1 2 3 SB31

CN6 10 +5V 11 Signal 12 GND

CNB3 10 11 12

1 2 3 SB32

CN6 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CNB3 4 5 6

1 2 SB33 3

7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

To software control 7-segment LED

FP7T0B22.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-202

MT-203 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SB31 MB31 SB32 SB33

D20

FP7T0F22.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and pull out film tray. NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter while pulling out the film tray. Remove film, and push tray back into its original position. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E22.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-203

MT-204 A Is MB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Film Removing/Unit Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of removal unit normal? Rotate removal drive gear with hand, and check that suction cup arm moves smoothly. NOTE: Execute all stroke when checking up/down movements of removal unit.

Yes

No Check the following items, replace and adjust the required parts. • Are there foreign particles on drive unit? • Attaching state, damage, wear of drive gear • Damage of slider rail of two edges of suction arm

Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MB31 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MB31.

04A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

16

10

6

10

16

Is SB31 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB31 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB31.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB31 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB31.

Replace SNS board.

04B

21

10

16

B FP7T0C22.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-204

MT-205 B Is SB32 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SB32 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SB32.

Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB32 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB32.

Replace SNS board.

04B

15

10

16

Is SB33 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SB33 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SB33.

Replace SNS board.

04B

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D22.EPS

MT-205

MT-206

12A6

Conveyor unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SD1 OPEN at completion of remainder conveyance (detected no film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD1 SD1

FP7T0A23.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-206

MT-207 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F8

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN8 1 7 2 8 3 9

CND4 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 1 +5V 2 Signal 3 GND

CND1 1 2 3

1 2 SD1 3

7-segment LED FP7T0B23.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD1 SD1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F23.EPS

MT-207

MT-208 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of conveyor unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD1.

05D

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

20

6

10

16

A FP7T0C23.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-208

MT-209 A Is SD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD1.

Replace SNS board.

05A

8

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D23.EPS

MT-209

MT-210

12A7

Sub-scanning unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SD2 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout ME1 CLD1 MD2

SD2

FP7T0A28.EPS

■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

F5

+24V

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller

Driver

CN10 2 6 3 7 4 8

MD2 1 4 2 5 3 6

CN10 1 5

CLD1 1 2

MD2

SNS board 7-segment LED

F6

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller

CLD1

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED

F7

Interlock circuit

SNS board controller SNS board 7-segment LED GND Control signal

CN12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ME1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ME1

SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 4 +5V 5 Signal 6 GND

CND1 4 5 6

1 2 SD2 3

7-segment LED FP7T0B28.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-210

MT-211 ■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD2

CLD1

SD2

ME1 D20

FP7T0F28.EPS

■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

A FP7T0E28.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-211

MT-212 A Is MD2 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of conveyor unit exit normal? Rotate MD2 gear with hand, and check that roller moves smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD2 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD2 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD2.

05C

3

Replace in the following order. 10 • DRV board • SNS board

6

10

16

Is CLD1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/ Other Actuators] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is the stopper of CLD1 secured by the bracket?

Yes

No Re-attach.

Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector CLD1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is CLD1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace CLD1.

05C

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board B

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

10

4

6

10

16

FP7T0C28.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-212

MT-213 B Is ME1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN12 connector of DRV board and connector on ME1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is the problem corrected when ME1 is replaced with normal one?

Yes

06

2

No End

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

6

10

16

Is SD2 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of the sensor bracket normal?

Yes

No Re-attach the sensor bracket.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD2 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD2.

Replace SNS board.

05D

19

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D28.EPS

MT-213

MT-214

12A8

Heat development unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SJ1 CLOSE at completion of remainder recording conveyance (detected film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout MG1

SJ1

FP7T0A26.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-214

MT-215 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F5

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN15 1 4 2 5 3 6

MG1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MG1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN9 1 +5V 2 Signal 3 GND

CNJ1 1 2 3

1 2 3

SJ1

7-segment LED FP7T0B26.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MG1 SJ1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F26.EPS

MT-215

MT-216 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Insert shutter and remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MG1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of heat development unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MG1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MG1.

08A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C26.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-216

MT-217 A Is SJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN9 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNJ1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SJ1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SJ1.

Replace SNS board.

09B

3

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D26.EPS

MT-217

MT-218

12A9

Film release unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

Failed to detect SJ1 OPEN at completion of remainder recording conveyance (detected film). ■ Error Related I/O Layout MG1 MJ1

SJ1

FP7T0A27.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-218

MT-219 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F4

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED Interlock circuit

F5

SNS board controller

Driver

CN11 4 10 5 11 6 12

CNJ2 7 8 9 10 11 12

CN15 1 4 2 5 3 6

MJ1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MJ1

MG1 1 4 2 5 3 6

MG1

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN9 1 +5V 2 Signal 3 GND

CNJ1 1 2 3

1 2 3

SJ1

7-segment LED FP7T0B27.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MJ1 MG1 SJ1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F27.EPS

MT-219

MT-220 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MG1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of heat development unit normal? Rotate jam removing handle with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MG1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MG1.

08A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

10

6

10

16

A FP7T0C27.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-220

MT-221 A Is MJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Motor Operation/Motor Operation] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of film release unit normal? Rotate MJ1 gear with hand, and check that film conveyance rollers move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN11 connector of DRV board, and CNJ2 and MJ1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MJ1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No

09A

Replace MJ1.

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

13

10

6

10

16

Is SJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN9 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNJ1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SJ1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SJ1.

Replace SNS board.

09B

3

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D27.EPS

MT-221

MT-222

12E2

Sorter entrance film JAM

During sorter conveyance, attempted to convey to the sorter unit, but the sorter unit sensor 1 (ST1) did not turn ON. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

SOLJ1

ST1

MT1

FP7T0A29.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-222

MT-223 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board TP1

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

Interlock circuit

F4

+24V

SNS board controller

CN11 8 3 9

CNJ2 4 5 6

SOLJ1 3 2 1

SOLJ1

Driver

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal

24Vaux

CN17 1

SNS board

PC board Sorter unit SRT board MCT board DC24V CN8 3

F1

CN6 1

24V

SORTER IN CN8

1

Fuse

+24V

5V +5V

Fuse

CN3 1 2 3 4 5 6 CN5 1 2 3 4

MT1 1 2 3 4 5 6

MT1

1 2 3 ST1 4

FP7T0B29.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SOLJ1

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F29.EPS

MT-223

MT-224 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log ] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? Measure the voltage at the check pin on the SRT board. +5V : +5V± 2%/ 5V(+) – GND (-) +24V: +24V± 2%/ 24V (+) – GND (-)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: 24Vaux

Yes

No Replace power supply unit.

10

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are three fuses on SRT board normal? Check them visually.

Yes

No

11G

Replace SRT board.

1

Are sorter related connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : MCT board CN6/Relay connector on sorter unit/SRT board CN8 +24V: Power supply unit CN17/Relay connector on sorter unit/SRT board CN8

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace SRT board.

11G

1

Is SOLJ1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Other Actuators] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is drive system mechanism of the film changeover guide normal? Push the plunger of SOLJ1, and check that the film changeover guide moves smoothly.

Yes

No Check that the spring is normal, and there are no foreign particles at mechanism.

Are CN11 connector of DRV board, and CNJ2 and SOLJ1 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SOLJ1 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace SOLJ1.

A

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

11F

13

10

6

10

16 FP7T0C29.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-224

MT-225 A Is MT1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sorter Unit/Motor MT1] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN3 connector of SRT board and relay connector MT1 connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Are sorter timing belts normal?

Yes

No Adjust the belt tension. Or replace the timing belt.

Is the problem corrected when MT1 is replaced with normal one?

Yes

11E

9

No End

Replace in the following order. • SRT board • MCT board

11G

1

10

5

Is ST1 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sorter Unit/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Are CN5 connector of SRT board and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is ST1 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace ST1.

11C

Replace in the following order. • SRT board • MCT board

11G

39

1

10

5

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D29.EPS

MT-225

MT-226

2289

Positioning guide entrance HP detection error

Attempted to return the positioning guide to HP (home position), but SD7 did not become CLOSE. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD6 SD7

FP7T0A12.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-226

MT-227 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F6

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN9 13 14 15 16 17 18

CND3 7 8 9 10 11 12

MD6 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD6

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 19 +5V 20 Signal 21 GND

CND2 7 8 9

1 2 3 SD7

7-segment LED FP7T0B12.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

MD6

SD7

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F12.EPS

MT-227

MT-228 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No

10

Replace power supply unit.

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD6 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Positioning Film] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply and remove film positioning assembly (lower). Is drive system mechanism of film positioning mechanism normal? Rotate MD6 gear with hand, and check that film positioning guides move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and film positioning guide, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD6 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD6 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD6.

A

05B

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

2

6

10

16 FP7T0C12.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-228

MT-229 A Is SD7 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD7 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD7.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD7 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD7.

Replace SNS board.

05B

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D12.EPS

MT-229

MT-230

2290

Positioning guide exit HP detection error

Attempted to return the positioning guide to HP (home position), but SD6 did not become CLOSE. ■ Error Related I/O Layout

MD5 SD6

FP7T0A13.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-230

MT-231 ■ Error Related System Block Diagram Power supply unit

DRV board

CN12 CN1 1 1 2 2 3 3

TP1

Interlock circuit

F6

+24V

SNS board controller

Driver

CN9 7 8 9 10 11 12

CND3 1 2 3 4 5 6

MD5 1 4 2 5 3 6

MD5

SNS board 7-segment LED Control signal SNS board CN4 1

CN2 1

TP1 +5V

F3 To software control

CN7 16 +5V 17 Signal 18 GND

CND1 10 11 12

1 2 3 SD6

7-segment LED FP7T0B13.EPS

■ SNS Board 7-segment LED D14 D15

SD6

MD5

D20

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0F13.EPS

MT-231

MT-232 ■ Troubleshooting Flow Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility. Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter. Remove covers. Turn ON power supply and start M-Utility during initialization. Are +5V, +24V output normally from power supply unit? “6.4 Checking the DC Voltage” +5V : +5V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (SNS board) +24V: +24V± 2%/ TP1 (+) – TP2 (-) (DRV board)

Yes

No Measure the voltage again at the check pin in front of the power supply unit. Is the voltage output normally? +5V : +5V (2) +24V: +24V

Yes

No

10

Replace power supply unit.

2

Turn OFF power supply. Are the connectors of the power supply unit and those of each board connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged? +5V : Power supply unit CN4/ SNS board CN2 +24V: Power supply unit CN12/ DRV board CN1

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Replace the corresponding board. +5V : SNS board +24V: DRV board

10

16

10

6

Is MD5 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Positioning Film] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply and remove film positioning assembly (upper). Is drive system mechanism of film positioning mechanism normal? Rotate MD5 gear with hand, and check that film positioning guides move smoothly.

Yes

No After checking the attached state, and for presence of damages, wear, and foreign particles on the drive gears and film positioning guide, be sure to replace or adjust the required parts.

Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD5 relay connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is MD5 normal? “6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”

Yes

No Replace MD5.

A

05B

Replace in the following order. • DRV board • SNS board

10

6

6

10

16 FP7T0C13.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-232

MT-233 A Is SD6 operating normally? Check at [Check Mechanism/Sensor Monitor] of M-Utility.

Yes

No Turn OFF power supply. Is attaching state of SD6 normal?

Yes

No Re-attach SD6.

Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?

Yes

No Reconnect or repair.

Is SD6 normal? Replace with a same sensor and check. “6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”

Yes

No Replace SD6.

Replace SNS board.

05B

7

10

16

Does error occur again?

Yes

No End

Check again.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0D13.EPS

MT-233

MT-234

3.

ABNORMAL IMAGES

3.1

Troubleshooting from Abnormal Images

No. 1

Stripes (1.5 mm from leading edge) The sub-scanning unit guide (driven roller side) is

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

defective. Sub-scanning unit guide

Stripe at the 1.5 mm position from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

1.5mm

Sub-scanning unit

Replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

FP7T0301.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-234

MT-235 No. 2

Stripes (2.5 mm from leading edge) • The film is defective.

• The sub-scanning unit guide (driven roller side) is defective. Sub-scanning unit guide Stripe at the 2.5 mm position from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

2.5mm

Sub-scanning unit

• Replace the film. • If the problem persists even after film is replaced, replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

FP7T0302.EPS

Stripes (18 to 22 mm area from leading edge)

• The film is defective. • The sub-scanning unit guide (driven roller side) Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm is defective. Sub-scanning unit guide Stripe in the 18 to 22 mm area from the leading edge.

No. 3

18 to 22mm

Sub-scanning unit

• Replace the film. • If the problem persists even after film is replaced, replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

FP7T0303.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-235

MT-236 No. 4

Stripes (24 mm, 25 mm, 27 mm from leading edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripe at the 24 mm, 25 mm, or 27 mm position from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 1 mm.

The sub-scanning unit guide (driven roller side) is defective. Sub-scanning unit guide

24mm, 25mm, 27mm

Sub-scanning unit

Replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

FP7T0304.EPS

No. 5

Stripes (Within 27 mm area from leading edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripes concentrating within the 27 mm area from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm.

• The cleaning roller is dirty. • The upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) is defective. • The sub-scanning conveyance driving roller is defective. Sub-scanning Sub-scanning unit conveyance driving roller Upper conveyor unit

Within 27 mm

Cleaning roller

• Clean the cleaning roller. “PM 3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller” • Replace the upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1). “SP 05C CONVEYOR UNIT 3” • Replace the sub-scanning conveyance driving roller. “MC 6.3 Sub-Scanning Roller” FP7T0305.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-236

MT-237 No. 6

Stripes (Within 27 mm area from leading edge, The pre-recording roller is dirty. or 20.5 to 27 mm area from trailing edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

Pre-cording roller

Stripes concentrating within the 27 mm area from the leading edge, or within the 20.5 to 27 mm area from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm. Within 27 mm

20.5mm 27mm

Sub-scanning unit

Clean the pre-recording roller.

FP7T0306.EPS

No. 7

The pre-recording roller is dirty.

Stripes (25 mm apart)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

Pre-recording roller

Stripes 25 mm apart over the whole film, up to the 6.5 mm position from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm.

25mm

6.5mm

Sub-scanning unit

Clean the pre-recording roller.

FP7T0307.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-237

MT-238 No. 8

Stripes (32 mm from leading edge) The sub-scanning unit guide is dirty.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Sub-scanning unit guide Stripe at the 32 mm position from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 1 mm.

32mm

Sub-scanning unit

Clean the sub-scanning unit guide surface.

FP7T0308.EPS

No. 9

Stripes (101 mm from leading edge) • The conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is

Film size 35 x 43 cm Stripe at the 101 mm position from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

defective. • The upper conveyor unit is defective. Conveyor unit U-turn guide (Upper)

Upper conveyor unit

101mm

• Replace the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1” • If the problem persists even after replacing the U-turn guide, replace the upper conveyor unit. “MC 5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

FP7T0309.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-238

MT-239 No. 10

Stripes (145 mm from leading edge) The heat development unit entrance guide

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

(upper) is dirty. Heat development unit

Stripe at the 145 mm position from the leading edge.

145mm

Heat development unit entrance guide (upper)

Clean the heat development unit entrance guide (upper).

FP7T0310.EPS

No. 11

Stripes (175 mm, 180 mm, 230 mm • Installation fault of sub-scanning unit. from leading edge)

Film size 35 x 43 cm

• Installation fault of removal unit idle gear.

Stripe at the 175 mm, 180 mm, or 230 mm position from the leading edge.

Removal unit

230mm 180mm 175mm

Conveyor unit

Idle gear

• Check that the fixture for transportation of the sub-scanning unit is removed. “IN 5.3 Removing Fixtures” • Check that the sub-scanning is installed normally. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit” • Check that the idle gear of the removal unit is installed normally. “MC 4.1 Removal Unit” FP7T0311.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-239

MT-240 No. 12

Stripes (208 mm from leading edge) • The sub-scanning unit is defective.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

• The heat development unit is defective.

Stripes near the 208 mm position from the leading edge.

Heat development unit

208mm

Sub-scanning unit

• Replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit” • Replace the heat development unit. “MC 8.4 Heat Development Unit”

FP7T0312.EPS

No. 13

White spots (Leading edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm White spots occur randomly at the leading edge.

• The sub-scanning unit is dirty inside. • The sub-scanning conveyance driving roller is dirty. • The pre-recording roller is dirty. Pre-recording roller Sub-scanning conveyance driving roller

Sub-scanning unit

• Clean the inside of the sub-scanning unit. • Clean the sub-scanning conveyance driving roller. “PM 3.9 Cleaning Sub-scanning Conveyance Roller” • Clean the pre-recording roller. FP7T0313.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-240

MT-241 No. 14

Stripes (27 mm from trailing edge) • The SUS belt is dirty.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripe at the 27 mm position from the trailing edge.

• The sub-scanning conveyance driven roller is defective. • The sub-scanning motor (ME1) is defective. • The sub-scanning unit is defective. Sub-scanning conveyance driven roller

27mm

SUS belt Sub-scanning unit

Sub-scanning motor (ME1)

• Clean the SUS belt. “PM 3.9 Checking/Cleaning the SUS Belt” • Replace the sub-scanning conveyance driven roller. “MC 6.3 Sub-Scanning Roller” • Replace the sub-scanning motor. “MC 6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)” • If the problem persists even after the above, replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit” FP7T0314.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-241

MT-242 No. 15

Stripes (Within 27 mm area from trailing edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripes within the 27 mm area from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 1 to 27 mm.

• The SUS belt is dirty. • The sub-scanning conveyance driven roller is defective. Sub-scanning conveyance driven roller Sub-scanning unit

Within 27 mm

SUS belt

• Clean the SUS belt. “PM 3.9 Checking/Cleaning the SUS Belt” • Replace the sub-scanning conveyance driven roller. “MC 6.3 Sub-Scanning Roller” FP7T0315.EPS

No. 16

Stripes (6.5 mm from trailing edge) • The film is defective.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

• Installation fault of sub-scanning unit.

Stripe at 6.5 mm position from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

6.5mm

Sub-scanning unit

• Replace the film. • If the problem persists even after replacing the film, adjust the position of the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1.2 Adjusting the Sub-Scanning Unit Positioning Screw”

FP7T0316.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-242

MT-243 No. 17

Stripes (Within 27 mm area from trailing edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripes within the 27 mm area from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm.

• The pre-recording roller is dirty. • The sub-scanning conveyance driven roller is defective. Sub-scanning conveyance driven roller Pre-recording roller

Within 27 mm

Sub-scanning unit

• Clean the pre-recording roller. • Replace the sub-scanning conveyance driven roller. “MC 6.3 Sub-Scanning Roller”

FP7T0317.EPS

No. 18

Stripes (110 mm from trailing edge) Installation fault of upper conveyor unit exit

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripe at the 110 mm position from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

sensor (SD2). Upper conveyor unit exit sensor (SD2)

Upper conveyor unit

110mm

Check the installed state of the upper conveyor unit exit sensor (SD2).

FP7T0318.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-243

MT-244 No. 19

Stripes (Within 27 mm area from trailing edge)

The sub-scanning motor (ME1) is defective.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Sub-scanning unit Stripes that are 0.8 mm apart within the 27 mm area from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm.

Within 27 mm

Sub-scanning motor (ME1)

Replace the sub-scanning motor. “MC 6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)”

FP7T0319.EPS

No. 20

Dispersal of molykoat applied to gear of conveyor unit into film conveyance route.

White spots

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm White spots occurring within the 15 mm wide area from the leading to trailing edges.

Upper conveyor unit

Within 15 mm

Middle conveyor unit Lower conveyor unit

• Apply an appropriate amount of molykoat to the gears of the conveyor unit. “PM 3.12 Greasing” • Clean the film conveyance route of the conveyor unit. FP7T0320.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-244

MT-245 No. 21

Stripes (Within 60 mm area from trailing edge)

The sub-scanning motor (ME1) is defective.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Sub-scanning unit Stripes that are 0.8 mm apart within the 60 mm area from the trailing edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm.

Within 60 mm

Sub-scanning motor (ME1)

Replace the sub-scanning motor. “MC 6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)”

FP7T0321.EPS

No. 22

Stripes (0.8 mm apart, 2.0 mm apart, The sub-scanning motor (ME1) is defective. 3.8 mm apart, 8.5 mm apart)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Sub-scanning unit Stripes that are 0.8 mm apart, 2.0 mm apart, 3.8 mm apart, or 8.5 mm apart over the whole film. Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm. 0.8 mm apart, 2.0 mm apart, 3.8 mm apart, or 8.5 mm apart

Sub-scanning motor (ME1)

Replace the sub-scanning motor. “MC 6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)”

FP7T0322.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-245

MT-246 No. 23

Stripes (11 mm apart, 15 mm apart) The sub-scanning conveyance driven roller is

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Stripes that are 11 mm or 15 mm apart over the whole film. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

defective. Sub-scanning conveyance driven roller

11 mm or 15 mm apart

Sub-scanning unit

Replace the sub-scanning conveyance driven roller. “MC 6.3 Sub-Scanning Roller”

FP7T0323.EPS

No. 24

Black spots

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Black spots occurring randomly.

Conveyance rollers are dirty. Sub-scanning conveyance driving roller

Conveyor unit exit roller Sub-scanning unit Conveyor unit Conveyance grip roller (upper) Conveyance grip roller (lower)

Removal unit

Removal unit exit roller (Lower)

Middle Conveyance roller (right) Lower Conveyance roller (right)

Clean each conveyance roller. FP7T0324.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-246

MT-247 No. 25

Stripes (Within 63 mm area from leading edge)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

Foreign particles such as dirt on the sub-scanning unit guides. Sub-scanning unit guide

Stripes within the 63 mm area from the leading edge. Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.

63mm

Sub-scanning unit

Check that there are no foreign particles such as dirt on the sub-scanning unit guides.

FP7T0325.EPS

No. 26

White spots (72 mm apart)

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm White spots occurring randomly 72 mm apart.

Foreign particles such as dirt on the film cooling section roller. Film cooling section roller Film cooling section

72mm

Check that there are no foreign particles such as dirt on the film cooling section roller.

FP7T0326.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-247

MT-248 No. 27

White or black stripes in the vertical direction

The mirror or lens of the scanner unit is dirty.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Scanner unit White or black stripes occurring randomly in the vertical direction.

Replace the scanner unit. “MC 7.1 Scanner Unit”

FP7T0327.EPS

No. 28

White or black stripes in the vertical direction

The film is damaged.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm A 10 mm black stripe occurring randomly in the vertical direction.

10mm

Replace the film.

FP7T0328.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-248

MT-249 No. 29

White stripes in diagonal direction The film is defective.

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm White stripe occurring randomly in the diagonal direction.

Replace the film.

FP7T0329.EPS

No. 30

Stripes (160 mm, 215 mm, 220 mm from leading edge) The fixture for transportation of the sub-scanning

Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm

unit is not removed. Sub-scanning unit

Stripe at the 160 mm, 215 mm, or 220 mm position from the leading edge. 220mm 215mm 160mm

Fixture for transportation

Remove the fixture for transportation of the sub-scanning unit. “IN 5.3 Removing Fixtures”

FP7T0330.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-249

MT-250 No. 31

Left and right margins differ

Film size 26 x 36 cm

Incorrect settings of the leading edge margin.

Margin width differs between the left and right for 26 x 36 cm films.

26 x 36 cm

Correct the individual data “PRT_MARGIN.txt”. “MU 5.9 Adjusting the Leading Edge Margin”

FP7T0347.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-250

MT-251 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-251

MT-252

3.2

Scratches and Streaks Caused by Guide Plate The guide plate can cause scratches and streaks on film. If this occurs, measure the distance from the film conveyance reference face, and locate the guide plate causing the defect.

■ Checking Film Refer to the following diagram, and check the state of scratches occurring on film to determine the faulty location. Problem

Film Cross-Section

Refer to

White streaks on surface applied with emulsion.

Scratches (White streaks)

No. 1 to No.7

PC layer Em layer

PET (Base) * Scratches are thought to have occurred prior to exposure. Black streaks on surface applied with emulsified agent.

Scratches (Black streaks)

No.8 to No.10

PC layer Em layer

PET (Base) * Scratches are thought to have occurred after exposure. If scratches reach the Em layer, black streaks result even before exposure. (Very clear black streaks) Scratches on base

No.11 to No.15 PC layer Em layer

PET (Base)

Scratches FP7T0331.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-252

MT-253 ■ Scratches and Streaks No. 1

The conveyor unit entrance guide (lower) is defective.

Scratches (White streaks)

Location Em surface Scratches measuring about 10 mm from the leading edge or about 20 mm from the trailing edge (white streaks).

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

352mm 332mm 269mm 249mm

165mm 145mm

49mm 29mm Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

Upper conveyor unit Middle conveyor unit

Conveyor unit entrance guide (lower)

Lower conveyor unit

• Check that the conveyor unit entrance guide (lower) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit entrance guide (lower). “SP 05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5”

FP7T0332.EPS

No. 2

The conveyor unit open/close guide is defective.

Scratches (White streaks)

Location Em surface Long scratches over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

Middle conveyor unit

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

352mm 332mm

Lower conveyor unit

Conveyor unit open/close guide

269mm 249mm

165mm 145mm

49mm 29mm Reference surface

• Check that the conveyor unit open/close guide is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit open/close guide. “SP 05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5”

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0333.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-253

MT-254 No. 3

The conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is defective.

Scratches (White streaks)

Location Em surface Scratches measuring about 4 mm from the trailing edge, or scratches measuring 20 mm to 100 mm near the center (white streaks).

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

350mm 328mm

Conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper)

Upper conveyor unit

278mm 256mm 187mm 165mm 103mm 81mm 26mm 4mm Reference surface

• Check that the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1”

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0334.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-254

MT-255 No. 4

The conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is defective.

Scratches (White streaks)

Location Em surface Scratches measuring about 4 mm from the trailing edge, or scratches measuring 20 mm to 100 mm near the center (white streaks). As these scratches occur after film positioning operation, their positions differ according to the film size. 35 x 43 cm

353mm 334mm

Conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper)

Upper conveyor unit

284mm 262mm 193mm 171mm 109mm 87mm 32mm 10mm

• Check that the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1”

Reference surface 26 x 36 cm 350.75mm 328.75mm 278.75mm 256.75mm 187.75mm 165.75mm 103.75mm 81.75mm 26.75mm 4.75mm Reference surface 20 x 25 cm 185.5mm 163.5mm 108.5mm 86.5mm

Reference surface FP7T0335.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-255

MT-256 No. 5

The removal unit guide is defective.

Scratches (White streaks)

Location Em surface Scratches measuring about 10 mm from the leading edge (white streaks).

Upper removal unit

Middle removal unit 35 x 43 cm

Lower removal unit

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

344mm 324mm 279mm 259mm

Removal unit guide

194mm 174mm 112mm 92mm

Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

• Check that the removal unit guide is normal. • Replace the removal unit guide. “SP 04B REMOVAL UNIT 2”

6mm 0mm

FP7T0336.EPS

No. 6

Scratches (White streaks)

Location Em surface Scratches (white streaks) occurring randomly over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

The conveyor unit guide (right) is defective. Upper conveyor unit Conveyor unit guide (right)

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

• Check that the conveyor unit guide (right) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit guide (right). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1” Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0337.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-256

MT-257 No. 7

Scratches (White streaks)

The conveyor unit exit guide (upper) is defective.

Location Em surface Scratches (white streaks) occurring randomly over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm

Conveyor unit exit guide (upper)

Upper conveyor unit

25 x 30 cm

• Check that the conveyor unit exit guide (upper) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit exit guide (upper). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1” Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0338.EPS

No. 8

Scratches (Black streaks)

Location Em surface

The heat development unit entrance guide (upper) is defective. Heat development unit

Scratches (black streaks) occurring randomly from the leading edge to near the center.

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

Heat development unit entrance guide (upper)

• Check that the heat development unit entrance guide (upper) is normal. • Replace the heat development unit entrance guide (upper). “SP 08A HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1” Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0339.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-257

MT-258 No. 9

The changeover guide is defective.

Scratches (Black streaks)

Location Em surface

Film release unit

Scratches (black streaks) occurring from the leading edge to the trailing edge. As these scratches occur after film positioning operation, their positions differ according to the film size. 35 x 43 cm

Changeover guide

353mm 337mm 272mm 252mm

• Check that the changeover guide is normal. • Replace the changeover guide. “SP 09A FILM RELEASE UNIT 1” 102mm 187mm 167mm

82mm 17mm 0mm Reference surface 26 x 36 cm

362.25mm 342.25mm 277.25mm 257.25mm 192.25mm 172.25mm 107.25mm 87.25mm 22.25mm 2.25mm

Reference surface 20 x 25 cm 195.5mm 175.5mm 110.5mm 90.5mm 25.5mm 5.5mm Reference surface FP7T0340.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-258

MT-259 No. 10

Scratches (Black streaks)

The film release unit entrance guide is defective.

Location Em surface Film release unit Scratches (black streaks) occurring randomly over the whole film. Film release unit entrance guide

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

• Check that the film release unit entrance guide is normal. • Replace the film release unit entrance guide. “SP 09B FILM RELEASE UNIT 2”

Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0341.EPS

No. 11

Scratches

Location Base

The sub-scanning unit guide is defective. Sub-scanning unit guide

Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

Sub-scanning unit

• Check that the sub-scanning unit guide is normal. • Replace the sub-scanning unit. “MC 6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0342.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-259

MT-260 No. 12

The heater assembly is defective.

Scratches

Location Base Heat development unit Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm

Heater assembly

25 x 30 cm

• Check that the heater assembly is normal. • Replace the heater assembly. “SP 08D HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4”

Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0343.EPS

No. 13

The conveyor unit entrance guide (upper) is defective.

Scratches

Location Base

Upper conveyor unit

Scratches occurring from the leading edge to the trailing edge.

35 x 43 cm

Middle conveyor unit

26 x 36 cm 25 x 30 cm

344mm 324mm 279mm 259mm

Conveyor unit entrance guide (upper)

Lower conveyor unit

194mm 174mm 112mm 92mm

Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

6mm 0mm

• Check that the conveyor unit entrance guide (upper) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit entrance guide (upper). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1” “SP 05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5” FP7T0344.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-260

MT-261 No. 14

Scratches

The conveyor unit exit guide (lower) is defective.

Location Base Conveyor unit exit guide (lower) Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm

Upper conveyor unit

25 x 30 cm

• Check that the conveyor unit exit guide (lower) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit exit guide (lower). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1” Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0345.EPS

No. 15

Scratches

Location Base Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.

35 x 43 cm

26 x 36 cm

The conveyor unit U-turn guide (lower) is defective. Conveyor unit U-turn guide (lower)

Upper conveyor unit

25 x 30 cm

• Check that the conveyor unit U-turn guide (lower) is normal. • Replace the conveyor unit U-turn guide (lower). “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1” Reference surface

20 x 25 cm

FP7T0346.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-261

MT-262

4.

ABNORMAL OPERATIONS

4.1

System Freezes without Displaying Error Code Normally

A Japanese window will be displayed when the following error occurs even if “[1-5-1] Select Language” is set to other languages.

● Network Conflict Error Example of display

Cause Network settings (IP address) are overlapping with other devices.

Remedy (1)

Turn OFF/ON the main power switch, and reboot the equipment. (2) Change the network settings of this equipment or other devices.

TP7T0401.EPS

● Watson Error Example of display

Cause The equipment is unable to operate normally due to software errors.

Remedy (1)

Turn OFF/ON the main power switch, and reboot the equipment.

TP7T0402.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-262

MT-263 ● FMTMAIN Executing Error Example of display

Cause

Remedy

The equipment is unable to operate normally due to software errors.

(1)

Turn OFF/ON the main power switch, and reboot the equipment.

TP7T0403.EPS

4.2

Error Message at the Startup Sequence If the equipment does not start up due to some reason, “Failed to Startup...” will be displayed together with error information (6-digit code number). The error information means as follows.

This error information is displayed by main unit software version V4.1 or later/V10.0 or later. When the “Failed to Startup...” error is displayed, replace the HDD.

Error Information 0x1000 0x2000 to 0x2B08 0x3000 0x4000 to 0x4002 0x5000 to 0x5002 0x6000 0x7000 0x8000 to 0x8006 0x9000 to 0x900F 0x9100 0xA000 to 0xA001 0xB000 to 0xB003 0xC000

Meaning Failed in acquiring Windows version information Error occurred in disk check processing Failed in parameter file check Failed in creating required directory Failed in changing software version Registry registration (When version is changed) Registry registration (Normal) Failed in printer driver start Failed in acquiring IP address/subnet mask/gateway address Failed in setting IP address/subnet mask/gateway address Failed in starting network driver Failed in acquiring MAC address Failed in starting main unit application TP7T0404.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-263

MT-264

5.

CLEARING FILM JAMS Refer to the labels pasted on the equipment and remove the jammed films.

Jam removing label 1

Jam removing label 2

FP7T0501.EPS

• Jam removing label 1

FP7T0503.EPS

• Jam removing label 2

FP7T0504.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-264

MT-265 Sorter jam removing label

FP7T0502.EPS

• Sorter jam removing label

FP7T0505.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-265

MT-266

6.

TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE

6.1

Fuse System Diagram

Power supply unit

DRV board +24V

+5V +24V

Tray detection switch (Upper) (SA12)

48V/5A F1

K1 MB11 K1 SOLA11

+24V

Tray detection switch (Middle) (SA22)

48V/5A F2

JP K2 MB21 K2 SOLA21

+24V

Tray detection switch (Lower) (SA32)

48V/5A F3

JP K3 MB31 K3 SOLA31

+12V -12V

+24V

48V/1A F9

K5

K6

K12

Front cover interlock switch (SK2, SK3)

K12

+24V 48V/5A F8

MD1 K1

48V/5A F6 48V/5A F5 Scanner unit (LDD)

K2

K3 MD4 to MD6, CLD1

K5 MD2, MD3, MG1

48V/5A F7

ME1 K6 FP7T0615.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-266

MT-267 Power supply unit

DRV board +24V FANG1 to FANG3

+24V

Jam clear cover interlock switch (SK1)

48V/5A F4

K4 MJ1 K4 SOLJ1

SNS board

PC board +5V

+12V

+12V

48V/2A F1

-12V

-12V

48V/2A F2

+5V

+5V

48V/2A F3

Density measurement sensor (PDD board)

Sensors

PRN board +5V

+5V

48V/1A F1

+5V

48V/2A F1

Film leading edge detection sensor (SE1)

MCT board +5V

Sorter FP7T0616.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-267

MT-268

6.2

Layout of Fuse

■ PRN Board

F1

No. F1

Rating AC/DC48V1A

Purpose of use +5V power supply fuse for SED, LDD FP7T0606.EPS

■ MCT Board

F1

No. F1

Rating AC/DC48V2A

Purpose of use +5V power supply fuse for sorter FP7T0607.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-268

MT-269 ■ DRV Board

F9

F4 F7

F5

F6

F8

F1

F2

F3

No.

Rating

Purpose of use

F1

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for upper tray

F2

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for middle tray

F3

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for lower tray

F4

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for jam clear cover relation

F5

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for MD2, MD3, MG1

F6

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for MD4, MD5, MD6, CLD1

F7

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for ME1

F8

AC/DC48V5A

+24V power supply fuse for MD1

F9

AC/DC48V1A

+24V power supply fuse for front cover relation FP7T0608.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-269

MT-270 ■ SNS Board

F3

F1

No.

F2

Rating

Purpose of use

F1

AC/DC48V2A

+12V power supply fuse for density measurement sensor

F2

AC/DC48V2A

+5V power supply fuse for sensors

F3

AC/DC48V2A

+5V power supply fuse for sensors FP7T0609.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-270

MT-271 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-271

MT-272

6.3

LED Lighting Information

■ PRN Board

D10 D8

D5 D6

No.

Purpose

D3

Film leading edge detection

D4

D4 D3 D9 D7

Lit Film leading edge detected

OFF

Remarks

Not detected

Momentarily lights up when detected

L_DMA (Reception) Currently starting L_DMA

L_DMA currently stopped

Lights up when CTG reception is OK

D5

Start point detection Currently detecting start point

Start point currently stopped

–

D6

Leading edge detection

Currently detecting leading edge

Leading edge currently stopped

–

D7

Local reset

Currently implementing local reset

Currently clearing local reset

–

D8

SDRAM access

Currently accessing SDRAM

SDRAM not accessed

–

D9

L_DMA (Transmission)

Currently starting L_DMA

L_DMA currently stopped Lights up during actual transfer

D10

FPGA configuration Normal end

Executing/Failed

– FP7T0610.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-272

MT-273 ■ MCT Board

D5~D14

D15, D16 D18 D17

No.

LED

Function

D5

HT1

Light up when Heater 1 is ON.

D6

HT2

Light up when Heater 2 is ON.

D7

HT3

Light up when Heater 3 is ON.

D8

HT4

Light up when Heater 4 is ON.

D9

HT5

Light up when Heater 5 is ON.

D10

HT6

Light up when Heater 6 is ON.

D11

HT7

Light up when Heater 7 is ON.

D12

HT8

Light up when Heater 8 is ON.

D13

HT9

Light up when Heater 9 is ON.

D14

FAN

Light up when FANK1 is ON.

D15

M1

For checking software operations, M1 and M2 blink alternately during CPU operations.

D16

M2

For checking software operations, M1 and M2 blink alternately during CPU operations.

D17

US3

For software debugging

D18

M3

For software debugging FP7T0611.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-273

MT-274 ■ SNS Board

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

D19

D20

D21

No.

Function

D14~D20 D21

For checking the operation of I/O parts For checking software operation of MCT board, D21 blinks during CPU operations. FP7T0612.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-274

MT-275



Position Status at Lighting Position Status at Lighting

Position Status at Lighting Position Status at Lighting

SA11 ON

SA31 ON

Not used

MD1 drive signal ON

SA13 ON

SA33 ON

MB11 drive signal ON

MD2 drive signal ON

SA21 ON

SB11 ON

MB21 drive signal ON

MD3 drive signal ON

SA23 ON

Not used

MB31 drive signal ON

Not used



Position Status at Lighting Position Status at Lighting

Position Status at Lighting Position Status at Lighting

SB12 ON

SB23 ON

MD4 drive signal ON

MJ1 drive signal ON

SB13 ON

SB31 ON

MD5 drive signal ON

SOLA11 drive signal ON

SB21 ON

SB32 ON

MD6 drive signal ON

SOLA21 drive signal ON

SB22 ON

Not used

MG1 drive signal ON

Not used



Position Status at Lighting Position Status at Lighting

Position Status at Lighting

Position Status at Lighting

SB33 ON

SD4 ON

SOLA31 drive signal ON

CLD1 drive signal ON

SD1 ON

SD5 ON

SOLJ1 drive signal ON

FANG1, 3 drive signal ON

SD2 ON

SD6 ON

ME1 drive signal ON

FANS drive signal ON

SD3 ON

Not used

Polygonal motor drive signal ON

FANG2 drive signal ON

Position Status at Lighting Position Status at Lighting

SD7 ON

Not used

SJ1 ON

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

SN

S

FP7T0427.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-275

MT-276

LED

LED1

LED2

■ SRT Board

Function

LED1

Lights up during SRT board operations (Green)

LED2

Lights up when an error occurs (Red) FP7T0613.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-276

MT-277 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-277

MT-278

6.4

Checking the DC Voltage Using a tester, measure each DC output voltage. If outside the specification, adjust with the adjusting volume on the power supply unit.

CAUTION Observe the following to prevent electrical hazards. • Use the tester lead to prevent short-circuiting. • Do not touch the voltage terminal and tester lead. ■ Procedure (1)

Pull the board attaching plate where MCT board can be seen.

#1 [Release] Clamp

#2 [Remove] BR3x8

FP7M0315.EPS

#3 [Release] Clamp

#4 [Remove] BR3x8

#5 [Pull] Board attaching plate FP7M0316.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-278

MT-279 (2)

Attach the interlock release jig to the front cover interlock (SK2/SK3).

(3)

Turn ON the power of the equipment.

(4)

Measure the voltage at the voltage measuring points. If the voltage differs from the specified value, turn the voltage adjusting volume in front of the power supply unit and adjust.

(5)

After checking/adjusting the DC voltage, turn OFF the power of the equipment, and remove the interlock release jig.

(6)

Reinstall the board attaching plate to its original position.

(7)

Reinstall the lower front cover.

● Specified Voltage Values Measured board

Voltage

Check Pin

Specified range

Adjusting volume

+3.3V

PRN board

TP14 (+3.3V) – TP15 (GND)

+3.3V ±2% (+3.23 to +3.37V)

+3.3V

+5V

SNS board

TP1 (+5V) – TP2 (GND)

+5V ±2% (+4.90 to +5.10V)

+5V 2

+5V

Power supply unit check pin

–

+5V ±2% (+4.90 to +5.10V)

+5V 1

+12VD

Power supply unit check pin

–

+12VD ±2% (+11.76 to +12.24V)

+12VD

-12V

SNS board

TP4 (-12V) – TP2 (GND)

-12V ±2% (-11.76 to -12.24V)

-12V

+12V

SNS board

TP3 (+12V) – TP2 (GND)

+12V ±2% (+11.76 to +12.24V)

+12V

+5VS

MCT board

TP2 (+5V) – TP1 (GND)

+5VS ±2% (+4.90 to +5.10V)

+5VS

+24V

DRV board

TP1 (+24V) – TP2 (GND)

+24V ±2% (+23.52 to +24.48V)

+24V TP7M0201.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-279

MT-280 ● Voltage Measuring Point • DRV Board/SNS Board

TP2 TP1

TP4 TP1 TP2 TP3 FP7M0317.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-280

MT-281 • PRN Board

TP15 TP14

FP7M0318.EPS

• MCT Board

TP1

TP2

FP7M0319.EPS

● Adjusting Volume

FP7M0314.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-281

MT-282

6.5

Inspecting I/O Parts Inspect each I/O part for defects in troubleshooting as follows. I/O parts not listed below may be difficult to inspect alone, or may be easier to inspect by replacing.

Before inspecting each I/O part, check the following first. • Are the DC power output normally from the power supply unit? • Are connectors connected properly? • Is the driving section adhered with foreign particles or assembled incorrectly in the motor. After checking the above, check if I/O parts operate normally at “[5]. Check Mechanism” of the M-Utility. ● Pulse Motor (MB11, MB21, MB31, MD1) (118SX063) Check the conduction between the terminals at the relay connector. If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. • Pin 1 (red) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 3 (yellow) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 4 (blue) – Pin 5 (white) • Pin 6 (orange) – Pin 5 (white) ● Pulse Motor (MD2, MD3, MD4, MD5, MD6, MJ1) (118SX171) Check the conduction between the terminals at the relay connector. If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. • Pin 1 (red) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 3 (yellow) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 4 (blue) – Pin 5 (white) • Pin 6 (orange) – Pin 5 (white) ● Pulse Motor (MG1) (118SX162) Check the conduction between the terminals at the relay connector. If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. • Pin 1 (red) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 3 (yellow) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 4 (blue) – Pin 5 (white) • Pin 6 (orange) – Pin 5 (white) ● Pulse Motor (MT1) (118SX164) Check the conduction between the terminals at the relay connector. If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. • Pin 1 (red) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 3 (yellow) – Pin 2 (black) • Pin 4 (blue) – Pin 5 (white) • Pin 6 (orange) – Pin 5 (white) 006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-282

MT-283 ● Solenoid (SOLA11, SOLA21, SOLA31) (107Y0179) Check the conduction between the terminals at the relay connector. If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. • Pin 1 (black) – Pin 3 (red) • Pin 2 (yellow) – Pin 3 (red) ● Solenoid (SOLJ1) (107Y0181) Check the conduction between the terminals at the relay connector. If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. • Pin 1 – Pin 3 • Pin 2 – Pin 3 ● Solenoid (SOLT1 to SOLT9) (107Y0170) Check the conduction at the relay connector (2-pins). If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. ● Clutch (CLD1) (106S0029) Check the conduction at the relay connector (2-pins). If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. ● Fan (FANG1, FANG3) (119Y0056) Check the conduction at the relay connector (2-pins). If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. ● Fan (FANG2, FANK1) (119Y0008) Check the conduction at the relay connector (2-pins). If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected. ● Thermiator (ThG10, ThK1) (115Y0041) Check the conduction at the relay connector (2-pins). If 0 Ω or ∞ Ω, malfunction may be suspected.

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-283

MT-284

6.6

Electrical Parts Interchangeability The following shown common parts for electrical components used in this equipment. ● Sensor (Photo-interrupter) (146S0029) SA13, SA23, SA33, SB11, SB21, SB31, SB12, SB22, SB32, SD3, SD4, SD5, SD6, SD7 ● Sensor (Reflection type) (146N0010) SA11, SA21, SA31 ● Sensor (Reflection type) (146S0052) SB13, SB23, SB33, SD1, SD2, SJ1, ST1 to ST5 ● Microswitch (128S0258) SA12, SA22, SA32, SK1, SK2, SK3 ● Pulse Motor (118SX063) MB11, MB21, MB31, MD1 ● Pulse Motor (118SX171) MD2, MD3, MD4, MD5, MD6, MJ1 ● Solenoid (107Y0170) SOLT1 to SOLT9 ● Solenoid (107Y0179) SOLA11, SOLA21, SOLA31 ● Fan (119Y0056) FANG1, FANG3 ● Fan (119S0008) FANG2, FANK1 ● Thermistor (115Y0041) ThG10, ThK1

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-284

MT-285

6.7

Print Position of Board Serial Number

■ PRN Board

Serial number FP7T0602.EPS

■ MCT Board

Serial number FP7T0601.EPS

■ DRV Board

Serial number

FP7T0603.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-285

MT-286 ■ SNS Board

Serial number

FP7T0604.EPS

■ LDD Board Serial number

FP7T0605.EPS

■ LED Board Serial number

FP5T0437.EPS

■ PDD Board Serial number

FP5T0438.EPS

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-286

MT-287 ■ PC Board

Rxxxxxxxx-xxxxxx Serial number

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7T0614.EPS

MT-287

MT-288 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-288

MT-289 BLANK PAGE

006-259-02 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-289

7.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000

MT-290

MT-290

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-291

MT-291

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-292

MT-292

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-293

MT-293

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-294

MT-294

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-295

MT-295

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-296

MT-296

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-297

MT-297

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-298

MT-298

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-299

MT-299

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-300

MT-300

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MT-301

MT-301

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)

MC-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

Reason

10/15/2002 11/10/2002

00 01

New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601)

04/01/2003

02

Revised (FM3978)

07/15/2004

03

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

10/02/2006

07

02/15/2007

08

Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690) Revised (Change of corporate name and corporate logo) (FM4992) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V7.0 and V13.0, DI Tool version V3.0, etc.) (FM5077)

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 3-11, 13-17, 20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 33-39, 44, 46-149 1, 10, 11, 15, 16, 22, 23, 28, 31, 35, 37, 44, 54-57, 60, 75-77, 90-94, 107-109, 118, 120, 135, 141-149 All pages 1-3, 9, 48, 141, 142, 152, 153, 155, 159, 162-168, 172 1, 2, 9, 115, 116, 141, 152-154, 157-159, 163, 165, 166, 168, 171, 173, 177, 180-187 1, 142 1, 8, 9, 131.1-131.4, 141, 152, 153, 155-157, 159, 160, 162-165, 169, 170, 174, 176, 180, 182, 184

MC-1

MC-2

PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS, REPLACEMENTS, AND ADJUSTMENTS This chapter does not describe parts which require no special note or adjustments in removal and installation. For details on the removal of these parts, refer to the Parts List. Also follow the precautions below when performing inspections, replacements, and adjustments of parts.

WARNING To prevent electrical shocks, be sure to turn OFF the power of this equipment before starting work.

WARNING/CAUTION Observe the warnings and cautions described in “SAFETY PRECAUTION”.

CAUTION Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards and optical units. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards and optical units.

CAUTION Never remove the screws painted in red.

The screws painted in yellow must be adjusted after the installation of parts. When installing parts, follow the check/adjustment procedure provided.

Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-2

MC-3

When removing the covers, insert shutter into the film tray to prevent exposure of film to light.

The diagrams in this manual displays the CHECK and FIT ON icons where necessary. When removing/reinstalling, following these icons. • CHECK icon:

CHECK • FIT ON icon:

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

When reinstalling removed parts, this is indicated if reinstalling positions must be checked or adjusted. This symbol is shown inside illustrations of parts removal procedures. Whenever this is shown, be sure to refer to "■ CHECK/ Adjusting procedure". When installing parts, this is indicated if alignment to the boss is required.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-3

MC-4

HOW TO READ REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT VOLUME The REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC) Volume is constructed in such a way that it can be referred together with the SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP) Volume. The following describes how to refer to this REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC) Volume. ■ Example (REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume) Chapter No.

5

3

(1)

Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)

Section. No.

(2)

FP7C0523.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) • (2) (3)

Remove the following cover. Rear cover Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) Remove the exit conveyance motor (MD2). (3) #3 [Disconnect] Connector MD2

(3) #3 [Disconnect] Connector CLD1

(3) #3 [Release] Clamp

(3) #4 [Disconnect] Clutch connector

(3) #1 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

(3) #2 [Remove] Upper conveyor unit exit motor (MD2)

(2) #1 [Remove] E5

(2) #2 [Pull out] Upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) FP7C0504.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-01 11.10.2002 FM3601

MC-58

FP7C0005.EPS

(1) Chapter No. .. The Chapter No. in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume is related to the INDEX No. of the SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume. (2) Section No. ... The Section No. in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume indicates enclosed REF. No. (example 3 ) in the SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume (exploded view). For the above example, the item to be referred for “MC Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)” is “SP 05C 3 ”. 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

5

3

Upper

MC-4

MC-5 ■ Example (SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume) (1)

INDEX No.

05C E6 FP7Z0513.EPS

15

(2)

REF. No.

3 2

16

2-BR3X8

1

4

E6

6 E4 E3 DT3X6

14

5

E6

8

6

13 10 E6

6

7

17 6

E6

9 DT3X6

10

3-BR3X10

11

18

12 FP7Z0503.EPS

006-259-01 11.10.2002 FM3600

SP-30

FP7C0006.EPS

To refer to the service parts information on “MC (MD2)”, refer to “SP 05C 3 ”.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

5

3

Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor

MC-5

MC-6

CONTENTS 1. COVERS

1.1 Covers

MC-10

2. FRAME

2.1 BCR Assembly

MC-12

3. TRAY LOADING UNIT

3.1 Tray Loading Unit 3.2 Tray 3.3 Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA11, SA21, SA31) 3.4 Tray Detection Switch (SA12, SA22, SA32) 3.5 Tray Lock Assembly 3.6 Tray Loading Unit Rail 3.7 Tray Rail 3.8 Squeezing Roller 3.9 Special Screw

MC-14 MC-18 MC-22 MC-24 MC-26 MC-27 MC-30 MC-32 MC-34 FP7C0001.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-6

MC-7

4. REMOVAL UNIT

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5

Removal Unit Removal Drive Cam Suction Cup Arm Suction Cup Bellows

MC-36 MC-40 MC-44 MC-53 MC-54

5. CONVEYOR UNIT

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4

Upper Conveyor Unit Film Positioning Motor (Lower) (MD6) Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2) Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4) Film Positioning Assembly (Lower) Film Positioning Motor (Upper) (MD5) Film Positioning Assembly (Upper) Conveyor Unit Exit Guide Conveyance Driving Roller (Upper) Conveyance Driving Roller (Lower) Conveyor Unit Guide Grip Idle Gear Lower Conveyor Unit

MC-56 MC-64 MC-66

Sub-Scanning Unit Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1) Sub-Scanning Roller Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1)

MC-90 MC-100 MC-102 MC-106

5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13

6. SUB-SCANNING UNIT

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4

MC-68 MC-70 MC-72 MC-74 MC-78 MC-80 MC-84 MC-86 MC-87 MC-88

FP7C0002.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-7

MC-8

7. SCANNING OPTICS UNIT

7.1 Scanner Unit

MC-112

8. HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7

MC-118 MC-120 MC-122 MC-124 MC-126 MC-130 MC-131.1

9. FILM RELEASE UNIT

9.1 Film Release Unit 9.2 Density Measurement Light-Emitting Board (LED15A)

MC-132 MC-134

10. CONTROLLER

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6

MC-136 MC-138 MC-140 MC-142 MC-144 MC-146

Cooling Fan Assembly Filter Section Cooling Fan Film Cooling Section Heat Development Unit Heat Development Rack Assembly Heat Development Roller Thermal Protector

Operation Panel Controller Assembly HDD PC Board MCT Board DRV Board

FP7C0003.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-8

MC-9

11. SORTER

11.1 Film Conveyance Timing Belt 11.2 Jam Removing Guide Plate Magnet

MC-148 MC-151

12. VERSION UPGRADE AND FULL INSTALLATION OF MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE

12.1 Preparations (Same for Version Upgrades and Full Installation) 12.2 Version Upgrade 12.3 Full Installation 12.4 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A02 to A04 12.5 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A01 to A04 12.6 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from [A03 to V4.2/V10.2 or Earlier] to [V5.0/V11.0 or Later] 12.7 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or Later

MC-153 MC-154 MC-158 MC-168 MC-172 MC-180

MC-184

FP7C0004.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-9

1

COVERS

FP7Z0111.EPS

1

-

1

Covers

FP7C0105.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) • • • •

Remove the following covers. Jam clear cover Upper left side cover Upper right side cover Side ejection cover Upper left side cover

2-T4x12

Jam clear cover Operation panel fixing screw 2-T4x12

Upper right side cover Side ejection cover

2-T4x8

3-BR3x8

BR3x12

FP7C0100.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-10

MC-11 (2) • • • • •

Remove the following covers. Film release unit cover Right side cover Left side cover Rear cover Lower front cover 8-T4x25 Film release unit cover Left side cover

BR3x8

Rear cover 8-T4x16

Front cover

8-T4x16

8-BR3x8 Lower front cover

Right side cover FP7C0101.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-11

2

FRAME

FP7Z0211.EPS

2

-

1

BCR Assembly

FP7C0201.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) (2)

Remove the following cover. • Rear cover Remove the trays “3.2 Tray”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-12

MC-13 (3)

Remove the BCR assembly.

BCR assembly

#3 [Remove] 2-TP3x8

#2 [Release] Clamp

#1 [Disconnect] Connector FP7B0541.EPS

Attaching position of the BCR

35 x 43 cm size BCR

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size Shield plate

Shield plate

BCR

FP7B0542.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-13

3

TRAY LOADING UNIT

FP7Z0311.EPS

3

-

1

Tray Loading Unit

FP7C0322.EPS

The following describes the procedure for the upper tray loading unit. Perform the same procedure for the middle and lower tray loading units. Steps that differ between the three units are indicated separately.

■ Removing Procedure (1) (2)

Remove the following covers. • Rear cover Remove the trays. “3.2 Tray”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-14

MC-15 (3)

Remove the tray inside cover. Tray inside cover

[Remove] 4-TP4x8 FP7C0301.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-15

MC-16 (4)

Remove the bracket.

(5)

Remove the tray loading unit.

(5) #2

(5) #2

[Disconnect] Connector (5) #2 [Disconnect] SA12-COM Connector SA12-NC

[Disconnect] Connector SOLA11

(5) #1

(5) #2

[Release] Clamp x 5

[Disconnect] Connector SA13

(4) #2 [Release] Clamp Bracket

(4) #1 [Remove] 2-BR4x8 FP7C0302.EPS

(5) #4 [Disconnect] Connector SA11

(5) #3 [Release] Clamp x 2

(5) #5 [Remove] 3-BR4x8 Tray loading unit Film pack/shutter detection sensor FP7C0303.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-16

MC-17 ■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Bind the extra length of the cable so that it does not come out of the tray insertion portion.

Clamp

#1 [Bind] Cable

FP7B0552.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-17

3

-

2

Tray

FP7C0323.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the following cover. • Rear cover

When pulling out the tray from the equipment, insert shutter in the tray to prevent exposure of film to light.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-18

MC-19 (2)

Remove the tray.

#2 [Push slightly] Tray

#1 [Release manually] Tray lock

FP7B0506.EPS

#3 [Push] Stopper

#4 [Pull out] Tray

#3 Tray

[Push] Stopper FP7C0304.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-19

MC-20 CAUTION After removing the tray, return the rail back into the equipment as it will come in the way of the job and is also dangerous.

#2

L

R

[Push] Rail (Left)

#1

#3

#4

[Release] Latch

[Release] Latch

[Push] Rail (Right) FP7C0305.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. However, there is no need to pull out the rail pushed into the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-20

MC-21 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-21

3

-

3

Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA11, SA21, SA31)

FP7C0324.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray. “3.2 Tray”

(2)

Remove the tray inside cover. Tray inside cover

[Remove] 4-TP4x8 FP7C0301.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-22

MC-23 (3)

Remove the film pack/shutter detection sensor (SA11, SA21, SA31).

#2 [Disconnect] Connector SA11

#1 [Release] Clamp x 2

#3 [Remove] BR4x8

Film pack/shutter detection sensor FP7C0306.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Bind the extra length of the cable so that it does not come out of the tray insertion portion.

Clamp

#1 [Bind] Cable

FP7B0552.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-23

3.4

3

-

4

Tray Detection Switch (SA12, SA22, SA32)

FP7C0325.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure (1)

Temporarily secure the tray detection switch with the two screws.

(2)

While pushing the switch in the arrow direction (A) shown in the figure, tighten the screws completely. Tray detection switch

A

Screw

FP7C0335.EPS

Check that the connectors are connected at the correct positions. Tray detection switch SA12-NC

SA12-COM FP7C0307.EPS

Reinstalling in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-24

MC-25 ■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure If the tray detection switch has been removed or installed, check as follows. (1)

Turn ON the power of the equipment, and start the M-Utility during initialization.

(2)

Set the sensors (SA12, SA22, SA32) into the monitoring state using [Sensor Monitor] of [Check Mechanism].

(3)

Shake the tray to and fro, and check that no tray open occurs.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-25

3

-

5

Tray Lock Assembly

FP7C0326.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the following cover. • Rear cover

(2)

Pull out the tray.

(3)

Remove the tray lock assembly. #3

#2 [Disconnect] Connector SOLA11

#2

[Remove] 2-BR4x8

[Disconnect] Connector SA13

#2 [Disconnect] Connector SA12-COM

#1 [Release] Clamp

#2 [Disconnect] Connector SA12-NC Tray lock assembly FP7C0308.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. Tray lock assembly

Back side FP7C0309.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-26

3

-

6

Tray Loading Unit Rail

FP7C0327.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray loading unit.

(2)

Remove the tray lock assembly. “3.5 Tray Lock Assembly”

When removing the tray loading unit rail, while sliding the inner rail and inner slide rail, remove the screws. Outer rail

Inner slide rail

Inner rail

Inner slide rail

FP7C0320.EPS

(3)

Remove the tray loading unit rail.

#1

#2

[Push to rear] Inner slide rail

[Remove] 4-T4x4

#3 [Remove] 4-T4x4

Tray loading unit rail Auxiliary plate Tray loading unit rail

#4 [Remove] 2-T4x4 FP7C0310.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-27

MC-28 ■ Reinstalling Procedure (1)

While pressing the tip in front and behind the left rail of the tray loading unit against the aperture of the tray loading unit, secure the rail with the screws.

#2 [Press] Rail Tray loading unit rail

#4

#1

[Press] Rail

[Temporarily tighten] 2-T4x4

#3 [Tighten] 2-T4x4

#1 [Temporarily tighten] 2-T4x4

aperture

#5 [Tighten] 2-T4x4 aperture FP7C0311.EPS

(2)

Secure the auxiliary plate to the tray loading unit right rail using the screws.

(3)

Place the tip in front and behind the right rail of the tray loading unit on the aperture of the tray loading unit, tighten the rail temporarily with the screws. Auxiliary plate

(3) [Temporarily tighten] 2-T4x4

Tray loading unit rail (right)

(2) [Tighten] 2-T4x4 Aperture

(3) [Temporarily tighten] 2-T4x4

Aperture FP7C0312.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-28

MC-29 (4)

Push the protrusion in front and behind the auxiliary plate secured to the tray loading unit right rail against the part for attaching on the tray loading unit, and while pressing the rail against the aperture, tighten the temporarily tightened screws firmly.

(4) #2 (4) #1

[Press] Rail

[Push] Rail

(4) #4

(4) #5 [Press] Rail

[Push] Rail

Auxiliary plate

(4)#3 [Tighten] 2-T4x4

Tray loading unit rail (right)

(4)#6 [Tighten] 2-T4x4

FP7C0334.EPS

■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • After reinstalling the tray loading unit rail, insert the tray into the tray loading unit, and check that it moves smoothly. • Apply bonding to the ten screws securing the tray loading unit rail.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-29

3

-

7

Tray Rail

FP7C0328.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray. “3.2 Tray”

(2)

Remove the tray rail. #1 [Remove] 5-T4x4 Tray rail

Tray rail

CHECK

#2 CHECK

[Remove] 5-T4x4 FP7C0313.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-30

MC-31 ■ Reinstalling Procedure (1)

Temporarily secure the tray rail to the tray.

(2)

While pressing the tray rail downwards, tighten the screws. (1) [Temporarily tighten] 5-T4x4

(2) #2

(2) #3

[Push against] Tray rail

[Tighten] 5-T4x4

Tray rail

(2) #1 [Press downwards] Tray rail FP7C0314.EPS

■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • After reinstalling the tray rail, insert the tray into the tray loading unit, and check that it moves smoothly. • Apply bonding to the ten screws securing the tray rail.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-31

3

-

8

Squeezing Roller

FP7C0329.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray. “3.2 Tray”

When removing the squeezing roller, be careful not to damage the bearing of the tray,

(2)

Remove the squeezing roller. #2 [Remove] Squeezing roller

#1 [Pull] Bearing

FP7C0315.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-32

MC-33 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-33

3

-

9

Special Screw

FP7C0333.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray. “3.2 Tray”

(2)

Remove the upper rear cover of the tray.

(3)

Remove the special screws. Upper rear cover

(3) [Remove] Special Screw

(2) #1 [Remove] 3-Q4x6 FP7C0318.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-34

MC-35 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

Attach the special screws so that only the ball bearing at the tip of the special screw protrudes from the tray surface. REMARKS> These special screws are producing the click sound when inserting shutters. Shutter

Ball bearing Tray surface

Special screw FP7C0319.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-35

4

REMOVAL UNIT

FP7Z0411.EPS

4

-

1

Removal Unit

FP7C0412.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray loading unit. “3.1 Tray Loading Unit”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-36

MC-37 (2)

Remove the shield cover.

(3)

Remove the removal unit.

• Remove the screws (4-BR4x8) securing the removal unit while supporting the removal unit with the hand. • To remove the removal unit, slide it to the left until the pins dislocate from the frame, then tilt the removal unit to remove. Make sure that the removal unit does not touch the BCR assembly at this time.

(3) #1 [Disconnect] Connecter CNB1

(3) #2

(3) #1

[Remove] 4-BR4x8

[Disconnect] Connecter MB11

(2) #2 [Remove] Shield cover Removal unit

CHECK

(2) #1 Pin Shield cover

[Remove] BR3x8 FP7C0401.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-37

MC-38 ■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

When reinstalling the removal unit, return the suction cup arm to the home position.

■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • When reinstalling the removal unit, insert the pins on the removal unit into the holes on the equipment. • Perform the following adjustment if the idle gear of the removal unit has been removed or if the idle gear has been loosened. (1)

Secure the gear while pressing the flange of the idle gear against the gears in the arrow direction shown below. Upper removal unit

Idle gear Upper conveyor unit

Middle removal unit

Middle conveyor unit

Idle gear

Lower removal unit

Lower conveyor unit

Idle gear

FP7C0402.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-38

MC-39 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-39

4

-

2

Removal Drive Cam

FP7C0413.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the removal unit. “4.1 Removal Unit”

When performing the following procedure, move the suction cup arm assembly to the home position first.

(2)

Remove the gear fixing cover.

(3)

Remove the gear 1 and gear 2.

(3) [Remove] Gear 1 Gear fixing cover

(2) #1 [Release] Clamp

(3) [Remove] Gear 2 Bearing

(2) #1 [Release] Clamp

(2) #3 [Remove] 4-DT3x6

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

(2) #2 [Remove] E6 FP7C0403.EPS

MC-40

MC-41 (4)

Remove the removal drive cam together with the crank. Crank Crank

#1 [Remove] E3

#1 [Remove] E3 Removal drive cam Removal drive cam FP7C0404.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure

When performing the following procedure, move the suction cup arm assembly to the home position first.

(1)

Reinstall the removal drive cam to the removal unit together with the crank.

(2)

Insert pins such as hexagonal wrench into the two holes on gear 1, and adjust the phase of the removal drive cam.

(3)

Reinstall gear 2.

Gear 1

(3) [Reinstall] Gear 2

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

(2) #1 [Insert] Pin FP7C0405.EPS

MC-41

MC-42 (4)

Align the gear fixing cover to the attaching position, and pull out the pin.

(5)

Align the rib positions of gears 1 and 2. (5) #1 [Align] Rib Gear 2

Gear 1

Gear 1 Gear 2

(4) [Pull out] Pin

Gear fixing cover

(5) #2 [Reinstall] Bearing FP7C0406.EPS

(6)

Secure the gear fixing cover with the screws.

(7)

Secure the cable with the clamp.

■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure After reinstalling the removal drive cam, check that the suction cup arm assembly moves smoothly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-42

MC-43 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-43

4

-

3

Suction Cup Arm

FP7C0414.EPS

4.3.1

Removal/Reinstallation

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the tray. “3.2 tray”

(2)

Remove the tray inside cover.

Tray inside cover

[Remove] 4-TP4x8 FP7C0301.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-44

MC-45 (3)

Remove the suction cup arm. (3) #2 [Disconnect] Connector SB2

Suction cup arm

(3) #1 [Release] Clamp

(3) #3 [Remove] 4-BR3x8 FP7C0407.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-45

MC-46

4.3.2

Changing Film Size to 20 x 25 cm

Perform the following procedure to change the film size of the current film tray (35 x 43 cm, 26 x 36 cm, or 25 x 30 cm) to 20 x 25 cm size. (1)

Remove the removal unit. “4.1 Removal Unit”

(2)

Remove the suction cup arm, and replace with the 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm. #3 [Remove] suction cup arm

#4 [Replace] 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm

#2 [Remove] 4-BR3x8

#5 [Secure] 4-BR3x8

Removal unit

#1 [Disconnect] Connector

#6 [Connect] Connector

(3)

FP7C0542.EPS

Change the attaching position of the film release plate. #1 [Remove] 4-DT3x6

#3 [Secure] 4-DT3x6 For 20 x 25 cm size

Mark

#2 [Move] Film release plate x 2 FP7C0543.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-46

MC-47 (4)

To change the film size from 35 x 43 cm to 20 x 25 cm, change the attaching position of the barcode reader. “2.1 BCR Assembly”

35 x 43 cm size BCR

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size Shield plate

Shield plate

BCR

FP7B0542.EPS

(5)

Reinstall the removed parts in the reversed order of the removing procedure.

The attaching position of the film release plate of the removal unit is marked with the respective film sizes. To return the film size from 20 x 25 cm to other sizes, refer to the following figure and change the attaching position of the film release plate. For 35x43, 26x36 cm size

For 25x30 cm size

For 20x25 cm size

For 35x43, 26x36, 25x30 cm size

FP7C0420.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-47

MC-48

4.3.3

Changing Film Size to 25 x 30 cm

Perform the following procedure to change the film size of the current film tray (35 x 43, 26 x 36 cm) to 25 x 30 cm size.

• Equipment with the following serial numbers can be used 25 x 30 cm size film. • #21936, #22687, #23291 or later Also, to use 25 x 30 cm size film, main unit software version A03/A04/V4.1 or later/V10.0 or later is required. • As the suction cup arm of the removal unit for 20 x 25 cm is different, it cannot be changed to the 25 x 30 cm size.

■ Changing Procedure (1)

Remove the removal unit. “4.1 Removal Unit”

(2)

Remove the suction cup arm. “4.3.1 Removal/Reinstallation”

(3)

Remove the suction cup unit at the rear side. #1 [Remove] 2-E3

#2 [Remove] Bracket

#3 [Remove] 2-E3

#5 [Remove] Bearing x 2

#4 [Remove] Suction cup unit FP7C0417.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-48

MC-49 (4)

Attach the rear side suction cup unit at the 25 x 30 cm position.

Mark

FP7C0418.EPS

(5)

Remove the removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly and film surface detection sensor. #4 [Remove] Bearing x 4

#3 [Remove] Removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly

#2 [Remove] Bracket

#6 [Remove] Film surface detection sensor

#1

#5

[Remove] 2-PS3x8

[Remove] DT3x6 FP7C0421.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-49

MC-50 (6)

Attach the removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly and film surface detection sensor at the 25 x 30 cm size position. Mark For 25x30 cm size

For 35x43, 26x36 cm size

Mark

#2

#1

[Reinstall] Bearing x 4

[Reinstall] Film surface detection sensor

DT3x6

#3 #4 2-PS3x8

[Reinstall] Removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly

[Reinstall] Bracket FP7C0422.EPS

(7)

Reinstall the suction cup arm

Check that the connector of the film surface detection sensor is connected properly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-50

MC-51 (8)

Change the attaching position of the film release plate. #1 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

For 25x30 cm size

#3 [Secure] 2-DT3x6

Mark

#2 [Move] Film release plate FP7C0419.EPS

(9)

Return the suction cup arm to the home position.

(10) To change the film size from 35 x 43 cm to 25 x 30 cm, change the attaching position of the barcode reader (BCR). “2.1 BCR Assembly” 35 x 43 cm size BCR

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size Shield plate

Shield plate

BCR

FP7B0542.EPS

(11) Reinstall the removed parts in the reversed order of the removing procedure.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-51

MC-52 ■ Settings, Checks, and Adjustments after Changing to 25 x 30 cm Film Size After changing to the 25 x 30 cm film size, perform the following settings, checks, and adjustments. (1)

Set the film size (25 x 30 cm) and base color. [System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Set Tray] “SERVICE MODE (MU) 3. M-UTILTIY [1-1-2-1] Set Tray”

(2)

Set the film count of the film tray changed to 25 x 30 cm film size to zero. [Check Mechanism] → [Film Removing] → [Set Remain. Films] “SERVICE MODE (MU) 3. M-UTILTIY [5-1-2] Set Remain. Films”

(3)

If [QC] is set to “Enable”, perform [FORMAT] settings only for the film tray changed to the 25 x 30 cm film size. “SERVICE MODE (MU) 2. U-UTILTIY [14-3-3] FORMAT”

(4)

Reboot the equipment to validate the settings.

(5)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state, touch [UNLOCK TRAY] of the UUtility, and pull out the film tray.

(6)

Load 25 x 30 cm film on the tray and push in.

(7)

Start the M-Utility.

(8)

Print grid patterns from 25 x 30 cm film size tray, and check the format of the recording images. “8.4 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches”

If film skew occurs, adjust the sub-scanning unit position. “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC) 6.1.2 Adjusting the Sub-Scanning Unit Positioning Screw”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-52

4

-

4

Suction Cup

FP7C0415.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the suction cup arm. “4.3 Suction Cup Arm”

(2)

Remove the suction cup.

#2 [Remove] Suction cup

#1 [Remove] Nozzle FP7C0408.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-53

4

-

5

Bellows

FP7C0416.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the suction cup arm. “4.3 Suction Cup Arm”

Rotate the bellows in the tightened state to remove. (2)

Remove the bellows. CHECK

#3 #2

[Remove] Bellows

[Pull out] Bellows

#1 [Lower] Plate

O ring Stopper FP7C0409.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-54

MC-55 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

• If the bellows has been removed, be sure to replace the O ring. • To reinstall, insert the second groove on the top of the bellows into the plate. • When reinstalling, screw in the bellows completely.

2nd groove

Bellows

Stopper FP7C0410.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. ■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure Check for air leakage as follows. (1)

Push down the plate, and with an approximately 50 mm space between the plate and stopper, push the suction cup against the film.

(2)

Two minutes later, check that the space is still 50 mm.

[Push down] Plate

50mm Stopper Film FP7C0411.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-55

5

CONVEYOR UNIT

FP7Z0511.EPS

5

-

1

Upper Conveyor Unit

FP7C0521.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Insert the shutter into the film tray.

(2)

Remove the following covers. • Upper right side cover • Rear cover

(3)

Remove the cleaning roller.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-56

MC-57 (4)

If the equipment mounts film tray 2, loosen the screws securing the idle gear of the middle conveyor unit. Upper removal unit

Upper conveyor unit

Middle removal unit

#1 [Loosen] 2-BR3x6 Middle conveyor unit

Lower removal unit

Lower conveyor unit

FP7C0540.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-57

MC-58 (5)

Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket. Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

[Remove] 4-BR4x8

FP7C0613.EPS

(6)

Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below. [Tighten] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

FP7C0546.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-58

MC-59 (7)

Remove the screws securing the sub-scanning unit.

#1 [Remove] BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit FP7C0535.EPS

(8)

Remove the upper conveyor unit removing jig.

[Remove] TP4x8

Upper conveyor unit removing jig FP7C0533.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-59

MC-60 (9)

Insert the upper conveyor unit removing jig below the sub-scanning unit. Turn the upper conveyor unit removing jig clockwise direction to lift the subscanning unit. Insert a jig such as hexagonal wrench, and secure. Sub-scanning unit

#2 [Lift] Sub-scanning unit

#1 [Turn] Upper conveyor unit removing jig

#3 [Insert] Hexagonal wrench FP7C0534.EPS

(10) Remove the upper conveyor unit. #1 [Disconnect] Connector CND2

#1 [Disconnect]

#1 [Disconnect]

Connector CND1

Connector CND3

#1 [Disconnect]

#1 [Disconnect]

Connector CND4

Connector CND4

#1 [Disconnect]

#1 [Disconnect]

Connector MD4

Connector MD2

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CLD1

#3 [Remove] BR3x8

Upper conveyor unit

#4 #2

#1 [Disconnect]

[Release] Clamp Connector CND6 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Shield cover

#3 [Remove] BR3x8

[Remove] 5-BR4x8 FP7C0501.EPS

MC-60

MC-61 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

When reinstalling the upper conveyor unit, check that: • The pin on the upper conveyor unit is inserted into the groove of the sub-scanning unit rail. • The bent portion of the rear frame of the upper conveyor unit is inserted into the plate spring. Sub-scanning unit rail

Upper conveyor unit

Pin

FP7C0545.EPS

Plate spring

Rear frame of upper conveyor unit

FP7C0550.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-61

MC-62 ■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure Perform the following adjustment if the idle gear of the middle conveyor unit has been removed or if the idle gear has been loosened. (1)

Secure the gear while pressing the flange of the idle gear against the gears in the arrow direction shown below. Upper removal unit

Upper conveyor unit

Middle removal unit Idle gear

Middle conveyor unit

FP7C0541.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-62

MC-63 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-63

5

-

2

Film Positioning Motor (Lower) (MD6)

FP7C0522.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) (2)

Remove the following cover. • Right side cover Remove the film positioning motor (lower) (MD6).

#2 [Disconnect] Connector MD6

#1 [Release] Clamp

#3 [Remove] 2-DT3x6 Film positioning motor (lower) MD6 FP7C0502.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-64

MC-65 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

Open the left and right positioning guides of the positioning guide assembly until they touch the sides when installing the film positioning motor (MD6). [Push] Positioning guide

Positioning guide assembly

Positioning guide

[Push] Positioning guide FP7C0503.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-65

5

-

3

Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)

FP7C0523.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the following cover. • Rear cover

(2)

Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1).

(3)

Remove the exit conveyance motor (MD2). (3) #3 [Disconnect] Connector MD2

(2) #3 [Disconnect] Connector CLD1

(3) #3 [Release] Clamp

(3) #4 [Remove] Clutch connector

(3) #1 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

(3) #2 [Remove] Upper conveyor unit exit motor (MD2)

(2) #1 [Remove] E5

(2) #2 [Pull out] Upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) FP7C0504.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-66

MC-67 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-67

5

-

Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)

4

FP7C0524.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) (2)

Remove the following cover. • Rear cover Rotate the worm gear of the cleaning roller grip release motor (MD4) in the arrow direction shown in the figure with the hand so that it grips the cleaning roller.

#1 [Rotate] Worm gear

FP7C0539.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-68

MC-69 (3)

Remove the cleaning roller grip release motor (MD4).

Remove the one-way gear assembly making sure not to drop the bearing. Bearing

One-way gear assembly Bearing

CHECK

#1 [Disconnect] Connector MD4

#2 [Remove] 2-DT3x6 Cleaning roller grip release motor (MD4) FP7C0505.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. ■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure Reinstall the motor with the D cut side of the one-way gear assembly shaft facing up.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-69

5

-

5

Film Positioning Assembly (Lower)

FP7C0525.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the grip position detection sensor bracket.

(3)

Remove the connector bracket.

(2) #2 [Disconnect] Connector SD3

(2) #1 [Remove] DT3x6

(2) #2

Grip position detection sensor bracket [Disconnect] Connector SD4

(3) #1

Connector bracket

[Remove] BR3x8

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0506.EPS

MC-70

MC-71 (4)

Remove the film positioning assembly (lower).

Flange gear

#1 [Remove] E6

#2 [Release] Clamp

#3 [Disconnect] Connector MD6 Film positioning assembly (lower)

#4

#3

[Remove] 3-DT3x6

[Disconnect] Connector SD7 FP7C0507.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-71

5

-

6

Film Positioning Motor (Upper) (MD5)

FP7C0526.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the film positioning motor (upper) (MD5).

#2 [Disconnect] Connector MD5

#1 [Release] Clamp

Film positioning assembly (upper) #3 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Film positioning motor (upper) (MD5) FP7C0508.EPS

MC-72

MC-73 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

Open the left and right positioning guides of the positioning guide assembly until they touch the sides when installing the film positioning motor (MD5). [Push] Positioning guide

Positioning guide assembly

Positioning guide

[Push] Positioning guide FP7C0503.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-73

5

-

7

Film Positioning Assembly (Upper)

FP7C0527.EPS

(1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the film positioning motor (upper) (MD5). “5.6 Film Positioning Motor (Upper) (MD5)”

(3)

Remove the conveyance guide.

#1 [Remove] Guide

Conveyor guide

#3 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

#4 [Release] Clamp

#2 [Disconnect] Connector SD1 FP7C0509.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-74

MC-75 (4)

Remove the turn guide.

(5)

Remove the connector bracket.

(4) #2 [Remove] Bearing

Turn guide

(4) #1 [Remove] E4

(5) #1 [Remove] DT3x6 Connector bracket

(4) #2 [Remove] Bearing

(4) #1

(5) #1

[Remove] E4

[Remove] DT3x6 Connector bracket FP7C0510.EPS

(6)

Remove the stay.

(7)

Remove the screws of the conveyor unit exit guide.

(8)

Remove the film positioning assembly (upper).

(6) #1 [Remove] 4-DT3x6 Stay Conveyor unit exit guide

(7) #1 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

(8) #1 [Release] Clampx6

(7) #2 [Remove] 2-BR3x8

(8) #3 [Remove] 3-DT3x6

(8) #2

Film positioning assembly (upper) [Disconnect] Connector FP7C0511.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-75

MC-76 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

Open the left and right positioning guides until they touch the sides when installing the film positioning motor (MD5). [Push] Positioning guide

Positioning guide assembly

Positioning guide

[Push] Positioning guide FP7C0503.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-76

MC-77 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-77

5

-

8

Conveyor Unit Exit Guide

FP7C0528.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1). “5.3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)”

(3)

Remove the conveyor unit exit roller.

#3 [Remove] Conveyor unit exit roller

#1 #2

[Remove] E6

[Remove] Bearing x 2 FP7C0551.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-78

MC-79 (4)

Remove the sensor bracket.

(5)

Remove the conveyor unit exit guide. (4)#1 [Release] Clamp Sensor bracket

(4)#2 [Remove] DT3x6 Conveyor unit exit guide

(5)#1 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

(5)#2 [Remove] 2-BR3x8 FP7C0512.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

When reinstalling the conveyor unit exit guide, fit the guide to the bearing of the conveyor unit exit roller first before tightening the screws.

Conveyor unit exit guide

Bearing FP7B0552.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-79

5

-

9

Conveyance Driving Roller (Upper)

FP7C0529.EPS

(1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the knob.

(3)

Remove the handle.

Knob

(3) #1 [Remove] BR3x10

(2) #1 [Remove] BR3x8

Handle FP7C0513.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-80

MC-81 (4)

Remove the grip idler gear.

(5)

Remove the grip arm.

(6)

Remove the spring.

(6) [Remove] Spring Grip arm

(6) [Remove] Spring (5) #3 [Remove] E6

(5) #1 [Remove] Conveyor drive gear

(5) #3 [Remove] E4 Grip arm

(4) #1

(5) #2 (5) #2

[Remove] E6

[Remove] E6

Grip idler gear

[Remove] E4

FP7C0514.EPS

(7)

Remove the conveyance grip roller (upper).

(8)

Remove the conveyance driving roller (upper). Conveyance grip roller (upper)

(8) #2 [Remove] Bearing

(8) #1 [Remove] E6

(7) #1 [Remove] Bearing

(8) #2 [Remove] Bearing

(8) #1 [Remove] E6

(7) #1 [Remove] Bearing Conveyance driving roller (upper) FP7C0515.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-81

MC-82 ■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

The taper of the roller edge of the conveyance driving roller (upper) differs according to the parts number and version.

334N3566 For 35x43, 26x36 cm size 334N3610 For 35x43, 26x36, 20x25 cm size 334N3610A For 35x43, 26x36, 20x25, 25x30 cm size The shape of this taper is different.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0553.EPS

MC-82

MC-83 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-83

5

-

10

Conveyance Driving Roller (Lower)

FP7C0530.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the upper conveyor unit lower bracket.

(3)

Remove the drive transmission gear.

(3) #2 [Remove] E6 Bearing

(2) #3

(3) #1

[Remove] 4-DT3x6

[Remove] E6 Upper conveyor unit lower bracket

(2) #1 [Disconnect] Connector

(2) #2 [Release] Clamp

Shield cover

Drive transmission gear FP7C0517.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-84

MC-85 (4)

Remove the grip idler gear.

(5)

Remove the grip arm.

(6)

Remove the spring.

Grip idler gear

(4) #1 [Remove] E6

(6) [Remove] Spring Grip arm

(6) [Remove] Spring

(5) #3 [Remove] Conveyor drive gear

(5) #5 [Remove] E6

(5) #4

(5) #5

[Remove] E6

[Remove] E4

(5) #2 Grip arm

[Remove] Idler gear

(5) #1

(5) #4

[Remove] E6 [Remove] E4 FP7C0518.EPS

(7)

Remove the conveyance grip roller (lower).

(8)

Remove the conveyance driving roller (lower).

(8) #2 [Remove] Bearing

(8) #1 [Remove] E6

(7) #1 [Remove] Bearing

Conveyance driving roller (lower)

(8) #2 [Remove] Bearing

(8) #1

Conveyance grip roller (lower)

(7) #1

[Remove] E6 [Remove] Bearing FP7C0519.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-85

5

-

11

Conveyor Unit Guide

FP7C0531.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the upper conveyor unit. “5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”

(2)

Remove the film positioning assembly (lower). “5.5 Film Positioning Assembly (Lower)”

(3)

Remove the conveyance driving roller (upper). “5.9 Conveyance Driving Roller (Upper)”

(4)

Remove the conveyance driving roller (lower). “5.10 Conveyance Driving Roller (Lower)”

(5)

Remove the conveyor unit guide. Boss Conveyor unit guide

Boss

#1

[Release] Conveyor unit guide

#2 [Remove] 2-BR3x8 FP7C0520.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-86

5

-

12

Grip Idle Gear

If the grip idle gear of the upper conveyor unit has been removed, reinstall the gear as following. ■ Adjusting Procedure (1)

Align the holes on the upper and lower grip release gears with the holes on the side frame, insert the pins of a hexagonal wrench into the holes to adjust the upper and lower arm phases, and then reintall the grip idle gear.

Pin

#1 [Reinstall] Grip idle gear Grip release gear

#2 [Attach] E6 Pin

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0516.EPS

MC-87

5

-

13

Lower Conveyor Unit

FP7C0536.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

(2)

Remove the following covers. • Right side cover • Rear cover Remove the lower conveyor unit.

Idle gear Middle conveyor unit

#1 [Loosen] 2-BR3x6

#4 [Remove] Lower conveyor unit

#3 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

#2

Shield cover

[Remove] 2-BR3x8 FP7C0537.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-88

MC-89 ■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure Perform the following adjustment if the idle gear of the middle conveyor unit has been removed or if the idle gear has been loosened. (1)

Secure the gear while pressing the flange of the idle gear against the gears in the arrow direction shown below.

Upper removal unit

Upper conveyor unit

Middle removal unit

Middle conveyor unit

Idle gear

Lower removal unit

Lower conveyor unit

FP7C0538.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-89

6

SUB-SCANNING UNIT

FP7Z0611.EPS

6

-

1

Sub-Scanning Unit

FP7C0609.EPS

6.1.1

Removal/Reinstallation

■ Removing Procedure (1) (2)

Insert the shutter into the film tray. Remove the following covers. • Right side cover • Rear cover

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-90

MC-91 (3)

Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket. Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

[Remove] 4-BR4x8

FP7C0613.EPS

(4)

Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below.

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

#1 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

FP7C0614.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-91

MC-92 (5)

Remove the shield plate.

(6)

Remove the connector cover.

(7)

Remove the sub-scanning unit.

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN1

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN3

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN7 Shield plate

(5) #1 [Remove] 2-BR3x8

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN9

(6) #1 [Loosen] 2-BR4x12 Connector cover

FP7C0601.EPS

(7) #2 [Disconnect] Connector ME1

(7) #2 [Disconnect] Connector CNS2

(7) #3 [Remove] BR4x12

(7) #3 [Remove] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit FP7C0602.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-92

MC-93 ■ Reinstalling Procedure (1)

Insert the sub-scanning unit into the equipment, and temporarily secure with the screws.

#1

#1

[Temporarily tighten] 2-BR4x8

[Temporarily tighten] BR4x12

#1 [Temporarily tighten] 2-BR4x8

FP7C0616.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-93

MC-94 (2)

Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit.

#2

#2

[Tighten] 2-BR4x8

[Tighten] BR4x12

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#1 [Press against] Positioning screw

Positioning screw

Rail of equipment FP7C0603.EPS

(3)

Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, and reinstall it to its original position.

CAUTION When removing the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, be careful never remove the screws painted in red.

■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure Check that connectors are connected properly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-94

MC-95

6.1.2

Adjusting the Sub-Scanning Unit Positioning Screw

When adjusting the sub-scanning unit positioning screw, or if the positioning screws has been turned accidentally, perform the following procedure. ■ Adjusting Procedure (1)

Print the grid pattern. “Service Mode, [2-5] Grid”.

(2)

Measure the “D” and “E” on the printed film and check that they meet the specified values. For 35 x 43 cm size

20

20 D

E

Film conveyance direction

(Unit: mm) Position

35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

D, E

14.5 ±1.0

27.5 ±1.0

26.0 ±1.0

25.8 ±1.0

≤ 1.2

≤ 1.2

≤ 1.2

≤ 1.2

|D-E|

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0622.EPS

MC-95

MC-96 (3)

If the measured values are not the specified values, loosen the screws securing the sub-scanning unit.

#1 [Loosen] 2-BR4x8

#1 [Loosen] 2-BR4x8

FP7C0617.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-96

MC-97 (4)

Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket. Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

[Remove] 4-BR4x8

FP7C0613.EPS

(5)

Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below. #2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

#1 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

FP7C0614.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-97

MC-98 (6)

Rotate the positioning screw in the clockwise or counterclockwise direction and adjust.

Rotating once in the clockwise or counterclockwise direction changes the “D” and “E” on the printed film by about 0.5 mm.

[Rotate] Positioning screw FP7C0615.EPS

Film conveyance direction

A

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

B

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0624.EPS

MC-98

MC-99 (7)

Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit.

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#1 [Press against] Positioning screw

Positioning screw

Rail of equipment FP7C0618.EPS

(8)

Print the grid pattern. “Service Mode, [2-5] Grid”.

(9)

Measure the “D” and “E” on the printed film and check that they meet the specified values.

(10) If the measured values are not the specified values, repeat steps (3) to (9).

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-99

6

-

2

Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)

FP7C0610.EPS

6.2.1

Removal/Reinstallation

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the sub-scanning unit. “6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

(2)

Remove the sub-scanning motor (ME1). #1 [Remove] Q4x14

Sub-scanning motor (ME1)

#2 [Remove] 4-TP4x8 FP7C0604.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-100

MC-101

6.2.2

Adjustment When Replacing Sub-scanning Motor

If the sub-scanning motor (ME1) has been replaced, check/adjust the film conveyance amount as follows. (1)

Print the grid pattern. “Service Mode, [2-5] Grid”.

(2)

Measure “F” on the printed film and check that it meets the specified value. For 35 x 43 cm size 20

Film conveyance direction

F

(Unit: mm) Position F

(3)

35 x 43 cm size 413.0 ±1.2

26 x 36 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

226.5 ±1.0

225.0 ±1.0

225.0 ±1.0

FP7C0623.EPS

If the measured values are not the specified values, adjust the film conveyance amount. “Service Mode, [5-2-2] Adjusting subscanner”.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-101

6

-

3

Sub-Scanning Roller

FP7C0611.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the sub-scanning unit. “6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

(2)

Remove the scanner unit. “7.1 Scanner Unit”

(3)

Remove the sub-scanning motor (ME1). “6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)”

(4)

Remove the handle.

(5)

Remove the belt cover.

(6)

Remove the SUS belt.

(6) #1 [Remove] Spring

(5) #1 [Remove] BR4x8 Belt cover

(4) #1 [Remove] BR3x10

SUS belt

(6) #2 [Lower] SUS belt tensioner

Handle FP7C0605.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-102

MC-103 (7)

Remove the sub-scanning roller (left).

#2 [Pull out] Sub-scanning roller (Left) Waveform washer

#1 [Remove] BR4x8 Sub-scanning roller (left) W5 FP7C0606.EPS

(8)

Remove the sub-scanning unit entrance guide.

(9)

Remove the sub-scanning roller (right). Sub-scanning unit entrance guide

(9) #3 [Pull out] Sub-scanning unit roller (Right)

(8) #1

Waveform washer

[Remove] BR4x8 W5

Sub-scanning roller (right)

(9) #1 [Remove] BR4x8

(9) #2 [Lower] SUS belt tensioner FP7C0607.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-103

MC-104 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

• When installing the sub-scanning roller, be sure to reinstall the waveform washer. • After reinstalling the sub-scanning roller, rotate the roller four or five times with the hand, and check that it turns smoothly.

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-104

MC-105 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-105

6

-

4

Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1)

FP7C0612.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) (2)

(3)

Insert the shutter into the film tray. Remove the following covers. • Right side cover • Rear cover Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket. Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

[Remove] 4-BR4x8

FP7C0613.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-106

MC-107 (4)

Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below. #2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

#1 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

FP7C0614.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-107

MC-108 (5)

Remove the shield plate.

(6)

Remove the connector cover.

(7)

Draw the sub-scanning unit.

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN1

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN3

(7) #1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN7 Shield plate

(5) #1 [Remove] 2-BR3x8

(7) #1 (6) #1

[Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN9

[Loosen] 2-BR4x12 Connector cover FP7C0601.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-108

MC-109 (7)#2 [Disconnect] Connector ME1

(7)#2 [Disconnect] Connector CNS2

(7)#3 [Remove] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit FP7C0619.EPS

(8)

Remove the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1).

#1 [Disconnect] Connector SED Film leading edge detection sensor (SE1)

#2 [Remove] 2-BR3x8 FP7C0608.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-109

MC-110 ■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. However, perform the following when securing the sub-scanning unit into the equipment. (1)

Insert the sub-scanning unit into the equipment, and temporarily secure with the screws.

#1 [Temporarily tighten] 2-BR4x8

#1 [Temporarily tighten] 2-BR4x8

FP7C0620.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-110

MC-111 (2)

Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit.

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#1 [Press against] Positioning screw

Positioning screw

Rail of equipment FP7C0621.EPS

(3)

Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, and reinstall it to its original position.

CAUTION When removing the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, be careful never remove the screws painted in red.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-111

7

SCANNING OPTICS UNIT

FP7Z0711.EPS

7

-

1

Scanner Unit

FP7C0703.EPS

CAUTION • The LD/IC may damage due to static electricity. When removing/reinstalling it, take anti-static measures by wearing a wrist band, etc. • Do not remove the upper cover of the scanner unit. • Do not place your finger inside the laser beam window (at the bottom of the scanner unit). • Handle the optical unit gently, making sure not to subject it to shock.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-112

MC-113

7.1.1

Removal/Reinstallation

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the sub-scanning unit. “6.1 Sub-scanning Unit”

(2)

Remove the scanner unit.

#1 [Remove] 4-BR4x12 Scanner unit

CHECK CHECK

CHECK

FP7C0701.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-113

MC-114 ■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of the removing procedure. However perform the following when installing the scanner unit to the sub-scanning unit.

When pushing the scanner unit against the positioning plate, push gently without subjecting it to shock. (1)

Align the scanner unit to the reinstalling position of the sub-scanning unit, and secure temporarily with the screws.

(2)

Push the two positioning brackets and protruded part on the scanner unit against the sub-scanning unit at the positions shown in the following figure.

(3)

Secure the scanner unit with the screws. Scanner unit

(2)

(1) [Secure temporarily] 4-BR4x12

[Push] Scanner unit

(3) [Tighten] 4-BR4x12

(1) [Secure temporarily] 4-BR4x12

(3) [Tighten] 4-BR4x12

(2) [Push] Scanner unit FP7C0702.EPS

■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • Make sure that there is no gap between the sub-scanning unit positioning plate and scanner unit positioning parts. • Make sure that the connectors are connected properly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-114

MC-115

7.1.2

Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit

If the scanner unit has been replaced, the data in the scanner unit data FD provided with the scanner unit needs to be sent to the equipment. (1)

Turn ON the power of the equipment.

(2)

Prepare the PC for servicing. “SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)”, “4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment”

Check that the directory setting of the FTP site is “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX”. “SERVICE MODE, 4.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC”

(3)

Import the individual data. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC] #1

#2

#4

#3

#5

FP7C0F34.EPS

→ The individual data is sent to the PC for servicing. When the data transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears. 006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-115

MC-116 (4)

Insert the scanner unit data FD provided with the scanner unit into the FDD of the PC for servicing.

(5)

Copy scanner unit data to the PC for sevicing. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Restore] → The [Restore] window for selecting the folder containing the scanner unit data appears.

(6)

Select “Drive A” → [OK] → Scanner unit data is copied to the PC for servicing.

#1

#2 FP7C0F38.EPS

→ When completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears. (7)

Send the individual data containing the scanner unit data copied to the equipment. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [PC => Printer] → The individual data is sent to the equipment, and only the scanner unit data is updated. When the data transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears.

(8)

End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool.

(9)

If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back to the original settings.

(10) Remove the FD from the PC for servicing. (11) Reboot the equipment, and start the M-Utility. (12) Output the grid pattern using the M-Utility. “SERVICE MODE, [2-5] Grid”

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-116

MC-117 (13) Measure “C” of the film output, and check that the values satisfy the specification. For 35 x 43 cm size

C

B

A

Film conveyance direction

(Unit: mm) Position |A-B| C

35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

≤ 1.2

≤ 1.2

≤ 2.0

≤ 1.2

300 ±1.2

300 ±1.2

200 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

FP7C0705.EPS

(14) If they do not, change the value of “[4-3-1] Scanning Width” of the M-Utility. “SERVICE MODE, [4-3-1] Scanning Width” (15) Measure “A” and “B” of the film output, and check that the values satisfy the specification. (16) If they do not, change the value of “[4-3-2] Scanning Position” of the M-Utility. “SERVICE MODE, [4-3-2] Scanning Position” (17) Perform automatic density correction. “SERVICE MODE, [3-1] AUTO F.D.C.” (18) Check the film density. “SERVICE MODE, [3-2] Check Density”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-117

8

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT

FP7Z0811.EPS

8

-

1

Cooling Fan Assembly

FP7C0814.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

(2)

Remove the following covers. • Jam clear cover • Upper left cover Remove the fan fixing bracket. Cooling fan assembly

#1 [Remove] 4-BR3x8

Fan fixing bracket

FP7C0801.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-118

MC-119 (3)

Remove the cooling fan assembly.

#2 [Remove] 4-BR4x8 Cooling fan assembly

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CNG3

FP7C0802.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-119

8

-

2

Filter Section Cooling Fan

FP7C0815.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the cooling fan assembly. “8.1 Cooling Fan Assembly”

(2)

Remove the fan duct.

(3)

Remove the filter section cooling fan. Fan duct

#1 [Remove] 4-BR3x8

Auxilary plate

#2 [Remove] 2-BR4x40

Filter section cooling fan FP7C0803.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-120

MC-121 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

Reinstall the filter section cooling fan as shown in the figure. Filter section cooling fan Label

Cable

Cooling fan assembly FP7C0804.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-121

8

-

3

Film Cooling Section

FP7C0816.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the following covers. • Jam clear cover • Upper left cover • Upper right cover

(2)

Remove the operation panel. “10.1 Operation Panel”

(3)

Remove the film release unit. “9.1 Film Release Unit”

(4)

Remove the film cooling section. Round hole

#1 [Release] Clamp

#2

CHECK

[Disconnect] Connector THG10 Film cooling section

CHECK

#3

#4

[Loosen] 2-BR4x8

[Remove] 5-BR4x8 FP7C0805.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-122

MC-123 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

When reinstalling the film cooling section, press the shaft against the bracket as shown in the figure, and secure with the screws.

[Press] Film cooling section shaft FP7C0806.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. ■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • After reinstalling the film cooling section, check from the round hole on the back of the film cooling section that the gears of the film cooling section and heat development unit are engaged. • After reinstalling the film cooling section, rotate the jam handle, and check that it moves smoothly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-123

8

-

4

Heat Development Unit

FP7C0817.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) • • • • • • (2)

Remove the following covers. Jam clear cover Upper left side cover Upper right side cover Rear cover Right side cover Left side cover Remove the sub-scanning unit. “6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”

(3)

Remove the film release unit. “9.1 Film Release Unit”

(4)

Remove the cooling fan assembly. “8.1 Cooling Fan Assembly”

(5)

Remove the operation panel. “10.1 Operation Panel”

(6)

Remove the film cooling section. “8.3 Film Cooling Section”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-124

MC-125 (7)

Remove the left inside cover.

(8)

Remove the top panel. Left inside cover

(7) #1

Top panel

[Remove] 2-BR3x8

(8) #1 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

(8) #2 [Release] Clamp FP7C0807.EPS

(9)

Remove the heat development unit.

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CNG2

Heat development unit

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CNG4

#3 [Remove] 3-BR4x8

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CNG1

#1 [Disconnect] Connector MG1

#2 [Release] Clamp FP7C0808.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-125

8

-

5

Heat Development Rack Assembly

FP7C0818.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Insert the shutter into the film tray.

(2)

Remove the following covers. Jam clear cover Upper left side cover Rear cover Left side cover

• • • • (3)

Remove the film release unit. “9.1 Film Release Unit”

(4)

Remove the film cooling section. “8.3 Film Cooling Section”

(5)

Remove the cooling fan assembly together with the bracket. Cooling fan assembly

#2 [Remove] 2-BR3x8 Bracket

Bracket

#3 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CNG3 FP7C0823.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-126

MC-127 (6)

Remove the left inside cover. Left inside cover

[Remove] 2-BR3x8

FP7M0320.EPS

(7)

Disconnect the connectors and earth cables.

(8)

Remove the rack fixing brackets (small).

(9)

Remove the rack fixing bracket (large).

Do not remove the left and right fixing pins on the heat development rack assembly.

(10) Remove the heat development rack assembly.

(7) #2 [Disconnect] Connector THG7-9

(8) #2

(7) #2

[Remove] BR4x8

[Disconnect] Connector HEAT3

CHECK

Rack fixing bracket (small)

(8) #1 CHECK

[Remove] BR4x8

Rack fixing bracket (small)

(10)

(7) #1 [Remove] TP4x8

[Remove] Heat development rack assembly

(9) [Remove] 2-BR4x8 Rack fixing bracket (large) FP7C0809.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-127

MC-128 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

When reinstalling the adiabatic cover, do not sandwich the thermistor cable.

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. ■ CHECK/Adjustment Procedure Check that connectors are connected properly.

Third rack assembly

THG7-9 HEAT3 Second rack assembly THG4-6 HEAT2 THG1-3 HEAT1 First rack assembly FP7C0810.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-128

MC-129 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-129

8

-

6

Heat Development Roller

FP7C0819.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the heat development rack assembly, and remove adiabatic cover. “8.5 Heat Development Rack Assembly”

(2)

Remove the fixing pins.

(3)

Remove the heater assembly.

(4)

Remove the heat development roller. (3) [Remove] Heater assembly

(2) #1 [Remove] Fixing pin (long)

(4) #1 [Remove] WP3x10 Bearing

(2) #2 [Remove] Fixing pin (short)

Bearing

Heat development roller FP7C0811.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-130

MC-131 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-131

8

-

7

Thermal Protector

FP7C0825.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the heat development rack assembly. “8.5 Heat Development Rack Assembly”

(2)

Remove adiabatic cover.

(3)

Remove the fixing pins.

(4)

Remove the heater assembly.

• Heat development rollers and bearings may drop if the heat development rack assembly is tilted with the heater assembly removed. • Do not touch the rubber portion of the removed heat development rollers and heater side of the heater assembly with bare hand.

(2)#1 [Remove] Adiabatic cover

(4) [Remove] Heater assembly

(3)#2 [Remove] Fixing pins (long)

(3)#3 [Remove] Fixing pins (short)

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0826.EPS

MC-131.1

MC-131.2 (5)

Disconnect the connector.

(6)

Remove the thermal protector. (6)#2

(6)#1

[Remove] Thermal protector

[Remove] 2-3x6

(5) [Disconnect] Connector x 2

FP7C0827.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-131.2

MC-131.3 ■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

• When attaching the thermal protector, visually check that the tip of the screw is not protruding out to the film conveyance side. (Reference screw tightening torque: 0.6Nm = 6kgcm)

Screw tip

Film conveyance side FP7C0828.EPS

• Attach the connectors of the thermal protector so that they all line up in a straight line.

FP7C0829.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-131.3

MC-131.4 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-131.4

9

FILM RELEASE UNIT

FP7Z0911.EPS

9

-

1

Film Release Unit

FP7C0904.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) • • • •

Remove the following covers. Jam clear cover Upper left side cover Upper right side cover Side ejection cover

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-132

MC-133 (2)

Remove the film release unit.

#1 [Release] Clamp

#2 [Disconnect] Connector CNJ2

#2 [Disconnect] Connector CNJ1

#3 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

Film release unit

FP7C0901.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-133

9

-

2

Density Measurement Light-Emitting Board (LED15A)

FP7C0905.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1) • • • •

Remove the following covers. Jam clear cover Upper left side cover Upper right side cover Film release unit cover

(2)

Remove the LED15A installing bracket.

(3)

Remove the density measurement light-emitting board. (2) #3 [Disconnect] Connector LED-CN85

(2) #1 [Remove] 2-BR3x8

(3) #1 [Remove] BR3x12

Shield plate

(3) #1 [Remove] BR3x8

Spacer

(2) #2 [Remove] Clamp Density measurement light-emitting board (LED15A)

(2) #3 [Disconnect] Connector SJ1 FP7C0902.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-134

MC-135 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

Press the LED cover of the density measurement light-emitting board against the position shown in the figure below, and secure. [Press] Density measurement light-emitting board (LED15A)

FP7C0903.EPS

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-135

10

CONTROLLER

FP7Z0A11.EPS

10 -

1

Operation Panel

FP7C0106.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the following covers. • Jam clear cover • Upper left side cover

(2)

Remove the operation panel.

#2

#2

[Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN2

[Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN1

#4 [Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN5

#4 [Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN7

#4

Operation panel

[Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN8

#4 [Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN6

#4

#3

[Disconnect] Connector PANEL-CN4

[Remove] BR3x8

#1 [Remove] 2-BR3x8 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0104.EPS

MC-136

MC-137 ■ Reinstalling Procedure

When reinstalling the upper left side cover, make sure that it does not interfere with the operation panel.

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-137

10 -

2

Controller Assembly

FP7C0A04.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

(2)

Remove the following covers. • Left side cover • Rear cover • Lower front cover Remove the controller assembly. #2 [Disconnect] Shaded connector

#2 [Disconnect] Connector PC-CN4

#2 [Disconnect] Connector PRN16A-CN2

#2 [Disconnect] Connector

[Disconnect] Connector PRN16A-CN4

#1 [Release] Clamp

#4 [Remove] 3-BR3x8

#2

Controller assembly

#2 [Disconnect] Connector PC-CN26

#2 [Disconnect] Connector CNK1

#1 [Release] Clamp

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

#2 [Disconnect] Connector PRN16A-CN6

FP7C0A01.EPS

MC-138

MC-139

#5 [Pull out] Controller assembly FP7C0A02.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-139

10 -

10.2

3

HDD

FP7C0A05.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the controller assembly. “10.2 Controller Assembly”

(2)

Remove the HDD. #2 [Remove] 4-BR3x12 HDD

#1 [Disconnect] Connector HDD

#1 [Disconnect] Connector HDD FP7C0A03.EPS

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-140

MC-141 ■ Replacing Procedure The service parts HDD is installed with the OS and main unit software. However, because the main unit software may not be of the latest version, if the HDD has been replaced, perform full installation of the main unit software and re-installation of individual data. Prepare the latest main unit software CD-R when replacing the HDD. (1)

Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2)

Replace the HDD. “■ Removing Procedure/■ Reinstalling Procedure”

(3)

Turn ON the power of the equipment, and check the version of the main unit software displayed at startup.

(4)

Start the M-Utility, and set the network. “INSTALLATION, 7.2.2 System Management/Network/Set Network”

(5)

End the M-Utility, and turn OFF and then ON the power of the equipment.

(6)

Prepare the PC for servicing. “SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool(DPX7 PC Tool)”, “4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment”

If the version of the main unit software in the HDD is old: Perform steps (7) and onwards. If the version of the main unit software in the HDD is latest: Perform steps (8) and onwards. (7)

Perform full installation of the latest main unit software and installation of the application program of the printer in the MCT board. “12.3 Full Installation Steps (1) to (7)”

(8)

Re-install the individual data. “12.3 Full Installation Step (8) to (10)”

(9)

Set the system date, film counter, and remaining number of films. “12.3 Full Installation Steps (11) to (20)”

(10) Set whether to enable the [User Settable] function, and save the user settable image to the new HDD when enabled. “SERVICE MODE, 5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Images”

• For the service parts HDD, the default value of [User Settable] is set to [Disable]. • For the service parts HDD for the equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later, the default image of [User Settable] has been changed from the SMPTE pattern to the grid pattern for checking unevenness.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-141

10 -

4

PC Board

FP7C0A06.EPS

CAUTION • Replace the PC board if the lithium battery has worn out. • Return the old PC board to the Parts Center (factory). • Improper replacement of the battery may result in explosion. When replacing the lithium battery, use the battery designated by FUJIFILM Corporation or use an equivalent battery. Dispose the old battery as specified by FUJIFILM Corporation. • Main unit software version V10.0 or later requires Version D or later. This restriction does not apply to main unit software version A00 to 04, or V4.1 or later. ■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the controller assembly. “10.2 Controller Assembly”

(2)

Remove the PRN board, MCT board, and image memory board. “SERVICE PARTS LIST, 10. Controller”

(3)

Disconnect all connectors on the PC board.

(4)

Remove the PC board.

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

006-259-07 10.02.2006 FM4992

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-142

MC-143 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-143

10 -

5

MCT Board

FP7C0A07.EPS

■ Removing Procedure (1)

Remove the controller assembly. “10.2 Controller Assembly”

(2)

Remove the MCT board. “SERVICE PARTS LIST 10. Controller”

■ Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. ■ Replacing Procedure If the MCT board has been replaced, the software on the HD (printer installer, printer OS, printer application) needs to be installed with a new MCT board. (1)

Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(2)

Remove the MCT board. “■ Removing Procedure”

(3)

Check the settings of DIPSW (S2) on the MCT board.

S2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S2 ON All OFF

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C7A10.EPS

MC-144

MC-145 (4)

Reinstall the MCT board in the reverse order of removal.

(5)

Turn ON the power of the equipment, and start the M-Utility during initialization.

(6)

Display the version, and check that the model corresponding to the “Mode” is displayed. “SERVICE MODE, [1-1-5] Check Version”

(7)

If a sorter is connected, set sorter setting to “Disable”. “SERVICE MODE, [1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting”

(8)

Install the software on the HD to the MCT board in the following order; “PRT INST” → “PRT OS” → “PRT APL” “SERVICE MODE, [1-1-8] Reload Software”

(9)

Reboot the equipment. If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter setting to “Enable”, and then reboot the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-145

10 -

10.6

6

DRV Board

FP7C0A09.EPS

■ Replacing the DRV16A Board with DRV16B Board Perform the following procedure when replacing the DRV16A board with DRV16B board.

As the DRV16B board is larger than the DRV16A board, there is a need to install the auxiliary plate. Therefore the number of screws has been increased from six to nine.

● Checking the Kit Components (1)

Check the components of the DRV16B board kit (113Y1617A) • DRV16B board ........................................................................................ 1 • Auxiliary plate (pasted with double-sided tape) ...................................... 1 • Double-sided tape (Spare) ...................................................................... 1 • Screw (BR3x8) ........................................................................................ 3

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-146

MC-147 ● Replacing Procedure (1)

Remove the DRV16A board.

(2)

Place the spacer at the top and paste the auxiliary plate.

Spacer

#1 [Paste] Auxiliary plate FP7C0A08.EPS

(3)

Install the DRV16B board with the nine screws.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-147

11

SORTER

FP7C0B02.EPS

11 -

1

Film Conveyance Timing Belt

FP7C0B03.EPS

■ Belt Structure

Top belt

Inside belt

Bottom belt

FP3F0S43.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-148

MC-149 ■ Reinstalling Procedure (1)

There are three timing belts. Install the inside belt first and then the top and bottom belts. Top belt

Top belt

Bottom belt

Inside belt Bottom belt

Inside belt

FP3F0S42.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-149

MC-150 ■ Adjusting Procedure (1)

With the fixing screws of the tension pulleys loosened, secure the tension pulleys at the position where they are in balance by the force of the springs. Tension spring

Top belt Fixing screw

Bottom belt

Fixing screw

Inside belt Fixing screw

Tension spring Tension spring FP3F0S40.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-150

11 -

2

Jam Removing Guide Plate Magnet

FP7C0B04EPS

(1)

Loosen the fixing screws of the magnet.

(2)

Close the jam removing guide plate, and tighten magnet fixing screws where it touches the stopper. Stopper

#2 [Push] Guide plate #1 [Loosen] Two screws #3 [Tighten] Two screws

Magnet FP3F0S41.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-151

MC-152

12.

VERSION UPGRADE AND FULL INSTALLATION OF MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE The main unit software is supplied on CD-R. The DI Tool is required for version upgrading and full installation of the main unit software. Version upgrade: The concerned files excluding individual data of the currently installed software are overwritten. Full installation: The concerned files including individual data of the currently installed software are overwritten. The table below shows the combinations of the main unit software and DPX7 PC Tool version. Main Unit Software Version DPX7 PC Tool Version A00 A01 A02 A03 A04

V4.1/ V10.0/V10.1

V5.0/ V11.0

V6.0/ V12.0

V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later

A00

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A01

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

∗1

X

X

X

X

X

X

V5.0/ V11.0

V6.0/ V12.0

V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later

X

X

X

A02 A04 A05 A06 A08

Main Unit Software Version DI Tool Version

A00 A01 A02 A03 A04

V1.0

∗1

∗1

∗1

V2.0

∗1

∗1

∗1

V3.0

∗1

∗1

∗1

V4.1/ V10.0/V10.1

: Usable, X : Unusable, ∗1 : Only software installation is possible

X

TP7C0F02.EPS

CAUTION • During version upgrading and full installation, do not perform other procedures like equipment settings, etc. • To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting must be set to “Disable” beforehand. This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-152

MC-153

• As performing full installation will clear the individual data in the HD, the individual data needs to be installed after completing full installation. Use the latest individual data for installation. • In version upgrades, individual data will be preserved. • From DPX7 PC Tool version A09, the “Soft Ver.Up” function button display has been changed to “Upgrading”, however some parts of this manual still uses the old name. • For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, the grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD. • For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment, when equipment data is read, the DPX7 PC Tool screen [Clients:] list shows “MammoQCTest”. However, if the version has been upgraded from an earlier version, as this will not be displayed, add and register new clients.

The following shows the times required for software installation. Take note that these times differ according to the performance and network environment of the PC for servicing used. • Version upgrade (PC for servicing → Equipment): Approx. 2 minutes • Full installation (PC for servicing → Equipment): Approx. 3 minutes • PRT OS installation (HDD → MCT board): Approx. 15 seconds • PRT APL installation (HDD → MCT board): Approx. 1 minute

12.1

Preparations (Same for Version Upgrades and Full Installation)

(1)

Turn ON the power of the equipment.

(2)

To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, first start the M-Utility, set sorter settings to “Disable”, and then reboot the equipment. This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later. “SERVICE MODE (MU), 3. M-Utility [1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting”

(3)

Prepare the PC for servicing. “SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)”, “4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment”

Check that the directory setting of the FTP site is “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX”. “SERVICE MODE, 4.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-153

MC-154

12.2

Version Upgrade

■ Flow of Data When Version Upgrading DRYPIX

PC for servicing (DI Tool)

HDD

(1)

(2) FTP folder

CD-R (Main unit software)

Formatter program Printer program

(3) MCT board Memory

FP7C0F08.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-154

MC-155 ■ Version Upgrading Procedure

CAUTION To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter settings must first be set to “Disable”. This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later.

For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, tthe grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD.

(1)

Insert the latest main unit software CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing, and copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. “Printer name” → [Upgrading] (or [Soft Ver.UP]) → “CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]

#1

#2

#3

#4

FP7C0F31.EPS

→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. When completed, [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-155

MC-156 (2)

Write the main unit software in the HD of the equipment from the PC for servicing (FTP folder). [Upgrading] → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7C0F02.EPS

→ The main unit software is installed (version upgraded) in the equipment. When installation completed, the [System File Load Finish!!] screen appears. (3)

Of the software written in the HD of the equipment, write the printer OS program in the MCT board. [PRT OS] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F22.EPS

→ The printer OS program in the HD is installed in the MCT bard. When installation completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears. (4)

Write the printer application program in the MCT board. [PRT APL] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F03.EPS

→ The printer application program in the HD is installed in the MCT bard. When installation completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.

The version of the main unit software is upgraded after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-156

MC-157 (5)

Reboot the equipment from the PC for servicing to upgraded the software. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] #1

#4

#3

#2

#6

#5

FP7C0F33EPS

→ The equipment is rebooted. As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure] screen appears. (6)

[OK]

(7)

If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to “Enable”, and then reboot the equipment.

(8)

End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool.

(9)

If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back to the original settings.

(10) Remove the CD-R from the PC for servicing. (11) Shutdown the PC for servicing. (12) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-157

MC-158

12.3

Full Installation

■ Flow of Data When Performing Full Installation PC for servicing (DI Tool)

DRYPIX HDD

(1)

(2) Formatter program FTP folder

CD-R (Main unit software)

(4)

Printer program

Indv Folder

(3) MCT board Memory

FP7C0F07.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-158

MC-159 ■ Full Installation Procedure

CAUTION To perform full installation of the main unit software version A02/A03/A04/V10.0 in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter settings must first be set to “Disable”. This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later. (1)

If the PC for servicing does not contain the latest individual data, import the individual data from the equipment. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC] #4 #1 #3 #2

#5

FP7C0F34.EPS

→ The individual data is copied to the PC for servicing. When the data copy is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-159

MC-160 (2)

Insert the latest main unit software CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing, and copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. “Printer name” → [Upgrading] (or [Soft Ver.UP]) → “CD-ROM drive” → [Copy] #1

#2

#3

#4

FP7C0F31.EPS

→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. When completed, [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-160

MC-161 (3)

Write the main unit software in the HD of the equipment from the PC for servicing (FTP folder). [Full] → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7C0F05.EPS

→ The main unit software is installed in the equipment. When installation completed, the [System File Load Finish!!] screen appears. (4)

Of the software written in the HD of the equipment, write the printer OS program in the MCT board. [PRT OS] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F22.EPS

→ The printer OS program in the HD is installed in the MCT bard. When installation completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears. (5)

Write the printer application program in the MCT board. [PRT APL] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F03.EPS

→ The printer application program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-161

MC-162 (6)

Reboot the equipment from the PC for servicing so that the changes made in the main unit software becomes effective. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] #1

#4

#3

#2

#6

#5

FP7C0F33EPS

→ The equipment reboots. As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure] screen appears. (7)

[OK]

The main unit software is replaced with that fully installed after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-162

MC-163 (8)

After the equipment is rebooted, restore the individual data.

The individual data needs to be restored if full installation has been performed. To restore, use the latest individual data of the corresponding printer saved in the PC for servicing or individual data copied at the step (1). ● Installing the Individual Data in the PC for Servicing (i)

“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [PC => Printer] #1

#2

#4

#5

#3

FP7C0F35.EPS

→ The individual data in the PC for servicing is sent to the equipment. When the data transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-163

MC-164 ● When Restoring the Individual Data Saved on FD If the PC for servicing does not contain the latest individual data, restore the individual data backed up on the FD. (i)

Insert the FD with the latest individual data in the FDD of the PC for servicing.

(ii)

Copy the individual data saved on FD to the PC for servicing. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Restore] #1

#2

#4

#3

#5

FP7C0F36.EPS

→ The [Restore] window for selecting the folder containing the individual data appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-164

MC-165 (iii)

Select “Drive A” → [OK] → Scanner unit data is copied to the PC for servicing.

#1

#2 FP7C0F38.EPS

→ The individual data is copied to the PC for servicing. When the data copy is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears. (iv) Restore the individual data to the equipment. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [PC => Printer] #1

#2

#4

#5

#3

FP7C0F35.EPS

→ The copied individual data in the PC for servicing is sent to the equipment. When the data transfer is completed, [File transfer is completed.] screen appears. 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-165

MC-166 (9)

Reboot the equipment from the PC for servicing so that the changes of the individual data becomes effective. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] → The equipment reboots. As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure] screen appears.

(10) [OK]

The main unit software is replaced with that fully installed after the equipment is rebooted.

(11) Click the function button (ex. [Control] button), to start communication with the equipment again. (12) Set the system date and time. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Set Date/Time] “SERVICE MODE, [PC9-2-1] System Config” (13) Set the film counter. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Set Counters] “SERVICE MODE, [PC9-2-5] Set Counters” (14) Set the number of remaining films. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Set Remain. Films] “SERVICE MODE, [PC9-2-6] Set Remain. Films” (15) If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to “Enable”, and then reboot the equipment. (16) End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool. (17) If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back the original settings. (18) Remove the CD-R and FD from the PC for servicing. (19) Shutdown the PC for servicing. (20) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-166

MC-167 BLANK PAGE

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-167

MC-168

12.4

Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A02 to A04

■ Outline Normally, perform “12.2 Version Upgrade” to upgrade the version of the main unit software, but for upgrading from version A02 to A04, perform the following procedure.

• To upgrade to version A04, use the version A06 or later DPX7 PC Tool. • As the format definition file (one type of individual data) was updated when the main unit software version A03 was released, there is a need to change this file back to the original file.

■ Procedure 1. 2.

Copy the version A04 main unit software to the PC for servicing. Of the main unit software copied, copy the format definition file “fmtstd.prm” to the “Indv” folder of the registered printer. Perform version upgrading. Write the printer OS and printer application program in the MCT board.

3. 4.

■ Upgrading Procedure

CAUTION Do not perform other operations such as equipment settings during version upgrading and full installation. (1)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state.

(2)

To upgrade the main unit software version in equipment connected with a sorter, first start the M-Utility, set sorter settings to “Disable”, and then reboot the equipment. “SERVICE MODE (MU), 3. M-Utility [1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting”

(3)

Prepare the PC for servicing. “SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2 Starting the DPX7 PC Tool”, and “4.3.3 Connecting the DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment”

Check that the directory setting of the FTP site is “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX”. “SERVICE MODE, 4.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC”

(4)

Import the individual data of the equipment performing version upgrading. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-168

MC-169 (5)

Insert the main unit software version A04 CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing. Copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. “Printer name” → [Soft Ver.UP] (or [Upgrading]) → ”CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]

#1

#2

#3

#4

FP7C0F31.EPS

→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. When copy is completed, the [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-169

MC-170 (6)

Open Windows Explorer. [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Explorer]

(7)

Of the main unit software copied to the FTP folder (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\ DRYPIX) at step (5), copy the “fmtstd.prm” in the “Indv” folder to the “Indv” folder of the printer to be upgraded. #1 #2 [Select] C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Indv

[Select] fmtstd.prm

#3 Copy/paste “fmstd.prm” to the Indv folder of the printer.

(8)

FP7C0F32.EPS

Write the main unit software from the PC for servicing (FTP folder) to the HD of the equipment. [Verup] (or [Upgrading]) → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7C0F45.EPS

→ The main unit software is installed in the equipment. When installation is completed, the [System File Load Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-170

MC-171 (9)

Write the printer OS program in the MCT board. [PRT OS] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F22.EPS

→ The printer OS program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation is completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears. (10) Write the printer application program in the MCT board. [PRT APL] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F03.EPS

→ The printer application program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation is completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears. (11) Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit software become effective. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] → The equipment is rebooted. As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure] screen appears. (12) [OK] (13) If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to “Enable”, and then reboot the equipment. (14) End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool. (15) If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back the original settings. (16) Remove the CD-R from the PC for servicing. (17) Shutdown the PC for servicing. (18) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected. 006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-171

MC-172

12.5

Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A01 to A04

■ Outline Normally, perform “12.2 Version Upgrade” to upgrade the version of the main unit software, but for upgrading from version A01 to A04, perform the following procedure.

• To upgrade to version A04, use the version A06 or later DPX7 PC Tool. • Analysis logs are deleted when this procedure is performed to upgrade version. Prior to beginning this procedure, save the logs in the PC for servicing as necessary. • As the format definition file (one type of individual data) was updated when the main unit software version A03 was released, there is a need to change this file back to the original file. • For the main unit software version A01, annotations are set by printer. For A02 or later, annotations are set by client. For this reason, there is a need to correct the annotation settings after version upgrading.

■ Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

Copy the version A04 main unit software to the PC for servicing. Of the main unit software copied, copy the format definition file “fmtstd.prm” to the “Indv” folder of the registered printer. Perform full installation. Write the printer OS and printer application program in the MCT board. Change the annotation settings.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-172

MC-173 ■ Upgrading Procedure

CAUTION Do not perform other operations such as equipment settings during version upgrading and full installation. (1)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state.

(2)

To upgrade the main unit software version in equipment connected with a sorter, first start the M-Utility, set sorter settings to “Disable”, and then reboot the equipment. “SERVICE MODE (MU), 3. M-Utility [1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting”

(3)

Perform preliminary preparations of the PC for servicing. “SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2 Starting the DPX7 PC Tool”, and “4.3.3 Connecting the DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment”

Check that the directory setting of the FTP site is “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX”. “SERVICE MODE, 4.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC”

(4)

Import the individual data of the equipment performing version upgrading. “Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-173

MC-174 (5)

Insert the main unit software version A04 CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing. Copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. “Printer name” → [Soft Ver.UP] (or [Upgrading]) → ”CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]

#1

#2

#3

#4

FP7C0F21.EPS

→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. When copy is completed, the [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-174

MC-175 (6)

Open Windows Explorer. [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Explorer]

(7)

Of the main unit software copied to the FTP folder (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\ DRYPIX) at step (5), copy the “fmtstd.prm” in the “Indv” folder to the “Indv” folder of the printer to be upgraded. #1

#2

[Select] C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Indv

[Select] fmtstd.prm

#3 Copy/paste “fmstd.prm” to the Indv folder of the printer.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0F32.EPS

MC-175

MC-176 (8)

Perform version upgrading, and write the main unit software from the PC for servicing (FTP folder) to the HD of the equipment. [Verup] (or [Upgrading]) → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7C0F45.EPS

→ The main unit software is installed in the equipment. When installation is completed, the [System File Load Finish!!] screen appears. (9)

Write the printer OS program in the MCT board. [PRT OS] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F22.EPS

→ The printer OS program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation is completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears. (10) Write the printer application program in the MCT board. [PRT APL] → [Install]

#1

#2

FP7C0F03.EPS

→ The printer application program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation is completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-176

MC-177 (11) Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit software become effective. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] → The equipment is rebooted. As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure] screen appears. (12) [OK] → [Setting] (13) If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to “Enable”, and then reboot the equipment. (14) Set annotations again. “■ Resetting Annotations” (15) End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool. (16) If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back the original settings. (17) Remove the CD-R from the PC for servicing. (18) Shutdown the PC for servicing. (19) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-177

MC-178 ■ Resetting Annotations For the main unit software version A01, annotations are set by printer. For A02 or later, annotations are set by client. For this reason, there is a need to correct the annotation settings after version upgrading. Annotation settings set by printer using version A01 are reflected in the [default] client of version A02 or later. As annotation settings of each client become the default value, perform settings again for overall consistency.

The settings of printers registered at the top of [Equipment list] are reflected in the [default] client. Main unit software version A01

Set by printer

Main unit software version A02 or later

Set by client

FP7C0F40EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-178

MC-179 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-179

MC-180

12.6

Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from [A03 to V4.2/ V10.2 or Earlier] to [V5.0/V11.0 or Later]

■ Outline From the main unit software version V5.0/V11.0, the density correction table file “DenCalib.dat” has been changed. As this file contains equipment data, the normal version upgrade procedure will not implement upgrade changes in the equipment. Upgrade to the V5.0/V11.0 or later using the following procedure.

• Version upgrading to V5.0/V11.0 or later requires the version V2.0 DI Tool and DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0. • The DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 can only be used for upgrading the version from the main unit software V4.2/V10.2 or earlier to V5.0/V11.0 or later. • If the software version is A00, A01 or A02, refer to the next section. “12.7 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or later”

• DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 is a tool which automatically transfers the new density correction table file (DenCalib.dat). • Upgrading the main unit software version within implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 will result in the following error when the equipment is rebooted after version upgrading “0004 0000” error (The required parameter file does not exist at start or is damaged.) In this case, implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 after the error will reboot the equipment normally.

■ Precheck • Check that the directory settings of the FTP site of the PC for servicing is “\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX”. • Check that the equipment is in the standby state (no images input).

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-180

MC-181 ■ Upgrading Procedure (1)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state.

(2)

Prepare the PC for servicing. “SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)”, “4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment”

(3)

Load “DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0” into the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing.

(4)

Open the CD-ROM drive using the Windows explorer.

(5)

Copy the “SupportTool” folder in the CD and paste it to the FTP folder (Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX) (or drag and drop).

(6)

Right-click the “SupportTool” folder copied to display the Property screen.

(7)

Uncheck the [Read-only] checkbox at the [SupportTool Properties] screen, and click [Apply]. → The [Confirm Attribute Changes] screen appears.

(8)

Check the [Apply changes to this folder, subfolders and files] checkbox and click [OK].

(9)

Open the [SupportTool] folder, and double-click [VersionUpSupportTool.exe]. → The [Version Up SupportTool] screen appears.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-181

MC-182 (10) Perform the following settings at the [Version Up Support Tool] screen. • [Select DRYPIX type.] : Select DRYPIX7000/5000 • [Input FTP Root Drive.]: Enter the FTP site directory drive name • [Input DRYPIX's IPaddress.]: Enter the IP address of the equipment (do not add “0” in front of each number)

(11) [Attach] → When completed normally, the [Attached SOFTWARE.] screen appears.

(12) [OK] This ends the DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 operation. (13) Upgrade the equipment to version V5.0/V11.0 or later. “12.2 Version Upgrading”

When rebooting the equipment at the end after upgrading the version, check the version of the main unit software at the version screen and confirm that the version upgrading procedure has ended normally.

(14) Execute “AUTO F.D.C” using M-Utility or U-Utility.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-182

MC-183 BLANK PAGE

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-183

MC-184

12.7

Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or Later

■ Outline To upgrade the main unit software version from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or later, perform the following procedure.

Version upgrading to V5.0 or later requires the version V2.0 DI Tool and DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0.

• DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 is a tool which automatically transfers the new density correction table file (DenCalib.dat). • Upgrading the main unit software version within implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 will result in the following error when the equipment is rebooted after version upgrading “0004 0000” error (The required parameter file does not exist at start or is damaged.) In this case, implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 after the error will reboot the equipment normally.

■ Precheck • Check that the directory settings of the FTP site of the PC for servicing is “\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX”. • Check that the equipment is in the standby state (no images input).

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-184

MC-185 ■ Upgrading Procedure (1)

Perform the usual version upgrading procedure. “12.2 Version Upgrade steps (1) to (7)” → The “0004 0000” error is displayed when the equipment is rebooted after version upgrading.

(2)

Load “DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0” into the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing.

(3)

Open the CD-ROM drive using the Windows explorer.

(4)

Copy the “SupportTool” folder in the CD and paste it to the FTP folder (Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX) (or drag and drop).

(5)

Right-click the “SupportTool” folder copied to display the Property screen.

(6)

Uncheck the [Read-only] checkbox at the [SupportTool Properties] screen, and click [Apply]. → The [Confirm Attribute Changes] screen appears.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-185

MC-186 (7)

Check the [Apply changes to this folder, subfolders and files] checkbox and click [OK].

(8)

Open the [SupportTool] folder, and double-click [VersionUpSupportTool.exe]. → The [Version Up SupportTool] screen appears.

(9)

Perform the following settings at the [Version Up Support Tool] screen. • [Select DRYPIX type.] : Select DRYPIX7000/5000 • [Input FTP Root Drive.]: Enter the FTP site directory drive name • [Input DRYPIX's IPaddress.]: Enter the IP address of the equipment (do not add “0” in front of each number)

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-186

MC-187 (10) [Attach] → When completed normally, the [Attached SOFTWARE.] screen appears.

(11) [OK] This ends the DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 operation. (12) Reboot the equipment. “12.2 Version Upgrading”

When rebooting the equipment, check the version of the main unit software at the version screen and confirm that the version upgrading procedure has ended normally.

(13) Execute “AUTO F.D.C” using M-Utility or U-Utility.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MC-187

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

SERVICE MODE (MU)

MU-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

Reason

10/15/2002 11/10/2002

00 01

New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601)

04/01/2003

02

Revised (FM3978)

07/15/2004

03

09/20/2004

04

Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447)

11/30/2005

05

Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690)

07/31/2006 10/02/2006

06 07

02/15/2007

08

Revised (DI-ML film)(FM4949) Revised (Change of corporate name and corporate logo) (FM4992) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V7.0 and V13.0, DI Tool version V3.0, etc.) (FM5077)

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1-3, 6, 20, 24, 25, 29-34, 37, 40, 42-49, 51-54, 57, 59, 60, 64-87 1, 9, 22, 23, 28, 29, 31-33, 38-40, 42-47, 47.1-47.4, 49, 53, 54, 56-60, 64, 66-69, 75, 78, 79, 84-86, 88-240 All pages 1, 4, 5, 11, 12, 19-21, 25, 27-29, 35, 36, 41, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 59, 100, 101, 104, 108, 146, 148, 149, 153, 157, 160, 161, 180, 183, 188, 190, 192, 257, 270, 272, 276, 279, 280, 285, 290, 292, 294, 295, 298, 301 1, 9, 21, 27-29, 34, 36, 37, 37.1-37.4, 44, 46, 49, 60-63, 100, 101, 104-109, 113-115, 115.1-115.4, 116-119, 125, 127-129, 131, 132, 134, 142, 143, 143.1-143.4,144-149, 169, 169.1-169.4, 174, 175, 178, 180, 183-185, 189-193, 200, 201, 203-205, 207-210, 212, 244, 274, 275, 290, 298-304, 307-313 1, 34, 37.1, 142, 143, 147 1, 153 1, 5, 6, 7.1-7.4, 8, 9, 24-27, 32, 36, 37, 37.1-37.3, 49, 59, 100-103, 108, 113-115, 115.3, 116, 117, 121, 122, 124-131, 133, 134, 138-140, 143, 143.1, 143.4, 144-151, 153, 158-160, 162, 163, 165-171, 174, 178, 180, 183, 185, 189-191, 191.1-191.4, 193, 194, 196-198, 204, 210, 220, 222, 244, 249, 256, 267-271, 274, 276, 277, 279-283, 286, 287, 290, 291, 291.1-291.4, 292-295, 295.1-295.4, 296-298, 308-321

MU-1

MU-2

1.

OUTLINE OF SERVICE MODE

1.1

Transition of Modes in DRYPIX 7000 The service mode provides functions required for troubleshooting and maintenance. The service mode consists of the following two modes. ● U-Utility (User-Utility) Mode Mode for the user to perform normal maintenance operations (density measurement, etc.) ● M-Utility (Maintenance-Utility) Mode Mode for performing troubleshooting and maintenance operations of this equipment.

Other than these service modes, the following four modes are also provided. ● Initial Processing Mode Mode in which initialization and self-diagnosis are performed when the power is turned on. ● Routine Mode The usual ready state. ● Abnormal Indication Mode Indicates errors which have occurred. ● Shutdown Processing Mode Mode for discharging film currently being processed and terminating the equipment.

1.2

Note on Executing Service Mode Turning the power OFF while writing in the HDD or while exchanging data with the PC for servicing may damage the data.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-2

MU-3

1.3

Operations of Each Utility Each utility is operated by selecting menus displayed on the color LCD touch panel. Each of these menus has a tree structure classified by function. Selecting a menu item at a certain menu displays the menu below.

■ U-Utility Operations ● [EXIT] Touching at the top menu exits the U-Utility. ● [EXECUTE] For executing the menu displayed. If a lower menu exists, shifts to the next menu. ● [QUIT] Shifts to the display before the current menu was executed. ● [ ↑ ], [ ↓ ] For moving up and down amongst the items displayed. ● [1/3], [2/3], [3/3] Shifts to the next or previous display of the same menu if there exists more than two displays in a menu. ■ M-Utility Operations ● [EXIT] Touching at the top menu exits the M-Utility. ● [ENT] For executing the menu displayed and confirming values entered. If a lower menu exists, shifts to the next menu. ● [QUIT] Shifts to the display before the current menu was executed. ● [ ↑ ], [ ↓ ] For moving up and down amongst the items displayed. ● [BACK], [NEXT] Shifts to the next or previous display of the same menu if there exists more than two displays in a menu.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-3

MU-4

2.

U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY) The U-Utility functions are intended for both the user and service engineer.

• Transition to the U-Utility can be reserved in the routine mode (“Printing” display). • Menus which can be executed differ according to the state before transition.

Other than the U-Utility, there are functions for managing jobs during printing, for the user to acquire logs, etc. “2.4 Other Functions”

2.1

U-Utility Menu Tree

The numbers on the right side of menu names indicate the tab numbers on the operation panel.

U-Utility [ 1 ] AUTO F.D.C (1/3) [ 2 ] TEST PATTERN (1/3) [ 3 ] UNLOCK TRAY (1/3) [ 4 ] PRINT QUEUE (1/3) [ 5 ] SET COUNTERS (1/3) [ 5-1 ] SET COUNTERS

[ 5-2 ] DISPLAY LIST (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)

[ 6 ] ECONOMY MODE (1/3) (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)

[ 6-1 ] SAVE POWER STAND BY SLEEP [ 6-2 ] CALENDAR [ 6-3 ] DETAIL [ 6-3-1 ] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED [ 6-3-2 ] TRANSITION TIME [ 6-3-3 ] SCHEDULER

A

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

FP7U0201.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-4

MU-5 A

[ 7 ] SET ALARM (2/3) [ 7-1 ] SET ALARM [ 7-2 ] KEY TOUCH

[ 8 ] AUTOMATED F.D.C (2/3) [ 9 ] SET DATE/TIME (2/3) [ 10 ] ECONOMY MODE (2/2) (Main unit software version A02 or earlier) [ 10-1 ] SET TIME [ 10-2 ] SCHEDULER [ 10-3 ] SAVE POWER

[ 11 ] SOFTWARE VER (2/3) [ 12 ] REPRINT (2/3) (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) [ 13 ] ANIMATION (3/3) (Main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)

[ 14 ] QC (3/3) (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) [ 14-1 ] QC TEST PATTERN [ 14-2 ] HISTORY [ 14-2-1 ] EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER [ 14-2-2 ] FORMAT [ 14-2-3 ] ARTIFACTS [ 14-3 ] SETTINGS [ 14-3-1 ] BUILT-IN DENSITOMETER [ 14-3-2 ] EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER [ 14-3-3 ] FORMAT

[ 15 ] MAMMO.QC (3/3) (Main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later) FP7U0205.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-5

MU-6

2.2

Starting and Ending the U-Utility

■ Starting the U-Utility ● Starting from the Initialization Processing Mode While the software version number is displayed, touch the [UTILITY] button. The software version number is displayed for about ten seconds.

Touch [UTILITY]

● Starting from the Routine Mode Touch the [UTILITY] button on the operation panel. Touch [UTILITY]

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-6

MU-7 ● Making U-Utility (Density Correction) Reservations While Replenishing Film Before inserting the film tray when replenishing film, touching the [UTILITY] button reserves transition to the U-Utility. When film is loaded and the film tray is inserted, the U-Utility starts, enabling density correction. After this, all films printed after ending the U-utility will be subject to density correction, including image data already accumulated. However, density correction will not be performed on films processed before reservation. ■ Ending the M-Utility At the U-Utility main menu, touch [EXIT] on the operation panel.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-7

MU-7.1 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-7.1

MU-7.2 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-7.2

MU-7.3

2.3

Details of U-Utility Commands

[1]

AUTO F.D.C.

Command for printing the 24-steps pattern, and calculating 24-steps density correction from the density data measured by the density measurement section.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The number of prints is fixed at one.

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

To change the shift value (Dmax) for high density correction, select [Dmax ↑ ↓]. (0.5 steps) [4] to [-3]

(3)

Check the printed results.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-7.3

MU-7.4

[2]

TEST PATTERN

Command for printing test patterns (SMPTE, 17-steps, User Settable, Spatial Resolution).

• To print 17-steps/User Settable/Spatial Resolution patterns on this menu, activate [17Steps]/[User Settable]/[Spatial Resolution] in the [option] settings of the M-Utility beforehand. “3. M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option” • Spatial Resolution is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later. • Dmax can be selected for 17-steps pattern and Spatial Resolution pattern, if the main unit software version is V5.0 or later/V11.0 or later. • For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, the grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD. • To print the desired User Settable pattern, save the user settable image in the equipment beforehand. “5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Images”

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-7.4

MU-8

(1)

Select the test pattern. [SMPTE]/[17-Steps]/[User Settable]/[Spatial Resolution]

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(3)

If the main unit software version is V5.0/V11.0 or later, select Dmax. (17-Steps, Spatial Resolution only)

With 17-Steps, Spatial Resolution, selecting the Dmax starts printing.

(4)

Select the AE Title.

(5)

Select the number of printing frames. [1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]

(6)

Select the LUT number. [LUT1]/[LUT2]/[LUT3]/[LUT4]/[LUT5]/[LUT6]/[LUT7]/[LUT8]

(7)

Select the interpolation type. [SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]

(8)

Select the interpolation method. [CUBIC]/[NONE]

(9)

Check the printing results.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-8

MU-9 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-9

MU-10

[3]

UNLOCK TRAY

Command for clearing the tray lock and opening the tray.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • If a film tray is not inserted with the shutter, the film tray selection will be rejected. • Degeneration film trays are rejected.

(1)

Insert the shutter into the film tray, and select the corresponding film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

[4]

PRINT QUEUE

Command for operating registered print jobs.

(1)

To perform priority printing, specify the job, and select [URGENT PRINT].

(2)

To delete a registered job, specify the job and select [DELETE].

(3)

To delete all registered jobs, select [DELETE ALL].

(4)

Select [YES] or [NO].

(5)

[YES] → The selected item is executed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-10

MU-11

[5]

SET COUNTERS

[5-1]

SET COUNTERS

Command for displaying the number of films used per film tray, and clearing this count to zero.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • The film count per film tray is displayed in decimal 4-digits, and increased at the end of film removal (becomes 0 after 9999). • The total film count per film tray is displayed in decimal 8-digits, and increased at the end of film removal (becomes 0 after 99999999). • The total film count per film tray cannot be cleared to zero.

(1)

Select [TRAY 1 CLEAR], [TRAY 2 CLEAR], or [TRAY 3 CLEAR].

(2)

Select [YES] or [NO].

(3)

[YES] → The film count of the selected tray is cleared.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[5-2]

DISPLAY LIST

This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

Command for displaying the number of films used on each film tray over the past ten days.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Days on which films were not used are also displayed.

(1)

Scroll the display using the [↑] and [↓] buttons.

(2)

Check the number of films used.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-11

MU-12

[6]

ECONOMY MODE

This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

This function consists of three modes; [SCREEN SAVER], [STAND-BY], and [SLEEP]. • [SCREEN SAVER] : Turns OFF the backlight of the operation panel. • [STAND-BY] : [SCREEN SAVER] function, decreases the temperature level, and turns OFF motor excitation. • [SLEEP] : [STAND-BY] function, and turns OFF temperature adjustment.

If shifted to the [SLEEP], recovery takes the same time as the start of the equipment at power ON.

• Under the following conditions, the equipment will recover from the economy mode to the idle state. • When printing is started by client. • User operations (Touch of screen) • When errors occur.

[6-1]

SAVE POWER

Command to be set when executing [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP] immediately.

If “[6-3-3] SCHEDULER” has been set, it will be executed with priority. (Even if the other mode on this menu is set)

(1)

Select [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP]. → The mode selected will be executed immediately.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-12

MU-13

[6-2]

CALENDAR

Command for setting nonconsultation days. The time set at “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” on days set as nonconsultation days is the economy mode.

Nonconsultation days can be set to one year ahead.

(1)

Touch the day to be set as a nonconusltation day on the calendar. → With each touch, the setting changes from “Red (Whole day closed)” →“Yellow (Afternoon closed)” →“Green (Morning closed)” →“Gray (normal consultation day)”.

By selecting the day (Monday, Tuesday, etc.), the same day can be set for the whole month.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[6-3]

DETAIL

[6-3-1]

TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED

Command for setting the time for shifting to the economy mode of the nonconsultation day set at “[6-2] CALENDAR”. Three types of settings are available (whole day closed, afternoon closed, and morning closed), and the closed hours of sequential days can also be set together (for example, the next day of an afternoon closed day can be set as whole day closed).

• “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” and “[6-3-3] SCHEDULER” can be set individually, and the closed hours set at either can be set to the economy mode. • If the same time is set in both settings, “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” will be given priority.

(1)

Touch the time to be changed.

(2)

Change the time by touching the [↑] and [↓] buttons.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-13

MU-14

[6-3-2]

TRANSITION TIME

Command for setting the transition time to each economy mode from the last operations on this equipment.

(1)

Select the time to start shift to [Screen Saver] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).

(2)

Select the time to start shift to [Stand-By] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).

(3)

Select the time to start shift to [Sleep] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[6-3-3]

SCHEDULER

Command for setting the economy mode for one week (by day and time).

(1)

Select [ECONOMY MODE] or [NONE ECONOMY].

(2)

Select the starting time (day/time).

(3)

Select the ending time (day/time).

• “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” and “[6-3-3] SCHEDULER” can be set individually, and the closed hours set at either can be set to the economy mode. • If the same time is set in both settings, “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” will be given priority.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-14

MU-15

[7]

SET ALARM

[7-1]

SET ALARM

Command for setting alarm.

[Alarm]: ON [Volume]: HIGH

(1)

Select the alarm. [ON]/[PULSE]/[OFF]

(2)

Select the volume. [HIGH]/[MEDIUM]/[LOW]

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[7-2]

KEY TOUCH

Command for setting key touch tone.

[Key touch tone]: ON [Volume]: LOW

(1)

Select the key touch tone. [ON]/[OFF]

(2)

Select the volume. [HIGH]/[MEDIUM]/[LOW]

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-15

MU-16

[8]

AUTOMATED F.D.C.

Command for setting automatic density correction execution.

[By each film lot No.]

(1)

Select the timing to execute automatic density correction. [By each film pack]/[By each film lot No.]/[None]

• [By each film pack] : Automatic density correction is executed when film pack is replaced. • [By each film lot No.]: Automatic density correction is executed when film lot number is changed.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[9]

SET DATE/TIME

Command for setting the system date and time.

(1)

Enter the system date and time (year/month/day/hour/minute).

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-16

MU-17

[10]

ECONOMY MODE

This menu is provided in main unit software version A02 or earlier.

This function consists of three modes; [SCREEN SAVER], [STAND-BY], and [SLEEP]. • [SCREEN SAVER] : Turns OFF the backlight of the operation panel. • [STAND-BY] : [SCREEN SAVER] function, decreases the temperature level, and turns OFF motor excitation. • [SLEEP] : [STAND-BY] function, and turns OFF temperature adjustment.

If shifted to the [SLEEP], recovery takes the same time as the start of the equipment at power ON.

[10-1]

SET TIME

Command for setting the time to shift to each economy mode.

• The time to start shift can be set in increments of 15 minutes up to 120 minutes. • Under the following conditions, the equipment will recover from the economy mode to the idle state. • When the equipment is started by SCHEDULER. • When printing is started by client. • User operations (Touch of screen) • When errors occur.

(1)

Select the time to start shift to [SCREEN SAVER] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).

(2)

Select the time to start shift to [STAND-BY] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).

(3)

Select the time to start shift to [SLEEP] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).

The changes made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-17

MU-18

[10-2]

SCHEDULER

Command for setting the economy mode for one week (by day and time).

If [SET TIME] and [SCHEDULER] of the economy mode have been set, [SCHEDULER] will be executed with priority.

(1)

Select [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP].

(2)

Select the starting time (day/time).

(3)

Select the ending time (day/time).

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[10-3]

SAVE POWER

Command to be set when executing [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP] immediately.

If [SCHEDULER] has been set, it will be executed with priority. (Even if the other mode on this menu is set)

(1)

Select [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP]. → The mode selected will be executed immediately.

The changes made will be effective immediately.

[11]

SOFTWARE VERSION

Command for displaying the software version.

(1)

Check the software version.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-18

MU-19

[12]

REPRINT

This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

Command for reprinting images output in the past.

To execute this menu, there is a need to set [Reprint Function] to “Enable” for each modality using the M-Utility or DPX7 PC Tool beforehand. “3. M-Utility [1-1-2-3] Reprint Function”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-3-1-12] Reprint”, “5.3 Setting Reprint”

The image storage area for HDD reprints is 6 Gbyte. (Storage time is about 1 week)

Before executing this menu, check that there are no print queues remaining inside the equipment. If remaining, and these images are not required, delete using [PRINT QUEUE] of the U-Utility.

(1)

Touch [REPRINT]. → The date of the oldest image stored is displayed.

(2)

Enter the user ID.

The default user ID is “1111”, and this can be changed using the DPX7 PC Tool.

(3)

Enter the print ID to be reprinted.

Enter the print ID printed as the annotation on the film.

(4)

Set the number of copies. → Images are reprinted after the U-Utility ends.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-19

MU-20

[13]

ANIMATION

This menu is provided in main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

Command for setting the display speed of animation during film loading and removal of jammed film.

(1)

Touch the [Slow] or [Fast] button and set the display speed. The display speed can be set in nine levels.

(2)

[ENTER]

(3)

To check the display speed, touch [PREVIEW]. → The test window appears and preview animation is displayed.

The changes made will be effective when the [ENTER] button is touched.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-20

MU-21

[14]

QC

• This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. • To execute this menu, there is a need to set [QC] to “Enable” using the M-Utility or DPX7 PC Tool beforehand. “3. M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/QC”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-2-9-13] QC”, “5.2 Setting the Image QC Function”.

[14-1]

QC TEST PATTERN

Command for printing test patterns and displaying/saving density values measured by the built-in densitometer of the equipment.

(1)

Enter the user ID.

The default value of the user ID is “1111”, and this can be changed using the DPX7 PC Tool.

(2)

[QC TEST PATTERN]

(3)

Select the film tray. [TRAY 1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(4)

[EXECUTE] → The QC test pattern is printed, and the measured density values are displayed on the operation panel.

(5)

Select [SAVE]/[CANCEL]. • [SAVE] : The measured results are saved, and the tray selection window is returned. • [CANCEL]: The measured results are not saved, and the tray selection window is returned.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-21

MU-22

[14-2]

HISTORY

Command for displaying the QC measurement results, and correcting these results based on the printed QC test pattern.

(1)

Execute “[14-1] QC TEST PATTERN”.

(2)

[HISTORY]

(3)

Select data, and select [SELECT]/[DELETE]. • [SELECT] : Details of [Result in detail] of the selected data are displayed. For [Result: FAIL], the background will be displayed in red. • [DELETE] : The data selected is deleted.

(4)

If [SELECT] is selected, set [EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER], [FORMAT], and [ARTIFACTS].

[14-2-1]

EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER

(1)

Measure “Density 1”, “Density 2”, and “Density 3” of the QC test pattern using the external densitometer.

(2)

Enter the 100 times values of “Density 1” measured using the external densitometer.

(3)

Enter the 100 times values of “Density 2” measured using the external densitometer.

(4)

Enter the 100 times values of “Density 3” measured using the external densitometer.

(5)

[ENTER] → The measured values of the external densitometer set are displayed at the [Result in detail] window. If these new values exceed the established criteria, the background is displayed in red.

[14-2-2]

FORMAT

(1)

Measure [Format A] and [Format B] of the QC test pattern.

(2)

Enter the 10 times value (mm) of [Format A] measured.

(3)

Enter the 10 times value (mm) of [Format B] measured.

(4)

[ENTER] → The measured values of the external densitometer set are displayed at the [Result in detail] window. If these new values exceed the established criteria, the background is displayed in red.

[14-2-3] (1)

ARTIFACTS Select the artifact.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-22

MU-23

[14-3]

SETTINGS

Command for setting the baseline values and established criteria, at [BUILT-IN DENSITOMETER], [EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER], and [FORMAT] for each film tray.

(1)

[QC]

(2)

Enter the user ID.

The default user ID is “1111”, and this can be changed using the DPX7 PC Tool.

(3)

[QC SETTINGS]

(4)

Set [BUILT-IN DENSITOMETER], [EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER], and [FORMAT].

[14-3-1]

BUILT-IN DENSITOMETER

(1)

[TRAY 1]

(2)

[DENSITY 1]

(3)

Enter the 100 times value of the baseline values of density 1.

(4)

Enter the 100 times value of the established criteria of density 1.

(5)

Perform the above procedure for [DENSITY 2] and [DENSITY 3].

(6)

Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].

[14-3-2]

EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER

(1)

[TRAY 1]

(2)

[DENSITY 1]

(3)

Enter the 100 times value of the baseline values of density 1.

(4)

Enter the 100 times value of the established criteria of density 1.

(5)

Perform the above procedure for [DENSITY 2] and [DENSITY 3].

(6)

Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-23

MU-24

[14-3-3]

FORMAT

(1)

[TRAY 1]

(2)

[FORMAT A]

(3)

Enter the 10 times value of the baseline values of format A.

(4)

Enter the 10 times value of the established criteria of format A.

(5)

Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].

(6)

Perform the above procedure for [FORMAT B].

Format baseline values by film size (Allowable range: 5%) 35x43 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 406.0 mm 26x36 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm 20x25 cm: Format A; 156.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm 25x30 cm: Format A; 202.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm

[15]

MAMMO.QC

This menu is provided in the main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.

Command for outputting the pattern for Mammo QC.

• To execute this menu, there is a need to set the Mammo QC function to “Enable” using the M-Utility or DPX7 PC Tool beforehand. “3. M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/Mammo.QC”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-2-9-16] MammoQC”. • For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment, “MammoQCTest” is registered as default. If the version has been upgraded from an earlier version, read equipment data and add and register new clients. “5.14 Settings for Using MammoQC Function After Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from V6.0/V12.0 or Earlier to V7.0/V13.0”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-24

MU-25

(1)

Select the test pattern.

Selecting NEMA (National Manufacturers Association), EUREF (European Reference Frame) enables output of the mammo QC pattern complying with the respective standards. • NEMA : Refer to the separate “Mammo QC Operation Manual” when using. • EUREF : In the EU, individual standards are set down by country based on the EUREF standards, use according to the status of the country installed in.

● When [NEMA] is Selected for the Mammo QC Function: [TG18-QC]/ [TG18-PQC]/ [17-Steps]/ [Grid]/ [Spatial Resolution] ● When [EUREF] is Selected for the Mammo QC Function: [TG18-QC]/ [TG18-PQC]/ [TG18-PQC(HIGH)]/ [TG18-UN80]/ [TG18-UN10]/ [TG18UNL80]/ [TG18-UNL10]

• [TG18-PQC] : 10 pix/mm, no enlargement/reduction • [TG18-PQC(HIGH)] : 20 pix/mm, no enlargement/reduction • [Spatial Resolution] : No enlargement/reduction

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY 1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

Limit the output size of [TG18-QC] and [17-Steps] to 26x36 cm, 25x30 cm, or 20x25 cm size because an output in 35x43 cm size does not have sufficient density in its maximum density area (Dmax 3.6).

(3)

Select the [LUT2].

• The LUT number should be selected only when the following is selected: [TG18-QC]/ [TG18-PQC]/ [TG18-PQC(HIGH)]/ [TG18-UN80]/ [TG18-UN10]/ [TG18-UNL80]/ [TG18UNL10] • For [17-Steps]/[Grid]/[Spatial Resolution], the film is output in Dmax=3.6 and Dmin=0.2, without any tone processing.

(4)

Check the output results.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-25

MU-26

2.4

Other Functions

2.4.1

Displaying Printing Jobs and Job Operations

Use of this function allows jobs to be displayed and processed from the operation panel without the use of the U-Utility, even during printing. Main functions include display of detailed job information, priority printing, and deletion.

This menu is provided in main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

(1)

If print jobs have accumulated in the equipment, touch the hard disk icon on the operation panel. #1 [Touch] Hard disk icon

FP7U0202.EPS

→ Jobs accumulated in the equipment are listed.

(2) (3)

To display detailed job information, specify the desired job and touch [DETAIL]. → Detailed information of the selected job is displayed. Perform the following procedure at the job list screen or job details screen. • To perform priority printing, select [URGENT PRINT]. • To delete a job, select [DELETE]. • To update the display to the latest, select [REFRESH].

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-26

MU-27

2.4.2

Acquisition of Log Data by User

The user can save log data for equipment analysis in the HDD of the equipment.

• This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. • To execute this menu, there is a need to set [Logging by User] to “ON” using the M-Utility or DPX7 PC Tool beforehand. “3. M-Utility [1-3-4] Logging by User”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-2-9-12] BackupLog”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC2-3] Log”

(1)

With the equipment in the idling state, touch the part on the operation panel indicated in the following figure for three seconds. #1 [Touch] For three seconds

FP7U0210.EPS

→ The “Under Logging” message appears on the operation panel and log data is saved in the HDD of the equipment. This may up to five minutes according to the log information volume.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-27

MU-28

3.

M-UTILITY (MAINTENANCE UTILITY)

3.1

M-Utility Menu Tree

M-Utility [ 1 ] System Management [ 1-1 ] System Config. [ 1-1-1 ] Set Date/time [ 1-1-2 ] Set Parameters [ 1-1-2-1 ] Set Tray [ 1-1-2-2 ] Sorter Setting [ 1-1-2-3 ] Reprint Function (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)

[ 1-1-2-4 ] Option [ 1-1-2-5 ] Select Dmax [ 1-1-2-6 ] Set ML Dmax (Main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later) [ 1-1-3 ] Initialize [ 1-1-3-1 ] Recover [ 1-1-3-2 ] Save Config. [ 1-1-3-3 ] Initialization [ 1-1-4 ] Check Files [ 1-1-5 ] Check Version [ 1-1-6 ] Set Counters [ 1-1-7 ] Reboot [ 1-1-8 ] Reload Software [ 1-2 ] Print Queue [ 1-3 ] Log Files [ 1-3-1 ] Display Error Log [ 1-3-2 ] Clear [ 1-3-3 ] Store Log Files [ 1-3-4 ] Logging by User (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) A1

B1 FP7U7301.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-28

MU-29 A1

B1

[ 1-4 ] Network [ 1-4-1 ] Set Network [ 1-4-1-1 ] AE-title [ 1-4-1-2 ] Fine PRT AE-title [ 1-4-1-3 ] Port No. [ 1-4-1-4 ] IP Address [ 1-4-1-5 ] SubNetMask [ 1-4-1-6 ] Gateway [ 1-4-1-7 ] Hostname [ 1-4-2 ] Test Network (Main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) [ 1-4-3 ] Set DICOM (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) [ 1-5 ] Set Main Panel [ 1-5-1 ] Select Language [ 1-5-2 ] Size Information [ 1-5-3 ] Set Alarm [ 1-5-4 ] Set Key Touch Tone [ 1-5-5 ] ANIMATION (Main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) [ 1-5-6 ] Sound Test [ 1-5-7 ] Icon Positioning [ 1-5-8 ] Show Position [ 1-6 ] Economy Mode

[ 2 ] Output Film [ 2-1 ] 24-Steps [ 2-2 ] 17-Steps [ 2-3 ] Flat [ 2-4 ] Cleaning [ 2-5 ] Grid [ 2-6 ] Film out to Sorter [ 2-7 ] Uniformity [ 2-8 ] SMPTE [ 2-9 ] User Settable (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) [ 2-10 ] Spatial Resolution (Main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later) A2 FP7U7302.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-29

MU-30 A2

[ 3 ] F.D.C. [ 3-1 ] AUTO F.D.C. [ 3-2 ] Check Density [ 3-3 ] 24-Steps [ 3-4 ] Manual F.D.C. [ 3-5 ] Densitometer [ 3-5-1 ] 24-Steps [ 3-5-2 ] Calibration [ 3-5-3 ] Clear Calib. Table [ 3-5-4 ] DM Sensor Monitoring [ 3-6 ] Uniformity [ 3-6-1 ] Clear Table [ 3-6-2 ] Input

[ 4 ] Check Scanner [ 4-1 ] Polygonal Motor [ 4-2 ] LD [ 4-3 ] Adjusting Main Scanner [ 4-3-1 ] Scanning Width [ 4-3-2 ] Scanning Position [ 4-3-3 ] Display Adjustment [ 4-3-4 ] Initialize Scanner [ 4-4 ] Diagnosis [ 4-4-1 ] Initial Check [ 4-4-2 ] PRN Board Test

[ 5 ] Check Mechanism [ 5-1 ] Film Removing [ 5-1-1 ] Unlock Tray [ 5-1-2 ] Set Remain. Films [ 5-1-3 ] Unit Operation [ 5-2 ] Motor Operation [ 5-2-1 ] Motor Operation [ 5-2-2 ] Adjusting Subscanner [ 5-3 ] Grip [ 5-4 ] Other Actuators [ 5-5 ] Positioning Film [ 5-6 ] Sensor Monitor A3

B3 FP7U7303.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-30

MU-31 A3

B3

[ 5-7 ] Other [ 5-7-1 ] Board FAN [ 5-7-2 ] Serial I/F [ 5-7-3 ] HDD Test [ 5-7-4 ] DPRAM Test [ 5-7-5 ] Inter Board Test [ 5-7-6 ] Barcode Test [ 5-8 ] Sorter Unit [ 5-8-1 ] Motor MT1 [ 5-8-2 ] Solenoids [ 5-8-3 ] Sensor Monitor

[ 6 ] Heat-Developer [ 6-1 ] Temperature [ 6-2 ] Heating [ 6-3 ] Fan Operation [ 6-4 ] Temp. Control [ 6-5 ] Set Heater Temp.

[ 7 ] Skip Initialize [ 7-1 ] Eject Film Remaining [ 7-2 ] Initialize & Heating Up [ 7-3 ] Initialize Developer FP7U7304.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-31

MU-32

3.2

Starting and Ending the M-Utility

■ Starting the M-Utility ● Starting from the Initialization Processing Mode After turning ON the power of the equipment, the startup display will be displayed for about 1 minute and 30 seconds, after which the software version number will be displayed for about 15 seconds. While the software version number is displayed, touch (1) below, and then [UTILITY]. (1) Touch left top of display

(2) Touch [UTILITY]

Touching the operation panel after the software version number disappears is invalid. In this case, restart the equipment, display the software version number, or enter the routine mode and then start the M-Utility.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-32

MU-33 ● Starting from the Routine Mode (1) Touch left top of display

(2) Touch [UTILITY]

● Starting from the Error Indication Mode (1) Touch left top of display

(2) Touch [UTILITY] ■ Ending the M-Utility At the M-Utility top menu, touch the [EXIT] button on the operation panel.

If the state of the equipment changes, re-initialization is carried out after the M-Utility ends.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-33

MU-34

3.3

Details of M-Utility Commands

[1]

System Management

[1-1]

System Config.

[1-1-1]

Set Date/time

Same as “[9] SET DATE/TIME” of the U-Utility.

[1-1-2]

Set Parameters

[1-1-2-1] Set Tray

Command for setting film used per film tray.

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the film size. [14x17 (35x43cm)]/[14x14 (35x35cm)]/[10x14 (26x36cm)]/[10x12 (25x30cm)]/[8x10 (20x25cm)]/[Disable]

Do not select [14x14 (35x35cm)].

(3)

Select the film base color. [Clear base/HL]/[Blue base/HL]/[Blue base/ML]

[Blue base/ML] is available from main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.

When films are loaded incorrectly, error message detected by BCR is displayed.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-34

MU-35

[1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting

Command for setting whether a sorter is connected.

[Without Sorter]

(1)

Select whether to use sorter or not. [With Sorter]/[Without Sorter]

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-1-2-3] Reprint Function

Command for enabling/disabling the reprinting function of images output in the past using the U-Utility. “2. U-Utility [12] Reprint”, “5.3 Setting Reprint”

This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

[OFF]

(1) (2)

Select the clients for reprinting using the arrow buttons. Switch between enable/disable using the [ON/OFF] button. • [ON] : Enables the reprinting function. • [OFF] : Disables the reprinting function.

To enable this function, there is a need to register the user ID using the DPX7 PC Tool and set macro (%REPRINT%) at Annotation settings. “5.1 Registering User ID”, “5.4 Setting Annotation”

The settings made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-35

MU-36

[1-1-2-4] Option

Command for setting the software options of the equipment.

[User Settable], [Operation After Film Loading], and [QC] are available from main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. [Spatial Resolution], [Warning at system start] are available from main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later. [Mammo.QC] is available from main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.

• [Automated F.D.C.] : For setting the timing for automatic execution of automatic density correction • [17-Steps Pattern] : For setting whether or not to select 17-step pattern test printing at [Test Pattern] of the UUtility. • [User Settable] : For setting whether or not to select test printing of user settable images at [Test Pattern] of the U-Utility. • [Operation After Film Loading] : For setting whether to enable resetting of films if film packs differs from the base color set are set. • [QC] : For enabling/disabling the image QC function • [Spatial Resolution] : For setting whether or not to select spatial resolution pattern test printing (for checking 20 pix/mm recording) at [Test Pattern] of the U-Utility. (This menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.) • [Warning at system start] : In the case the shutter is inserted at the time the equipment is started, for setting whether to warn the user to remove the shutter or to disable use of the film tray without warning. (This menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.) For the equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later, the equipment can be started without disabling use of the film tray because the shutter presence check can be skipped. • [Mammo.QC] : For setting whether or not to enable Mammo QC function and for setting the value (NEMA/ EUREF) when enabled. (This menu is provided in main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.)

[Automated F.D.C.: By each film lot No.], [17-Steps Pattern: Disable], [User Settable: Disable], [Operation After Film Loading: Enable], [QC: Disable], [Spatial Resolution: Disable], [Warning at system start: Enable], [Mammo.QC: Disable]

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-36

MU-37

(1)

Select one of the following at [Automated F.D.C.]. [By each film lot No.]/[By each film pack]/[None]

(2)

Select one of the following at [17-Steps Pattern]. [Enable]/[Disable]

(3)

Select one of the following at [User Settable]. [Enable]/[Disable]

(4)

Select one of the following at [Operation After Film Loading]. [Enable]/[Disable]

(5)

Select one of the following at [QC]. [Enable]/[Disable]

(6)

Select one of the following at [Spatial Resolution]. [Enable]/[Disable]

(7)

Select one of the following at [Warning at system start]. • [Enable] : Warn the user. • [Disable] : Do not warn the user. • [Ignore] : Ignore the shutter.

When [Ignore] is selected, the equipment will start normally if started with the shutter inserted. However when print request is sent to the film on the film tray inserted with the shutter, “Shutter present error” will be displayed. In this case, removing the shutter clears the error and resumes printing.

(8)

Select one of the following at [Mammo.QC]. [Disable]/[NEMA]/[EUREF]

Selecting NEMA (National Manufacturers Association), EUREF (European Reference Frame) enables output of the mammo QC pattern complying with the respective standards. • NEMA : Refer to the separate “Mammo QC Operation Manual” when using. • EUREF : In the EU, individual standards are set down by country based on the EUREF standards, use according to the status of the country installed in.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-37

MU-37.1

[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax

Command for setting the Dmax selected using commands such as [Output Film] of the M-Utility.

[2.64/3.0/3.6]

(1)

Select three Dmax values. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Settings cannot be ended until three Dmax values have been selected.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-37.1

MU-37.2

[1-1-2-6] Set ML Dmax

Command for setting whether to print by Dmax of the image sent when the DI-ML film is loaded.

• This menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later. • This setting applies not only to each individual film tray, but to all film trays.

[Real Dmax on film: 3.6], [Requested Dmax less than 3.6: Reject]

(1)

Select [Real Dmax on film]. • [3.6] : When print request above Dmax 3.6 is received, prints at Dmax 3.6 and above on the DI-ML film. • [4.0] : When print request above Dmax 3.6 is received, prints at Dmax 4.0 and above on the DI-ML film.

If the same size DI-HL film and DI-ML film are loaded, and the print request is less than Dmax 3.6, prints from the DI-HL film.

(2)

Select [Requested Dmax less than 3.6]. • [Accept] : If the print request is less than Dmax 3.6 and DI-HL film is run out, DI-ML film is used. • [Reject] : If the print request is less than Dmax 3.6, DI-ML film is not used.

If the same size DI-HL film and DI-ML film are loaded, and [Reject] is selected, the film replenish screen will be displayed when the DI-HL film runs out.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-37.2

MU-37.3

[1-1-3]

Initialize

[1-1-3-1] Recover

Command for returning various configuration settings to the saved state using “[1-1-32] Save Config.”. Also used for initializing some data managed by the system.

• To execute this menu, save the various configuration settings beforehand using “[1-1-3-2] Save Config.”. • The initialized data are as follows. • Remaining film count • User counter • Total counter • Error log

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : The various configuration settings saved are recovered. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted. • Unloaded film trays are not displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-37.3

MU-37.4 BLANK PAGE

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-37.4

MU-38

[1-1-3-2] Save Config.

Command for saving various configuration settings (system state after installation).

The various configuration settings saved on this menu can be returned to the state when saved using “[1-1-3-1] Recover”.

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : The current system state is saved in the internal HD. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-1-3-3] Initialization

Command for executing initialization of various set information and returning default values set at shipment.

Executing this menu initializes the following data other than the data initialized using “[1-1-3-1] Recover”. • Various configuration data • Data on whether I/O tracer is executed

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : Initialization is executed. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-38

MU-39

[1-1-4]

Check Files

Command for displaying system file list.

• Only application software files can be displayed. • Files are displayed in alphabetical order.

(1)

Select [Check All] or [Check Individual]. → The corresponding files are displayed.

● Example of Display

[1-1-5]

Check Version

Command for displaying software/hardware version list. ● Example of Display

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-39

MU-40

[1-1-6]

Set Counters

Same as “[5] SET COUNTERS” of the U-Utility.

[1-1-7]

Reboot

If the equipment needs to be rebooted after completing command settings, execute this menu and reboot the equipment. Even if the “Abnormal Operations” errors occurred, execute this menu and reboot the equipment. (This is possible only when the M-Utility can be operated.) “TROUBLESHOOTING (MT), 4.1 Abnormal Operations”

(1) (2)

Select [Reboot All]. Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : After “Wait for a while.” appears, the equipment is rebooted. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-40

MU-41

[1-1-8]

Reload Software

Command for installing various software on the HD in the MCT board. These softwares need to be re-installed after replacing the MCT board. Re-install in the order of “INST (PRT)” (Printer installer) → “OS (PRT)” (Printer OS) → “APPL (PRT)” (Printer applications). • Printer applications/Printer OS: When the software version has been changed or software errors occur in the conveyor unit, heat development unit, or density measurement section, reload the software. • Printer installer: When the software version of the installer has been changed or software errors occur before reinstalling the above printer applications/printer OS, reload the software.

The following shows the times required for software installation. • INST (PRT) : Approx. 20 seconds • OS (PRT) : Approx. 15 seconds • APPL (PRT) : Approx. 1 minute

CAUTION To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting must be set to “Disable” beforehand. After completion of reinstallation procedure, return this setting to “Enable”. This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later. (1)

Select the installation type. [APPL (PRT)]/[OS (PRT)]/[INST (PRT)]

(2)

Select [ENT] or [QUIT].

(3)

[ENT]

(4)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : Installation starts. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-2]

Print Queue

Same as “[4] PRINT QUEUE” of the U-Utility.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-41

MU-42

[1-3]

Log Files

[1-3-1]

Display Error Log

Command for displaying error log list.

(1)

Display the error log list. → The date of occurrence, place of occurrence, error code, and detailed error code are displayed.

● Example of Display

[1-3-2]

Clear

Command for deleting error logs.

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : All logs are deleted. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The settings made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-42

MU-43

[1-3-3]

Store Log Files

Command for saving data files for analysis saved on the PC board in the HDD.

• The data for analysis which will be saved are as follows. • Error logs and text files of various setting information • Communication logs (external input/formatter/formatter to printer/printer ISC) • The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution.

(1)

Select [EXECUTE]. → The corresponding files are saved on the HD.

(2)

Check the results. → [Completed] appears.

[1-3-4]

Logging by User

Command for saving log data for equipment analysis in the HDD of the equipment by user operations. “2.4.2 Acquisition of Log Data by User”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [2-3] Log”

This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

[Disable]

(1)

Select [ON] or [OFF]. • [ON] : Enables log data acquisition by the user. • [OFF] : Disables log data acquisition by the user.

The settings made will be effective immediately.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-43

MU-44

[1-4]

Network

[1-4-1]

Set Network

CAUTION Perform Set Network menu settings after disconnecting the network cables. Reconnect after completing settings and rebooting the equipment. If Set Network menu settings have been performed, the security will be vulnerable temporarily.

[1-4-1-1] AE-title

Command for setting the printer name for 10 pix/mm recording.

“DRYPIX”

(1)

Enter the AE title (fixed at 16 digits).

If entering less than 16 digits, enter spaces to make up 16 digits.

• The allowable characters for the AE title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code table. • The following are not accepted. • All spaces • Space for the first digit

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-44

MU-45

[1-4-1-2] Fine PRT AE-title

Command for setting the name of the printer for 20 pix/mm recording.

“DRYPIXHIGH”

(1)

Enter the AE Title (fixed at 16 digits).

If entering less than 16 digits, enter spaces to make up 16 digits.

• The allowable characters for the AE title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code table. • The following are not accepted. • All spaces • Space for the first digit

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-4-1-3] Port No.

Command for setting the port number used on the network.

“104”

(1)

Enter the port number (decimal).

Input range: 0 to 65535

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-45

MU-46

[1-4-1-4] IP Address

Command for setting the IP address used on the network.

If the main unit software version is V10.0 or V10.1, the network must be in the enabled state (network cable is connected, and HUB power is ON) when the equipment is started after IP address setting. If the network is not enabled when the equipment is started, communication will not be possible even though the same display as normal start is displayed. In this case, enable use of the network and then start up the equipment again.

“172.016.001.040”

(1)

Enter the IP address (decimal).

• Input range: 000 to 255 • The following are not accepted. • “000.000.000.000” • “255.255.255.255”

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-4-1-5] SubNetMask

Command for setting the subnet mask used on the network.

“255.255.000.000”

(1)

Enter the subnet mask (decimal).

• Input range: 000 to 255 • If no value is entered, it will be set as “000.000.000.000”.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-46

MU-47

[1-4-1-6] Gateway

Command for setting the gateway address used on the network.

None

(1)

Enter the gateway address (decimal).

• Input range: 000 to 255 • Unaccepted: 255.255.255.255 • If no value is entered or entered as “000.000.000.000”, it will be taken as unset.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-4-1-7] Hostname

Command for setting the host name used on the network.

“fujiprinter”

(1)

Enter the host name (maximum 16 digits).

• The allowable characters for the host name are alphabets (upper and lower cases), numbers, and hyphen “-”. • The following are unaccepted. • Space • Less than 2 characters • First character is a number.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-47

MU-48

[1-4-2]

Test Network

Command for checking network connection with the connected equipment using Ping.

This menu is provided in main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

(1)

Touch the [IP Address] button.

(2)

Enter the IP address of the equipment to be checked. → [ENT]

Enter three digits each time for the IP address. Input example: For “111.22.3.44”, enter “111.022.003.044”

(3)

[ENT] → The test to check network connections is executed. If connection is normal, the following screen (example) displayed.

[1-4-3]

Set DICOM

Command for setting the filtering of DICOM communication logs. “5.6 Displaying Logs by Client (Filtering DICOM Communication Logs)”

This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-48

MU-49

[OFF]

(1)

Select the client for the filtering using the arrow buttons.

(2)

Switch between enable/disable using the [ON/OFF] button. • [ON] : Enables the filtering function. • [OFF] : Disables the filtering function.

The settings made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-5]

Set Main Panel

[1-5-1]

Select Language

Command for setting the display language of the operation panel.

[English]

(1)

Select the display language. [Japanese]/[English]/[German]/[French]/[Italian]/[Swedish]/[Spanish]/[Danish]/ [Norwegian]/[Portuguese]/[Greek]/[Finnish]/[Dutch]/[Chinese (Simplified)]/[Chinese (Traditional)]/[Korean]

To display [Chinese (Simplified)]/[Chinese (Traditional)]/[Korean], use an equipment installed with main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later at shipment, or replace with an HDD installed with these fonts (114Y5396101A03/A04/A05/A07/A10, 114Y5396105B01/B02/B05/B08).

Correspondence between the HDD version and the main unit software version: 114Y5396101A03 : software version A03 114Y5396105B01 : software version V10.0 114Y5396101A04 : software version A04 114Y5396105B02 : software version V10.1 114Y5396101A05 : software version V4.1 114Y5396105B05 : software version V11.0 114Y5396101A07 : software version V5.0 114Y5396105B08 : software version V13.0 114Y5396101A10 : software version V7.0

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-49

MU-50

[1-5-2]

Size Information

Command for setting the display type of the film size displayed on the operation panel.

[inch]

(1)

Select the display type. [inch]/[cm]/[Japanese]

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

[1-5-3]

Set Alarm

Same as “[7-1] SET ALARM” of the U-Utility.

[1-5-4]

Set Key Touch Tone

Same as “[7-2] KEY TOUCH” of the U-Utility.

[1-5-5]

ANIMATION

Same as “[13] ANIMATION” of the U-Utility.

[1-5-6]

Sound Test

Command for testing the buzzer sound function of the operation panel.

(1)

Select [ON] or [OFF].

(2)

[ON] → [ENT] → The buzzer sounds.

(3)

[OFF] → The buzzer stops.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-50

MU-51

[1-5-7]

Icon Positioning

Command for correcting the deviation of the LCD display position on the operation panel and touched position on the touch panel.

Execute this menu if the operation panel has been replaced.

(1)

Select [Calibration].

(2)

Select [Start].

(3)

Using a pen, etc., touch the two intersections of operation panel.

(4)

If touched correctly, select [Exit (OK)]. → Position is corrected.

(5)

If the intersections were not touched correctly, select [Cancel] and repeat from step (2).

(6)

To return this command to its default, select [default].

(7)

[Continue] → Return to the previous display.

mark displayed on the

The settings will be effective immediately.

[1-5-8]

Show Position

Command for testing the touch coordinates of the operation panel.

(1)

Using a pen, etc., touch the operation panel. Check that “ ” is displayed correctly at the touched position. If not displayed correctly, execute “[1-5-7] Icon Positioning”.

[1-6]

Economy Mode

The same as “[6] ECONOMY MODE” of the U-Utility. (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) The same as “[10] ECONOMY MODE” of the U-Utility. (Main unit software version A02 or earlier)

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-51

MU-52

[2]

Output Film

[2-1]

24-Steps

Command for printing the 24-steps pattern.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(3)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-52

MU-53

[2-2]

17-Steps

Command for printing the 17-steps pattern.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the tone type. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-53

MU-54

[2-3]

Flat

Command for printing the flat pattern.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set and flat density value will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the tone type. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Enter the flat density value (1 to 399).

(5)

Check the printing results.

[2-4]

Cleaning

Command for printing the cleaning film.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(3)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-54

MU-55

[2-5]

Grid

Command for printing the grid pattern.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the tone type. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-55

MU-56

[2-6]

Film out to Sorter

Command for printing flat patterns and discharging to the sorter.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.) • This command can be executed only when “[1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting” is set to “With Sorter”. • For this command, initialize the sorter just before starting the first printing job. • If the start bin number and end bin number are the same, films will be printed to the same bin. In other cases, films will be discharged to each bin sequentially starting from the start bin. After discharging to the 10th bin, films will be discharged starting from 1st bin again. • The flat pattern density is fixed at 120 and the tone type at 3.0.

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Enter the printing start bin number (1 to 10).

(3)

Enter the printing end bin number (1 to 10).

(4)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(5)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-56

MU-57

[2-7]

Uniformity

Command for printing the uniformity measurement pattern.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the tone type. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-57

MU-58

[2-8]

SMPTE

Command for printing the SMPTE pattern.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the AE Title.

(3)

Select the number of image matrix. [1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]

(4)

Select the LUT number. [LUT1]/[LUT2]/[LUT3]/[LUT4]/[LUT5]/[LUT6]/[LUT7]/[LUT8]

(5)

Select the interpolation type. [SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]

(6)

Select the interpolation algorithm/method. [CUBIC]/[NONE]

(7)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(8)

Check the printing results.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-58

MU-59

[2-9]

User Settable

Command for printing the User Settable pattern (user data image). “2. U-Utility [2] TEST PATTERN”

• This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. • For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, the grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD. • To print the desired User Settable pattern, save the user settable image in the equipment beforehand. “3. M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option”, “5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Images”

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the AE Title.

(3)

Select the number of image matrix. [1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]

(4)

Select the LUT number. [LUT1]/[LUT2]/[LUT3]/[LUT4]/[LUT5]/[LUT6]/[LUT7]/[LUT8]

(5)

Select the interpolation type. [SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]

(6)

Select the interpolation algorithm/method. [CUBIC]/[NONE]

(7)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(8)

Check the printing results.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-59

MU-60

[2-10]

Spatial Resolution

Command for printing the Spatial Resolution pattern (for checking 20 pix/mm recording). “2. U-Utility [2] TEST PATTERN”

This menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to film output.)

[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the tone type. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Check the printing results.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-60

MU-61

[3]

F.D.C.

[3-1]

AUTO F.D.C.

Command for printing 24-steps patterns and calculating the 24-steps density correction value from the density data measured by the density measurement section.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The number of prints is fixed at 1.

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

To change the shift value for high density correction, select [Dmax ↑ ↓ ]. [4] to [-3]

(3)

Check the results of execution.

The settings will be effective immediately.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-61

MU-62

[3-2]

Check Density

Command for printing 17-steps pattern, and displaying 17-steps data measured by the density measurement section on the operation panel.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected. • The number of prints is fixed at 1.

● Reference Values Step

Dmax 2.64

Dmax 3.0

Dmax 3.3

Dmax 3.6

1

fog

fog

fog

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

5

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

6

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

7

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

8

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

9

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

10

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

11

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

12

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

13

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

14

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

15

2.28 ±0.07

2.40 ±0.10

2.40 ±0.10

2.43 ±0.10

16

2.46 ±0.07

2.70 ±0.10

2.70 ±0.10

2.95 ±0.10

17

2.64 ±0.07

3.00 ±0.10

3.30 ±0.20

3.60 ±0.20 TP7B0701.EPS

[Dmax: 2.64]

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Select the tone type. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.

(3)

Check the results of execution. → The measured density of each step of the pattern is displayed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-62

MU-63

[3-3]

24-Steps

Command for displaying the 24-steps density data measured by “[3-1] AUTO F.D.C.” on the operation panel.

If the equipment is rebooted after executing “[3-1] AUTO F.D.C.”, the 24-steps density data (that displayed on the operation panel) will be deleted.

[3-4]

Manual F.D.C.

Command for entering the 24-steps density value measured using the external densitometer, and creating density correction information.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays are rejected.

(1)

Measure the films printed using “[2-1] 24-Steps” using the external densitometer.

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(3)

Enter the density values (1 to 399) of each step of the pattern measured at step (1).

The specified values of the input range of each step are as follows. • Should be between 0 and 399. • Should be above the density value of the previous step of the pattern.

(4)

Check the input value of each step of the pattern, and start correction. → “Wait for a while.” appears.

(5)

Check the results of execution. → “Completed.” appears on the display.

The settings will be effective immediately.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-63

MU-64

[3-5]

Densitometer

[3-5-1]

24-Steps

Command for printing the 24-steps pattern and measuring the density values.

• • • •

Unloaded film trays are not displayed. Degeneration film trays are rejected. The number of prints is fixed at 1. The measured results are recorded internally.

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Check the results of execution. → “Completed.” appears on the display.

The settings will be effective immediately.

[3-5-2]

Calibration

Command for creating densitometer calibration tables for calibrating the built-in densitometer.

To execute this menu, “[3-5-1] 24-Steps” needs to be executed first.

(1)

Measure the films printed by “[3-5-1] 24-Steps” using an external reference densitometer.

(2)

Enter the density values (1 to 399) of each step of the pattern measured at step (1).

(3)

Check the input value of each step of the pattern, and start correction. → “Wait for a while.” appears.

(4)

Check the results of execution. → “Completed.” appears on the display.

The settings will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-64

MU-65

[3-5-3]

Clear Calib. Table

Command for initializing the densitometer calibration table linearly.

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : The calibration table is cleared. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The settings will be effective immediately.

[3-5-4]

DM Sensor Monitoring

Command for monitoring whether the density sensor of the internal densitometer is operating normally.

(1)

The state of the density measurement section sensor is displayed at a constant cycle. Shield the density measurement section sensor with the film, and check that the displayed values change. Also check that low values are displayed for high density areas of the film and high values for low density areas.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-65

MU-66

[3-6]

Uniformity

[3-6-1]

Clear Table

Command for clearing the uniformity correction data.

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : The calibration table is cleared. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The settings will be effective immediately.

[3-6-2]

Input

Command for entering the uniformity correction data.

(1)

Repeatedly enter the uniformity measurement patterns measured using the external densitometer for the required points. (Points=Low density/high density: 15 points each)

(2)

Check the input values of each point, and start correction. → “Wait for a while.” appears.

(3)

Check the results of execution. → “Completed.” appears on the display.

The settings will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-66

MU-67

[4]

Check Scanner

[4-1]

Polygonal Motor

Command for turning ON/OFF the polygon motor.

(1)

Select the action. [ON]/[OFF]

(2)

Check operations.

The settings will be effective immediately.

[4-2]

LD

Command for turning ON/OFF the LD.

[Low]

(1)

Select [Set LD Power] to change the LD power.

(2)

Select the power. [High]/[Middle]/[Low]

(3)

Select the action. [ON]/[OFF]

The settings will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-67

MU-68

[4-3]

Adjusting Main Scanner

[4-3-1]

Scanning Width

Command for setting the scanning width (compression rate in the scanning direction).

(1)

Output grid pattern using “[2-5] Grid”.

(2)

Measure “C” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.

(3)

If outside the specified value, enter the scanning width adjustment value. (0 to ±120)

• Entering a negative value reduces the image from the reference position. • The changes in the value entered can be calculated by: (Value entered) x C x 10 ÷ 37000 (mm)

(4)

Output and check the grid pattern again.

The settings will be effective immediately. ● Example of Input Adjusting direction

Scanning adjusting value = XXXX Enter the value. If minus, enter “–”.

Film conveyance direction

Reduction Enlargement

For C=300

Reference

Value entered

Changes

±10 ±20 ±30 ±40 ±50 ±60

±0.8 mm ±1.6 mm ±2.4 mm ±3.2 mm ±4.0 mm ±4.8 mm

FP7U0309.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-68

MU-69 ● Reference Values for Each Film Size Film conveyance direction

35 x 43 cm size

C

C

Film conveyance direction

20 x 25 cm size

Film conveyance direction

26 x 36 cm size

Film conveyance direction

25 x 30 cm size

C

C

(Unit: mm) Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size C

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

300± 1.2

300 ±1.2

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

200 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

FP7U0310.EPS

MU-69

MU-70

[4-3-2]

Scanning Position

Command for setting the scanning position in the main scanning direction.

(1)

Output grid pattern using “[2-5] Grid”.

(2)

Measure “| A - B |” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.

(3)

If outside the specified value, enter the scanning position adjustment value. (0 to ±120)

Enter the adjusting values in units of 0.1 mm.

(4)

Output and check the grid pattern again.

The settings will be effective immediately. ● Example of Input Start point = XXXX

Adjusting direction Film conveyance direction

XX.Xmm If minus : -

(+)

(-)

When entered as "50": Enlarges by +5mm When entered as "-50": Reduces by -5mm

FP7U0311.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-70

MU-71 ● Reference Values for Each Film Size Film conveyance direction

35 x 43 cm size B

26 x 36 cm size A

Film conveyance direction

20 x 25 cm size

B

A

25 x 30 cm size

A

B

Film conveyance direction

B

Film conveyance direction A

(Unit: mm) Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size |A-B|

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

≤1.2

≤1.2

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

≤1.2

≤2.0

FP7U0314.EPS

MU-71

MU-72

[4-3-3]

Display Adjustment

Command for displaying the current scanning width adjusting values and scanning position adjusting values.

The scanning width value entered the last time will not necessarily be displayed.

Measured Width/Starting Position: Displayed ten times the value in mm.

● Example of Display

[4-3-4]

Initialize Scanner

Command for initializing the scanning width adjusting values and scanning position adjusting values.

(1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : Initialization is executed. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The settings made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-72

MU-73

[4-4]

Diagnosis

[4-4-1]

Initial Check

Command for performing self-diagnosis of the scanner.

Execution time: Approx. 30 seconds.

● Diagnosis Flow For diagnosing leading edge detection, LD, polygon, and start point detection. START

Error Fatal error termination

Polygon diagnosis Normal Error

Fatal error termination

LD diagnosis Normal Error Start point detection diagnosis

Fatal error termination

Normal Error Leading edge detection diagnosis

Fatal error termination

Normal

Diagnosis end processing

END

FP7U0313.EPS

(1)

Diagnosis starts. → “Wait for a while” appears.

(2)

Check the results of execution. → “Completed.” appears on the display.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-73

MU-74

[4-4-2]

PRN Board Test

Command for executing initialization diagnosis of the PRN board, and fuse and memory check.

Execution time: Approx. 1 minute and 30 seconds.

(1)

Diagnosis starts. → “Wait for a while” appears.

(2)

Check the results of execution. → “Completed.” appears on the display.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-74

MU-75 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-75

MU-76

[5]

Check Mechanism

[5-1]

Film Removing

[5-1-1]

Unlock Tray

Same as “[3] UNLOCK TRAY” of the U-Utility.

[5-1-2]

Set Remain. Films

Command for setting the number of films remaining on each film tray.

• The maximum number of remaining films which can be entered differs according to the film size. (35 x 43 cm: 100 films, 26 x 36 cm/20 x 25 cm/25 x 30 cm: 150 films) • Only film trays which are mounted can be set. (Degeneration film trays can also be set.) • The value immediately after initialization is 0 for each film tray.

(1)

Enter the number of remaining films to be set for film tray 1.

(2)

Enter in the same way for film trays 2 and 3 if they are used.

The settings made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-76

MU-77

[5-1-3]

Unit Operation

Command for performing individual operations of the removal mechanism.

Error will occur if the individual operations are performed in a different order from that specified.

• Unloaded film trays are not displayed. • Degeneration film trays can also be operated.

(1)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]

(2)

Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Film Surface] → [Film Suction] → [Lower Limit of Film Fanning] → [Film Fanning] → [Film Release] → [Film Convey].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-77

MU-78

[5-2]

Motor Operation

[5-2-1]

Motor Operation

Command for performing individual operations of the conveyor motor.

• Not all operations (STOP/CW/CCW) can be selected for some motors. • The motor will not stop driving unless [STOP] or re-initialization is performed.

MJ1:CW MG1:CCW

ME1:CW

MD2:CW

MD1:CW

: Grip roller : Film conveyance direction : Roller rotation direction in respect to the film conveyance direction CW/CCW in illustration: Operating direction of motor in

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7U0308.EPS

MU-78

MU-79

(1)

Select the conveyor motor. [MD1]/[MD2]/[ME1]/[MG1]/[MJ1]

(2)

Select the Action. [STOP]/[CW]/[CCW]

(3)

Select the Speed. (Cannot select at ME1.) [High Speed]/[Low Speed]

(4)

Check the selected operation.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-79

MU-80

[5-2-2]

Adjusting Subscanner

Command for adjusting the film conveyance speed (pps) of the sub-scanning unit.

The film size measured is that of the film currently loaded on film tray 1.

● When [Printed Length] is selected (1)

Print the grid pattern. “[2-5] Grid”

(2)

Select the printed film size. [14x17 (35x43cm)]/[14x14(35x35cm)]/[10x14(26x36cm)]/[10x12(25x30cm)]/[8x10 (20x25cm)]

Do not select [14x14 (35x35cm)].

(3)

Select the image printed. [Grid]/[Flat]

(4)

[ENT]

(5)

Enter the sub-scanning length “F” measured from the grid pattern (in units of 1/10 mm).

(6)

[ENT]

(7)

Print the grid pattern and check again.

● When [INITIALIZATION] is selected (1)

Select [YES] or [NO]. • [YES] : The conveyance speed is initialized. • [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.

The settings made will be effective immediately.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-80

MU-81 ● Reference Values for Each Film Size (Grid Pattern) 35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

Film conveyance direction

20

20

Film conveyance direction

F

F

20 x 25 cm size 20

25 x 30 cm size

Film conveyance direction

20

F

Film conveyance direction

F

(Unit: mm) Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size F

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

413.0 ±1.2

226.5 ±1.0

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

225.0 ±1.0

200.0 ±0.8

FP7U0307.EPS

MU-81

MU-82

[5-3]

Grip

Command for performing individual operations of the grip motor.

When performing individual operations of MD4, errors may occur if the specified order is not followed.

The grip state will continue unless the [Home Position] operation or re-initialization is performed.

(1)

Select [MD3] or [MD4].

(2)

If [MD3] is selected Check individual operations by selecting [Home Positioning], [Grip (8x10/10x14), or [Grip (14x14)].

(3)

If [MD4] is selected Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Grip].

[5-4]

Other Actuators

Command for performing individual operations of actuators. PC] : Data files are transferred from equipment to PC for servicing → File transfer starts.

→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-180

MU-181

• [Film Count] • Film count (film_stat*dat)/(film_stat_YYYY_MM_DD.csv)

After transferring “film_stat.dat”, the files on number of films used are aggregated, and the “film_stat_YYYY_MM_DD.csv” file is generated. “YYYY_MM_DD” is the date the file was generated. If an aggregation file with the same name exists in the folder generated in, this file is overwritten.

• [Maintenance Data] • Conduction time file (running_time.csv) • Start/initialization diagnosis results file (PRT_diagnosis.csv) • Barcode data file (barcode.csv) • Error information file (error_info.csv) • Density measurement data file (density.csv) • Event log (EventLog.txt) • [QC Data] • QC results storage file (QC_Result.csv)

The format of files is shown below. ● Film count film_stat_YYYY_MM_DD.csv (YYYY_MM_DD is the date the file was generated) File format: kind, date, n1, n2, n3, • • • , n31 • kind : The category values of statistical information on the number of films used are “tray1”, “tray2”, “tray3”, AE Title, IP address. • date : The year and month of aggregation of the statistical information on the number of films used. • 1-31 : Number of files used between 1st and 31st. (maximum 31) ● Maintenance data running_time.csv File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Status • YYYY/MM/DD : Date • hh:mm:ss : Time • Status : Category (“Boot up” at startup and “Shut Down” at shutdown) PRT_diagnosis.csv File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Operation, Result, Time, Laser Power, Check Disk • YYYY/MM/DD : Date • hh:mm:ss : Time • Operation : Operation (“Initialization” or “Re-initialization”) • Result : Results (“Completed” or results code notified from the PRT) • Time : Initialization time (“mm: Minute, ss: Seconds, “---” if initialization time is not notified) • Laser Power : Laser search power (Search power value notified from driver during LD diagnosis, “---” is notified when LD diagnosis is canceled.) • Check Disk : Whether check disk is executed or not (“Executed” when check disk is executed by the OS at startup, and “Nothing” when not executed) 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-181

MU-182 barcode.csv File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Tray, Detail, Barcode • YYYY/MM/DD : Date • hh:mm:ss : Time • Tray : Tray number (trays 1 to 3 in which film was replaced) • Detail : Detailed code (Same code as event log recording) • Barcode : Barcode (Barcode data read) error_info.csv File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Error Code, Detail, Comment • YYYY/MM/DD : Date • hh:mm:ss : Time • Error Code : Error Code • Detail : Detailed code • Comment : Comment (Information recorded separately from error code) density.csv File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Item, Data (This file is recorded in a 3-rows set.) • YYYY/MM/DD : Date (Common to all rows) • hh:mm:ss : Time (Common to all rows) • Item : Data category (1/3: Density, 2/3: Gain, 3/3: Dmax Adjusted) • YYYY/MM/DD : Date • Data : Density information (1/3: 24-steps density data of built-in densitometer, 2/3: tonal gain parameter after density measurement, 3/3: Dmax adjustment parameter) EventLog.txt • Error log information acquired during log acquisition

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-182

MU-183

[PC2-3]

Log

Command for transferring log data files.

(1)

Select the type of log file to be transferred. • [All] : Acquires all log file • [Select Log Type] : Acquires individual logs • [Backup Log] : Acquires user acquired logs

• [All] and [Select Log Type] are effective for equipment installing software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. For version A01 and earlier, use [GetLog] of the [Tool] menu. “[PC12] GetLog” • Clicking [Clear] deselects the log file selected at [Select Log Type]. • [Backup Log] is effective only for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

(2)

Execute transfer. [Printer => PC] : Data files are transferred from equipment to PC for servicing → File transfer starts.

→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be displayed. 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-183

MU-184

[PC2-4]

Files

Command for manually selecting the required data files one at a time and transferring them.

■ General Procedure (1)

If using a FD, insert the FD in the FDD of the PC for servicing (drive A).

(2)

Select the place storing the files to be transferred. • [PC] : HD of the PC for servicing • [Printer] : HD of the equipment

(3)

Display the files to be transferred. • [Indv. Files] : Displays individual data files • [All Files] : Displays all data files

• Normally, select [Indv. Files]. If the files to be transferred are not displayed by this selection, select [All Files]. • If using a FD, do not select [All Files].

The files displayed will differ between “PC” and “Printer” selected at step (4). Because files not related to the DPX7 PC Tool editing function are not displayed, less files will be displayed with [PC]. However there are some files displayed only by [PC].

(4)

Select the files to be transferred.

Always take the three files “Dicom.dat”, “Imginf.prm”, and “netinf.prm” as one set.

• To select several files, select them while pressing the or key. • If using a FD, all individual data will be saved/loaded regardless of the files selected.

(5) • • • •

Execute transfer. [PC => Printer] : Data files are transferred from PC for servicing to equipment [Backup] : Data files are transferred from PC for servicing to selected folder (FD) [Restore] : Data files are transferred from selected folder (FD) to PC for servicing [Printer => PC] : Data files are transferred from equipment to PC for servicing

When [Backup] or [Restore] is selected, a window for selecting the transfer destination or transfer source appears. After selecting, click [OK].

→ File transfer starts. 006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-184

MU-185 (4)

(5)

(3)

(2)

FP7U0448.EPS

→ When file transfer ends normally, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be displayed.

Other than the selected files, files required for specifying the printer will also be transferred.

(6)

If using a FD, remove it from the FDD.

(7)

If files were transferred to the equipment, reboot the equipment so that the settings of the transferred file are made effective. “[PC9-2-4] Reboot” → The equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-185

MU-186 ■ Loading Individual Data Saved on FD (1)

Insert the FD saving individual data in the FDD of the PC for servicing (drive A).

(2)

Register the establishment name and printer name of the printer saved on the FD. “4.4 Registering and Deleting Establishments and Printers”.

(3)

“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Files] → [PC] → [Indv. Files] → [Restore] → The [Restore] screen for selecting the folder (transfer source) appears.

(4)

“drive A” → [OK] → The individual data will be copied from the FD to the PC for servicing.

When registering the printer name, make sure the establishment name and printer name are entered correctly. Otherwise, the correct printer name will be registered newly, and individual data on the FD will not be incorporated by the printer additionally registered but in the printer with the incorrect name. In this case, delete both printers, and start from step (2).

FUJI HOSPITAL fujiprinter4

Incorrect printer name is registered.

Individual data FD of “fujiprinter1” [Restore]

FUJI HOSPITAL fujiprinter4 fujiprinter1

Printer with correct name will be registered newly, but the individual data will not be incorporated. FP7U0910.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-186

MU-187 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-187

MU-188

[PC2-5]

User Settable

Command for transferring image data output by the “User Settable” of the U-Utility.

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

(1)

“Printer Name”

(2)

Select the drive with the image file.

(3)

Select the folder with the image file.

(4)

Select the image file.

• Transfer image files one file at a time. • Files that are applicable to “User Settable” are bitmap files below 8 bits. • Black/white • 4-bit bitmap (Compressed format) • 4-bit bitmap (Non-compressed format) • 8-bit bitmap (Compressed format) • 8-bit bitmap (Non-compressed format) • The bitmap size (number of pixels, number of lines) is 1 at minimum and 8800 at maximum. Bitmaps exceeding this will result in transfer error during conversion. • The last image file transferred to the equipment is output by “User Settable”.

Clicking [Preview] starts “Paint” (mspaint.exe), allowing the image files selected to be checked.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-188

MU-189 (5)

[PC => Printer] → The image data is transferred to the equipment.

→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-189

MU-190

[PC3]

Upgrading

Perform full installation or version upgrading of the main unit software, and installation of the various software saved in the HD of the equipment to the MCT board.

[PC3-1]

Load System Files

Command for transferring software files in the main unit software CD-R to the HD of the equipment. Files will be transferred by the following route: “CD-R” → “FTP folder of the PC for servicing” → “Equipment HD”

CAUTION • During version upgrading and full installation, do not perform other procedures like equipment settings, etc. • To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting must be set to “Disable” beforehand. After completion of reinstallation procedure, return this setting to “Enable”. • This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later.

For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, the grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD.

(1)

Set the main unit software CD-R in the PC for servicing.

(2)

Select the name of the printer to be installed or version upgraded.

(3)

Select CD-ROM drive name.

(4)

[Copy] → The main unit software will be copied in the FTP folder (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\ DRYPIX).

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-190

MU-191 (5)

(6)

Select by type of installation. • [Upgrading] : Version upgrading • [Full] : Full installation [Execute] → The main unit software files will be transferred to the HD of the equipment.

The following shows the time taken for transfer. (PC for servicing → Equipment HD) These times differ according to the performance of the PC for servicing, network environment, and software version. • Upgrading : Approx. 2 minutes • Full : Approx. 3 minutes

(2)

(3)

(5)

(4)

(6)

FP7U0450.EPS

→ When file transfer ends normally, the [System File Load Finish!!] screen will be displayed. (7)

[OK]

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-191

MU-191.1 (8)

Perform the following procedure so that the software files transferred to the equipment HD become effective. “[PC3-2] Install”

(i)

Write the printer OS files transferred to the equipment HD in the MCT board. [PRT OS] → [Install]

(ii)

Write the printer application files transferred to the equipment HD in the MCT board. [PRT APL] → [Install] → When file transfer end normally, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen is displayed.

(iii)

[OK]

(iv) Reboot the equipment. [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] → The equipment reboots. (9)

If [Full] (full installation) has been performed, reinstalls the individual data.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-191.1

MU-191.2 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-191.2

MU-191.3 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-191.3

MU-191.4 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-191.4

MU-192

[PC3-2]

Install

Install the various software in the HD of the equipment (printer applications, printer OS, and printer installer) in the MCT board. “M-Utility [1-1-8] Reload Software”

Reinstall software in the following cases: • Printer applications/printer OS: If version changes have been made or problems have occurred in the software controlling the conveyor/heat development/ density measurement units. • Printer installer: If version changes have been made or problems have occurred in the printer installer. Reinstall this installer before reinstalling the above printer applications/printer OS.

CAUTION • During version upgrading and full installation, do not perform other procedures like equipment settings, etc. • To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting must be set to “Disable” beforehand. After completion of reinstallation procedure, return this setting to “Enable”. • This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later. (1)

Select the installation type. • [PRT APL] : Printer applications • [PRT OS] : Printer OS • [PRT INST] : Printer installer

Perform installation in the order of [PRT INST] → [PRT OS] → [PRT APL].

(2)

[Install] → Installation is executed.

The time required for installation is as follows: (Equipment HD → MCT board) • [PRT APL] : Approx. 1 minute • [PRT OS] : Approx. 15 seconds • [PRT INST] : Approx. 20 seconds

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-192

MU-193

(1)

(2)

FP7U0452.EPS

→ When install ends normally, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen is displayed. (3)

[OK]

(4)

Reboot the equipment. [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [RebootAll] → [Reset] “[PC9-2-4] Reboot” → The equipment reboots.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-193

MU-194

[PC4]

Analyzer

Monitors the operating state of the software on the equipment in DICOM communication (communication between software tasks, calculation results, etc.).

Use this function only for the purpose of analyzing design when problems occur. Do not set nor operate it in normal maintenance and installation work. Use as instructed only when requested by the Service headquarters.

(1)

“Printer name” → [GET LOG] → The operation state of the software (dicom.log) is displayed. Communication with the equipment is terminated when monitoring and display starts.

(2)

To display logs by client, select [Client.log], and select the client name from the dropdown list.

(3)

[View] → The DICOM communication log of the selected client is displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-194

MU-195 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-195

MU-196

[PC5]

DICOM Print

Perform test printing for the connected printers via the network. Use the [DICOM Print] function for checking and adjusting the tone correction parameter (LUT) and enlargement/reduction processing parameter (Magnify) set for each client during installation. With the [DICOM Print] function, one film of 8-frame format SMPTE pattern corresponding to the set LUT1 to LUT8 is test printed under the printing conditions set in the configuration settings of the client selected. Film is output from the tray set at “[PC1-3-4-9] Film Size”.

Execute [DICOM Print] when the printer is in the standby state or during printing.

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the name of the printer to perform test printing.

(3)

Select the client name (AE Title).

If [DICOM Print] is already selected when several printers are registered and the printer name is selected at step (1), the AE Title display may not be updated. In this case, select other functions using [Setting] etc. first and then select again.

Test printing is performed under the various printing conditions set for the above selected client.

(4)

Select which condition of the enlargement/reduction processing parameter set for the selected client to perform test printing from [Sharp], [Smooth], [Medium], and [None].

With [None], no enlargement/reduction processing is performed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-196

MU-197 (5)

[Run] → The test print data is transferred to the selected printer and the film is printed. (2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

FP7U0454.EPS

→ When data transfer ends normally, the [Test printing is completed.] information is displayed. (6)

[OK]

8-frame images from LUT1 to LUT8 are arranged on the film output in order from the top left to the bottom right.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-197

MU-198

[PC6]

OutPutFilm

CAUTION If errors occur at the equipment while executing [OutPutFilm], reboot the equipment and DPX7 PC Tool.

When executing [OutPutFilm], be sure to import individual data from the equipment beforehand. “[PC9-1-3] indv. Data”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-198

MU-199

[PC6-1]

24-Steps

Command for printing the 24-steps pattern. “M-Utility [2-1] 24-Steps”

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3]Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

[OUTPUT] → The 24-steps pattern is printed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-199

MU-200

[PC6-2]

17-Steps

Command for printing the 17-steps pattern. “M-Utility [2-2] 17-Steps”

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Select the Dmax. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.

(5)

[OUTPUT] → The 17-steps pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-200

MU-201

[PC6-3]

Flat

Command for printing the flat pattern. “M-Utility [2-3] Flat”

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Select the Dmax. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.

(5)

Enter the flat density value (1 to 399).

(6)

[OUTPUT] → The flat pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-201

MU-202

[PC6-4]

Cleaning

Command for printing the cleaning film. “M-Utility [2-4] Cleaning”

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

[OUTPUT] → The cleaning film is printed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-202

MU-203

[PC6-5]

Grid

Command for printing the grid pattern. “M-Utility [2-5] Grid”

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Select the Dmax. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.

(5)

[OUTPUT] → The grid pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-203

MU-204

[PC6-6]

Film out to Sorter

Command for printing flat patterns and discharging to the sorter. “M-Utility [2-6] Film out to Sorter”

Executable only when set to “[PC1-2-9-8] Sorter: Enable”.

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Enter the printing start bin number (1 to 10).

(5)

Enter the printing end bin number (1 to 10).

(6)

[OUTPUT] → The flat pattern is printed to the sorter.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-204

MU-205

[PC6-7]

Uniformity

Command for printing the uniformity measurement pattern. “M-Utility [2-7] Uniformity”

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Select the Dmax. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.

(5)

[OUTPUT] → The uniformity measurement pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-205

MU-206

[PC6-8]

SMPTE

Command for printing the SMPTE pattern. “M-Utility [2-8] SMPTE”

The differences between this function and “[PC5] DICOMPrint” are that this function allows specification of the number of output frames and specification of the tray. The LUT of the pattern output is the same.

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Select the client name (AE Title).

Test printing is performed under the various printing conditions set for the above selected client.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-206

MU-207 (5)

Select [Image Matrix] (Number of frames). [1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]

(6)

Select [LUT Number]. [LUT1] to [LUT8]

(7)

Select [Interpolaton type]. [SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]

(8)

Select [Interpolation algorithm/method]. [NONE]/[CUBIC]

(9)

[OUTPUT] → The SMPTE pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-207

MU-208

[PC6-9]

User Settable

Command for printing the User Settable pattern. “M-Utility [2-9] User Settable”

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03 or later.

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).

(4)

Select the client name (AE Title).

Test printing is performed under the various printing conditions set for the above selected client.

(5)

Select [Image Matrix] (Number of frames). [1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]

(6)

Select [LUT Number]. [LUT1] to [LUT8]

(7)

Select [Interpolaton type]. [SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]

(8)

Select [Interpolation algorithm/method]. [NONE]/[CUBIC]

(9)

[OUTPUT] → The SMPTE pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-208

MU-209

[PC6-10]

Spatial Resolution

Command for printing the Spatial Resolution pattern (for checking 20 pix/mm recording). “M-Utility [2-10] Spatial Resolution”

This menu is provided in DI Tool software version V2.0 or later, and effective for equipment installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.

(1)

Import individual data. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”

(2)

Select the film tray. [TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]

(3)

Select the Dmax. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.

(4)

[OUTPUT] → The Spatial Resolution pattern is printed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-209

MU-210

[PC7]

F.D.C.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-210

MU-211

[PC7-1]

Auto F.D.C.

Command for printing 24-steps patterns and calculating the 24-steps density correction value from the density data measured by the density measurement section. The corrected 24-steps density data can also be displayed on the DPX7 PC Tool. “M-Utility [3-1] AUTO F.D.C.”

(1) (2)

Select the film tray. [Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3] [Execute] → The 24-steps pattern is output and automatic density correction is executed. • To display the correction values, click [Display]. → The measured density value of each pattern is displayed. • To change the shift value for high density correction, select [Adjust Dmax] and adjust. [4] to [-3]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-211

MU-212

[PC7-2]

Check Density

Command for printing 17-steps pattern, and displaying 17-steps density data measured by the density measurement section on the DPX7 PC Tool. “M-Utility [3-2] Check Density”

(1)

Select the film tray. [Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]

(2)

Select the Dmax. [2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]

Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.

(3)

[Execute] → The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the 17-steps data is displayed on the DPX7 PC Tool.

(4)

Check the results of execution.

(5)

[OK]

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-212

MU-213 ● Reference Value Step

Dmax 2.64

Dmax 3.0

Dmax 3.3

Dmax 3.6

1

fog

fog

fog

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

5

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

6

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

7

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

8

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

9

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

10

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

11

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

12

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

13

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

14

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

15

2.28 ±0.07

2.40 ±0.10

2.40 ±0.10

2.43 ±0.10

16

2.46 ±0.07

2.70 ±0.10

2.70 ±0.10

2.95 ±0.10

17

2.64 ±0.07

3.00 ±0.10

3.30 ±0.20

3.60 ±0.20 TP7B0701.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-213

MU-214

[PC7-3]

24-Steps

Command for outputting the 24-steps pattern using the current setting value. “M-Utility [3-5-1] 24-Steps”

(1)

Select the film tray. [Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]

(2)

[Execute] → The 24-steps pattern is printed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-214

MU-215

[PC7-4]

Manual F.D.C.

Command for entering the 24-steps pattern measured using the external densiometer, and creating density correction information. “M-Utility [3-4] Manual F.D.C.”

(1)

Output 24-steps pattern at “[PC7-3] 24-Steps”.

(2)

Select the tray. [Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]

(3)

Measure the film output at step (1) using an external densiometer, and enter the density values of each step (1 to 399).

The specified values for the input range of each step are as follows. • Should be between 0 and 399. • Should be above the density value of the previous step.

(4)

[Execute] → Correction is executed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-215

MU-216

[PC7-5]

Calibration

Command for creating density calibration table for calibrating the internal densiometer and initializing the densiometer calibration table. “M-Utility [3-5-2] Calibration”, “[3-5-3] Clear Calib Table”

● Creating Calibration Tables (1)

Output 24-steps pattern at “[PC7-3] 24-Steps”, and measure the density value of each step using an external reference densiometer.

(2)

Enter the density value of each step measured (1 to 399).

(3)

[EXT. DEN Calibration] → The calibration table is created.

● Clearing the Calibration Table (1)

[Clear Calib. Table] → The calibration table is initialized.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-216

MU-217

[PC7-6]

Uniformity

[PC7-6-1]

Unit data Reading

Command for transferring uniformity correction data in the PC for servicing to the equipment.

(1)

[Execute] → The correction data is transferred.

[PC7-6-2]

Clear Table

Command for clearing the uniformity correction data to zero. “M-Utility [3-6-1] Clear Table”

(1)

[Execute] → The correction data is cleared.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-217

MU-218 [PC7-6-3]

Input

Command for entering uniformity correction data. “M-Utility [3-6-2] Input”

(1)

Measure the uniformity measurement pattern output at “[PC6-7] Uniformity” using an external densiometer, and repeatedly enter the required number of measurement data. (Number=Low Density/High Density: 15 each)

(2)

[Execute] → Correction is executed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-218

MU-219

[PC7-7]

DM sensor monitor

Command for monitoring whether the density measurement sensor of the internal densiometer is operating normally or not. “M-Utility [3-5-4] DM Sensor Monitoring”

(1)

[Start] → The state of the density measurement sensor is displayed at a certain cycle.

(2)

Block the density measurement section sensor with a film, and check that the displayed value changes. Check that a low value is displayed for high density parts of the film, and a high value for low density parts.

(3)

[End] → The display stops.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-219

MU-220

[PC8]

Check

[PC8-1]

Check Scanner

[PC8-1-1]

Initialize Scanner

Command for initializing the main scanning width adjustment value and main scanning starting position adjustment value. “M-Utility [4-3-4] Initialize Scanner”

(1)

[Execute] → Initialization is executed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-220

MU-221 [PC8-1-2]

Adjusting Main Scanner

Command for setting the scanning width (compression rate in main scanning direction) and scanning position (starting position in main scanning direction). “M-Utility [4-3-1] Scanning Width”, “[4-3-2] Scanning Position”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-221

MU-222

■ Adjusting the Scanning Width (1)

Import individual data beforehand.

(2)

Output grid pattern using “[PC6-5] Grid”.

(3)

Measure “C” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.

(4)

If outside the specified value, check the [Measurement Width (XXmmx10)] checkbox, and enter the scanning width adjustment value. (0 to ±120)

• Entering a negative value reduces the image from the reference position. • The changes in the value entered can be calculated by: (Value entered) x C x 10 ÷ 37000 (mm)

(5)

[Execute]

(6)

Output and check the grid pattern again.

● Example of Input Adjusting direction

Scanning adjusting value = XXXX Enter the value. If minus, enter “–”.

Film conveyance direction

Reduction Enlargement

For C=300

Reference

Value entered

Changes

±10 ±20 ±30 ±40 ±50 ±60

±0.8 mm ±1.6 mm ±2.4 mm ±3.2 mm ±4.0 mm ±4.8 mm

FP7U0309.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-222

MU-223 ● Reference Values for Each Film Size Film conveyance direction

35 x 43 cm size

C

C

Film conveyance direction

20 x 25 cm size

Film conveyance direction

26 x 36 cm size

Film conveyance direction

25 x 30 cm size

C

C

(Unit: mm) Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size C

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

300± 1.2

300 ±1.2

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

200 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

FP7U0310.EPS

MU-223

MU-224 ■ Adjusting the Scanning Position (1)

Import individual data beforehand.

(2)

Output grid pattern using “[PC6-5] Grid”.

(3)

Measure “| A - B |” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.

(4)

If outside the specified value, check the [Starting Position (XXmmx10)] checkbox, and enter the starting position adjustment value. (0 to ±120)

Enter the adjustment value in units of 0.1 mm.

(5)

[Execute]

(6)

Output and check the grid pattern again.

● Example of Input Start point = XXXX

Adjusting direction Film conveyance direction

XX.Xmm If minus : -

(+)

(-)

When entered as “50” : Enlarges by +5mm When entered as “-50” : Reduces by -5mm

FP7U0913.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-224

MU-225 ● Reference Values for Each Film Size

35 x 43 cm size

Film conveyance direction

B

A

26 x 36 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

Film conveyance direction

B

A

B

Film conveyance direction

A

(Unit: mm) Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size |A-B|

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

≤ 1.2

≤ 1.2

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

≤ 2.0

FP7U0314.EPS

MU-225

MU-226 [PC8-1-3]

Polygonal Motor LD

Turn ON and then OFF the polygon motor and the laser diode (LD). “M-Utility [4-1] Polygonal Motor, [4-2] LD”

● [Polygonal Motor] (1)

[Polygonal Motor]

(2)

[ON] → The polygon motor rotates.

(3)

[OFF] → The polygon motor stops.

● [LD] (1)

[LD]

(2)

Select the [Optical Power] (optical value). [High]/[Middle]/[Low]

(3)

[Execute] → The LD value set is transferred to the equipment.

(4)

[ON] → The LD lights up.

(5)

[OFF] → The LD light goes off.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-226

MU-227 [PC8-1-4]

Initial Check

Command for performing self-check of the scanner unit. “M-Utility [4-4-1] Initial Check”

(1)

[Execute] → Diagnosis is carried out in the order of polygon, LD, start point detection, and leading edge detection. (About 30 seconds) If problems are detected, the [Error!] screen is displayed.

When self-diagnosis ends, the [Execute] button becomes active. START

Error “Error!”

Polygon diagnosis Normal Error

“Error!”

LD diagnosis Normal Error Start point detection diagnosis

“Error!”

Normal Error Leading edge detection diagnosis

“Error!”

Normal

Diagnosis end processing

END

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7U0914.EPS

MU-227

MU-228 [PC8-1-5]

PRN Board Test

Command for performing diagnosis in the initialization of the PRN board, and implementing fuse and memory check. “M-Utility [4-4-2] PRN Board Test”

(1)

[Execute] → Diagnosis starts. (About 1 minute 45 seconds) If problems occur, the [Error!!] screen is displayed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-228

MU-229

[PC8-2]

Check Mechanism

Command for checking mechanism operations of the equipment.

[PC8-2-1]

Moving

[PC8-2-1-1]

Unit Operation

Command for performing individual operations of the removal mechanism. “M-Utility [5-1-3] Unit Operation”

(1)

Select the tray to be used. [Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]

(2)

Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Film Surface] → [Film Suction] → [Lower Limit of Film Fanning] → [Film Fanning] → [Film Release] → [Film Convey].

Can be returned to the home position from any position.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-229

MU-230 [PC8-2-1-2]

Motor Operation

Command for performing individual operations of the conveyance motor. “M-Utility [5-2-1] Motor Operation”

• It may not be possible to select all operation types (CW/CCW) for some motors. • After the motor is started, it will continue driving unless it is stopped or communication is terminated.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-230

MU-231

(1)

Select [Motor type]. [MD1]/[MD2]/[ME1]/[MG1]/[MJ1]

(2)

Select [Operation type]. [CW]/[CCW]

MJ1:CW MG1:CCW

ME1:CW

MD2:CW

MD1:CW

CW/CCW: Roller rotation direction (3)

Select [Speed Condition]. (Cannot select at ME1.) [High Speed]/[Low Speed]

(4)

[Moving] → The motor rotates.

(5)

Select [Operation type]. [Stop]

(6)

[Moving] → The motor stops.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7U0915.EPS

MU-231

MU-232 [PC8-2-1-3]

Grip

Command for performing individual operations of the grip motor. “M-Utility [5-3] Grip”

When performing individual operations of [MD4], errors will occur if not performed in the correct order.

After completing operations, it will remain in the gripped state unless [Home Positioning] is performed or communication is terminated.

(1)

Select [Motor Type]. [MD3]/[MD4]

• MD3: Gripping release motor • MD4: Cleaning roller grip release motor

(2)

If [MD3] is selected: Check individual operation by selecting [Home Positioning]/[8x10(20x25cm)/ 10x12(25x30cm)/10x14(26x36cm)]/[14x14(35x35cm)].

(3)

If [MD4] is selected: Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Grip].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-232

MU-233 [PC8-2-1-4]

Positioning Film

Command for performing film positioning operation. “M-Utility [5-5] Positioning Film”

Errors will occur if individual operations are not performed in the correct order.

(1)

Select the film size. [14x17(35x43cm)]/[14x14(35x35cm)]/[10x14(26x36cm)]/[10x12(25x30cm)]/[8x10 (20x25cm)]

(2)

Select [Kind]. Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Positioning]. Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Positioning Film].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-233

MU-234 [PC8-2-1-5]

Adjusting Subscanner

Adjust the film conveyance speed (pps) of the sub-scanning unit. “M-Utility [5-2-3] Adjusting Subscanner”

● When [Printed Length] (setting) is selected (1)

Import individual data beforehand.

(2)

Output grid patterns at “[PC6-5] Grid”.

Output from film tray 1.

(3)

Select the film size of the output grid pattern. [14x17(35x43cm)]/[14x14(35x35cm)]/[10x14(26x36cm)]/[10x12(25x30cm)]/[8x10 (20x25cm)]

(4)

Select the output image. [Grid]

(5)

Enter the subscanning length “F” (in units of 1/10 mm) at [Printed Length (XXmmx10)].

(6)

[Execute] → The conveyance speed is adjusted.

(7)

Output the grid pattern again, and check that the subscanning length satisfies the specified value.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-234

MU-235 ● Reference Values for Each Film Size (Grid Pattern) 35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

Film conveyance direction

20

20

Film conveyance direction

F

F

20 x 25 cm size 20

25 x 30 cm size

Film conveyance direction

20

F

Film conveyance direction

F

(Unit: mm) Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size F

413.0 ±1.2

226.5 ±1.0

225.0 ±1.0

200.0 ±0.8

FP7U0307.EPS

● When [Initialize] is selected (1)

[Execute] → The conveyance speed is initialized.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-235

MU-236 [PC8-2-1-6]

Other Actuators

Command for performing individual operations of each actuator. “M-Utility [5-4] Other Actuators”

(1)

Select [Unit type]. [SOLA11]/[SOLA21]/[SOLA31]/[SOLJ1]/[CLD1]

(2)

[ON] → The selected actuator operates.

(3)

Check the selected operation.

(4)

[OFF]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-236

MU-237 [PC8-2-1-7]

Sorter Unit

Command for performing individual operations of sorter motor (MT1). “M-Utility [5-8-1] Motor MT1”

(1)

[ON] → The sorter motor (MT1) rotates.

(2)

Check MT1 operation.

(3)

[OFF]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-237

MU-238 [PC8-2-1-8]

Solenoids

Command for performing individual operations of the bin switching solenoids (SOLT1 to SOLT9). “M-Utility [5-8-2] Solenoids”

(1)

Select the solenoid. [SOLT1]/[SOLT2]/[SOLT3]/[SOLT4]/[SOLT5]/[SOLT6]/[SOLT7]/[SOLT8]/[SOLT9]

(2)

[ON] → The selected solenoid operates.

(3)

Check the operations of the solenoid.

(4)

[OFF]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-238

MU-239 [PC8-2-1-9]

Sensor Monitor

Command for performing sensor monitoring of the sorter. “M-Utility [5-8-3] Sensor Monitor”

(1)

Select [Single]/[All].

(2)

If [Single] is selected, select the monitoring sensor.

(3)

(4)

[ON] • If [Single] is selected : The state of the sensor selected is displayed. • If [All] is selected : The state of all sensors is displayed. [OFF]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-239

MU-240 [PC8-2-2]

Sensor Monitor

Command for performing sensor monitoring of the equipment. “M-Utility [5-6] Sensor Monitor”

The F5VM and RMTPWR monitoring functions are currently not available.

(1) (2)

(3)

Select [All]/[Single]. If [Single] is selected, select the monitoring sensor. [ON] • If [All] is selected : The state of all sensors is displayed. • If [Single] is selected : The state of the sensor selected is displayed. [OFF]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-240

MU-241 Name SA13 SA23 SA33 SA11 SA21 SA31 SA12 SA22 SA32 SB11 SB12 SB21 SB22 SB31 SB32 SB13 SB23 SB33 SD1 SD2 SD3 SD4 SD5 SD6 SD7 SJ1 SK1 SK2

Tray lock detection sensor (U) Tray lock detection sensor (M) Tray lock detection sensor (L) Film pack/shutter detection sensor (U) Film pack/shutter detection sensor (M) Film pack/shutter detection sensor (L) Tray detection switch (U) Tray detection switch (M) Tray detection switch (L) Suction cup HP detection sensor (U) Film surface detection sensor (U) Suction cup HP detection sensor (M) Film surface detection sensor (M) Suction cup HP detection sensor (L) Film surface detection sensor (L) Removal conveyance detection sensor (U) Removal conveyance detection sensor (M) Removal conveyance detection sensor (L) Upper conveyor unit entrance sensor Upper conveyor unit exit sensor Upper grip position detection sensor Lower grip position detection sensor Cleaning roller grip position detection sensor Positioning guide HP detection sensor (U) Positioning guide HP detection sensor (L) Film release unit film detection sensor Jam clear cover interlock switch Front cover interlock switch

Sensor State NO

Sensor State OFF

Lock is not released Lock is not released Lock is not released Film pack/shutter is present Film pack/shutter is present Film pack/shutter is present Film tray is not set Film tray is not set Film tray is not set Not at home position Suction cup has reached film Not at home position Suction cup has reached film Not at home position Suction cup has reached film

Lock is released Lock is released Lock is released No film pack/shutter No film pack/shutter No film pack/shutter Film tray is set Film tray is set Film tray is set At home position Suction cup has not reached film At home position Suction cup has not reached film At home position Suction cup has not reached film

Film is at removal unit exit

Film is not at removal unit exit

Film is at removal unit exit

Film is not at removal unit exit

Film is at removal unit exit

Film is not at removal unit exit

Film is at U turn guide entrance Film is at upper conveyor unit exit

Film is not at U turn guide entrance Film is not at upper conveyor unit exit

Detection state differs according to combination of sensor ON/OFF Cleaning roller grip is at grip position Cleaning roller grip is not at grip position Positioning guide (upper) is not at home position Positioning guide (lower) is not at Positioning guide (L) is at home position home position Film at film release unit No film at film release unit Jam clear cover is open Jam clear cover is closed Front cover is open Front cover is closed Positioning guide (U) is at home position

TP7U0405.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-241

MU-242 Name F5VP F5VM

DRV board +5V Power fuse for ME1 Density measurement sensor F12VP +12V power fuse (SNS board F1) Density measurement sensor F12VM -12V power fuse (SNS board F2) F24VP DRV board +24V Power fuse for upper tray F24VA (DRV board F1) Power fuse for middle tray F24VB (DRV board F2) Power fuse for lower tray F24VC (DRV board F3) Power fuse for MD1 F24VD (DRV board F8) Power fuse for MD2, MD3, F24VE and MG1 (DRV board F5) Power fuse for MD4, MD5, F24VF MD6, and CLD1 (DRV board F6) Power fuse for ME1 F24VG (DRV board F7) Jam clear cover related fuses F24VH (DRV board F4) Front cover related fuses F24VJ (DRV board F9) FUSEERR Fuse for sorter RMTPWR External remote signal LOCK Sub-scanning motor REDY Polygonal motor Sensor power fuse VCCS (SNS board F3)

ON State

OFF State

Disconnected -

Normal Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Disconnected

Normal

Normal OFF Unmatching speed NotReady

Disconnected Speed matching Ready

Disconnected

Normal TP7U0302.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-242

MU-243 [PC8-2-3]

Other

[PC8-2-3-1]

Board Fan

Command for performing individual operations of the fan for the I/F board. “M-Utility [5-7-1] Board FAN”

(1)

[ON] → The fan rotates.

(2)

[OFF] → [intermittent] → The fan returns to the normal operations.

After executing fan operations, rebooting the equipment returns it to normal operations [intermittent].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-243

MU-244 [PC8-2-3-2]

Serial I/F

If I/F related errors such as SIO communication error occur, perform the serial I/F loop back test, and check the operations between boards. Selecting [Sorter] executes the loop back test between the MCT board and SRT board, and selecting [Barcode Reader] executes the loop back test between the SNS board and BCR. “M-Utility [5-7-2] Serial I/F”

• Before executing the loop back test by [Sorter], short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J2 and J3 of the MCT board. (Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.) Also set “[PC1-2-9-8] Sorter” to “Disable”. • Before executing the loop back test by [Barcode Reader], perform the following beforehand because jumper pins need to be set for each film tray. • Upper film tray: Short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J1 and J2 of the SNS board. (Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.) • Middle film tray: Short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J3 and J4 of the SNS board. (Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.) • Lower film tray: Short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J5 and J6 of the SNS board. (Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.)

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-244

MU-245

● When [Sorter] is selected (1)

[START] → The loopback test starts.

(2)

[STOP] → If problems are detected, the abnormal count is displayed at “Abnormal Count:”.

The loopback test is repeated until [STOP] is selected.

● When [Barcode Reader] is selected (1)

Select the film tray. [Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]

(2)

[START] → The loopback test starts.

(3)

[STOP] → If problems are detected, the abnormal count is displayed at “Abnormal Count:”.

The loopback test is repeated until [STOP] is selected.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-245

MU-246 [PC8-2-3-3]

HDD Test

Command for executing the HDD test and checking hard disk operations when errors occur while data is transferred from the PC board to the hard disk (reading or writing). When HDD test is executed, check disk is performed on the R/W partitions in the hard disk. “M-Utility [5-7-3] HDD Test”

(1)

[Execute] → Diagnosis starts.

(2)

Check the results of execution for Drive 1 to Drive 5.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-246

MU-247 [PC8-2-3-4]

DPRAM Test

Command for executing the DPRAM test and checking DPRAM operations when communication errors such as FMT communication timeout error occur. When the DPRAM test is executed, the R/W test of the Dual Port RAM mounted on the MCT board is performed. “M-Utility [5-7-4] DPRAM Test”

(1)

[START] → Test starts.

(2)

[STOP] → If problems are detected, the number of errors occurred is displayed at “Number of errors:”.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-247

MU-248 [PC8-2-3-5]

Inter Board Test

Command for executing inter-board test and checking control operations when errors occur in control operations of the MCT board and SNS board. Executing the inter board test implements the control signal line/address data line tests between the MCT board and SNS board. “M-Utility [5-7-5] Inter Board Test”

(1)

[START] → Test starts.

(2)

[STOP] → If problems are detected, the number of errors occurred is displayed at “Number of errors:”.

The interboard communication test is repeated until [STOP] is selected.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-248

MU-249 [PC8-2-3-6]

LAN Base Test

Command for performing LAN port tests.

(1)

[TEST] → LAN port tests are started. If errors are detected, details are displayed at “Diagnosis:”.

[PC8-2-3-7]

Patrol Lamp Test

Use is prohibited.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-249

MU-250

[PC8-3]

Heat-Developer

[PC8-3-1]

Temperature

Command for performing temperature monitoring of each thermistor. “M-Utility [6-1] Temperature”

(1)

[START] → The measured temperature of each thermistor is displayed ten times larger. The measured value is updated every 1.2 seconds.

(2)

[STOP]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-250

MU-251 [PC8-3-2]

Heating

Command for performing ON/OFF operations of each heater. “M-Utility [6-2] Heating”

CAUTION When the upper limit temperature is reached, the heater is turned OFF by the thermal protector.

(1)

Stop all heaters. [ALL] → [OFF]

(2)

Select a heater. [HG1]/[HG2]/[HG3]/HG4]/[HG5]/[HG6]/[HG7]/[HG8]/[HG9]/[ALL]

(3)

[ON] → The selected heater heats up.

(4)

Stop this heater. [OFF]

(5)

Return all heaters to normal temperature control operations. [ALL] → [INTERMITTENT]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-251

MU-252 [PC8-3-3]

Fan Operation

Command for performing ON/OFF operations of the cooling fan. “M-Utility [6-3] Fan Operation”

(1)

Select [Group A] or [Group B].

• [Group A] : FANG1, FANG3 • [Group B] : FANG2

(2)

[ON] → The fan rotates.

(3)

[OFF] → [intermittent] → The fan returns to normal operations.

After executing fan operations, rebooting the equipment returns it to normal operations [intermittent].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-252

MU-253 [PC8-3-4]

Temp. Control

Command for controlling ON/OFF of the heater temperature control. “M-Utility [6-4] Temp. Control”

(1)

Select the operation type. • [ON] : Temperature control is performed. • [OFF] : Temperature control is not performed.

Rebooting the equipment returns the setting to [ON].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-253

MU-254 [PC8-3-5]

Set Heater Cond. Temp.

Command for setting the initial value of the targeted temperature of each heater. “M-Utility [6-5] Set Heater Temp.”

(1)

Select the heater. [HG1]/[HG2]/[HG3]/[HG4]/[HG5]/[HG6]/[HG7]/[HG8]/[HG9]

(2)

Enter the initial targeted temperature value (100 to 130 °C). (In units of 0.1 °C)

(3)

[SET] → The initial value of the targeted temperature of each heater changes.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-254

MU-255 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-255

MU-256

[PC9]

Control

[PC9-1]

File Save/Load

[PC9-1-1]

Log Data

Command for saving data files for analysis stored in the equipment’s PC board in the HD, and transfer to the PC for servicing. “M-Utility [1-3-3] Store Log Files”

• The saved analysis data is shown below. • Text file of error logs and various settings information • Communication logs (external input, formatter, formatter to printer, printer ISC) • The error log data is saved under the filename “AppEvt.txt”. • The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution. • The analysis data transferred to the PC for servicing are saved in the “LOG” folder.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-256

MU-257

(1)

[Save IOT Log] → [Execute] → At this point, data files for analysis are saved in the HD of the equipment. When the data is saved, the [Save ITO Log completed.] screen is displayed.

(2)

[Transfer Analysis Log] → [Execute] → Data files for analysis saved in the HD of the equipment are saved in the PC for servicing. When the data transfer is completed, the [Transfer Analysis Log completed.] screen is displayed.

With main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later, executing [Transfer Analysis Log] saves the latest data files for analysis at this point in the PC for servicing.

[PC9-1-2]

Error Log

Command for displaying error log lists and deleting error logs. “M-Utility [1-3-1] Display Error Log”, “[1-3-2] Clear”

(1)

[Display Error Log] → [Execute] → The error log list is displayed.

Executing [Display Error Log] saves the error log data (AppEvt.txt) in the “Indv” folder.

(2)

[Clear Error Log] → [Execute] → The error log is deleted.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-257

MU-258 [PC9-1-3]

Indv. data

Command for transferring individual data.

The individual data transferred to the PC for servicing is saved in the “Indv” folder.

(1)

[Save from the printer] → [Execute] → The individual data is transferred to the PC for servicing. When transfer ends, the [File transfer is completed.] screen is displayed.

(2)

Change and backup the individual data.

(3)

[Load to the printer] → [Execute] → The individual data is transferred to the equipment. When transfer ends, the [File transfer is completed.] screen is displayed.

(4)

Reboot the equipment. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset] “[PC9-2-4] Reboot”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-258

MU-259

[PC9-2]

System Config

[PC9-2-1]

Set Date/Time.

Command for setting the system date and time. “M-Utility [1-1-1] Set Date/time”

(1)

Enter the system date and time (year/month/day hour:miniute).

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-259

MU-260 [PC9-2-2]

Save Config.

Command for saving the various configuration settings. “M-Utility [1-1-3-2] Save Config”

Configuration settings saved on this menu can be recovered by [Recover] of “[PC9-2-3] Initialize”.

(1)

[Recover] → [Memory] → The current configuration settings are saved in the HD of the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-260

MU-261 [PC9-2-3]

Initialize

Command for returning the various configuration settings to the state saved in “[PC9-22] Save Config.” or setting at shipment, and initializing some of the data managed by the system. “M-Utility [1-1-3-1] Recover”, “[1-1-3-3] Initialization”

The following are data initialized when [Recover] is executed. • Number of remaining film • User counter • Total counter • Error log Executing [Initialize (manufacture)] initializes the following data in addition to the above. • Various configuration data • Whether I/O tracer is executed or not

(1)

(2)

Select the initialization type. • [Initialize (manufacture)] : State at shipment • [Recover] : State saved in “[PC9-2-2] Save Config.”. [Set] → Initialization is executed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-261

MU-262 [PC9-2-4]

Reboot

If the equipment needs to be rebooted after completing settings, execute this menu to reboot it. “M-Utility [1-1-7] Reboot”

(1)

(2)

Select the reset type. • [Power OFF] : Turns OFF the power of the equipment. • [Reboot All] : Reboots the equipment. [Reset] → The equipment is rebooted.

Executing “[PC9-2-4] Reboot” turns OFF the power of the equipment and displays the [LOGIN Failure] screen because communication is cut off.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-262

MU-263 [PC9-2-5]

Set Counters

Check the number of films used on each film tray, set the total number of films to be used per film tray, and clear the total counter to zero.

If the total counter is not cleared once to zero after installation, [Cumulative Count] and [Total Counter] will show the same values.

“M-Utility [1-1-6] Set Counters”

(1)

Click [Set Counters]. → The cumulative count of each film tray after it has been cleared to zero the previous time and total counter are displayed for each film tray.

(2)

To clear [Cumulative Count] to zero, click [TrayX UserCounter Clear]. → The number of films used on the equipment is cleared to zero.

(3)

To set the total number of films used, enter the desired value in the [Total Counter].

(4)

[Set] → The total counter value of the equipment changes.

If the value entered at [Total Counter] is smaller than that at [Cumulative Count], it will be replaced with the value of [Cumulative Count].

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-263

MU-264 [PC9-2-6]

Set Remain. Films

Command for setting the number of film remaining in each film tray. “M-Utility [5-1-2] Set Remain.Films”

(1)

Enter the number of films remaining in each film tray.

(2)

[Set] → The number of films remaining in the equipment is changed.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-264

MU-265

[PC9-3]

Set Main Panel

[PC9-3-1]

Sound Test

Command for testing the buzzer sound function of the operation panel. “M-Utility [1-5-6] Sound Test”

(1)

[ON] → The buzzer of the operation panel sounds.

(2)

[OFF] → The buzzer stops.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-265

MU-266 [PC9-3-2]

Motion Speed

Command for setting the animation display speed during film loading and removal of jammed film. “M-Utility [1-5-5] ANIMATION”

(1)

(2)

Set the display speed. • [Slow] : Speed becomes slower • [Fast] : Speed becomes faster [Execution] → The settings are transferred to the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-266

MU-267

[PC9-4]

Set Parameter

[PC9-4-1]

Patrol Lamp

Use is prohibited.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-267

MU-268

[PC10]

Film Counter

This function allows the film output by the DRYPIX 7000 to be counted by film tray, AE Title, IP address, and film size/base color.

(1)

Import the individual data.

(2)

[Film Counter] → The [Film Counter] screen is displayed.

Though [Film Counter] starts from the DPX7 PC Tool, it will operate independently from the DPX7 PC Tool after starting because it is a different application. (Example: Even if the DPX7 PC Tool is ended after displaying the [Film Counter] screen, [Film Counter] does not end.)

(3)

Select [Mode]. • [by date] : Specify the date range. • [Total] : Past count

(4)

If [by date] is selected, click ▼, and specify the calendar displayed from the date. • [Start] : From when • [End] : To when

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-268

MU-269 (5) • • • •

Click ▼, select the items counted, and click [ADD]. [Tray] : By selected film tray [AE Title] : By selected AE Title [IP Address] : By selected IP address [film color_size] : By selected film size/base color → The selected item is displayed in the [List] box at the bottom left of the [Film Counter] screen.

To delete an item displayed in the [List] box, select the item and click [DELETE].

(6)

[OK] → The output film count is displayed.

Click [CLEAR] to clear the displayed count.

(7)

[Close] → [Film Counter] ends.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-269

MU-270

[PC11]

Print Queue

This function displays the state of print jobs having the following functions. • Acquires the state of print jobs from the DRYPIX 7000 print queue and displays it. • Deletes print jobs from the DRYPIX 7000 print queue. (Corresponding to main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) • Change the priority order of print jobs in the DRYPIX 7000 print queue. (Corresponding to main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)

■ Displaying Print Jobs (1)

Click the printer name whose print job is to be displayed → [Print Queue] → The [PrintJobList] screen displayed.

[Print Queue] cannot be started if the equipment is currently starting the M-Utility or U-Utility, or communicating with the DPX7 PC Tool.

• Though [Print Queue ] starts from the DPX7 PC Tool, it will operate independently from the DPX7 PC Tool after starting because it is a different application. (Example: Even if the DPX7 PC Tool is ended after displaying the [PrintJobList] screen, [Print Queue] does not end.) • As communication is carried out via the DICOM interface, the equipment will not set into the offline state even if [Print Queue] is started.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-270

MU-271 ■ Ending [Print Queue] (1)

Click the button at the top right of the [PrintJobList] or select [Exit] from the [File] menu. → [Print Queue] ends.

■ [PrintJobList] Screen The following shows the displayed contents of the [PrintJobList] screen.

Row

Details

Display

AE Title

AE Title name

Entry Time

Print job reception date and time

Status

Print job state

PRINTING FAILURE DONE (Not displayed): Unprocessed

Priority

Print job output priority order

HIGH MEDIUM LOW

Number of Copies

Number of output requests (1 to 99) TP7U0402.EPS

• Clicking the row name [AE Title], etc. sorts in the ascending or descending order at the character string of the row. • By selecting [Refresh] of the [View] menu, the display can be updated to the latest state.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-271

MU-272 ■ Deleting Jobs (Main Unit Software Version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) (1)

Select the job to be deleted at the [PrintJobList] screen. (Several can be selected)

(2)

Select [Delete] or [Delete All] from the [Edit] menu. → The selected job is deleted, and the [PrintJobList] screen is updated.

Jobs which can be deleted are those which are not displayed in the [Status] column (not processed) and those indicated as “FAILURE” (error occurred) in the [Status] column.

■ Changing the Output Priority Order of Print Jobs (Main Unit Software Version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later) (1)

Double-click the job whose priority order in printing is to be changed on the [PrintJobList] screen. → The [Change Priority] screen is displayed.

Applicable jobs for changing priority are those not displayed in the [Status] column (not processed).

After selecting a job whose priority order in printing must be changed on the [PrintJobList] screen, [Priority] can be selected from the [Edit] menu.

(2)

(3)

Change the priority order in printing. • [High] : Priority order in printing is set to “High” • [Medium] : Priority order in printing is set to “Medium” • [Low] : Priority order in printing is set to “Low” [OK] → The priority order in printing is changed, and the [PrintJobList] screen is updated.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-272

MU-273 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-273

MU-274

[PC12]

Tool

[PC12-1]

GetLog

This function is a log acquisition tool for acquiring logs while the DRYPIX 7000 is running (including after transitioning to the routine mode/during utility mode).

(1)

Click the name of the printer for which log is to be acquired.

(2)

Select [GetLog] from the [Tool] menu. → The [Get Log] screen for selecting the log data type is displayed.

(3)

Select the type of log data to be acquired.

Selection Type DICOM Timeout OUTPUT Spooler Event PCUTL DenFileIO Driver ImgPrc Main GUI PRT

Details DICOM log Timeout log Output control log Spooler log Event log (Text file) PC interface DenFileIO Driver log ImgPrc log Main log GUI log PRT log (IOT and ISC files saved the last inside the DRYPIX 7000 HD. Acquire the latest files using [Save ITO Log] of the [Control] function.) TP7U0404.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-274

MU-275 (4)

[Get] → The log data is transferred to the PC for servicing. When transfer ends normally, the [File Transfer completed.] screen is displayed.

The log data transferred to the PC for servicing is saved in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\ DRYPIX\Printers\Establishment name_Printer name\Log\AnalysisDirectory\date time of log acquisition” folder.

(5)

[OK] → [END]

● List of Acquired Files Filename DICOM.bak OUTPUT.BAK Spooler.bak evlog.evt dbg.log DenFileIO.log DICOM.log drv01.log drv02.log EventLog.Txt evlog.txt ImgPrcErrInfo.txt

Remarks DICOM.log backup file OUTPUT.Log backup file Spooler.log backup file evlog event file dbg log DenFileIO log DICOM log Drv log Drv log Event log text file evlog text file ImgPrcErrInfo text file

Filename MAINxxxxxxxxx.log OUTPUT.LOG Spooler.log TimeOut.txt 000_000.log 001_000.log 002_000.log 003_000.log 004_000.log 005_000.log xxxxxxxx.IOT xxxxxxxx.ISC

Remarks Main control log Output control log Spooler log Timeout text file 0. GUI log 1. GUI log 2. GUI log 3. GUI log 4. GUI log 5. GUI log IOT log ISC log TP7U0403.EPS

[PC12-2]

HW AutoCheck

[HW AutoCheck] is not supported for this equipment.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-275

MU-276

5.

SETTING METHOD BY PURPOSE

5.1

Registering User ID Set the user ID entered by the user to execute the image QC function or reprint function.

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

■ Setting Procedure (1)

For printers already registered with the user ID, import individual data (User.id).

(2)

If currently communicating with the equipment, click [Setting] to cancel the communication.

(3)

“Printer Name” → [Option] → [User ID]

→ The [User.id] screen appears.

The “1111” user ID is registered as a default.

(4)

[Edit] → [Add]

→ The [UserID] screen appears. 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-276

MU-277 (5)

Enter the user ID. Enter using 4-digit numbers.

(6)

Select the checkbox of the function used.

Be sure to check [QC] or [Reprint] or both.

[Comment] can be entered as required.

(7)

[OK] → The settings made are displayed at the [User.id] screen.

(8)

To register other user IDs, repeat steps (4) to (7).

• By deleting all user ID, entering the user ID can be omitted. To delete user ID, select [Delete] from the [Edit] menu after selecting registered user ID. • In the above screen, settings can be changed by double-clicking the desired setting or selecting [Change] from the [Edit] menu after selecting that desired setting to display the [UserID] screen.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-277

MU-278 (9)

Click the of the [User.id] screen. → The screen for checking the data saved appears.

(10) [OK] → The settings are saved in the “User.id” file. This file is saved in the “C:\Program Files\ FujiFilm\ DRYPIX\Printers\Establishment name_Printer name\Indv” folder. (11) After transferring the individual data (user.id) to the equipment, reboot the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-278

MU-279

5.2

Setting the Image QC Function Set as follows to enable the image QC function. • Set the image QC function to “Enable”. • Register the user ID

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

■ Setting Procedure (1)

Import individual data.

(2)

[Setting] → “Printer name” → [Config] → [Option]

(3)

Set [QC] to “Enable” to enable the QC function.

(4)

[Update]

(5)

Register the user ID. “5.1 Registering User ID”

(6)

After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.

The QC function can also be set to enable/disable using the M-Utility. [System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Option] → [QC] “M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Options” 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-279

MU-280

5.3

Setting Reprint Set as follows to enable the reprint function. • Set the reprint function to “Enable”. • Register macro (%REPRINT%) in annotation settings. • Register the user ID

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

■ Setting Procedure (1)

Import individual data.

(2)

[Setting] → “Printer name” → “Client name” → [Protocol]

(3)

Set [Reprint] to “Yes” to enable the reprint function.

The reprint function can also be set to enable/disable using the M-Utility. [System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Reprint Function] “M-Utility [1-1-2-3] Reprint Function”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-280

MU-281 (4)

[Setting] → “Printer name” → “Client name” → [Annotation]

(5)

Register macro (%REPRINT%) in annotation settings.

(6)

[Update]

(7)

Register the user ID. “5.1 Registering User ID”

(8)

After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-281

MU-282

5.4

Setting Annotation

■ Setting Procedure Set annotation to be printed on film as follows.

As the use of CR extension format and annotation will result in image processing error, do not set annotation. (CR extension format: use of whole film as image area) “[PC1-3-1-5] Use Extension format”

(1)

Import individual data beforehand.

(2)

If currently communicating with the equipment, click [Setting] to cancel the communication.

(3)

Select the client for setting annotation. • To set by each client : Select the client for setting annotation from the [Clients:] list. • To fix the printer in setting : Select the [default] client from the [Clients:] list.

(4)

Select the font type of the annotation character. “[PC1-3-5-2] Annotation Font”

(5)

Set the annotation character size. “[PC1-3-5-3] Annotation Size”

For 20 pix/mm recording, images are printed smaller than 10 pix/mm recording.

(6)

Select the position to be printed annotation, and enter the character string.

• If annotations are set to be printed at the bottom of the film, the image area will be smaller than when this is not set, and images will be printed in reduced size. • Though annotations can be printed anywhere (upper/lower, left/ center/ right of the film), they may be missing at some locations. Therefore when printing annotations at several locations, check that none is missing during printing. “■ Rules on Location of Annotations” • Up to 64 one-byte size characters can be entered. • In addition to standard characters, macros are also available. • If the annotation character string becomes long after macro conversion, make sure that no characters are missing. “■ List of Macro Definitions”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-282

MU-283 (7)

[Update]

(8)

After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.

(9)

Print the film, and check that no characters are missing.

If characters are chipped along the height, extend the annotation print area. “[PC1-3-5-1] Annotation Height”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-283

MU-284 ■ Rules on Location of Annotations The printing area will be set to “no division”, “two-part division”, and “three-part division” as shown below according to the annotation location set. When long annotation character strings are set, etc., make sure no characters are missing. Upper Left

Upper Center Upper Right

Film

Lower Left

● Upper Left only

Lower Center Lower Right

● Upper Left and Upper Right FUJIFILM

FUJIFILM

No division

FUJIFILM

Two-part division

fujifilm

fujifilm

fujifilm

● Lower Left only

● Lower Left and Upper Right

● Upper Center only

● Upper Left and Upper Center FUJIFILM

FUJIFILM

FUJIFILM

No division

Two-part division

fujifilm

fujifilm

fujifilm

● Lower Center only

● Lower Center and Lower Right

● Upper Right only

● Upper Left, Upper Center, Upper Right FUJIFILM

FUJIFILM

No division

FUJIFILM

FUJIFILM

Three-part division

fujifilm

● Lower Right only

fujifilm

fujifilm

fujifilm

● Lower Left, Lower Center, Lower Right FP7U0435.EPS

For hospitals switching between portrait and landscape when printing images, set [Annotation] using the portrait. As the printing area is formatted smaller with portrait, missing characters can be prevented by adjusting the printing area with portrait beforehand. 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-284

MU-285 ■ List of Macro Definitions The following macros are available on this equipment. Macro

Significance

Output example

%YYYY%

4-digit year in image reception

2003

%MM%

2-digit month in image reception

05

%MON%

Month in English in image reception

MAY

%DD%

2-digit day in image reception

12

%TIME%

Time in image reception

09:51

%IPADDR%

IP address of client

192.168.1.225

%AET%

AE Title of client

Fujifilm

%ALIAS%

Alias of client

FUJIFILM

%REPRINT%

Print ID used in the reprint function

1234 TP7U0407.EPS

• If the annotation character string becomes long after macro conversion, make sure that no characters are missing. • “%ALIAS%” is valid for main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. • “%REPRINT%” is valid for main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. • To print the print ID, there is a need to set [Reprint] to “Yes”. “5.3 Setting Reprint”

For example, to print the hospital name, print request date and time information as follows, enter as indicated. FUJIFILMHOSPITAL2003.05.1209:51 “FUJIFILMHOSPITAL%YYYY%.%MM%.%DD%%TIME%” (Note: designates a space.)

For details on printing client alias in the annotation character string, refer to “■ Setting Client Alias”.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-285

MU-286 ■ Setting Client Alias Perform the following procedure to print client alias in annotations.

Client alias is a name related to the client IP address and AE Title.

(1)

For printer already registered with the client alias, import individual data (IP Address_Alias.txt).

(2)

If currently communicating with the equipment, click [Setting] to cancel the communication.

(3)

“Printer name” → [Option] → [IP Address Alias]

→ The [IPAddress_Alias] screen appears. (4)

[Edit] → [Add]

→ The [IPAddress Alias] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-286

MU-287 (5)

Enter the following items: • [IP Address] : IP address of client • [AE Title] : AE Title of client • [Alias Name] : Alias of client

Entering the IP address or AE Title incorrectly will disable printing of annotations.

[Comment] can be entered as required.

(6)

[OK] → The settings made are displayed at the [IPAddress_Alias] window.

(7)

To assign an alias to other clients, repeat steps (4) to (6).

In the above screen, settings can be changed by double-clicking the desired setting or selecting [Change] from the [Edit] menu after selecting that desired setting to display the [IP Address Alias] window.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-287

MU-288 (8)

Click at the [IPAddress_Alias] window. → The window for checking the data saved appears.

(9)

[OK] → The settings are saved in the text format “IPAddress_Alias.txt” in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers\Establishment name” folder.

“IPAddress_Alias.txt” is saved as individual data.

(10) After transferring the individual data (IPAddress_Alias.txt) to the equipment, reboot the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-288

MU-289 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-289

MU-290

5.5

Setting Output of User Settable Images Set as follows to enable output of user settable images. • Set the user settable image output function to “Enable”. • Transfer user settable image files (user data) to the equipment. • Execute test printing and check the results.

• This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. • For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, the grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD.

■ Setting Procedure (1)

Import individual data.

(2)

[Setting] → “Printer name” → [Config] → [Option]

(3)

Set [User Settable] to “Enable” to enable the user settable image output function. “[PC1-2-9-11] User Settable”

(4)

[Update]

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-290

MU-291 (5)

Transfer the individual data to the equipment.

The user settable image output function can also be set to enable/disable using the M-Utility. [System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Option] → [User Settable] “M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Options”

(6)

“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [User Settable] “[PC2-5] User Settable”

(7)

Select the drive with the image file.

(8)

Select the folder with the image file.

(9)

Select the image file.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-291

MU-291.1 (10) [to the printer] → The image data is transferred to the equipment.

→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen is displayed. (11) Reboot the equipment. (12) “Printer name” → [OutPutFilm] (13) Select [User Settable], and execute test printing of user settable images and check the results. “[PC6-9] User Settable”

Test printing can be performed using the U-Utility or M-Utility. “U-Utility [2] TEST PATTERN”, “M-Utility [2-9] User Settable”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-291.1

MU-291.2 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-291.2

MU-291.3 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-291.3

MU-291.4 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-291.4

MU-292

5.6

Displaying Logs by Client (Filtering DICOM Communication Logs) Perform the following procedure to display and analyze DICOM logs by client.

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

■ Setting Procedure (1)

Import individual data (dicom.dat).

(2)

[Setting] → “Printer name” → “Client name” → [Protocol]

(3)

Set [Logging Client] to “Yes” to enable the setting of the filtering of DICOM communication logs. “[PC1-3-1-11] Logging Client”

(4)

[Update]

(5)

Transfer individual data (dicom.dat) to the equipment.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-292

MU-293 ■ Displaying Procedure (1)

“Printer name” → [Analyzer]

(2)

[GET LOG] → The DICOM communication log is displayed.

(3)

Select [Client.log], and select the client name from the dropdown list.

(4)

[View] → The DICOM communication log of the selected client is displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-293

MU-294

5.7

Adjusting LUT Using SAR MAKER Perform the following procedure to adjust LUT using the SAR MAKER. • Start the SAR MAKER and adjust LUT. • Perform the changes for the adjustments made in the DPX7 PC Tool.

DPX7 PC Tool Version A08 or later must be installed to use the functions of SAR MAKER.

■ Adjusting Procedure

Do not display the screen for setting client of [Setting] while using the SAR MAKER. If displayed, adjustment values may not be reflected, but reflected in other clients. (1)

Import individual data.

(2)

[Option] → [SarMaker]

→ The SAR MAKER screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-294

MU-295 (3)

Click [Mode] from the menu bar. → The [Mode] screen appears.

[4.0] of [Density] (Dmax4.0) is provided in DI Tool software version V3.0 or later, and effective for equipment installing software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.

(4)

Select [Density] (maximum density) and [Color] (film base color).

(5)

[OK]

(6)

Select [GAMMA No.]. → The tone curve (gamma curve) is drawn. (dark red)

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-295

MU-295.1 (7)

Select the fine adjustment point number at [tuning point].

(8)

Enter [DMAX] (maximum density) and [DMIN] (minimum density).

(9)

Enter the [density], [shift], [contrast] for the number of times selected at [tuning point].

Even when [4.0] is selected at [Density] in the [Mode] screen, the maximum density value that can be fine-adjusted at the fine adjustment points is 3.6.

(10) [Adjust] → The input data is reflected, and the converted tone curve is drawn. (bright red)

Two tone curves can be drawn at the same time. The second tone curve is drawn in blue. Note, however, that only the LUT data adjusted last is saved to “sar_savedata.txt”.

(11) [Save] → The [save complete] screen is displayed, and the converted LUT data is saved under the filename “sar_savedata.txt”. This file is saved in the folder “C:\Program Files\ FujiFilm\DRYPIX”.

“sar_savedata.txt” saves the data creation date/time, GAMMA No., DMAX, DMIN, fine adjustment points and QL values at 48 points, and density values.

This ends the adjustment of LUT.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-295.1

MU-295.2 (12) [POST] → The [Post] screen appears.

(13) At the [Post] screen, select the printer name, client name, and LUT number for reflecting the values adjusted using SAR MAKER. (14) [Execute] → The [Post Completed] screen is displayed, and the adjustment values are reflected in the LUT number of the selected client. (15) Click

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

to close SAR MAKER.

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-295.2

MU-295.3 (16) [Setting] → “Printer name” → “Client name” → [LUT] → [Adjustment parameter]

(17) Check that the adjustment values are reflected in the LUT number selected at step (13). (18) Transfer the individual data to the equipment.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-295.3

MU-295.4 ■ Other functions ● [QL >> D] button Allows you to find the density difference before and after the adjustment. (1)

Enter the desired QL value in [QL].

(2)

[QL >> D] → The density value before adjustment is displayed in [Density (before)] and the density value after adjustment is displayed in [Density (after)]. (100-fold value)

#2 [Click]

#1 [Enter]

FP7U0957.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-295.4

MU-296 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-296

MU-297 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-297

MU-298

5.8

Acquiring Logs when Equipment is not Started If the DPX7 PC Tool cannot be communicated with the equipment due to fatal errors of the equipment, acquire logs for analysis by connecting the DPX7 PC Tool as follows.

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.

■ Acquiring Log Files from the Equipment (1)

“Printer name” → [Option] → [Data Trans-forInitialError]

→ The [Data Trans] screen appears. • [PC Target Directry] : The directory of the DPX7 PC Tool corresponding to the selection made at [Printer Target Directry] is displayed. • [Printer Target Directry] : The directory of the equipment is displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-298

MU-299 (2)

Select the folder transferred from at [Printer Target Directry].

The selectable folder is limited. For details on selectable folders, refer to “■ List of Directories”.

(3)

[from the printer] → [OK]

CAUTION As full installation is executed and the main unit software is set to the default state, do not select click [Recover] . → The selected folder is transferred.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-299

MU-300 ■ List of Directories Drive

Lower Directory

Remarks

Access

drive E: BackupDir

Reference only

Temporary directory in version upgrading

Driver

Reference only

Same as above

Image

Reference only

Same as above

PanelDriver

Reference only

Same as above

Param

Reference only

Same as above

Program

Reference only

Same as above

Reference only

For log file (Used in backup of logs)

Reference only

Same as above

BackupLog DICOM

Reference only

Same as above (Used for DICOM filtering function)

Driver

Client

Reference only

Same as above

EventLog

Reference only

Same as above

GUI

Reference only

Same as above

Main

Reference only

Same as above

Output

Reference only

Same as above

PCUTL

Reference only

Same as above

Spooler

Reference only

Same as above

CalTemp

Not applicable

Used in internal processing

Driver

Reference, Update

Image

Reference, Update

List

Reference, Update

(Individual data list file)

Reference only

Log file

Reference only

Same as above

Log DICOM

Reference only

Same as above (Used for DICOM filtering function)

Driver

Client

Reference only

Same as above

EventLog

Reference only

Same as above

GUI

Reference only

Same as above

Main

Reference only

Same as above

Output

Reference only

Same as above

PCUTL

Reference only

Same as above

Spooler

Reference only

Same as above

PanelDriver

Reference, Update

param

Reference, Update

(Current individual data)

Custom

Reference, Update

(Directory for saving individual data during installation)

Install

Reference, Update

(Directory for saving default individual data)

Reference, Update

(Directory for saving individual data at factory)

Manufacture program

Reference, Update

Temp

Not applicable

Used in internal processing

UniTemp

Not applicable

Used in internal processing

VersionupDir

Reference, Update Driver

Reference, Update

Image

Reference, Update

PanelDriver

Reference, Update

param

Reference, Update

program

Reference, Upda TP7U0409.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-300

MU-301

Drive

Lower Directory

Access

Remarks

drive F: BackupDir

Reference only

Temporary directory in version upgrading

Driver

Reference only

Same as above

Param

Reference only

Same as above

Program

Reference only

Same as above

BackupLog

Reference only

For log file (Used in backup of logs)

Driver

Reference, Update

(Currently not used)

Log

Reference only

Log file

param

Reference, Update

(Current individual data)

Custom

Reference, Update

(Directory for saving individual data during installation)

Install

Reference, Update

(Directory for saving default individual data)

Manufacture

Reference, Update

(Directory for saving individual data at factory)

program

Reference, Update

Remote

Reference only

VersionupDir

(Operation information)

Reference, Update Driver

Reference, Update

Param

Reference, Update

Program

Reference, Update

drive G: Image

Reference, Update

Job

Reference, Update

Raw

Reference, Update

Backup

Reference, Update Image

Reference, Update

Job

Reference, Update

Directory for reprint

drive H: Log

Reference only

Temporary directory in version upgrading Acquisition of Watson log

BackupLog

Reference only

For log file (Used in backup of logs) TP7U0410.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-301

MU-302

5.9

Adjusting the Leading Edge Margin Perform the following procedure to adjust the leading edge margin (margin at the leading edge along the film conveyance direction). • Editing of leading edge margin definition file • Transfer of definition file to equipment.

This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later

■ Adjusting Procedure (1)

Copy “PRT_MARGIN.txt” to the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers\ Establishment name_Printer name\Indv” folder.

(2)

Open and edit “PRT_MARGIN.txt” using the text editor such as Notepad.

For all film sizes, set the range of leading edge margin values to 5 to 60 for 10 pix/mm recording and 10 to 120 for 20 pix/mm recording. If the leading edge margin exceeds the above values, it is defined as the default 5 (10 in 20 pix/ mm recording). ; ; File:Prt_Margin.txt ; ; [History] ; V1.0 Jun-03 2003 Ver.A03 ; ;---------------------------------------------------------;;100um 5 ;; 8x10 5 ;; 10x12 5 ;; 10x14 5 ;; 14x14 5 ;; 14x17 ;;50um 10 ;; 8x10 10 ;; 10x12 10 ;; 10x14 10 ;; 14x14 10 ;; 14x17 ;;eof

Change this value.

FP7U0520.EPS

(3)

Overwrite and save “PRT_MARGIN.txt”.

(4)

“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Files] → [PC] → [Indv. Files]

(5)

Select “PRT_MARGIN.txt”.

(6)

[to the printer] → The leading edge margin definition file (PRT_MARGIN.txt) is transferred to the equipment.

(7)

Reboot the equipment.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-302

MU-303

5.10

Copying Weekly Settings

Perform the following procedure to copy weekly settings (SCHEDULER) set using the U-Utility to other equipment. “2. U-Utility [6-3-3] SCHEDULER” ■ Outline of Procedure • Import individual data of the equipment (printer 1) set with weekly settings in the PC for servicing. • Import the individual data of the equipment (printer 2) for making copies to the PC for servicing. • Replace the files related to weekly settings using the DPX7 PC Tool (printer 1 → printer 2). • Transfer individual data to the equipment (printer 2). ■ Copying Procedure (1)

Import individual data of equipment (printer 1) set with weekly settings. “Printer name (printer 1)” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]

(2)

Import the individual data of the equipment (printer 2) for making copies. “Printer name (printer 2)” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]

(3)

Open Windows Explorer. [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Explorer]

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-303

MU-304 (4)

Copy the weekly settings related files of printer 1 to the “Indv” folder of printer 2.

Weekly settings related files: “closed.txt”, “eco_idle.txt”, “eco_weekly1.txt” to “eco_weekly7.txt”, “timetable.txt”

#1

#2

[Select] Indv folder of printer 1

[Select] Weekly settings related files

#3 Copy/paste weekly settings related files to the Indv folder of printer 2.

(5)

FP7U0954.EPS

Transfer the individual data of printer 2 from which weekly settings were copied to printer 2. “Printer name (printer 2)” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [PC => Printer]

(6)

Reboot the equipment.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-304

MU-305

5.11

Acquiring Log Files

The following describes four methods of acquiring log files using the DPX7 PC Tool. Use as appropriate according to the log acquisition state and type of log acquired. ● To Acquire Logs without Stopping Printer Output when Problems Occur: Acquire logs using the [GetLog] function. “[PC12] GetLog” ● To Analyze DICOM Logs on the Spot when Problems Occur: Acquire logs using the [Analyzer] function. “[PC4] Analyzer” ● To Acquire All Log Information Files: Acquire logs using the [Transfer Analysis Log] of [Control] function. “[PC9-1-1] Log Data” ● To Perform Periodic Maintenance: Acquire logs using the [Save from the printer] of [Control] function. “[PC9-1-3] Indv. Data” The following page shows a list of saved log files and where they are saved by DPX7 PC Tool function.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-305

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

Function

Details of Function

Login

Filename

Type of File

Folder Saved in

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

GetLog

Saves the log files for analysis in the PC for servicing. Can be acquired even while the equipment is during M-Utility or U-Utility mode, or printing.

No

Number_Number.log *.IOT *.ISC dbg.log DenFileIO.log DICOM.log DICOM.bak drv*.log ImgPrcErrInfo.txt Main*****.log Output.log OUTPUT.BAK Spooler.log Spooler.bak TimeOut.txt AppEvt.txt

GUI log IOT log ISC log PCUTL log Density measurement display data IO log DICOM log DICOM log (Backup) Drv log ImgPrcErrInfo (Text) Main control log Output control log Output control log (Backup) Spooler log Spooler log (Backup) Timeout log Event log (Text)

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\printers\ Establishment name_Printer name\LOG\ Analysis Directory\date time of log acquisition

Analyzer

For design and analysis when problems occur.

Yes

dicom.log dicom.bak

DICOM log DICOM log (Backup)

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm (Home directory)

Transfer Analysis Log

Saves the log files for analysis in the PC for servicing.

Yes

Saves individual data as well as log files for analysis in the PC for servicing.

Yes

GUI log IOT log ISC log Event log (Text) PCUTL log Density measurement display data IO log DICOM log DICOM log (Backup) Drv log ImgPrcErrInfo (Text) Main control log Output control log Output control log (Backup) Spooler log Spooler log (Backup) Timeout log

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\printers\ Establishment name_Printer name\LOG

Save from the printer

Number_Number.log *.IOT *.ISC AppEvt.txt dbg.log DenFileIO.log DICOM.log DICOM.bak drv*.log ImgPrcErrInfo.txt Main*****.log Output.log OUTPUT.BAK Spooler.log Spooler.bak TimeOut.txt

Display Error Log

Error log view

Yes

AppEvt.txt

Event log (Text)

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\printers\ Establishment name_Printer name\Indv TP7U0406.EPS

MU-306

MU-306

MU-307 BLANK PAGE

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-307

MU-308

5.12

Creating a New Gamma Table

Gamma tables can be created and created gamma tables can be changed using [Gamma Creator]. To create with the same tone (gamma table) as the 11-point density of the SMPTE pattern output from another printer, perform the following procedure.

This menu is effective for DI Tool software version V3.0 or later.

(1)

Import individual data.

(2)

Check that the target printer for the gamma table is selected in [Equipment list] of DPX7 PC Tool.

(3)

Start SAR MAKER. [Option] → [SarMaker] → The [SAR MAKER] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-308

MU-309 (4)

Click [Gamma Creator] in the menu bar. → The [Gamma Creator] screen appears.

(5)

Select a desired gamma number from [Gamma No.].

[Gamma No.] can be selected in the range of 80 to 99. When an already-registered gamma number is selected, the comment registered in [Comment] is displayed.

(6)

Select the maximum density value from [Dmax].

[Dmax] can be selected from 300, 330, 360, and 400.

(7)

Enter the density values in [OD] column.

• Entry value range: 0 ≤ entry value ≤ Dmax. • Enter a 100-fold value of the density value.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-309

MU-310 (8)

In [Comment], enter a comment for the gamma number to be created.

(9)

Select [OK]. → The [Gamma Creator] screen closes and a GAMMA curve is drawn in the [SAR MAKER] window, while “gamma2.prm” in the “Indv” folder of the printer selected in Step (2) is updated.

When an already-registered gamma number is selected, a message [Select gamma number is already exist. Overwrite gamma number?] to confirm whether you want to overwrite the existing gamma number.

(10) Transfer the individual data to the equipment. → The gamma number created can be specified at the [γ Table No.] setting of each LUT.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-310

MU-311 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-311

MU-312

5.13

Full Installation of Main Unit Software with Equipment not Started

If the equipment does not start due to main unit software error, etc., connect the DPX7 PC Tool as follows, and perform full installation of the main unit software.

• This menu is effective for DI Tool software version V2.0 or later. • There is a need to copy (store) the main unit software and latest equipment data in the FTP folder of the PC for servicing.

■ Acquiring Log Files from the Equipment (1)

“Printer name” → [Option] → [Data Trans-forInitialError]

→ The [Data Trans] screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-312

MU-313 (2)

[Recover]. → Full installation is executed, and the main unit software and configuration settings are set back to default. When full installation completes normally, the [Completed] screen appears.

(3)

[OK]

(4)

After rebooting the equipment, transfer the individual data to the equipment.

(5)

Reboot the equipment again.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-313

MU-314

5.14

Settings for Using MammoQC Function After Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from V6.0/V12.0 or Earlier to V7.0/V13.0

If using the mammo QC function in equipment whose main unit software version has been upgraded from V6.0/V12.0 or earlier to V7.0/V13.0, perform the following procedure.

• This menu is effective for DI Tool software version V3.0 or later. • This function is effective for equipment whose main unit software version is V7.0/V13.0 or later. • Added client [MammoQCTest] cannot be deleted.

(1)

Import the individual data.

(2)

Register a new client [Setting] → “Printer name” → [Add] #1

#2

FP7U0961.EPS

(3)

Enter the “MammoQCTest” as a client name.

(4)

[OK]

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-314

MU-315 (5)

Set the following values for LUT1 of client [MammoQCTest]. γ Table No. : 19 Max. Density : 360 Min. Density : 20

(6)

Set LUT2 to 8 of client [MammoQCTest]. For LUT2, set the same value as the LUT of the mammo system used in the hospital. If there are several mammo systems in the hospital, set the LUT value of one of these systems to LUT2, and those of the other systems to LUT3 to LUT8 respectively.

(7)

Transfer the individual data to the equipment.

(8)

Reboot the equipment.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-315

MU-316

APPENDIX 1 PRECAUTIONS AND SETTINGS IN THE USE OF Windows XP PC FOR SERVICING When using the Windows XP (SP2) PC for servicing, the following precautions and additional settings are required for operating the service tool software. ■ Precautions on Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) Like the Windows 2000 PC for servicing, the Windows XP PC for servicing also requires the Windows components Internet Information Services (IIS) function. If it has not been installed in the Windows XP PC for servicing to be used, install as follows. During the installing procedure, check the following. (1)

Select the checkmark in the [Internet Information Services (IIS)] checkbox from the [Components:] list at [Add/Remove Windows Components], and click [Details].

(2)

Check that the checkmark is selected in the [File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service] checkbox from the [Subcomponents of Internet Information Services (IIS):] list. If not selected, select the checkmark, and click [OK].

If [File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service] is not selected at the [Subcomponents of Internet Information Services (IIS):] list, [Default FTP Site] will be disabled, disabling directory settings of the FTP site hereafter.

(3)

Proceed with the installation procedure according to the instructions displayed.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-316

MU-317 ■ Windows Firewall Settings Like the Windows 2000 PC for servicing, implement FTP site directory settings, Windows XP will also require additional setting of the TCP Port number used by the [Default FTP Site] to the Windows Firewall Exceptions. Set as follows. (1)

Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar → [Settings] → [Control Panel].

(2)

Double-click the [Administrative Tools] icon.

(3)

Double-click the [Internet Information Services] icon.

(4)

Double-click the computer name of the PC used from the [Computer] list.

(5)

Double-click the [FTP Sites] folder from the [Name] list.

(6)

Right-click [Default FTP Site], and select [Properties].

(7)

At the [FTP Site] tab, note down the number displayed at [TCP Port:] of [Identification] (“21” in the following screen example).

(8)

Click [Cancel].

(9)

Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

(10) Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar → [Settings] → [Control Panel]. (11) Double-click the [Windows Firewall] icon.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-317

MU-318 (12) Click the [Exceptions] tab.

(13) Click [Add Port]. (14) Enter “FTP” in [Name:], and enter the number noted down at step (7) at [Port number:] (“21” in the following screen example).

(15) Click [OK].

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-318

MU-319 (16) Check that the checkmark of the [FTP] checkbox has been added in the [Programs and Services:] list of the [Exceptions] tab.

The contents of the [Programs and Services:] list of the [Exceptions] tab of the Windows Firewall shown below are just an example, and actual contents displayed will differ according to the state of use of the PC for servicing (different programs and service names may be registered).

(17) Click [OK]. (18) Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-319

MU-320 ■ Precautions on Selecting the User Name when Starting the PC for Servicing At the user name selection screen when the Windows XP PC for servicing is started after installing the service tool software, the user name [dryprinter] will be added. Do not select it. Also do not change the settings of this user name. Selecting or changing the settings of [dryprinter] will disable normal operations of the PC for servicing.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-320

MU-321 BLANK PAGE

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

MU-321

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)

SP7-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

10/15/2002 11/10/2002 03/10/2003 07/15/2004 09/20/2004

00 01 02 03 04

11/30/2005

05

10/02/2006

06

02/15/2007

08

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

Reason

New Release (FM3342/FM3343) Revised (FM3600/FM3601) Revised (FM3977) Revised (FM4323) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4446) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4689) Revised (Change of corporate name and corporate logo) (FM4992) Revised (FM5076)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages 1, 4-91 All pages 1, 12, 13, 15, 19, 25-27, 31-33, 36, 37, 41, 47, 49, 51, 57, 59, 65, 69, 72, 84-89 1, 2, 3, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19-21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 37, 41, 45-51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 63, 65, 67, 69, 72, 84-89 1, 73-83 1-3, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 29, 31, 33, 37, 46-53, 57, 59, 72, 84-89

SP7-1

SP7-2

HOW TO USE THE SERVICE PARTS LIST ■ RANK ● Handling RANK Characters

The Fault RANK characters, Handling RANK characters, and Export regulationapplicable character are assigned in that order. Thus, at least one character or up to three characters are assigned in the RANK column.

(Parts that are handled in a special manner during parts management, such ■ REF.NO. as replacement) REF. NO. is a part number indicated in the It is assigned only to applicable parts. Service Parts Exploded Views. For parts having different functions, they are clearly Character Under Warranty Out of Warranty distinguished in the REMARKS and Must be returned. Repairable R Must be returned. SERIAL NUMBER columns. Q Not repairable (We use for analysis.)

T

without R, Q, T

■ PART NUMBER

Must not be returned. (Consumable part. Not applicable to free-of-charge warranty.)

Not repairable

Must not be returned.

Not repairable TP5Z0002.EPS

● Export Regulation-applicable Character (Parts with the following designator are controlled by export regulations.) Character +

Significance Parts applicable to export regulations. TP3Z0003.EPS

● Fault RANK Characters (Which provide reference for determining the recommended stock quantity) All parts are assigned with one of characters A thorugh E. Character

Significance

A

Consumable parts or parts that will be replaced at short intervals.

B

Parts that may become faulty accidentally and have a relatively high failure rate.

C

D

E

Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to have a relatively high failure rate. Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to become faulty. Parts that are necessary for fault analysis, or parts that may be needed in case of unexpected accidents such as man-induced damage. TP3Z0004.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PART NUMBER is a code number that is unique to each part. An alphabetic letter at the rightmost position of the code number has the following meaning. ❍For hardware The alphabet denotes the version number of a part. If parts have different version numbers, they are upward compatible. ❍For software The alphabet denotes a difference in the specifications. Parts differing in the suffix are not compatible with each other. Version number is omitted in the list. ■ PART NAME PART NAME represents a general name of a part. ■ QTY. ❍QTY. denotes the quantity of parts used in each unit. ❍A part whose quantity is suffixed with -S represents a small part that is shipped in packs of 50. (Even if such a part is ordered in quantity of 1, a pack containing 50 pieces of that part is supplied.) SP7-2

SP7-3 ■ PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED WHEN RETURNING PARTS FOR The REMARKS column indicates a REPAIR unique name or relevant information of When returning a component for repair, each part. pack it in the same manner as for the ■ SERIAL NUMBER supplied substitute, using the substitute The units may contain different parts packing materials. depending on their shipment control The use of different packing materials or number. SERIAL NUMBER indicates the packing methods may incur damage to shipment control number to which the packed component during transit. relevant parts are applicable. If the SERIAL NUMBER column is blank, the parts are applicable to all the relevant units. The shipment control number is represented by lower five digits of eightdigit number indicated on the rating indication label. ■ REMARKS

■ RECOMMENDED QUANTITIES OF SPARE PARTS It is recommended as a rough guide to keep in stock a certain quantity of parts according to the rank (A, B, C, D, E) assigned to the parts, as follows. For periodically replaced parts, keep them in stock separately. Adjust the stock quantity of service parts depending on the number of working units (N). Quantity used in a single system: Q ❍N=1 Rank A = 1 + Q x 0.3 Rank C = 1 + Q x 0.05 Rank D = 1 + Q x 0.02 ❍2≤N≤10 Rank A = 2 + N x Q x 0.3 Rank C = 2 + N x Q x 0.05 Rank D = 1 + N x Q x 0.02 ❍11≤N≤300 Rank A = 3 + N x Q x 0.3 Rank C = 3 + N x Q x 0.05 Rank D = 2 + N x Q x 0.02

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-3

SP7-4

HOW TO READ PARTS DIAGRAMS The SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP) Volume is constructed in such a way that it can be referred together with the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC) Volume. REF Nos. enclosed in the exploded view mean that the removal/reinstallation/adjustment procedure of that part is provided in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume. The following describes how to read the Parts Diagrams. ■ Example (SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume) INDEX No.

(1)

05C FP7Z0513.EPS

E6

REF. No.

15

(2)

3 2

16

2-BR3X8

1

4

E6

6 E4 E3 DT3X6

14

5

E6

8

6

13 10 E6

6

7

17 6

E6

9 DT3X6

10

3-BR3X10

11

18 19 12 FP7Z0503.EPS

006-259-00 11.10.2002 FM3342(1)

SP-30

FP7Z0001.EPS

(1) INDEX No. .... The INDEX Nos. in the SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume are related to the Chapter No. in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume. (2) REF No. ....... REF No. (example 3 ) which are enclosed in the exploded view indicate the Section No. to be referred in REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume. For the above example, the item to be referred for REF. 3 is “MC 5 - 3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)”. 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-4

SP7-5 ■ Example (REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume) (1)

Chapter No.

5

(2)

3

Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)

Section No. FP7C0523.EPS

■Removing Procedure (1) • (2) (3)

Remove the following cover. Rear cover Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) Remove the exit conveyance motor (MD2). (3) #3 [Disconnect] Connector MD2

(3) #3 [Disconnect] Connector CLD1

(3) #3 [Release] Clamp

(3) #4 [Disconnect] Clutch connector

(3) #1 [Remove] 2-DT3x6

(3) #2 [Remove] Upper conveyor unit exit motor (MD2)

(2) #1 [Remove] E5

(2) #2 [Pull out] Upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1) FP7C0504.EPS

■Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 006-259-00 11.10.2002 FM3342(1)

MC-60

FP7Z0002.EPS

Refer to “MC 5 - 3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)” for details on the removal/ reinstallation/adjustment of “ 05C - 3 ”.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-5

SP7-6 INDEX 01A ● カバー1

COVER 1

INDEX 01B ● カバー2

COVER 2

INDEX 02B ● フレーム2

FRAME 2

● フレーム1

FRAME 1

INDEX 03A ● 装填部1

LOADING UNIT 1

INDEX 04A ● 枚葉部1

REMOVAL UNIT 1

INDEX 04B ● 枚葉部2

REMOVAL UNIT 2

INDEX 05B ● 搬送部2

CONVEYOR UNIT 2

INDEX 02A

INDEX 05C ● 搬送部3

CONVEYOR UNIT 3

INDEX 03B ● 装填部2

LOADING UNIT 2

INDEX 05A ● 搬送部1

CONVEYOR UNIT 1

INDEX 05D ● 搬送部4

CONVEYOR UNIT 4

FP7Z1001.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-6

SP7-7 INDEX 05E ● 搬送部5

CONVEYOR UNIT 5

INDEX 06 ● 副走査部

SUB-SCANNING UNIT

INDEX 08A ● 熱現像部1

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1

INDEX 08B ● 熱現像部2

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2

INDEX 08D ● 熱現像部4 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4

INDEX 08E ● 熱現像部5 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 5

INDEX 09A ● 排出部1

FILM RELEASE UNIT 1

INDEX 09B ● 排出部2

FILM RELEASE UNIT 2

INDEX 07 ● 光学部

SCANNING OPTICS UNIT

INDEX 08C ● 熱現像部3

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3

INDEX 08F ● 熱現像部6 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 6

INDEX 10 ● 制御部

CONTROLLER

FP7Z1002.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-7

SP7-8 INDEX 11A ● ソータ1

SORTER 1

INDEX 11B ● ソータ2

SORTER 2

INDEX 11D ● ソータ4

SORTER 4

● ソータ3

SORTER 3

INDEX 11E ● ソータ5

SORTER 5

INDEX 11G ● ソータ7

SORTER 7

INDEX 12

INDEX 14

INDEX 13 ● 接続図

CABLE CONNECTION

DIAGRAM

INDEX 15 ●



INDEX 11F ● ソータ6

SORTER 6

● ケーブル

CABLE

● 部品番号検索表

PARTS NOS. SEARCH

TABLE

INDEX 11C

ネジ・座金類の表示記号一覧表 TABLE OF SCREWS/ WASHERS INDICATION SYMBOLS

INDEX 16 ● 消耗品一覧表

LIST OF QUICK WEARING

PARTS

FP7Z1003.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-8

SP7-9 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-9

カバー 1 COVER 1

01A

FP7Z0111.EPS

20 8-T4x16

B

21

C 29

A

BR3x8

4

5

8-BR3x8

A

2-BR3x8

25

BR3x8

26

2

1.2

2-BR3x8

D

1.1

27 7

10 6

9 8

B 10-BR3x8 3-DT3x8

3 15 2-BR3x8

4-BR3x8

17

11

2-BR3x8

18

28

D

2-PS3x8

2

4-PS3x8

16 4-TP4x8

C

22 24

23

12 19

13 15

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

2-BR3x8 4-PS3x8

14

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0101.EPS

SP7-10

カバー 1 COVER 1 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

1.1 D

1.2

QTY.

01A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

1 350N2653D/E

カバー

Cover

遮板 刃物 ストッパ 保守部品 遮板 シールド材 カバー メカニカルフィル ター 遮板 蝶番 ブラケット ブラケット ブラケット ラッチ ブラケット アクチュエータ カバー カバー カバー カバー 緩衝機材 リボン リボン 銘板 銘板 銘板 スポンジテープ キャップ

Cover Cutter Stopper Jig Cover Packing Cover

3 2 1 1 1 1 1

Air Filter

1

Cover Hinge Bracket Bracket Bracket Lutch Bracket Actuator Cover Cover Cover Cover Shock Absorber Ribbon Ribbon Label Label Label Sponge Tape Cap

1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 8 1 6 6 6 1 1 1 3 4

E A D E E D D

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

345N1633E/F 393N0011 332N0600 899Y0260 345N1635E 345N1481 350N2656B

A

9

376N0229B

E D E E E D E D D D D D D D D E E E D D

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

345N1660B 314N0065D 356N9003B 356N9006A 356N9007C 316S3132 356N9004B 366N0058C 350Y1684 350N2666D 350N2059A/B/C 350N2651D/E/F 386N1171A 386N1169 386N1602 405N3010A 405N3011 405N3012 382N1599 317N1053A/B

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

1

1段トレイ使用時の み/Used for upper tray

SP7-11

カバー 2 COVER 2

01B

1 2 3 FP7Z0112.EPS

4 BR3x12 2-S3x5

5

2-T4x8

6

A 7

2-T4x12 4-BR3x8

2-T4x12

A 3-BR3X8

8

8

8-T4x16

8-T4x25

9

9 10

9 12 12

15

BR4x8

9

9

16

9

BR4x8

17

13

11 14 9 10

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4446

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

12 FP7Z0102.EPS

SP7-12

カバー 2 COVER 2 RANK REF. D D D E D D D D D D D D E D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

PART NO. 350N2668D 350N2661B/C 350N2663C/D 356N8994B 350N2662B/C 350N2658B/C 350N2660B/C 350N2059A/B/C 343N0054B 345Y0300A 350N2650D/E/F/G 398Y0064 405N2980 350Y1673A 376N0238 364N0125 364N0124

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME カバー カバー カバー ブラケット カバー カバー カバー カバー フック ルーバ カバー シャッタ 銘板 カバー メカニカルフィルタ ガード ガード

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Cover Cover Cover Bracket Cover Cover Cover Cover Hook Louver Cover Shutter Label Cover Air Filter Guard Guard

QTY.

01B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 7 5 1 1-3 With REF.13 1 1 5 1-3 1-3

SP7-13

フレーム 1 FRAME 1

02A

2-BR3x8

1 2 FP7Z0211.EPS

3

2-BR3x8

25 24

4 2-BR3x8

6

27

5

22

16 23

2-BR3x8

7 9 BR3x8 19

2-BR3x8

17 21

8 26 14

15

2-TP

18 2-BR3x8

4-BR3x8

3-BR5x12

11

10

11

10

12 13

12 19 13 20 19

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0201.EPS

SP7-14

フレーム 1 FRAME 1 RANK REF. E E E D E D D D E D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D E D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

PART NO. 345N1653C 345N1634C 345N1640G 345F0606A 345N1649B 363N2453B 128Y0299 363N2453B 356N8962 367N1007 367S2059 316N0371 316N0372 360N0474C 852N0025E/F 314N0068D 314N0067D 314N0066D 382N1541A 382N1542A 382N1540A 382N1558B 382N1543B 382N1561A 382N1559B 345N1662A 345N1639

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME 遮板 遮板 遮板 ルーバ 遮板 ガイド スイッチ ガイド ブラケット キャスタ 脚 止め具 止め具 ケーシング 読取り部 蝶番 蝶番 蝶番 テープ テープ テープ テープ テープ テープ テープ 遮板 遮板

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Cover Cover Cover Louver Cover Guide Switch Guide Bracket Caster Foot Clamp Clamp Casing Bar Code Reader Hinge Hinge Hinge Tape Tape Tape Tape Tape Tape Tape Cover Tape

QTY.

02A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1-3 2 2 2 2 1-3 1-3 SA14, SA24, SA34 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1-3 1

SP7-15

02B

フレーム 2 FRAME 2

4-BR4X8 2-BR4X8

19

FP7Z0212.EPS

1 2

20

3

21 4

TP3x6 2-DT3X6 2-DT3X6

8

9

5 2-TP3x6

3-BR4x8

6-BR3x8

6 7

23

22

13 10

14 3-BR5x12

15 W12

12 14 11

15

SW12

10 W12

16

SW12

18 16

3-BR5x12

17 17 FP7Z0202.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-16

フレーム 2 FRAME 2 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

E D E

1 2 3

347N1827 382N1545A 346N1258A

調整板 テープ 補助板

Adjustment Plate Tape Support Plate

1 1 1

E

4

401N0846

押え板

Couter Plate

1

E

5

347N1830

スペーサ

Spacer

1

E

6

309N0103

座金

Washer

1

E

7

308N0212

特殊ねじ

Special Screw

2

D E D D D E E E E E D E D E D D

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

388N5349C 356N9084 382N1541A 382N1544A 382N1560A 316S1190 347N1623 316N0377 316N0371 316N0372 367N1007 356N8993 115Y0041A 356N9087 375N0078 363N2473

板ばね ブラケット テープ テープ テープ コードクランプ スペーサ 止め具 止め具 止め具 キャスタ ブラケット サーミスタ ブラケット シール ガイド

Leaf Spring Bracket Tape Tape Tape Code Clamp Spacer Clamp Clamp Clamp Caster Bracket Thermistor Bracket Seal Guide

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 15 6

02B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

輸送用/for Transport 輸送用/for Transport 輸送用/for Transport 輸送用/for Transport

ThK1

SP7-17

装填部 1 LOADING UNIT 1

03A

2-B3x16

4 5

1

FP7Z0311.EPS

33 2-BR3x8

2

6 1

2-BR4x8

12 11

DT3x6

10

B BR4x8

28 29

27

B

9

8

13 2-BR4x8

7

30

14

BR4x8

25

2-BR4x8

32

2-T4x4

BR4x8

T4X6

SW4 W4

26

2-T4x4

2-T4x4

31 2-T4x4

24 15 3

2-T4x4

16

V3x10

E4

22 23

E4

21

E4

DT3x6

DT3x6

20 18

19

E4

17

FP7Z0301.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-18

装填部 1 LOADING UNIT 1 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

D E D D D E D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

322SY054 356Y0269 146N0010/A 128S0258 366S0011 356Y0272D 146S0029/A 107Y0180 343N0051A 310S6003024

すべり軸受 ブラケット ホトインタラプタ マイクロスイッチ アクチュエータ ブラケット ホトインタラプタ ソレノイド フック 波型スプリングピン

Plain Bearing Bracket Photo Interrupter Micro Switch Actuator Bracket Photo Interrupter Solenoid Hook Pin

2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D

11

107Y0179

ソレノイド

Solenoid

1

D E E E

12 13 14 15

引張りコイルばね ブラケット フレーム 補助板

Extension Spring Bracket Frame Support Panel

1 1 1 1

D

16

レール

Rail

2

D D D E E D D E E D E E E D D D D D

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

388N2513 356N9023B 355N0665D 346N1209A 365N0093/ 365N0106/A 322SY287 319N3954 334N1177A 356N9012A 356N9013 319N3953 334N1182 356N8704A 356N8958A 355Y0216B 356N8705A 313N1182 345Y0298 382N1604 308N0210 388N5360 356N9533 382N1602

すべり軸受 軸 金属ローラ ブラケット ブラケット 軸 金属ローラ ブラケット ブラケット ガイド ブラケット ステー 遮板 リボン 特殊ねじ 板ばね ブラケット リボン

Plain Bearing Shaft Metallic Roller Bracket Bracket Shaft Metallic Roller Bracket Bracket Guide Bracket Stay Cover Ribbon Special Screw Leaf Spring Bracket Ribbon

4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

03A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

SA11, SA21, SA31 SA12, SA22, SA32

SA13, SA23, SA33

SOLA11, SOLA21, SOLA31

SP7-19

03B

装填部 2 LOADING UNIT 2

19 21 25 BR4x8

2 7 T4x35

8

FP7Z0312.EPS

3

5

7

11

35

26

6 5

14

5

E4

13

5

6

4

16

DT3x8 E4

15 18 34

20

12 22

17

E4

12

5-T4x4

9-Q4x6

9

10

DETAIL A SW4

29

T4X6

31

W4

33

5-T4x4

Y

3-PS3x8

28

27

24

32

23 BR4x8

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

30

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

1

FP7Z0302.EPS

SP7-20

装填部 2 LOADING UNIT 2 RANK REF.

PART NAME

QTY.

REMARKS REF. 34と35を除 く Except for REF. 34 and 35

容器

Case

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24.1 24.2 24.3 24.4 24.5 24.6 24.7 24.8 24.9

363N2420A 363N2419A 363N2374A 319N3919A 363N2469A 363N2470 363N2373B 345N1646B 340Y0037A 345N1646B 308S0309A 363N2456A 319N3955 334N1183 319N3953 334N1182 322SY287 363Y0458 363N2421A 382N1463A 603N0230A 343N0053C 405N2972 405N2973 405N2974 405N2975 405N2976 405N2977 405N3006 405N3007 405N2978 24.10 405N2979

ガイド ガイド ガイド 軸 ガイド ガイド ガイド 遮光材 取手 遮光材 特殊ねじ ガイド板 軸 金属ローラ 軸 金属ローラ すべり軸受 ガイド ガイド リボン フィルタ フック 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板 銘板

Guide Guide Guide Shaft Guide Guide Guide Light Protect Tape Handle Light Protect Tape Special Screw Guide Plate Shaft Metallic Roller Shaft Metallic Roller Plain Bearing Guide Guide Ribbon Filter Hook Label Label Label Label Label Label Label Label Label Label

1 1 1 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

24.11 405Y0182

銘板

Label

1

リボン 緩衝機材 緩衝機材 緩衝機材 緩衝機材 緩衝機材 カバー カバー 板ばね 銘板 銘板

Ribbon Shock Absorber Shock Absorber Shock Absorber Shock Absorber Shock Absorber Cover Cover Leaf Spring Label Label

1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D

1

D D D D D D D D D D E D D D D D D D D D D D E E E E E E E E E E E D D D D D D D D D D D

PART NO.

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

359Y0059

382N1603 386N1168 386N1167A 386N1164A 386N1165A 386N1166A 350N2736 350N2737 388N5359 405N3433 405N3434

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

03B SERIAL NO.

大角 35X35 半切 35X43 B4 26X36 六切 20X25 四切 25X30 For DI-ML B4、六切、 25X30、26X36、 20X25

For DI-ML For DI-ML

SP7-21

04A

枚葉部 1 REMOVAL UNIT 1

FP7Z0411.EPS

to

2

RE

1

F.5

3 4

E6

7 E6

5 E6

6 E3

E3

7

9

E6

9

E6

5

21 20

E6

8

11 E6

4-DT3x6

10

7

11

4-DT3x6

3 2 E6

19

E4

E6

E4 7

4

E6

12 13

17

14

2-BR4x8

E3 E3

18 8 5 15

9 16

FP7Z0401.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-22

枚葉部 1 REMOVAL UNIT 1 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

D D D D D E D D D D D D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

345N1641B 322N1004 388N2384 327N0178A 341N1035A 356N8950A 322N1003 327N1107204B 341N1034 327N1102014A 327N1103501 334N3565C 334N2380 334N3562B 319N3913C

遮板 軸受 引っ張りコイルばね 歯車 アーム ブラケット 軸受 歯車 アーム 平歯車 歯車 ゴムローラ 樹脂ローラ ゴムローラ 軸

Cover Bearing Extension Spring Gear Arm Bracket Bearing Gear Arm Spur Gear Gear Rubber Roller Plastic Roller Rubber Roller Shaft

1 4 2 2 4 1 4 2 4 2 2 1 1 1 1

D

16

118SX063/A

パルスモータ

Stepping Motor

1

D D E D E

17 18 19 20 21

327N1103101B 327N1101806B 356N8951B 327N1105401 356N8949A

歯車 歯車 ブラケット 歯車 ブラケット

Gear Gear Bracket Gear Bracket

1 1 1 1 1

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

04A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

MB11, MB21, MB31

SP7-23

04B

枚葉部 2 REMOVAL UNIT 2

FP7Z0412.EPS

2-DT3x6

17 2-DT3x6

1 2-BR3x8

2.1

B

1 2.2

2-BR3x8

3 E3

15

18

7 16

2-PS3x8 V3x10

19

7

DT3x6

20 14

BR3x8

23.1 23.2 7

B PS3x8

6 5

DT3x6

8

21 22

12

9

10 13 4 11

FP7Z0402.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-24

枚葉部 2 REMOVAL UNIT 2 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

E D

1 356Y0273 2.1 341Y0317

ブラケット アーム

Bracket Arm

2 1

D

2.2 341Y0318

アーム

Arm

1

ストッパ 吸着盤 ベローズ 補助板 軸受 圧縮コイルばね シール 止め具 ノズル ウエイト 止め具 アクチュエータ ホトインタラプタ ブラケット 補助板 ガイド ホトインタラプタ ブラケット ホトインタラプタ ブラケット アーム

Stopper Suction Cup Bellows Support Plate Bearing Compression Coil Spring Packing Clamp Nozzle Weight Clamp Actuator Photo Interrupter Bracket Support Plate Guide Photo Interrupter Bracket Photo Interrupter Bracket Arm

アーム

Arm

D A D E D D D E E E E E D E E D D E D E D

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23.1

332N0612 392N0012/A/B 402N0020A 346N1212A 322SY223 388N1212 375N0095 316N0436A 371N0123A 390N0035 316Y0043 366N0057A 146S0029/A 356N9014A 346N1246B 363N2442C 146S0052/A 356N9234A 146S0029/A 356N9010B 341N1033B

D

23.2 341N1036B

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

2 2 2 2 16 4 2 2 2 5 1 1 1 1 2 5 1 1 1 1 1 1

04B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

for 20X25(Optional)

SB12, SB22, SB32

SB13, SB23, SB33 SB11, SB21, SB31

for 20X25(Optional)

SP7-25

搬送部 1 CONVEYOR UNIT 1

05A

2 A

6

FP7Z0511.EPS

4

1

5-DT3X8

3

A

5

9 8

7 V3X10 DT3X6

29

E6

11 10

14 BR4X8 BR3X8 E4

12

15

BR3X8

A

11 E6

17

14 13 15

16

DT3X6

A

22

BR4X8

DT3X6

E4

19

18

23

21 20

DT3X6 DT3X6

19

28

BR3X8

30 BR3X8

24

BR3X8

27 26

BR3X8

25 006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4446

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0501.EPS

SP7-26

搬送部 1 CONVEYOR UNIT 1 RANK REF. D D D E D D E D D D D D D E D E D D D D D E E D D E D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

PART NO. 319N3927A 388N3091A 388N3090A 356Y0286 363N2553 363Y0445 356N8975C 146S0052/A 363N2437B 334N1186 322N1006C 363N2555A 363N2556A 347N1826A 322N0048 356N9092 319N3928B 363N2433B 363N2432B 363N2428A/B 363N2547B 356N8968A 356N8969C 363N2435B 363N2424B/C 347N1825A 363N2425B/C 405N3028A 363Y0497 405N3132

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME 軸 ねじりコイルばね ねじりコイルばね ブラケット ガイド ガイドアセンブリ ブラケット ホトインタラプタ ガイド 金属ローラ 軸受 ガイド ガイド スペーサ 軸受 ブラケット 軸 ガイド ガイド ガイド ガイド ブラケット ブラケット ガイド ガイド スペーサ ガイド 銘板 ガイドアセンブリ 銘板

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Shaft Torsion Coil Spring Torsion Coil Spring Bracket Guide Guide Assembly Bracket Photo Interrupter Guide Metallic Roller Bearing Guide Guide Spacer Bearing Bracket Shaft Guide Guide Guide Guide Bracket Bracket Guide Guide Spacer Guide Label Guide Assembly Label

QTY. 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 5 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 4 1 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 1

05A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

SD1

SP7-27

搬送部 2 CONVEYOR UNIT 2

05B

8 10

FP7Z0512.EPS

9

DT3X6

8

4

5 DT3X6

12

E3

3 2-BR3X8

1 DT3X6 E4

7

13

4

6

2-BR3X8

8 DT3X6

9

10

8

DT3X6

DT3X6

3 E3

E4 DT3X6

5

7 13

2 2-DT3X6 2-BR3X8

DT3X6 BR3X8

1

11

FP7Z0502.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-28

搬送部 2 CONVEYOR UNIT 2 RANK REF. D D E E E D D D E D E D E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

PART NO. 327N1081802A 118SX171/B/C 356N9080A 356N9089A 356N8970C 118SX171/B/C 146S0029/A 363N2423C 401N0842B 319N3923A 356N9085 350N2696 356N9022A

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME 歯車 パルスモータ ブラケット ブラケット ブラケット パルスモータ ホトインタラプタ ガイド 圧板 軸 ブラケット カバー ブラケット

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Gear Stepping Motor Bracket Bracket Bracket Stepping Motor Photo Interrupter Guide Pressure Plate Shaft Bracket Cover Bracket

QTY. 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 4 4 4 1 1 2

05B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

MD6

MD5 SD6, SD7

SP7-29

搬送部 3 CONVEYOR UNIT 3

05C

E6 FP7Z0513.EPS

15

3 2

16 4

E6

2-BR3X8

1

6 E5 E4 DT3X6

14

5

E6

8

6

13 10 E6

6

7

17 6

E6

9

2-BR3X8 DT3X6

10 BR4X8

3-BR3X10

11

18

12 FP7Z0503.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-30

搬送部 3 CONVEYOR UNIT 3 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

05C

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

D 1 327N1101809 Gear 1 歯車 E 2 356N8964B Bracket 1 ブラケット D 3 118SX171/B/C Stepping Motor 1 MD2 パルスモータ D 4.1 106S0029A/B Clutch 1 CLD1 電磁クラッチ D 4.2 106Y0012 Clutch 1 CLD1 電磁クラッチ D 5 327N1102014A Spur Gear 1 平歯車 D 6 322N1003 Bearing 4 軸受 D 7 319N3935D Shaft 1 軸 D 8 341N1044D Arm 1 アーム D 9 341N1043C Arm 1 アーム D 10 388N2559 Extension Spring 2 引張りコイルばね D 11 341N1042C Arm 1 アーム E 12 356Y0287A Bracket 1 ブラケット D 13 334N3569C Rubber Roller 1 ゴムローラ E 14 356N9026B Bracket 1 ブラケット D 15 334Y3210A Roller 1 ローラ D 16 362N0716B Support 1 受 E 17 364N0096 Guard 1 ガード D 18 363N2502B Guide 1 ガイド Bバージョン以降のREF.2（356N8964）、およびCバージョン以降のREF.13（334N3569）は、REF.4.1に取付けることが できない。 そのため、REF.2、REF.13を交換する場合には、CLD1をREF.4.2に交換すること。 B version or later of REF. 2 (356N8964) or C version or later of REF. 13 (334N3569) cannot be attached to REF. 4.1. When replacing REF. 2 or REF. 13, CLD1 must be replaced with REF. 4.2.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-31

搬送部 4 CONVEYOR UNIT 4

05D

2-BR3X8

FP7Z0514.EPS

42 29

8 25

45

A

33 34

2-DT3X8

45

36 11 6

E6

DT3X6

E6

35

E6 E4 E6

E6

8

E6

E6

4

39 35

17 43

30 32

28

E6 BR3X8

A

2-BR4X8

8 26 31

E4

E6

18

27

40 35

E6

37 38

E4

12

11

41

E6

6

DETAILE A

E6

37 BR3X8

5

18 16

DT3X6

DT3X6

15 23 22

19

BR3X8

24

44 2

9

1 14 13

E6

BR3X10

8

8 21

E6

12 11 6

E6

6

44

A

E6

E6

1112

7 2-BR4X8

10 20

3

E4

E6

A

E6 E6

8

E4

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4446

FP7Z0504.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-32

搬送部 4 CONVEYOR UNIT 4 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D D D D D D D E E E E D D D D D E D D D D D D D D D D D D E D D D E E D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9.1 9.2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

PART NO. 319N3926A 319N3934A 319Y1168 118SX171/B/C 319N3925A 341N1038A 329N0154C 322N1003 334N3566A 334N3610/A 334N3567A 388N2384 322N1004 339N0022A 347S0283/A 356N8967A 356N9076 356N9660A 146S0029/A 146S0052/A 118SX063/A 327N0180B 118SX171/B/C 356N9080A 327N1101809 327N0183A 340D775280 327N1102022A 319N4187A 327N0186B 341N1055C 327N1101502 327N0185A 327N0184A 322N0048 327N1103501 356N9075 327N1105401 327N0182A 327N1106101 345N1638A 345N1652A 316S3047 350N2848 334N2382C 322N1028A

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME 軸 軸 軸 パルスモータ 軸 アーム カム 軸受 ゴムローラ ゴムローラ ゴムローラ 引張りコイルばね 軸受 ハンドル スペーサ ブラケット ブラケット ブラケット ホトインタラプタ ホトインタラプタ パルスモータ 歯車 パルスモータ ブラケット 歯車 歯車 つまみ 平歯車 軸 歯車 アーム 平歯車 ウォームホイール ウォームギア 軸受 歯車 ブラケット 歯車 歯車 歯車 遮板 遮光板 キャッチ カバー 樹脂ローラ すべり軸受

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Shaft Shaft Shaft Stepping Motor Shaft Arm Cam Bearing Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Extension Spring Bearing Handle Spacer Bracket Bracket Bracket Photo Interrupter Photo Interrupter Stepping Motor Gear Stepping Motor Bracket Gear Gear Knob Spur Gear Shaft Gear Arm Spur Gear Worm Wheel Worm Gear Bearing Gear Bracket Gear Gear Gear Cover Cover Catch Cover Plastic Roller Bearing

QTY. 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 8 1 1 1 4 8 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

05D

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

MD4

# #

or earlier or later

SD3, SD4, SD5 SD2 MD1 MD3

SP7-33

搬送部 5 CONVEYOR UNIT 5

05E

FP7Z0515.EPS

A

24.2

9

23 24.1

DT3X6

8

E6

2-BR3X6

23

19

22

E6

E6

18 E6

E4

E6

E6

27 E6 BR4X8

E6

7 3 6

22

2

A

2 19

2-BR3X6

20 21.2

E6

25

23

26

24.3 21.1

18 22 16

DT3X6

15

E6 E6

E6

DT3X6

4

BR4X8

1 5 28

10

12

14

DT3X6

16 29

DT3X6

11

17 13 FP7Z0505.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-34

搬送部 5 CONVEYOR UNIT 5 RANK REF. D D D E D D D D E D E D E E D D D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

D

21.1

PART NO. 363N2431B 363N2432B 363N2433B 356N8968A 363N2428A/B 334N3566A 334N2381B 363N2455B 356N9027A 363N2552A 356Y0288 319N3928B 356N9028A 356N9029A 388N3096A 322SY122 386N1153A 322N1004 388N2384 319N3929A

21.2

E D

22 23

D

24.1

D

24.2

24.3

D D D D D

25 26 27 28 29

Guide Guide Guide Bracket Guide Rubber Roller Plastic Roller Guide Bracket Guide Bracket Shaft Bracket Bracket Torsion Coil Spring Plain Bearing Shock Absorber Bearing Extension Spring Shaft

ブラケット

322N1003 327N1103501

軸受 歯車

Bracket

Bearing Gear

1 Spur Gear

1

345N1638A 345N1652A 327N1102014A 334N3609B 363Y0491

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

遮板 遮光材 平歯車 ゴムローラ ガイドアセンブリ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Cover Light Protect Plate Cover Spur Gear Rubber Roller Guide Assembly

SERIAL NO.

中/下搬送共通 /Common to middle/lower Conveyor 中搬送のみ(3段ト レイ使用時)/Used for middle conveyor(used when lower tray mounted)

3 3 1

平歯車

REMARKS

4 3 2 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1

1

327N1106101

D

ガイド ガイド ガイド ブラケット ガイド ゴムローラ 樹脂ローラ ガイド ブラケット ガイド ブラケット 軸 ブラケット ブラケット ねじりコイルばね すべり軸受 緩衝機材 軸受 引張りコイルばね 軸

QTY.

1

356N9021B D

PART NAME

05E

中/下搬送共通 /Common to middle/lower Conveyor 中搬送のみ使用 /Used for middle 中搬送のみ(3段ト レイ使用時)/Used for middle conveyor(used when lower tray mounted)

1 1 1 4 1

SP7-35

副走査部 SUB-SCANNING UNIT

06

FP7Z0611.EPS

7

1 6

2BR4X8

BR4X16

2BR3X8

W4

2BR3X8

2-BR4X8

16 8

16 2BR3X8

2-BR3X8 2BR3X8

16

16

10

BR3X10

BR3X10

Q4X14

8

3

BR4X8

9

4-BR3X8 4-BR3X8

5

5

14

12 11

32 BR4X8

33

13

35 W5 BR4X8 BR4X8

35

2 W5

2-BR4X8

4 34

15 TP4X8

2-BR3X8

TP4X6

4-TP4X8 4-TP4X8 2-BR4X8

20 23 25 24 26 21 24 27

29

BR4X8 3-BR4X8

17

18

22 31

BR3X10

30

2-BR4X8

E6

E6

21 28

TP4X8

36

19 FP7Z0601.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4446

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-36

副走査部 SUB-SCANNING UNIT RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

E D D D D E E E D D D E E E E D E D D D D D D D D D E D E D E E D E D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

346N1257B 118YX247B/D 334Y3202C 815Y0058 319N3920C 345N1647A 350N2716A 357N1444D 334Y3203C 309S0075 334N3605 322SF227 350N2671B 357N1445C 356N9090 386S0015 356N8956C 363N2416C/D 316N0442A 323N1244 322SY055 388N2425 341N1037B 322SF061 337N0038 388N1073 347N0636 341Y0316 350N2646C 339N0025 347S0283/A 313N1213G 319N4032 346N1296 334N2348

補助板 モータアセンブリ ゴムローラ SED16Aアセンブリ 軸 遮板 カバー 台 ゴムローラ 座金 ゴムローラ ころがり軸受 カバー 台 ブラケット 防振ゴム ブラケット ガイド 止め具 平ベルト すべり軸受 引張りコイルばね アーム 軸受 ホイール 圧縮コイルばね スペーサ アームアセンブリ カバー ハンドル スペーサ ステー 軸 補助板 樹脂ローラ

Support Plate Motor Assembly Rubber Roller SED16A Assembly Shaft Cover Cover Base Rubber Roller Washer Rubber Roller Ball Bearing Cover Base Bracket Vibration-proof Rubber Bracket Guide Clamp Belt Plain Bearing Extension Spring Arm Bearing Wheel Compression Coil Spring Spacer Arm Assembly Cover Handle Spacer Stay Shaft Support Plate Plastic Roller

2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

E

36

357N1472B

台

Base

1

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

REMARKS

06 SERIAL NO.

ME1

Upper conveyor unit removing jig

SP7-37

07

光学部 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT

FP7Z0711.EPS

1

FP7Z0701.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-38

光学部 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT RANK REF. DR

1

PART NO. 839Y0056A

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

PART NAME 光学部

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Scanning Optics Unit

QTY.

REMARKS

07 SERIAL NO.

1

SP7-39

熱現像部 1 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1

08A

FP7Z0811.EPS

17

18 10 BR4X8

9

7

4-BR4X12

BR4X8

6 E6

1 BR4X8

3-BR4X8 BR4X8

E4

15 2

WP4X12

16

6

BR4X8

BR4X8

11 6

BR4X8

5

19 BR4X8

BR4X8

14

8

BR3X10

3 4-BR4X8

4 13 12

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

6 FP7Z0801.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-40

熱現像部 1 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D E D D E D E E E D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

PART NO. 327Y0011 319N3910A 363N2451C/D 363N2412G/H 327N1082601B 322SF012 327N1108001A 327N1101605A 356N8947A 118SX162/A 327N1106402A 347S0117/A 339N0022A 347S0283/A 356N8991B 356N9327 346N1272 346N1271 405N3008

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME 歯車アセンブリ 軸 ガイド板 ガイド板 歯車 軸受 歯車 歯車 ブラケット パルスモータ 歯車 スペーサ ハンドル スペーサ ブラケット ブラケット 補助板 補助板 銘板

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Gear Assembly Shaft Guide Plate Guide Plate Gear Bearing Gear Gear Bracket Stepping Motor Gear Spacer Handle Spacer Bracket Bracket Support Plate Support Plate Label

QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 1

08A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

MG1

SP7-41

08B

熱現像部 2 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2 3 FP7Z0812.EPS

1 3 4

3

5 4 E6

3

E6

7 6

2 8

1

E6

7

12 4-DT3X6 2-DT3X6

13 14

TP3X6

11

10

2-DT3X6

9 4-DT3X6

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0802.EPS

SP7-42

熱現像部 2 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D D E E E D E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

PART NO. 334N3560 327N1102707 334Y0092 334Y0093 327N1083502B 327N1101807B 322NY156 322N1003 387N0165 313N1219C 350N2636A 350N2635C 115Y0041A 356N9087

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

PART NAME ゴムローラ 歯車 ローラ ローラ 歯車 歯車 ころがり軸受 軸受 帯電防止材 ステー カバー カバー サーミスタ ブラケット

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Rubber Roller Gear Roller Roller Gear Gear Ball Bearing Bearing Antistatic Brush Stay Cover Cover Thermistor Bracket

QTY. 2 1 12 1 1 1 17 13 1 1 1 1 1 1

08B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

ThG10

SP7-43

08C

熱現像部 3 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3

FP7Z0813.EPS

10 11 A

1 6-BR4X40

A

3

2-BR3X8

2 6

4-BR3X8

7 8

A

2-BR4X8

2 4 5 2-BR4X8

A

3-TP3X8

9

FP7Z0803.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-44

熱現像部 3 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3 RANK REF. E D D E E E E E E E A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

PART NO. 364S0005 119Y0056 119S0008/A/B 347S0390/A 356N9071C 318S1232 356N9072 356N9070B 356N9034B 350N2690A 603N0228

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME ガード 電動ファン 電動ファン スペーサ ブラケット ブッシュ ブラケット ブラケット ブラケット カバー フィルタ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Guard Motor Fan Motor Fan Spacer Bracket Bushing Bracket Bracket Bracket Cover Filter

QTY. 3 2 1 6 1 12 3 1 1 1 1

08C

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

FANG1, 3 FANG2

SP7-45

08D

熱現像部 4 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4

FP7Z0814.EPS

11

12

1 4-3x6

13

8

A

5 6 7 3

2

3

9 WP3X10

DETAIL A

10

4-BR3X8

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0804.EPS

SP7-46

熱現像部 4 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D E D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

PART NO. 117Y100017 348Y0196 322NF006 327N1081801A 334N3558A 348Y0197 310N0685 310N0684 350N2631C 350Y100426 802Y0111 115N100002

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME ヒータ 側板 ころがり軸受 歯車 ゴムローラ 側板 ピン ピン カバー カバー ラック部 感熱スイッチ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Heater Side Plate Ball Bearing Gear Rubber Roller Side Plate Pin Pin Cover Cover Rack Thermal Protector

QTY.

08D

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

1 1 14 7 7 1 2 2 1 1 1 3

SP7-47

08E

熱現像部 5 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 5 12 FP7Z0815.EPS

11

1 4-3x6

13

8

A

5 6 7 3

2

3

9 WP3X10

10

4-BR3X8

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

DETAIL A

FP7Z0805.EPS

SP7-48

熱現像部 5 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 5 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D E D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

PART NO. 117Y100018 348Y0196 322NF006 327N1081801A 334N3558A 348Y0197 310N0685 310N0684 350N2631C 350Y100427 802Y0112A 115N100002

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME ヒータ 側板 ころがり軸受 歯車 ゴムローラ 側板 ピン ピン カバー カバー ラック部 感熱スイッチ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Heater Side Plate Ball Bearing Gear Rubber Roller Side Plate Pin Pin Cover Cover Rack Thermal Protector

QTY.

08E

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

1 1 14 7 7 1 2 2 1 1 1 3

SP7-49

熱現像部 6 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 6

08F

12 FP7Z0816.EPS

11

1 4-3x6

13

8

A

5 6 7 3

2

3

9 WP3X10

10

4-BR3X6

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

DETAIL A

FP7Z0806.EPS

SP7-50

熱現像部 6 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 6 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D E D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

PART NO. 117Y100018 348Y0196 322NF006 327N1081801A 334N3558A 348Y0197 310N0685 310N0684 350N2631C 350Y100428 802Y0112A 115N100002

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME ヒータ 側板 ころがり軸受 歯車 ゴムローラ 側板 ピン ピン カバー カバー ラック部 感熱スイッチ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Heater Side Plate Ball Bearing Gear Rubber Roller Side Plate Pin Pin Cover Cover Rack Thermal Protector

QTY.

08F

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

1 1 14 7 7 1 2 2 1 1 1 3

SP7-51

排出部 1 FILM RELEASE UNIT 1

09A

FP7Z0911.EPS

13 10

3

9

6

7

5

2-BR3X8

12 11 E6 2-TP3X6

4 E3

14 TP3X6

2

10 8

E4

A

7

1 E4

15 7

A

3

E6

16 TP3X6

A

19 A

E6

8

7

E3

18

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

17

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

16

FP7Z0901.EPS

SP7-52

排出部 1 FILM RELEASE UNIT 1 RANK REF. D D D D D D D E D D D D D E D D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

PART NO. 319N3911A 334N2348 334N3561A 338N0464/A 338N0468/A 319N3912A 322N1004 388N2108A 327N1123202A 327N1121608A 319N3930 327N1122006 118SX171/B/C 356N8946A 338N0505 322SY223 346N1247B 363N100386B 334N0072C

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME 軸 樹脂ローラ ゴムローラ リング リング 軸 軸受 ばね 平歯車 平歯車 軸 平歯車 パルスモータ ブラケット リング 軸受 補助板 ガイド板 ローラ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Shaft Plastic Roller Rubber Roller Ring Ring Shaft Bearing Spring Spur Gear Spur Gear Shaft Spur Gear Stepping Motor Bracket Ring Bearing Support Plate Guide Plate Roller

QTY. 1 1 3 2 4 1 8 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 5 15

09A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

MJ1

SP7-53

排出部 2 FILM RELEASE UNIT 2

09B

BR3X8

11

FP7Z0912.EPS

BR3X12

17

12

BR3X8

16

2 BR3X8 BR3X8

BR3X8

3 1

4 18 BR3X8 BR3X8 See 11F-REF.13 2-BR3X8

5

See 11F-REF.12

6

15 7

2-BR3X16

10

2-BR3X8

13 8

9 14 BR3X6 2-BR3X6

2-TP4X8

BR3X8 See 11F-REF.10 BR3X8

See 11F-REF.11

See 11F-REF.14 FP7Z0902.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-54

排出部 2 FILM RELEASE UNIT 2 RANK REF. D D D D E D D D D E E D E E D E E D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

PART NO. 363N2433B 113Y1531 146S0052/A 363N2406C/D 356N8945A 113Y1532B 387N0165 363N2368A 128S0258 356N9025D 350N2664B/C 345N1673 346N7004B 139S0091 316S3133 347N0339 313N1204C 405N3008

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME ガイド LED15A ホトインタラプタ ガイド ブラケット PDD15A 帯電防止材 ガイド スイッチ ブラケット カバー 遮板 補助板 絶縁材 ラッチ スペーサ ステー 銘板

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Guide LED15A Photo Interrupter Guide Bracket PDD15A Antistatic Brush Guide Switch Bracket Cover Cover Support Plate Insulate Plate Lutch Spacer Stay Label

QTY. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

09B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

SJ1

SK1

SP7-55

制御部 CONTROLLER

10

12

FP7Z0A11.EPS

13, 24 1

BR3x8

5 , 25

6-BR3x8

6 , 25, 26

2-BR3x8 2-BR3x8

6-BR3x8

4

2-BR3x8

16, 25

6-BR3x8

11 10 9

22

21 3 27 2-BR3x8

17 20

2-BR3x35

18 2-BR3x8

4-BR3x12

2-BR3x8

2-BR3x8

14

15

15 19 7

8

7

23 4-TP4x8

BR3x8

2 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0A01.EPS

SP7-56

制御部 CONTROLLER RANK REF. CR

1

PART NO. 845Y0094B/C

PART NAME パネル部

QTY.

Operation Panel

1

REMARKS

2.1 125N0121C/D/E/F 電源

Power

1

CR

2.2 125N0121G

電源

Power

1

C

3.1 114Y5396101A

磁気ディスク部

HDD

1

OS:WIN NT

C

3.2 114Y5396105B

磁気ディスク部

HDD

1

OS:WIN XP

PCボード

PC Board

1

MCT16A

MCT16A

1

DRV16A DRV16B（キット） ガイドレール 台 ブラケット ガイドレール ブラケット ブラケット PRN16A 電動ファン ガード SNS16A ブラケット ブラケット 十字穴付き小ねじ ブッシュ ボードアセンブリ ボードアセンブリ 電動ファン ヒューズ ヒューズ ヒューズ スペーサ

DRV16A DRV16B (Kit) Guide Rail Tray Bracket Guide Rail Bracket Bracket PRN16A Motor Fan Guard SNS16A Bracket Bracket Screw Bushing Board Assembly Board Assembly Motor Fan Fuse Fuse Fuse Spacer

1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 4 4 1 1 1 2 4 8 4

CR CR CR D E E D E E CR D E CR E E D D D D D A A A E

4

113Y1614D/E 113Y1601D/E/F/G 5 /H 6.1 113Y1603G/H 6.2 113Y1617A 7 363S0014 8 357N1457D 9 356N9062A 10 363S0012 11 356N9063B 12 356N9064A 13 113Y1600C/D/E 14 119S0008/A/B 15 364S0005 16 113Y1602G 17 356N9066 18 356N9065A 19 301N7000 20 318S1232 21 113S0185/A/B 22 113S0185/A/B 23 119Y0057 24 137S1178 25 137S1277 26 137S1280 27 347S0329/A

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SERIAL NO.

NFBなし/without circuit breaker NFBタイプ/with circuit breaker

CR

CR

10 #30000 or earlier #30001 or later

Optional AC/DC48V 1A AC/DC48V 2A AC/DC48V 5A

SP7-57

ソータ 1 SORTER 1

11A

FP7Z0B11.EPS

DETAIL A 2

3

1

4-T4x6

12

4

13

11

3-BR4x8

BR4x10

A

2-BR4x8

10 4-BR4x8

18 2-BR4x8 4-BR3x6

5

6

15

17

16 22 19

21 B 9

DETAIL B

1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

20

14 20-BR4x8

7 2-T4x6

8 5

10

2-W4 2-BR4x8

2 FP7Z0B01.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-58

ソータ 1 SORTER 1 RANK REF. D D E D E D D D D D E E E E E E E E E E E E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

PART NO. 350N2751 350N2059A/B/C 356N9307 350N2749/A 347N1861 362N0744 362N0743 350N2752/A 350N2750 350N2753 890N0005 405N3013 405N2579 405N2601 347N1738A 347N1737A 385N0065A 362Y0105 308S0253 356N9308 356N9309 385N0078

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

PART NAME カバー ネジカバー ブラケット カバー 調整板 受 受 カバー カバー カバー 工具 銘板 銘板 銘板 スペーサ スペーサ 被覆材 受 特殊ねじ ブラケット ブラケット 被覆材

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Cover Screw Cover Bracket Cover Bracket Bin Support Cover Cover Cover Tool Label Label Label Spacer Spacer Covering Material Bin Assy Screw Bracket Bracket Covering Material

QTY. 1 6 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 20 20 10 10 40 1 1 10

11A

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

スパナSpanner

SP7-59

ソータ 2 SORTER 2

11B

1

FP7Z0B12.EPS

2 3-B3x6

3 BR4x12 E5

5

20

4

24 BR3x12

21 2-BR 4x12

20

BR4x8

5

6

23

7

4-BR4x8

22

25

8

2-BR4x8

BR4x12

E6 E5

26

15

6-BR4x8

4 9 2

4

E5

BR4x8

3-B3x6

A

18 19

BR4x8

4-BR4x8

E6

E5

16 10

17

4

4-BR4x8

11

2-BR4x8

2-W3 2-SW3 2-Na3

9

DETAIL A COM

NO

14

2-BR4x8

NC 2-B3x18

2-BR4x8

27

14 2-BR4x8 2-BR4x8

13 13

12 3-BR4x8

28 29

12 12

3-BR4x8

3-BR4x8

30

12 3-BR4x8

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7Z0B02.EPS

SP7-60

ソータ 2 SORTER 2 RANK R E F . E D D E D D D E E D E D E D D E E D E E E E D D E E D D E E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

PART NAME

PART NO. 313N1255 387N0133 341N1093 309S0034 318S1078 388N2467 341N1088 343N0040 313N1254 357S0016 352N0597 367Y1006 356N9313 367S2040 341N1086 356N9323 343N0041 341N1089 318S3161 313N1256 356N9314 386S0060 319N4000 340N0168A 356N9311 356N9312 128S0723 366S0006 139S0091 356N9322

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

ステー 帯電防止材 アーム プラワッシャ すべり軸受 引張りコイルばね アーム フック ステー 台 パネル キャスタ ブラケット 脚 アーム ブラケット フック アーム グロメット ステー ブラケット 緩衝機材 軸 取手 ブラケット ブラケット マイクロスイッチ アクチェータ 絶縁材 ブラケット

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Stay Eliminator Arm Plastic Washer Plain Bearing Extension Spring Arm Hook Stay Mount Panel Caster Bracket Caster Arm Bracket Hook Arm Grommet Stay Bracket Shock Absorber Shaft Lever Bracket Bracket Micro Switch Actuator Insulating Bracket

QTY. 1 10 1 4 2 2 1 1 10 2 1 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

11B

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

L=75.0

ST6

SP7-61

11C

ソータ 3 SORTER 3

FP7Z0B13.EPS

DETAIL B

29

30 39 2-BR 3x12 38

2-B2.5x5

35

31

2

32

1

3-E6

5-E6

18 34

2-BR3x12

16

33 2-B2x5 32

14

3

17

15

4

5

1

6

5-E6

13 6-E6

18

3-E6

6

5

17

4

21

23 24

2-BR 4x8

6-E6

4 5 6 4 4

3-E2

28 27

5 1

6

DETAIL C 22

16

4

4

20

BR3x12

7

19 26

25

2-B3x6

5

37

C

8 4

5 9 39 10

11

12 6-E6

B

13 4-BR4x8 2-BR4x8

2-BR4x8

A

12 6-E6

15

DETAIL A

14

BR4x8

13

36 FP7Z0B03.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-62

ソータ 3 SORTER 3 RANK REF.

PART NO.

D D D D D D E E E E D D D D E D D D D D D D E D D E E D D E D D D D D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

388N2468A 324N3133B 324N3127A 322SY165 322SF050 360N0339A 363N2181 363N2182 313N1257 356N9320 350N2754 363Y0359 318S1078 319N3768 334N2368A 319N3767 334N2368A 334N3517 319N3765 334N2368A 334N3518 319N3766 356N9315 388N2470 341N1087 356N8152 386S0083 107Y0170/A 363Y0476 363N2534 388N3084 319N3771 388N3085 316S3107 350N2755 332N0617

D

37

824Y0111

E D

38 39

356N9321 146S0052/A

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME 引張りコイルばね タイミングベルト車 タイミングベルト車 すべり軸受 ころがり軸受 ハウジング ガイド板 ガイド板 ステー センサ板（上） カバー ガイド すべり軸受 軸 樹脂ローラ 軸 樹脂ローラ ゴムローラ 軸 樹脂ローラ ゴムローラ 軸 ブラケット 引張りコイルばね アーム ブラケット 緩衝機材 ソレノイド ガイド ガイド板 ねじりコイルばね 軸 ねじりコイルばね キャッチ カバー ストッパ ソレノイドアセンブ リ センサ板 ホトインタラプタ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

QTY.

Extension Spring Timing Belt Wheel Timing Belt Wheel Plain Bearing Ball Bearing Housing Guide Plate Guide Plate Stay Sensor Plate Cover Guide Plain Bearing Shaft Plastic Roller Shaft Plastic Roller Rubber Roller Shaft Plastic Roller Rubber Roller Shaft Bracket Extension Spring Arm Bracket Shock Absorber Solenoid Guide Assembly Guide Plate Helical Torsion Coil Spring Shaft Helical Torsion Coil Spring Magnet Catch Cover Stopper

12 2 4 32 10 24 1 1 1 1 1 4 13 20 5 2 8 2 4 20 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2

Solenoid Assembly

4

Sensor Plate Photo Interrupter

2 3

11C

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

L=65.0

One-Way

SOLT1 - SOLT4

ST1, ST2, ST3

SP7-63

ソータ 4 SORTER 4

11D

DETAIL B

28

30

31 32

38 35

FP7Z0B14.EPS

2-BR3x12

2-B2.5x5

29

4

3

5

12 34 33

2-BR3x12 5-E6

2-B2x5

32

15 14 36

3

7

6 4

13

DETAIL C

6 6-E6

16 7

2

1

1

7 4 5-E6

6

1 6-E6

5

2 3

1 1

37

2

D

18 17

1 6-E6

2

19

1 2 71 1

B

2 9-E6

1 2 8

8

A

8-E6

C

9 10

4-BR4x8

11 DETAIL A

DETAIL D

20 26

3-E2

25

BR4x12

21

22

2-BR4x8 BR4x8

BR3x12

12

BR4x8

27

24

2-B3x6

23 FP7Z0B04.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-64

ソータ 4 SORTER 4 RANK REF. D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D E D D E E D D D E E D D D D D E D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

PART NO. 322SY165 322SF050 388N2468A 324N3133B 324N3187 324N3127A 360N0339A 318S1078 363Y0360 334N2368A 319N3768 341N1093 319N3767 334N2368A 334N3517 334N3518 319N3765 334N2368A 363Y0359 319N3766 356N9315 388N2470 341N1087 356N8152 386S0083 107Y0170/A 332N0617 363Y0476A 356N9321 363N2534A 388N3084 319N3771 388N3085 316S3107 350N2755A 363N2180A 824Y0111 146S0052/A

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME すべり軸受 ころがり軸受 引張りコイルばね タイミングベルト車 タイミングベルト車 タイミングベルト車 ハウジング すべり軸受 ガイド 樹脂ローラ 軸 アーム 軸 樹脂ローラ ゴムローラ ゴムローラ 軸 樹脂ローラ ガイド 軸 ブラケット 引張りコイルばね アーム ブラケット 緩衝機材 ソレノイド ストッパ ガイド センサ板 ガイド板 ねじりコイルばね 軸 ねじりコイルばね キャッチ カバー ガイド板 ソレノイドアセンブリ

ホトインタラプタ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Plain Bearing Ball Bearing Extension Spring Timing Belt Wheel Timing Belt Wheel Timing Belt Wheel Housing Plain Bearing Guide Plastic Roller Shaft Arm Shaft Plastic Roller Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Shaft Plastic Roller Guide Shaft Bracket Extension Spring Arm Bracket Shock Absorber Solenoid Stopper Guide Assembly Sensor Plate Guide Plate Helical Torsion Coil Spring Shaft Helical Torsion Coil Spring Magnet Catch Cover Guide Plate Solenoid Assembly Photo Interrupter

QTY. 21 15 18 3 2 4 36 14 1 12 3 1 3 12 3 6 6 30 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 1 5 2

11D

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

One-Way L=65.0

SOLT5 - SOLT9

ST4, ST5

SP7-65

11E

ソータ 5 SORTER 5

11

14

11 E4

E4

FP7Z0B15.EPS

10

2 12

12

1 B

DETAIL A

A

2-BR 4x8

11

DETAIL C

E4

2-BR 4x8

13 B

2-BR 4x8

12 B DETAIL B

2-BR 4x8

B

2-BR 4x8 2-BR4x8

3

B B

2-BR4x8

B

2-BR4x8

2-BR4x8 2-BR4x8

2

7 C E4

D

E4 E4

1

1 4

2-BR 4x8

2-B4x10

6

5 DETAIL D

16 E4

15

8

17

9

FP7Z0B05.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-66

ソータ 5 SORTER 5 RANK REF. D D D D D D D E D E D D E E E D D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

PART NO. 388N2469 323S3190 323S3189 324Y3021 327Y0010 327N1101805 322SF041 386S0080 118SX164/A 356N9317 324S3066A 322SF002 356N9316 356N9319 356N9318 324N1026A 322SF017

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME 引張りコイルばね タイミングベルト タイミングベルト タイミングベルト車 平歯車 平歯車 ころがり軸受 緩衝機材 パルスモータ ブラケット タイミングベルト車 ころがり軸受 ブラケット ブラケット ブラケット タイミングベルト車 ころがり軸受

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Extension Spring Timing Belt Timing Belt Timing Belt Wheel Spur Gear Spur Gear Ball Bearing Shock Absorber Stepping Motor Bracket Timing Belt Wheel Ball Bearing Bracket Bracket Bracket Timing Belt Wheel Ball Bearing

QTY. 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 9 18 1 1 1 1 2

11E

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

L=16.0

MT1

SP7-67

ソータ 6 SORTER 6

11F

14

FP7Z0B16.EPS

11 10

2-BR3x6 BR3x6

2-TP4x8

13

15

2-BR3x6

12

2-BR4x8

2-BR4x8

A 3

B

4-BR4x8

2 1 C DETAIL A

5

DETAIL C

9 4

6 DETAIL B

4

7

5-T4x6

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

8

FP7Z0B06.EPS

SP7-68

ソータ 6 SORTER 6 RANK REF. D E E E E E E D E D E E D D E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PART NO. 365Y0005 823Y0006 823Y0008 386S0060 136Y8727/A 356N9305 356N9306 365S0037 136Y8728A/B 363N2408C/D 345N1661A 346N1249C 107Y0181 388N2541 405N3030

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4689

PART NAME レール 連結部 連結部 緩衝機材 ケーブル ブラケット ブラケット レール ケーブル ガイド 仕切り板 補助板 ソレノイド 引張りコイルばね 銘板

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Rail Docking Plate Docking Plate Shock Absorber Cable Bracket Bracket Rail Cable Guide Partition Support Plate Solenoid Extension Spring Label

QTY. 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

11F

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

背面側/ Rear side 前面側/ Front side See Index 12

See Index 12

SP7-69

11G

ソータ 7 SORTER 7

FP7Z0B17.EPS

4-B3x6

1

FP7Z0B07.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-70

ソータ 7 SORTER 7 RANK REF. CR

1

PART NO. 113Y1613B

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

PART NAME ボードアセンブリ

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Board Assembly

QTY. 1

11G

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

SRT16A

SP7-71

ケーブル CABLE

12 RANK REF.

PART NO.

PART NAME

QTY.

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

136Y6871/A 136Y6873A/B 136Y6874/A 136Y8557C/D 136Y8560 136Y8566 136Y8567C/D 136Y8575A 136Y8576B 136Y8577B 136Y8580C 136Y8597B 136Y8610A 136Y8611C 136Y8612A 136Y8613B 136Y8614B 136Y8615B 136Y8616B 136Y8617B 136Y8618B 136Y8619C 136Y8620A 136Y8621C 136Y8623B

ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル ケーブル

Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E

26

136Y8727/A

ケーブル

Cable

1

E

27

136Y8728A/B

ケーブル

Cable

1

E E

28 29

136Y8729/A 136Y8730/A

ケーブル ケーブル

Cable Cable

1 1

E

30

858Y0316J/K

ケーブル部

Cable

1

E E

31 32

858Y0317E 858Y0318F

ケーブル部 ケーブル部

Cable Cable

1 1

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

REMARKS For Sorter For Sorter For Sorter

For Sorter, See Index 11F For Sorter, See Index 11F For Sorter For Sorter

SERIAL NO.

CONNECTION DIAGRAM 11/11 11/11 11/11 1/11 1/11, 8/11 1/11 2/11 8/11 8/11 8/11 10/11 1/11 3/11 1/11 9/11 9/11 10/11 10/11 5/11 6/11 10/11 7/11 7/11 6/11 10/11 3/11, 11/11 1/11, 11/11 11/11 11/11 1/11, 2/11, 4/11, 5/11, 7/11 3/11, 9/11, 1/11, 2/11,

3/11, 6/11, 10/11 3/11

SP7-72

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

13

SP7-73

13

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

1

1

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

4

SP7-74

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

13

SP7-75

13

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-76

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

13

SP7-77

13

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-78

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

13

SP7-79

13

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-80

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

13

SP7-81

13

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-82

006-259-06 10.02.2006 FM4992

接続図 CABLE CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

13

SP7-83

部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

14 PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

106S0029A/B 106Y0012 107Y0170/A 107Y0170/A 107Y0179 107Y0180 107Y0181 113S0185/A/B 113S0185/A/B 113Y1531 113Y1532B 113Y1600C/D/E 113Y1601D/E/F/G/H 113Y1602G 113Y1603G/H 113Y1613B 113Y1614D/E 113Y1617A 114Y5396101A 114Y5396105B 115N100002 115N100002 115N100002 115Y0041A 115Y0041A 117Y100017 117Y100018 117Y100018 118SX063/A 118SX063/A 118SX162/A 118SX164/A 118SX171/B/C 118SX171/B/C 118SX171/B/C 118SX171/B/C 118SX171/B/C 118SX171/B/C 118YX247B/D 119S0008/A/B 119S0008/A/B 119Y0056 119Y0057 125N0121C/D/E/F 125N0121G 128S0258 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

05C-4.1 05C-4.2 11C-28 11D-26 03A-11 03A-8 11F-13 10-21 10-22 09B-2 09B-6 10-13 10-5 10-16 10-6.1 11G-1 10-4 10-6.2 10-3.1 10-3.2 08D-13 08E-13 08F-13 02B-20 08B-13 08D-1 08E-1 08F-1 04A-16 05D-20 08A-10 11E-9 05B-2 05B-6 05C-3 05D-4 05D-22 09A-13 06-2 08C-3 10-14 08C-2 10-23 10-2.1 10-2.2 03A-4

PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

128S0258 128S0723 128Y0299 136Y6871/A 136Y6873A/B 136Y6874/A 136Y8557C/D 136Y8560 136Y8566 136Y8567C/D 136Y8575A 136Y8576B 136Y8577B 136Y8580C 136Y8597B 136Y8610A 136Y8611C 136Y8612A 136Y8613B 136Y8614B 136Y8615B 136Y8616B 136Y8617B 136Y8618B 136Y8619C 136Y8620A 136Y8621C 136Y8623B 136Y8727/A 136Y8727/A 136Y8728A/B 136Y8728A/B 136Y8729/A 136Y8730/A 137S1178 137S1277 137S1280 139S0091 139S0091 146N0010/A 146S0029/A 146S0029/A 146S0029/A 146S0029/A 146S0029/A 146S0052/A

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

09B-9 11B-27 02A-7 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-20 12-21 12-22 12-23 12-24 12-25 11F-5 12-26 11F-9 12-27 12-28 12-29 10-24 10-25 10-26 09B-14 11B-29 03A-3 03A-7 04B-15 04B-21 05B-7 05D-18 04B-19

PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

146S0052/A 146S0052/A 146S0052/A 146S0052/A 146S0052/A 301N7000 308N0210 308N0212 308S0253 308S0309A 309N0103 309S0034 309S0075 310N0684 310N0684 310N0684 310N0685 310N0685 310N0685 310S6003024 313N1182 313N1204C 313N1213G 313N1219C 313N1254 313N1255 313N1256 313N1257 314N0065D 314N0066D 314N0067D 314N0068D 316N0371 316N0371 316N0372 316N0372 316N0377 316N0436A 316N0442A 316S1190 316S3047 316S3107 316S3107 316S3132 316S3133 316Y0043

05A-8 05D-19 09B-3 11C-39 11D-38 10-19 03A-31 02B-7 11A-19 03B-12 02B-6 11B-4 06-10 08D-9 08E-9 08F-9 08D-8 08E-8 08F-8 03A-10 03A-28 09B-17 06-32 08B-10 11B-9 11B-1 11B-20 11C-9 01A-11 02A-18 02A-17 02A-16 02A-12 02B-16 02A-13 02B-17 02B-15 04B-10 06-19 02B-13 05D-42 11C-34 11D-34 01A-15 09B-15 04B-13 SP7-84

部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

317N1053A/B 318S1078 318S1078 318S1078 318S1232 318S1232 318S3161 319N3765 319N3765 319N3766 319N3766 319N3767 319N3767 319N3768 319N3768 319N3771 319N3771 319N3910A 319N3911A 319N3912A 319N3913C 319N3919A 319N3920C 319N3923A 319N3925A 319N3926A 319N3927A 319N3928B 319N3928B 319N3929A 319N3930 319N3934A 319N3935D 319N3953 319N3953 319N3954 319N3955 319N4000 319N4032 319N4187A 319Y1168 322N0048 322N0048 322N1003 322N1003 322N1003 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

01A-29 11B-5 11C-13 11D-8 08C-6 10-20 11B-19 11C-19 11D-17 11C-22 11D-20 11C-16 11D-13 11C-14 11D-11 11C-32 11D-32 08A-2 09A-1 09A-6 04A-15 03B-5 06-5 05B-10 05D-5 05D-1 05A-1 05A-17 05E-12 05E-20 09A-11 05D-2 05C-7 03A-22 03B-16 03A-18 03B-14 11B-23 06-33 05D-28 05D-3 05A-15 05D-34 04A-7 05C-6 05D-8

PART NO.

322N1003 322N1003 322N1004 322N1004 322N1004 322N1004 322N1006C 322N1028A 322NF006 322NF006 322NF006 322NY156 322SF002 322SF012 322SF017 322SF041 322SF050 322SF050 322SF061 322SF227 322SY054 322SY055 322SY122 322SY165 322SY165 322SY223 322SY223 322SY287 322SY287 323N1244 323S3189 323S3190 324N1026A 324N3127A 324N3127A 324N3133B 324N3133B 324N3187 324S3066A 324Y3021 327N0178A 327N0180B 327N0182A 327N0183A 327N0184A 327N0185A

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

05E-22 08B-8 04A-2 05D-12 05E-18 09A-7 05A-11 05D-45 08D-3 08E-3 08F-3 08B-7 11E-12 08A-6 11E-17 11E-7 11C-5 11D-2 06-24 06-12 03A-1 06-21 05E-16 11C-4 11D-1 04B-7 09A-16 03A-17 03B-18 06-20 11E-3 11E-2 11E-16 11C-3 11D-6 11C-2 11D-4 11D-5 11E-11 11E-4 04A-4 05D-21 05D-38 05D-25 05D-33 05D-32

PART NO.

14 INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

327N0186B 327N1081801A 327N1081801A 327N1081801A 327N1081802A 327N1082601B 327N1083502B 327N1101502 327N1101605A 327N1101805 327N1101806B 327N1101807B 327N1101809 327N1101809 327N1102014A 327N1102014A 327N1102014A 327N1102022A 327N1102707 327N1103101B 327N1103501 327N1103501 327N1103501 327N1105401 327N1105401 327N1106101 327N1106101 327N1106101 327N1106101 327N1106402A 327N1107204B 327N1108001A 327N1121608A 327N1122006 327N1123202A 327Y0010 327Y0011 329N0154C 332N0600 332N0612 332N0617 332N0617 334N0072C 334N1177A 334N1182 334N1182

05D-29 08D-5 08E-5 08F-5 05B-1 08A-5 08B-5 05D-31 08A-8 11E-6 04A-18 08B-6 05C-1 05D-24 04A-10 05C-5 05E-27 05D-27 08B-2 04A-17 04A-11 05D-35 05E-23 04A-20 05D-37 05D-39 05E-24.1 05E-24.2 05E-24.3 08A-11 04A-8 08A-7 09A-10 09A-12 09A-9 11E-5 08A-1 05D-7 01A-4 04B-3 11C-36 11D-27 09A-19 03A-19 03A-23 03B-17 SP7-85

14 PART NO.

部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

334N1183 334N1186 334N2348 334N2348 334N2368A 334N2368A 334N2368A 334N2368A 334N2368A 334N2368A 334N2380 334N2381B 334N2382C 334N3517 334N3517 334N3518 334N3518 334N3558A 334N3558A 334N3558A 334N3560 334N3561A 334N3562B 334N3565C 334N3566A 334N3566A 334N3567A 334N3569C 334N3605 334N3609B 334N3610/A 334Y0092 334Y0093 334Y3202C 334Y3203C 334Y3210A 337N0038 338N0464/A 338N0468/A 338N0505 339N0022A 339N0022A 339N0025 340D775280 340N0168A 340Y0037A 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

03B-15 05A-10 06-35 09A-2 11C-15 11C-17 11C-20 11D-10 11D-14 11D-18 04A-13 05E-7 05D-44 11C-18 11D-15 11C-21 11D-16 08D-6 08E-6 08F-6 08B-1 09A-3 04A-14 04A-12 05D-9.1 05E-6 05D-10 05C-13 06-11 05E-28 05D-9.2 08B-3 08B-4 06-3 06-9 05C-15 06-25 09A-4 09A-5 09A-15 05D-13 08A-13 06-30 05D-26 11B-24 03B-10

PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

341N1033B 341N1034 341N1035A 341N1036B 341N1037B 341N1038A 341N1042C 341N1043C 341N1044D 341N1055C 341N1086 341N1087 341N1087 341N1088 341N1089 341N1093 341N1093 341Y0316 341Y0317 341Y0318 343N0040 343N0041 343N0051A 343N0053C 343N0054B 345F0606A 345N1481 345N1633E/F 345N1634C 345N1635E 345N1638A 345N1638A 345N1639 345N1640G 345N1641B 345N1646B 345N1646B 345N1647A 345N1649B 345N1652A 345N1652A 345N1653C 345N1660B 345N1661A 345N1662A 345N1673

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

04B-23.1 04A-9 04A-5 04B-23.2 06-23 05D-6 05C-11 05C-9 05C-8 05D-30 11B-15 11C-25 11D-23 11B-7 11B-18 11B-3 11D-12 06-28 04B-2.1 04B-2.2 11B-8 11B-17 03A-9 03B-23 01B-9 02A-4 01A-7 01A-2 02A-2 01A-6 05D-40 05E-25 02A-27 02A-3 04A-1 03B-9 03B-11 06-6 02A-5 05D-41 05E-26 02A-1 01A-10 11F-11 02A-26 09B-12

PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

345Y0298 345Y0300A 346N1209A 346N1212A 346N1246B 346N1247B 346N1249C 346N1257B 346N1258A 346N1271 346N1272 346N1296 346N7004B 347N0339 347N0636 347N1623 347N1737A 347N1738A 347N1825A 347N1826A 347N1827 347N1830 347N1861 347S0117/A 347S0283/A 347S0283/A 347S0283/A 347S0329/A 347S0390/A 348Y0196 348Y0196 348Y0196 348Y0197 348Y0197 348Y0197 350N2059A/B/C 350N2059A/B/C 350N2059A/B/C 350N2631C 350N2631C 350N2631C 350N2635C 350N2636A 350N2646C 350N2650D/E/F/G 350N2651D/E/F

03A-29 01B-10 03A-15 04B-6 04B-17 09A-17 11F-12 06-1 02B-3 08A-18 08A-17 06-34 09B-13 09B-16 06-27 02B-14 11A-16 11A-15 05A-26 05A-14 02B-1 02B-5 11A-5 08A-12 05D-14 06-31 08A-14 10-27 08C-4 08D-2 08E-2 08F-2 08D-7 08E-7 08F-7 01A-20 01B-8 11A-2 08D-10 08E-10 08F-10 08B-12 08B-11 06-29 01B-11 01A-21 SP7-86

部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

350N2653D/E 350N2653D/E 350N2656B 350N2658B/C 350N2660B/C 350N2661B/C 350N2662B/C 350N2663C/D 350N2664B/C 350N2666D 350N2668D 350N2671B 350N2690A 350N2696 350N2716A 350N2736 350N2737 350N2749/A 350N2750 350N2751 350N2752/A 350N2753 350N2754 350N2755 350N2755A 350N2848 350Y100426 350Y100427 350Y100428 350Y1673A 350Y1684 352N0597 355N0665D 355Y0216B 356N8152 356N8152 356N8704A 356N8705A 356N8945A 356N8946A 356N8947A 356N8949A 356N8950A 356N8951B 356N8956C 356N8958A 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

01A-1.1 01A-1.2 01A-8 01B-6 01B-7 01B-2 01B-5 01B-3 09B-11 01A-19 01B-1 06-13 08C-10 05B-12 06-7 03B-31 03B-32 11A-4 11A-9 11A-1 11A-8 11A-10 11C-11 11C-35 11D-35 05D-43 08D-11 08E-11 08F-11 01B-14 01A-18 11B-11 03A-14 03A-26 11C-26 11D-24 03A-24 03A-27 09B-5 09A-14 08A-9 04A-21 04A-6 04A-19 06-17 03A-25

PART NO.

356N8962 356N8964B 356N8967A 356N8968A 356N8968A 356N8969C 356N8970C 356N8975C 356N8991B 356N8993 356N8994B 356N9003B 356N9004B 356N9006A 356N9007C 356N9010B 356N9012A 356N9013 356N9014A 356N9021B 356N9021B 356N9022A 356N9023B 356N9025D 356N9026B 356N9027A 356N9028A 356N9029A 356N9034B 356N9062A 356N9063B 356N9064A 356N9065A 356N9066 356N9070B 356N9071C 356N9072 356N9075 356N9076 356N9080A 356N9080A 356N9084 356N9085 356N9087 356N9087 356N9089A

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

02A-9 05C-2 05D-15 05A-22 05E-4 05A-23 05B-5 05A-7 08A-15 02B-19 01B-4 01A-12 01A-16 01A-13 01A-14 04B-22 03A-20 03A-21 04B-16 05E-21.1 05E-21.2 05B-13 03A-13 09B-10 05C-14 05E-9 05E-13 05E-14 08C-9 10-9 10-11 10-12 10-18 10-17 08C-8 08C-5 08C-7 05D-36 05D-16 05B-3 05D-23 02B-9 05B-11 02B-21 08B-14 05B-4

PART NO.

356N9090 356N9092 356N9234A 356N9305 356N9306 356N9307 356N9308 356N9309 356N9311 356N9312 356N9313 356N9314 356N9315 356N9315 356N9316 356N9317 356N9318 356N9319 356N9320 356N9321 356N9321 356N9322 356N9323 356N9327 356N9533 356N9660A 356Y0269 356Y0272D 356Y0273 356Y0286 356Y0287A 356Y0288 357N1444D 357N1445C 357N1457D 357N1472B 357S0016 359Y0059 360N0339A 360N0339A 360N0474C 362N0716B 362N0743 362N0744 362Y0105 363N2180A

14 INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

06-15 05A-16 04B-20 11F-6 11F-7 11A-3 11A-20 11A-21 11B-25 11B-26 11B-13 11B-21 11C-23 11D-21 11E-13 11E-10 11E-15 11E-14 11C-10 11C-38 11D-29 11B-30 11B-16 08A-16 03A-33 05D-17 03A-2 03A-6 04B-1 05A-4 05C-12 05E-11 06-8 06-14 10-8 06-36 11B-10 03B-1 11C-6 11D-7 02A-14 05C-16 11A-7 11A-6 11A-18 11D-36 SP7-87

14 PART NO.

部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

363N2181 363N2182 363N2368A 363N2373B 363N2374A 363N2406C/D 363N2407C 363N2408C/D 363N2412G/H 363N2416C/D 363N2419A 363N2420A 363N2421A 363N2423C 363N2424B/C 363N2425B/C 363N2428A/B 363N2428A/B 363N2431B 363N2432B 363N2432B 363N2433B 363N2433B 363N2433B 363N2435B 363N2437B 363N2442C 363N2451C/D 363N2453B 363N2453B 363N2455B 363N2456A 363N2469A 363N2470 363N2473 363N2502B 363N2534 363N2534A 363N2547B 363N2552A 363N2553 363N2555A 363N2556A 363S0012 363S0014 363Y0359 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

11C-7 11C-8 09B-8 03B-8 03B-4 09B-4 09A-18 11F-10 08A-4 06-18 03B-3 03B-2 03B-20 05B-8 05A-25 05A-27 05A-20 05E-5 05E-1 05A-19 05E-2 05A-18 05E-3 09B-1 05A-24 05A-9 04B-18 08A-3 02A-6 02A-8 05E-8 03B-13 03B-6 03B-7 02B-23 05C-18 11C-30 11D-30 05A-21 05E-10 05A-5 05A-12 05A-13 10-10 10-7 11C-12

PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

363Y0359 363Y0360 363Y0445 363Y0458 363Y0476 363Y0476A 363Y0491 363Y0497 364N0096 364N0124 364N0125 364S0005 364S0005 365N0093/ 365N0106/A 365S0037 365Y0005 366N0057A 366N0058C 366S0006 366S0011 367N1007 367N1007 367S2040 367S2059 367Y1006 371N0123A 375N0078 375N0095 376N0229B 376N0238 382N1463A 382N1540A 382N1541A 382N1541A 382N1542A 382N1543B 382N1544A 382N1545A 382N1558B 382N1559B 382N1560A 382N1561A 382N1599 382N1602 382N1603

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

11D-19 11D-9 05A-6 03B-19 11C-29 11D-28 05E-29 05A-29 05C-17 01B-17 01B-16 08C-1 10-15 03A-16 11F-8 11F-1 04B-14 01A-17 11B-28 03A-5 02A-10 02B-18 11B-14 02A-11 11B-12 04B-11 02B-22 04B-9 01A-9 01B-15 03B-21 02A-21 02A-19 02B-10 02A-20 02A-23 02B-11 02B-2 02A-22 02A-25 02B-12 02A-24 01A-28 03A-34 03B-25

PART NO.

382N1604 385N0065A 385N0078 386N1153A 386N1164A 386N1165A 386N1166A 386N1167A 386N1168 386N1169 386N1171A 386N1602 386S0015 386S0060 386S0060 386S0080 386S0083 386S0083 387N0133 387N0165 387N0165 388N1073 388N1212 388N2108A 388N2384 388N2384 388N2384 388N2425 388N2467 388N2468A 388N2468A 388N2469 388N2470 388N2470 388N2513 388N2541 388N2559 388N3084 388N3084 388N3085 388N3085 388N3090A 388N3091A 388N3096A 388N5349C 388N5359

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

03A-30 11A-17 11A-22 05E-17 03B-28 03B-29 03B-30 03B-27 03B-26 01A-23 01A-22 01A-24 06-16 11B-22 11F-4 11E-8 11C-27 11D-25 11B-2 08B-9 09B-7 06-26 04B-8 09A-8 04A-3 05D-11 05E-19 06-22 11B-6 11C-1 11D-3 11E-1 11C-24 11D-22 03A-12 11F-14 05C-10 11C-31 11D-31 11C-33 11D-33 05A-3 05A-2 05E-15 02B-8 03B-33 SP7-88

部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE PART NO.

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

PART NO.

388N5360 390N0035 392N0012/A/B 393N0011 398Y0064 401N0842B 401N0846 402N0020A 405N2579 405N2601 405N2972 405N2973 405N2974 405N2975 405N2976 405N2977 405N2978 405N2979 405N2980 405N3006 405N3007 405N3008 405N3008 405N3010A 405N3011 405N3012 405N3013 405N3028A 405N3030 405N3132 405N3433 405N3434 405Y0182 603N0228 603N0230A 802Y0111 802Y0112A 802Y0112A 815Y0058 823Y0006 823Y0008 824Y0111 824Y0111 839Y0056A 845Y0094B/C 852N0025E/F

03A-32 04B-12 04B-4 01A-3 01B-12 05B-9 02B-4 04B-5 11A-13 11A-14 03B-24.1 03B-24.2 03B-24.3 03B-24.4 03B-24.5 03B-24.6 03B-24.9 03B-24.10 01B-13 03B-24.7 03B-24.8 08A-19 09B-18 01A-25 01A-26 01A-27 11A-12 05A-28 11F-15 05A-30 03B-34 03B-35 03B-24.11 08C-11 03B-22 08D-12 08E-12 08F-12 06-4 11F-2 11F-3 11C-37 11D-37 07-1 10-1 02A-15

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5076

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

858Y0316J/K 858Y0317E 858Y0318F 890N0005 899Y0260

PART NO.

14 INDEX NO.-REF.NO.

12-30 12-31 12-32 11A-11 01A-5

SP7-89

TABLE OF SCREWS/ WASHERS INDICATION SYMBOLS

15

TABLE OF SCREWS/WASHERS INDICATION SYMBOLS No.

Part name

Indication Symbol in the disassembly symbols chart (example)

Size

Shape

1

Cross-recessed flat-head screw

S

S3 x 10

M3 x 10

1.

2.

2

Cross-recessed truss-head screw

T

* T4 x 8

M4 x 8

Flat-head screw

Truss-head screw

S

T

Cross-recessed pan-head screw with spring washer

3.

4.

3

A

A3 x 6

M3 x 6 Pan-head screw with spring washer

Pan-head screw with spring and plain washers

A

B

5.

6.

Pan-head screw

Hexagon-headed bolt

N

R

7.

8.

4

5 6

7

Cross-recessed pan-head screw with spring and plain washers

Pan-head screw

B

N

Hexagon-headed bolt

Cross-recessed hexagon-headed screw with spring and plain washers

B3 x 16

N3 x 6

M3 x 16

N3 x 6

R

R12 x 20

R12 x 20

BR

BR4 x 25

M4 x 25

Q3 x 20

M3 x 20

BR

8

Bolt with hexagon hole

9

Bolt with hexagon hole with spring and plain washers

BQ

BQ4 x 10

M4 x 10

Bolt with hexagon hole Deltight with spring and plain DT washers

Deltight

DT

DT4 x 8

Nominal diameter 4x8

BQ

10

11.

12.

11

Hexagon hole setscrew

WP

WP4 x 6

M4 x 6

Hexagon hole setscrew

Hexagon nut

*1)

Q

Hexagon-headed screw Bolt with hexagon hole with spring and plain Q washers

9.

10.

Na

WP (double-point)

12

Hexagon nut

Na

WP4 x 8

M4 x 8

Na3

M3

13

Plain washer

W

W4

M4

14

Spring washer

SW

SW3

M3

E6

Nominal diameter 6

13.

14.

Plain washer

Spring washer

W

SW

15.

E ring

15

E ring

E

*1): Top end non-circular self-tapping screw * : Stainless-made

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

E

FP5Z0D01.EPS

SP7-90

16

LIST OF QUICK WEARING PARTS LIST OF QUICK WEARING PARTS Part name

No. 1

Fixing plug

2

Binding band

3

N.K. clamp

Shape

1.

Fixing plug

4. 4

Edging

5

Edge saddle

Edging

2.

3.

Binding band

N. K. clamp

5.

Edge saddle FP5Z0D02.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4323

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

SP7-91

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

PM-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

10/15/2002 11/10/2002 04/01/2003 07/15/2004

00 01 02 03

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

07/31/2006

06

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

Reason New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601) Revised (FM3978) Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690) Revised (DI-ML film)(FM4949)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1-3, 5-8, 11, 12, 14, 15, 18, 19, 22-41 1, 11, 13, 16, 17, 20, 28, 39, 40 All pages 1-5, 7, 41-43

1, 2, 5, 10, 12, 22, 38, 39, 41

1, 12, 39

PM-1

PM-2

1.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts.

1.1

List of Preventive Maintenance Items

■ Equipment Main Body Maintenance Work

Refer to

Intervals Work time (Min.)

Power ON

15

Power switch

Starting the M-Utility

–

Start during initialization M-Utility (Log Files)

3.1

Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs

1Y

5

3.2

Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images

1Y

5

3.3

3.4

• Grid patterns

(Output Film)

• Check density

(F. D. C.)

Checking the Interlock Function

1Y

(MJ1)

• Front cover

(MD1, Check Scanner)

• Film tray

(Other actuators, MD1)

• Sorter

(Motor MT1)

Checking the Fan Operations

1Y

Checking the Tray Periphery

1Y

1

(Fan operation, Board FAN)

–

–

5

Check lock state

• Checking the traylock

Check for shaking

• Checking the traylock mechanism

–

Power OFF

3.6

10

• Jam clear cover

Ending the M-Utility

3.5

Remarks

Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover

1Y (3Y)

–

–

5

Clean with ethanol after washing Replace every three years. TP7M0101.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-2

PM-3 Maintenance Work

Refer to 3.7

Cleaning/Replacing Filters

Intervals Work time (Min.) 1Y

5

• Lower front cover filter • Filter section cooling fan assembly filter

Remarks Replace if dirty Vacuum cleaner Vacuum cleaner (Replacement time is every three years, but replace earlier if dirt cannot be removed)

(3Y)

• Louver

Vacuum cleaner

Reinstalling filters

–

3.8

Cleaning Inside the Equipment

1Y

5

Cleaning cloth, vacuum cleaner

3.9

Checking/Cleaning the SUS Belt, Cleaning Sub-scanning conveyance roller

3Y

5

Clean with ethanol

3.10

Cleaning the Density Measurement Section

1Y

3

Clean with ethanol using cotton swab

Removing the cooling fan assembly

5

–

Removing the film release unit

5

–

Removing the film cooling section

5

–

80

–

3.11

Cleaning the Heat development Unit

1Y

• Heat plate

Clean with ethanol

• Rubber roller

Clean with ethanol

• Heat development unit periphery

Vacuum cleaner

Installing the heat development rack assembly, film cooling section, film release unit, cooling fan assembly

20

–

3.12

Greasing

6Y

5

EM-30L

3.13

Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers

1Y

5

–

• Reinstalling covers

–

• Reinstalling the cleaning roller

–

• Cleaning covers

Wet cloth

Power ON

3.14

–

Power switch

5

Tester

Reinstalling the lower front cover

1

–

Starting the M-Utility

–

M-Utility

Checking the DC Voltage

1Y

TP7M0102.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-3

PM-4 Maintenance Work

Refer to 3.15

3.16

Final Operation Checks/Checking Images

Intervals Work time (Min.) 1Y

15

Remarks –

• MD1 operation (Applying EM-30L)

(MD1)

• Grid patterns

(Output Film)

• AUTO F. D. C.

(F. D. C.)

• Check Density

(F. D. C.)

Setting Date and Time

1Y

Power OFF

3.17

Checking for Improper Protective Grounding

3.18

Work Completion Report

1Y

1

(Set Date/time)

–

–

1

–

–

– TP7M0103.EPS

■ Sorter Clean the sorter once every year or when dirty.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-4

PM-5

1.2

Symbols on Maintenance Cycle In this chapter, the following symbols are indicated for every maintenance item. Before beginning the respective maintenance work, be sure to confirm the cycle indicated by the symbols.

1Y

3Y

6Y

1.3

Maintenance to be performed every year.

Maintenance to be performed every three years.

Maintenance to be performed every four years or more.

Precautions on Periodic Maintenance CAUTION Do not clean the barcode reader filter attached to the film tray using ethanol, as the filter will be damaged with time if the ethanol penetrates inside.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-5

PM-6

2.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FLOW START

3.1 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs 3.2 Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images

3.3 Checking the Interlock Function 3.4 Checking the Fan Operation 3.5 Checking the Tray Periphery 3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover 3.7 Cleaning/Replacing Filters 3.8 Cleaning the Suction Cup, Cleaning Inside the Equipment 3.9 Checking/Cleaning the SUS Belt, Cleaning Sub-scanning

Conveyance Roller 3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section 3.11 Cleaning the Heat Development Unit 3.12 Greasing 3.13 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers

A FP7M0201.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-6

PM-7 A

3.14 Checking the DC Voltage

3.15 Final Operation Checks/Checking Images 3.16 Setting Date and Time

3.17 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding

3.18 Work Completion Report

END

FP7M0202.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-7

PM-8

3.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1

Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Check whether errors have occurred using the M-Utility. If errors have occurred, correct them appropriately. If necessary, save the error logs in the internal HD of the equipment, and delete those error logs.

1Y

■ Procedure ● Checking Error Logs (1)

Turn ON the power of the equipment.

(2)

Start the M-utility during initialization.

(3)

[System Management] → [Log Files] → [Display Error Log] → The error log window appears.

The following shows an example of the error log display.

To correct the errors, refer to “TROUBLESHOOTING, 2.3 List of Error Codes” for meanings of error codes, suspected causes, and remedies. To analyze error codes, refer to detailed information on errors in “TROUBLESHOOTING, 2.2 Detailed Information on Error Codes”.

(4)

Refer to each error code displayed to confirm if serious errors have occurred.

(5)

[QUIT]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-8

PM-9 ● Saving Error Logs (1)

[System Management] → [Log Files] → [Store Log Files]

(2)

[Store] → The corresponding file is saved in the HD.

(3)

[QUIT]

• The saved analysis data is shown below. • Text file of error logs and various settings information • Communication logs (external input, formatter, formatter to printer, printer ISC) • The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution.

● Deleting Error Logs (1)

[System Management] → [Log Files] → [Clear]

(2)

[YES] → Clears all log data.

(3)

[TOP] → Returns to the M-Utility top menu.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-9

PM-10

3.2

Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images 1Y Print from each film tray using the M-Utility (grid pattern, 17-steps pattern), and check the recorded image format, density correction function, and there are no unevenness on the images and scratches. Also check that the mechanism and conveyor system are operating normally during film conveyance.

■ Procedure ● Printing Grid Pattern Print grid pattern from each film tray, and check the operations of the mechanism system and conveyor system, recorded image format, and also check for unevenness and scratches on the images. (1)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state.

(2)

[Output Film] → [Grid] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]

(3)

Select Dmax → [ENT]

(4)

[Copies]: “1” → [ENT] → The grid pattern is printed.

(5)

Check the following. If there are abnormal sounds and smell from the equipment. If film jam has occurred. If the format of the recorded image is correct. If there are unevenness on the images and scratches.

• • • • (6)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-10

PM-11 35 x 43 cm size 20 D

B

26 x 36 cm size

Film conveyance direction 20 E

C

Film conveyance direction 20

20

A

D

B

E

C

F

G

F

A

G

257.5 ±1.0

430.0 ±1.0

364.5 ±1.0

354.0 ±1.0

Film conveyance direction

20 x 25 cm size 20

20

20 D

B

E

C

F

G

B

A

252.0 ±1.0

20 D

35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

20 x 25 cm size ≤2.0

≤1.2

C

300 ±1.2

300 ±1.2

200 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

D, E

14.5 ±1.0

27.5 ±1.0

26.0 ±1.0

25.8 ±1.0

≤1.2

≤1.2

≤1.2

≤1.2

413.0 ±1.2

226.5 ±1.0

225.0 ±1.0

200 ±0.8

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

F |F-G|

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

G

A

252.0 ±1.0

(Unit: mm) 25 x 30 cm size

≤1.2

|D-E|

E

303.0 ±1.0

≤1.2

|A-B|

C

F

201.0 ±1.0

Position

Film conveyance direction

25 x 30 cm size

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7B0705.EPS

PM-11

PM-12 ● 17-steps Pattern Print 17-steps patterns from each film tray, and check the density according to tone type (Dmax.). (1)

[F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]

(2)

Select Dmax → [ENT] → The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on the operation panel.

(3)

Note down the 17-steps data displayed on the operation panel.

(4)

Check that the value noted down is within the specified values shown below. If Dmax setting is set to “4.0 : enable”, check that the density of the 17th step is above 4.0.

(5)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

Step

Dmax 2.64

Dmax 3.0

Dmax 3.3

Dmax 3.6

1

fog

fog

fog

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

5

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

6

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

7

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

8

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

9

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

10

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

11

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

12

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

13

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

14

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

15

2.28 ±0.07

2.40 ±0.10

2.40 ±0.10

2.43 ±0.10

16

2.46 ±0.07

2.70 ±0.10

2.70 ±0.10

2.95 ±0.10

17

2.64 ±0.07

3.00 ±0.10

3.30 ±0.20

3.60 ±0.20 TP7B0701.EPS

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-12

PM-13

3.3

Checking the Interlock Function An interlock is provided at the jam clear cover (SK1), front cover (SK2, SK3), and each film loading unit (SA12, SA22, SA32). Whether the interlock is functioning normally can be checked by opening a cover while executing the M-Utility.

SA12

SA22

SA32

1Y

SK1

SK2

SK3

FP7B0701.EPS

■ Checking Procedure ● Checking the Jam Clear Cover Interlock (1)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MJ1]

(2)

[Action]: [CW]

(3)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] → The MJ1 drives.

(4)

Open the jam clear cover. Check that the operating sound of the MJ1 stops.

(5)

Close the jam clear cover. Check that the operating sound of the MJ1 can be heard.

(6)

[Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]

(7)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-13

PM-14 ● Checking the Front Cover Interlock ❍ Driving System (1)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]

(2)

[Action]: [CW]

(3)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] → The MD1 drives.

(4)

Open the front cover. Check that the operating sound of the MD1 stops.

(5)

Close the front cover. Check that the operating sound of the MD1 can be heard.

(6)

[Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]

(7)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

❍ Scanner System

CAUTION Do not place anything which reflects light (screwdriver, etc.) in the equipment when checking interlock functions. (1)

[Check Scanner] → [Diagnosis] → [Initial Check] The scanner self-diagnosis is executed, and if it ends normally, the message “Completed.” will be displayed. (Takes about 30 seconds)

(2)

[QUIT]

(3)

Open the front cover.

(4)

[Initial Check] The self-diagnosis of the scanner is executed, and the message “Failed” appears with error code. This allows the interlock function to be checked if it is normal. (Takes about 15 seconds)

(5)

[Top]

(6)

Close the front cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-14

PM-15 ● Checking the Film Tray Interlocks

The procedure for checking the interlock is the same for all film trays. For film tray 2, replace [SOLA11] in the following procedure as [SOLA21], and for film tray 3, replace it as [SOLA31].Check the interlock of all film trays.

(1)

Insert the shutter into the film tray.

(2)

[Check Mechanism] → [Other Actuators] → [SOLA11]

(3)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT]

(4)

Pull out the film tray.

(5)

[Action]: [OFF] → [ENT]

(6)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

(7)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]

(8)

[Action]: [CW]

(9)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] Check that no operating sound of the MD1 can be heard.

(10) Close the film tray. Check that operating sound of the MD1 can be heard. (11) [Action]: [STOP] → [ENT] (12) pull out the shutter. (13) Perform the same checks for each tray. (14) Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility. ■ Checking the Sorter Interlock Separate the sorter while executing the M-Utility, and check the interlock function. (1)

[Check Mechanism] → [Sorter Unit] → [Motor MT1]

(2)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The MT1starts driving.

(3)

Pull the sorter release lever to release the sorter. Check that the operating sound of MD1 stops.

(4)

Connect the sorter to the printer.

(5)

[Action]: [OFF] → [ENT]

(6)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-15

PM-16

3.4

Checking Fan Operations Altogether operations of five fans need to be checked.

1Y Filter section cooling fan (FANG1-3)

Power supply unit fan Ventilation fan (FANK1)

FP7B0702.EPS

(1)

[Heat-Developer] → [Temp. Control] → [OFF] → [ENT]

(2)

[QUIT]

(3)

[Fan Operation]

(4)

[Group]: [Group A] → [ENT]

(5)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The FANG1 and FANG3 start rotating. Check the operation and wind direction of the FANG1 and FANG3.

(6)

[Action]: [intermittent] → [ENT] → [QUIT]

(7)

[Group]: [Group B] → [ENT]

(8)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The FANG2 starts rotating. Check the operations and wind direction of the FANG2.

(9)

[Action]: [intermittent] → [ENT] → [QUIT] → [QUIT]

(10) [Temp. Control] → [ON] → [ENT] → [QUIT] → [QUIT]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-16

PM-17 (11) [Check Mechanism] → [Other] → [Board FAN] (12) [Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The FANK1 starts rotating. Check the operations and wind direction of the FANK1 and power supply unit fan. (13) [intermittent] → [ENT] → [QUIT] (14) Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility. (15) End the M-Utility.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-17

PM-18

3.5

Checking the Tray Periphery Check the traylock and traylock mechanism.

1Y

■ Procedure (1)

Insert the shutter into the film tray.

(2)

Check that when the film tray is locked, it cannot be pulled out to the front.

(3)

Move the film tray to and fro, and check that it does not shake. At the same time, check that the film tray interlock function does not function due to shaking of the film tray when attaching it.

(4)

Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-18

PM-19

3.6

Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover

1Y

3Y

Inspect the cleaning roller, wash away dirt with water, and clean with absolute ethanol.

Replace the cleaning roller every three years.

■ Procedure (1)

Remove the cleaning roller.

#3 [Remove] Cleaning roller

#2

#1

[Pull out] Holder

[Lower] Lever

#5

#4

[Insert] Holder

[Lower] Lever FP7M0301.EPS

(2)

Wash the cleaning roller removed using water or warm water.

(3)

Wipe the cleaning roller dry with a dry cloth.

(4)

Clean the cleaning roller with a cloth moistened adequately with absolute ethanol. Wiping with absolute ethanol helps vaporize the water remaining on the cleaning roller.

(5)

With the cleaning roller inserted into the holder, leave to dry completely until the end of preventive maintenance.

(6)

Remove all covers.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-19

PM-20

3.7

Cleaning/Replacing Filters Clean and replace the louver attached to the air filter of the front lower cover, heat development unit filter, rear cover, and left cover.

1Y

3Y

• Check if the filter is dirty. If dirty, replace the filter. • Replace the heat development unit filter every three years.

■ Procedure (1)

Remove the lower front cover. Clean the filter attached to the lower front cover using a vacuum cleaner.

8-BR3x8 Lower front cover

(2)

FP7M0313.EPS

Clean the filter of the heat development unit cooling assembly using a vacuum cleaner. If dirt cannot be removed by cleaning, replace earlier than three years. Cooling fan assembly

Filter

FP7M0305.EPS

(3)

Install the filter of the heat development unit cooling assembly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-20

PM-21 (4)

Remove the louver installed to the rear cover and left cover, and clean with a vacuum cleaner.

Louver

FP7M0306.EPS

(5)

Reinstall the louver.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-21

PM-22

3.8

Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment

1Y

Clean the suction cup and rubber roller of the removal unit, and clean inside the equipment.

CAUTION Do not clean the barcode reader filter attached to the film tray using ethanol, as the filter will be damaged with time if the ethanol penetrates inside. ■ Procedure ● Cleaning the Removal Unit Clean the removal unit from behind the equipment. (1)

Release the tray lock manually, and pull out the film tray.

(2)

Move the suction cup arm with the hand to a location where it can be cleaned easily.

(3)

Clean the suction cup and removal conveyance rollers (upper/lower) with a cloth moistened with water. Removal conveyance roller (lower) Removal conveyance roller (upper)

Suction cup

FP7M0328.EPS

● Cleaning Inside the Equipment (1)

Remove the dusts and dirt in the equipment such as frame, mechanism unit, and inside the controller section, etc. with a cleaning cloth or vacuum cleaner, etc.

(2)

Check the inside of the mechanism unit visually, and clean if dirty.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-22

PM-23

3.9

Checking/Cleaning the SUS Belt, Cleaning Subscanning Conveyance Roller

3Y

Check and clean the SUS belt, and clean the sub-scanning conveyance rollers. ■ Procedure (1)

Remove the belt cover of the sub-scanning unit. #3 [Remove] BR4x8

#4 [Remove] Belt cover

#1 [Remove] BR3x10

#2 [Remove] Handle FP7M0307.EPS

(2)

Clean the SUS belt with a cloth moistened with absolute ethanol.

Do not bend or scratch the SUS belt as it will affect the recorded images.

SUS belt

FP7M0308.EPS

(3)

Reinstall the belt cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-23

PM-24 (4)

Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets. Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

[Remove] 4-BR4x8

FP7C0613.EPS

(5)

Attach the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets at the position shown below. #2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8 Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

#1 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

Sub-scanning unit fixing bracket

FP7C0614.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-24

PM-25 (6)

Remove the shield plate.

(7)

Remove the connector cover.

(8)

Remove the sub-scanning unit

(8)#1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN1

(8)#1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN3

(8)#1 [Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN7 Shield plate

(6)#1

(8)#1 (7)#1

[Remove] 2-BR3x8

[Disconnect] Connector LDD16A-CN9

[Loosen] 2-BR4x12 Connector cover

FP7M0322.EPS

(8)#2 [Disconnect] Connector ME1

(8)#2 [Disconnect] Connector CNS2

(8)#3 [Remove] 2-BR4x8

(8)#4 [Pull] Sub-scanning unit 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7M0323.EPS

PM-25

PM-26 (9)

Clean the sub-scanning unit conveyance rollers with a cloth moistened with ethanol.

Sub-scanning unit conveyance roller FP7M0325.EPS

(10) Return the sub-scanning unit to its original position. (11) Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit. #2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8

#1 [Press against] Positioning screw

Positioning screw

Rail of equipment FP7M0324.EPS

(12) Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets, and reinstall them to its original position.

CAUTION When removing the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets, be careful never remove the screws painted in red.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-26

PM-27

3.10

Cleaning the Density Measurement Section

Clean the density measurement section light-receiving surface.

1Y

■ Procedure (1)

Remove the ejection cover.

(2)

Remove the film release unit upper guide bracket. #2 [Remove] 2-BR3x8 Film release unit upper guide bracket

Ejection cover

#1 [Remove] BR3x8 FP7M0309.EPS

(3)

Clean the light-receiving surface of the PDD board with a cotton swab moistened with absolute ethanol. Light-receiving surface

FP7M0310.EPS

(4)

Reinstall the film release unit upper guide bracket, and ejection cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-27

PM-28

3.11

Cleaning the Heat Development Unit

Clean the heat development unit heat plate and rubber roller.

1Y

CAUTION Because the heat plate inside the heat development rack assembly is very hot, wait more than 60 minutes after turning OFF the power of the equipment before cleaning to allow the heat plate to cool down completely. ■ Procedure (1)

Remove the film release unit and film cooling section. “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT, 9.1 Film Release Unit”, “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT, 8.3 Film Cooling Section”

(2)

Remove the cooling fan assembly from the heat development unit together with the bracket. Cooling fan assembly

#2 [Disconnect] 2-BR3x8 Bracket

Bracket

#3 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

#1 [Disconnect] Connector CNG3 FP7C0823.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-28

PM-29 (3)

Remove the left inside cover. Left inside cover

[Remove] 2-BR3x8

FP7M0320.EPS

(4)

Remove the heat development racks in order from the third rack to the first rack.

If the fixing pins in front and at the rear of the heat development rack assembly are removed, the roller assembly will drop when the heat development rack assembly is removed. Therefore remove the heat development rack assembly without removing the fixing pins. #2

#2

[Disconnect] Connector THG7-9, 4-6, 1-3

[Disconnect] Connector HEAT3, 2, 1

#4 [Remove] Rack fixing bracket (small) x4

#3 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

Fixing pin

#6

#1 [Remove] TP4x8

[Remove] Heat development rack assembly

#5 [Remove] 2-BR4x8 Rack fixing bracket (large)

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7M0321.EPS

PM-29

PM-30 (5)

Remove the adiabatic cover and heater assembly from the heat development rack assembly.

(6)

Clean the heat plate and rubber roller with a cloth moistened with ethanol. #3 [Remove] Heater assembly #2 [Remove] Pins (long) x 2

#4 [Clean] Heat plate

#1 [Remove] Pins (Short) x 2

#5 [Clean] Rubber roller FP7M0312.EPS

(7)

Assemble the heat development rack assembly.

When installing the adiabatic cover, make sure that the cables do not get caught.

(8)

Clean the periphery of the heat development unit of this equipment with a vacuum cleaner.

(9)

Reinstall the heat development rack assembly to the heat development unit.

Make sure that the thermistor cable is not damaged by the screw with grounding.

(10) Reinstall the left inside cover, and cooling fan assembly.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-30

PM-31

3.12

Greasing

Apply oil to the gears of the conveyance system every six years.

6Y

■ Procedure (1)

Apply Molykote (EM-30L) to the whole one-way gear of the upper conveyor unit.

One-way gear

FP7M0326.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-31

PM-32 (2)

Apply Molykote (EM-30L) to the conveyor unit and removal unit gears as shown in the figure. Apply a drop of Molykote (EM-30L) (2 mm dia) at the four points indicated by the arrow.

Upper conveyor unit

#1 [Apply Molykote] Gear

#1

#1 [Apply Molykote] Gear

Upper removal unit

[Apply Molykote] Gear

Middle conveyor unit

#1

Middle removal unit

[Apply Molykote] Gear

Lower conveyor unit

Lower removal unit FP7M0327.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-32

PM-33

3.13

Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers

Wipe covers with a moist cloth. Inspect the covers for missing screws and gaps with the equipment.

1Y

■ Procedure (1)

Reinstall all covers except for the lower front cover.

(2)

Reinstall the cleaning roller.

(3)

Wipe the covers with a moistened cloth.

(4)

Check that no cover screws are missing and that there are no spaces between the cover and equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-33

PM-34

3.14

Checking the DC Voltage

Using a tester, measure each DC output voltage. If outside the specification, adjust with the adjusting volume on the power supply unit.

1Y

CAUTION Observe the following to prevent electrical hazards. • Use the tester lead to prevent short-circuiting. • Do not touch the voltage terminal and tester lead. ■ Procedure (1)

Pull the board attaching plate where MCT board can be seen.

#1 [Release] Clamp

#2 [Remove] BR3x8

FP7M0315.EPS

#3 [Release] Clamp

#4 [Remove] BR3x8

#5 [Pull] Board attaching plate FP7M0316.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-34

PM-35 (2)

Attach the interlock release jig to the front cover interlock (SK2/SK3).

(3)

Turn ON the power of the equipment.

(4)

Measure the voltage at the voltage measuring points. If the voltage differs from the specified value, turn the voltage adjusting volume in front of the power supply unit and adjust.

(5)

After checking/adjusting the DC voltage, turn OFF the power of the equipment, and remove the interlock release jig.

(6)

Reinstall the board attaching plate to its original position.

(7)

Reinstall the lower front cover.

● Specified Voltage Values Voltage

Measurement board

Check Pin

Specified value

Adjusting volume

+3.3V

PRN board

TP14 (+3.3V) – TP15 (GND)

+3.3V ±2% (+3.23 to +3.37V)

+3.3V

+5V

SNS board

TP1 (+5V) – TP2 (GND)

+5V ±2% (+4.90 to +5.10V)

+5V 2

+5V

Power supply unit check pin

–

+5V ±2% (+4.90 to +5.10V)

+5V 1

+12VD

Power supply unit check pin

–

+12VD ±2% (+11.76 to +12.24V)

+12VD

-12V

SNS board

TP4 (-12V) – TP2 (GND)

-12V ±2% (-11.76 to -12.24V)

-12V

+12V

SNS board

TP3 (+12V) – TP2 (GND)

+12V ±2% (+11.76 to +12.24V)

+12V

+5VS

MCT board

TP2 (+5V) – TP1 (GND)

+5VS ±2% (+4.90 to +5.10V)

+5VS

+24V

DRV board

TP1 (+24V) – TP2 (GND)

+24V ±2% (+23.52 to +24.48V)

+24V TP7M0201.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-35

PM-36 ● Voltage Measuring Point • DRV Board/SNS Board

TP2 TP1

TP4 TP1 TP2 TP3 FP7M0317.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-36

PM-37 • PRN Board

TP15 TP14

FP7M0318.EPS

• MCT Board

TP1

TP2

FP7M0319.EPS

● Adjusting Volume

FP7M0314.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-37

PM-38

3.15

Final Operation Checks/Checking Images

After performing MD1 operations for Molykote applied to adhere to the gears well, perform final operation check after completing preventive maintenance by printing the grid pattern and 17-steps pattern, and perform automatic density correction, and re-check the format of the recorded image, density correction function, and check that there are no unevenness on the image and scratches. Also check that the mechanism and conveyor system are operating normally during film conveyance.

1Y

“3.2 Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images” ■ Procedure ● MD1 Operations for Molykote Applied to Adhere Well (1)

Turn ON the power of the equipment.

(2)

Start the M-utility during initialization.

(3)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]

(4)

[Action]: [CW]

(5)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] → The MD1 drives.

(6)

Run the entrance conveyance motor (MD1) for five minutes for Molykote (EM30L) applied to the gears adhere well.

(7)

[Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]

(8)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

● Printing Grid Pattern Print grid pattern from each film tray, and check the operations of the mechanism system, conveyor system, recorded image format, and also check for inconsistency and lines on the images. (1)

[Output Film] → [Grid] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]

(2)

Select Dmax → [ENT]

(3)

[Copies]: “1” → [ENT] → The grid pattern is printed.

(4) • • • •

Check the following. If there are abnormal sounds and smell from the equipment. If film jam has occurred. If the format of the recorded image is correct. If there are unevenness on the images and scratches. “3.2 Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images”

(5)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

(6)

[TOP] → Returns to the M-Utility top menu.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-38

PM-39 ● Density Correction (1)

[F.D.C.] → [AUTO F.D.C.]→ [TRAY 1] → [ENT] → The 24-steps pattern is printed, and automatic density correction is performed.

(2)

[QUIT]

(3)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

● 17-steps Pattern Print 17-steps patterns from each film tray, and check the density according to tone type (Dmax.). (1)

[F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]

(2)

Select Dmax → [ENT] → The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on the operation panel.

(3)

Check that the values is within the specified values shown below. If Dmax setting is set to “4.0 : enable”, check that the density of the 17th step is above 4.0.

(4)

[QUIT]

(5)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

(6)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

Step

Dmax 2.64

Dmax 3.0

Dmax 3.3

Dmax 3.6

1

fog

fog

fog

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

5

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

6

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

7

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

8

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

9

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

10

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

11

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

12

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

13

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

14

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

15

2.28 ±0.07

2.40 ±0.10

2.40 ±0.10

2.43 ±0.10

16

2.46 ±0.07

2.70 ±0.10

2.70 ±0.10

2.95 ±0.10

17

2.64 ±0.07

3.00 ±0.10

3.30 ±0.20

3.60 ±0.20 TP7B0701.EPS

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-39

PM-40

3.16

Setting Date and Time

Check the system date and time, and reset the date and time if incorrect.

1Y

■ Procedure (1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Date/time] → The current system date and time are displayed.

(2)

If the date and time are wrong, change the date and time, then touch [TOP]. If the date and time are correct, touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

(3)

End the M-utility, and turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(4)

Clean the touch panel with a cloth moistened with absolute ethanol.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-40

PM-41

3.17 (1)

Checking for Improper Protective Grounding Check that the power cable and additional protective ground wire

1Y

connections are established in the same manner as for installation. (2)

Check that the parts and cables removed for servicing purposes are secured and connected in the same manner as for installation.

(3)

Check that the removed screws are properly tightened.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-41

PM-42

3.18

Work Completion Report

After completing preventive maintenance, notify the user that the density tone curve has changed because density correction was carried out.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-42

PM-43 BLANK PAGE

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PM-43

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

INSTALLATION (IN)

IN-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

Reason

10/15/2002 11/10/2002 04/01/2003

00 01 02

New release (FM3343) Revised (FM3601) Revised (FM3978)

07/15/2004

03

09/20/2004

04

11/30/2005

05

Revised (Revision for main unit software version A04, DPX7 PC Tool version A06, etc.)(FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V4.1, V10.0 and V10.1, DPX7 PC Tool version A08, etc.)(FM4447) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690)

07/31/2006 10/02/2006

06 07

02/15/2007

08

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

Revised (DI-ML film)(FM4949) Revised (Change of corporate name and corporate logo) (FM4992) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V7.0 and V13.0, DI Tool version V3.0, etc.) (FM5077)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 2, 4, 5, 8-133 1, 16, 21, 26-29, 35, 37, 46, 53, 59, 68, 69, 71, 84, 85, 87, 88, 90, 91, 93, 98, 102-104, 106-109, 111, 113, 114, 116, 119-122, 124-135 All pages 1, 4, 9, 18, 21, 32, 44, 45, 86, 90, 92, 130 1, 4, 8, 9, 13, 18-22, 47, 49, 85, 85.1-85.4, 86-91, 94, 96, 97, 106, 109-113, 116, 118, 123, 129, 141 1, 47, 85, 85.1, 97 1, 120 1, 84, 85.1-85.4, 110, 112-117, 119-123, 125-127, 129, 133-135, 139

IN-1

IN-2

1.

INSTALLATION CONDITIONS

1.1

Equipment Dimensions and Weight

■ Dimensions ● DRYPIX 7000

1240 mm

735 mm x 680 mm x 1240 mm (W x D x H)

68

73

5m

0m

m

m FP7I0302.EPS

● Sorter

1190 mm

385 mm x 590 mm x 1190 mm (W x D x H)

38

5m

m

0 59

mm

FP7I0303.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-2

IN-3 ■ Weight ● DRYPIX 7000 Approximately 203 kg (including two trays) ● Sorter Approximately 63 kg

1.2

Means to Move and Secure Equipment

■ Move ● DRYPIX 7000 Four wheel caster (omni-directional, with no brake) ● Sorter Six wheel caster (Four are omni-directional, two are for preventing from turning over, with no brake) ■ Securing Adjustable feet x 2 (front) and fixtures x 4

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-3

IN-4

1.3

Environment Conditions

■ Temperature, Relative Humidity and Atmospheric Pressure ● Operating Temperature/Relative humidity : 15 °C (40 to 70%RH) to 30 °C (15 to 70%RH) Atmospheric pressure : 700 to 1060 hPa Heat generation : 400 kcal/hr Relative humdity

[%]

70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5

10

15

20

Temperature

25

30

[°C]

FP7I0301.EPS

● Non-operating Temperature Relative humidity Atmospheric pressure

: 0 to 45 °C (No freezing) : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation) : 500 to 1060 hPa

● Transit or Storage Temperature Relative humidity Atmospheric pressure

: -10 to 50 °C : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation) : 500 to 1060 hPa

■ Exhaust Air of Equipment ● Exhaust Air in Standby State 40 m3/hour ● Average Exhaust Air When Processing 100 films (35 x 43 cm size) 54 m3/hour per equipment ■ Floor (installation surface) Vibration Requirement Frequency: 10 to 55 Hz Amplitude: 0.0075 mm or less ■ Floor Levelness 10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around ■ Floor Flatness 10 mm or less ■ Static Magnetic Field DC 100 Gauss or less 006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-4

IN-5

1.4

Electrical Specifications

■ Frequency 50/60 Hz ±3% ■ Line Voltage 200/ 220/ 230/ 240 VAC ±10% (By tap changing) Single-phase (2 lines) ■ Capacity 2.2 kVA ■ Rated Current 11 A/ 10 A/ 9.5 A/ 9 A ■ Power Consumption Maximum 2.2 kW ■ Electric Energy Printing Standby Power save mode Sleep mode Remote standby mode

: 570 Wh : 320 Wh : 200 Wh : 120 Wh : 20 Wh

■ Maximum Heat Generation Printing Standby

: 580 W : 330 W

■ Overload Protection 15 A

1.5

Other Specifications

■ Noise Idling Printing

: Approximately 45 dB : Approximately 53 dB

■ Start-up Time Approximately 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 °C)

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-5

IN-6

1.6

Installing Space and Maintenance Work Space

1.6.1

Installation Space

■ When Not Fixed with Fixtures • Without sorter

• With sorter 20 or more

50 or more

50 or more

20 or more

50 or more

800 or more

350 or more

800 or more Unit: mm FP7I0401.EPS

■ When Fixed with Fixtures • Without sorter

• With sorter 20 or more

80 or more

80 or more

80 or more

800 or more

80 or more

350 or more

800 or more Unit: mm FP7I0402.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-6

IN-7

1.6.2

Space Required for Maintenance Work

■ When Not Fixed with Fixtures

To rotate the equipment, one side requires more than 1000 mm of space.

• Without sorter

• With sorter 600 or more

600 or more

800 or more

800 or more

800 or more

800 or more

1000 or more

1000 or more Unit: mm FP7I0403.EPS

■ When Fixed with Fixtures ● Space for Removing Fixtures • Without sorter

• With sorter 80 or more

80 or more

250 or more

250 or more

250 or more

1000 or more

350 or more

1000 or more Unit: mm FP7I0404.EPS

● Maintenance Space after Removing Fixtures The same space as “■ When Not Fixed with Fixtures” is required.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-7

IN-8

2.

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW START 3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION 3.1 Precautions on Installation

3.2 Preparing the DPX7 PC Tool

3.2.1 PC Environment Required for Installing the DI Tool

3.2.2 Installing and Uninstalling the DI Tool

3.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC

3.2.4 Setting Grouping Symbol

3.3 Preparations

4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION 4.1 Unpacking and Unloading

4.2 Carrying

4.3 Temporary Placement

4.4 Checking Components

5. INSTALLATION 5.1 Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body

5.2 Removing Covers

5.3 Removing Fixtures

A FP7B0201.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-8

IN-9 A 5.4 Installing Separately Packaged Items

5.4.1 Installing the Cleaning Roller

5.4.2 Affixing the Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set

5.5 Changing the Film Size

5.5.1 Changing the Film Tray Size

5.5.2 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader

5.5.3 Affixing the Film Labels

5.6 Installing Options

6.1 Installing the Additional Removal Unit

6.1.1 Remove the Cushioning Materials, Changing the Film Tray Size

6.1.2 Installing the Barcode Reader

6.1.3 Installing the Removal Unit

6.1.4 Installing the Film Loading Unit

6.1.5 Installing the Conveyor Unit

6.1.6 Securing the Idle Gear

6.1.7 Internal Wiring

6.1.8 Inserting the Film Trays

B

C FP7B0202.EPS

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-9

IN-10 B

C 6.2 Installing the 20 x 25 cm Size Suction Cup Arm Assembly

6.2.1 Changing the Film Tray Size

6.2.2 Removing the Film Loading Unit

6.2.3 Removing the Removal Unit

6.2.4 Replacing the Suction Cup Arm

6.2.5 Changing the Installed Position of the Film Release Plate

6.2.6 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader

6.2.7 Reassembling the Equipment

D

E FP7B0203.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-10

IN-11 D

E 6.3 Installing Additional Image Memory Boards

6.4 Installing Sorter

5.7 Connecting Interface Cables

5.7.1 Connecting Network Cable

5.7.2 Connecting the PC for Servicing

5.8 Setting the Power Supply

5.9 Connecting the Power Cable

5.10 Installing Covers

7. SETTING OF THE EQUIPMENT 7.1 Power ON and Starting the M-Utility

7.1.1 Power ON

7.1.2 Starting the M-Utility

7.2 System Settings

7.2.1 System Management/System Config.

7.2.2 System Management/Network/Set Network

7.2.3 System Management/Set Main Panel

7.3 Ending System Settings

F FP7B0204.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-11

IN-12 F 8. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS 8.1 MD1 Operation When Adding Expansion Film Trays

8.2 Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations

8.3 Checking Density

8.4 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches

8.5 Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the Sorter is Connected

8.6 Checking the Interlock Function

8.6.1 Checking the Jam Clear Cover Interlock

8.6.2 Checking the Front Cover Interlock

8.6.3 Checking the Film Tray Interlocks

8.6.4 Checking the Sorter Interlock

8.7 Checking Fan Operations

8.8 Settings for U-Utility

9. INSTALLATION OF MULTIPLE SETS G

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

FP7B0205.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-12

IN-13 G 10. SETTING CLIENTS 10.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network

10.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)/Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to this Equipment

10.2.1 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)

10.2.2 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to this Equipment

10.3 Importing Individual Data

10.4 Settings by Client

10.4.1 Registering Clients

10.4.2 Client Settings

10.4.3 Settings by Client

10.5 Adding and Registering Printers

10.6 Sending Data on Setting to the Equipment

10.7 Settings for U-Utility

10.8 Ending the DI Tool and the Equipment

H

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

FP7B0206.EPS

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-13

IN-14 H 11. CHECKING NETWORK CONNECTION 11.1 Checking the Start-up of the Equipment

11.2 Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment

11.3 Checking the Termination of the Equipment

12. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT 12.1 Backing Up Individual Data

12.1.1 Saving Individual Data in the Equipment HD

12.1.2 Saving Individual Data in the PC for Servicing

12.1.3 Saving Individual Data on the FD

12.2 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Which Occur at Installation

12.2.1 Checking the Error Log

12.2.2 Saving Error Logs

12.2.3 Deleting Error Logs

12.3 Installing the Equipment

12.3 Installing the Equipment

12.3.2 Installing the Equipment Without Using Fixtures

12.4 Cleaning the Equipment

END FP7B0207.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-14

IN-15 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-15

IN-16

3.

WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION

3.1

Precautions on Installation The machine installation site must satisfy the “■ Installation Site Requirements” below. Also be sure to complete procedures beforehand for necessary construction work, electrical utility, and air-conditioning system installation.

■ Installation Site Requirements Avoid the following installation sites. • Places where the temperature drastically changes. • Places near heat sources such as heaters. • Places where water leakage or equipment submersion may occur. • Places where the equipment may be exposed to any corrosive gas. • Dusty places. • Places that are exposed to direct sunlight. • Places which do not meet the following ventilation conditions: Ventilation conditions: The ventilation capacity of this equipment is 54 m3/hour. The room installing this equipment must therefore have at least equivalent capacity as this equipment or above. Generally any room allowing general ventilation is appropriate.

The approximate ventilation frequency of building rooms is 10 times/hour or above. This means that ventilation equivalent to ten times the cubic capacity of the room is performed every hour. The ventilation frequency shall be conformed to the ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers).

■ Power Supply and Grounding Install a 250V/20A circuit breaker per equipment. Ground the equipment to the indoor protective grounding. ■ Network Connection As the equipment needs to be connected to the network, prepare network materials and parts and complete constructions beforehand. Prepare the network materials and accessories according to the place of installation as they are not designated parts.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-16

IN-17 ■ Board and Optical Unit Handling Precautions Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards and optical unit. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards and optical unit. ■ Burying Anchor Nuts To secure the equipment to the floor with fixtures, bury the anchor nuts beforehand.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-17

IN-18

3.2

Preparing the DPX7 PC Tool The service tool software DI Tool is required for setting clients (image output device) connected to the network, sorter settings, and saving equipment data. Prior to beginning installation, install the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool) in the PC for servicing and set the FTP site directory. Perform the following preparations beforehand on the Service Center, etc.

• DI Tool is the Fuji Medical Dry Imager integrated service tool software containing “DPX7 PC Tool” and “DPX PC Tools”. With this equipment, the functions of “DPX7 PC Tool” in DI Tool are used. • In this manual, “DI Tool” indicates the whole service tool software and “DPX7 PC Tool” indicates the tool functions used in this equipment. • The 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX straight cable is required for connecting the PC for servicing.

This manual describes the procedure for connecting the PC for servicing to this equipment via the network, but it is also possible to directly connect the PC for servicing to this equipment using the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX crossing cable.

3.2.1

PC Environment Required for Installing the DI Tool

● OS Microsoft Windows 2000 (SP4) or Windows XP (SP2) ● Accessories CD-ROM drive ● Display 800 x 600 pixels or higher-resolution display

Version A08 or later must be installed to use Windows XP.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-18

IN-19

3.2.2

Installing and Uninstalling the DI Tool

■ Installing Procedure Install the DI Tool as follows.

If the DRYPIX Net Tool is already installed in the PC in which the DI Tool is to be installed, uninstall the DRYPIX Net Tool first. In this case, save the information set using the DRYPIX Net Tool before uninstalling it and use this information when using the DRYPIX Net Tool on the PC again in the future.

(1)

Check that the power of the PC is ON.

(2)

If there are any applications currently running, end them. Also turn OFF any resident virus software which may be running.

(3)

Load the CD-R for installation in the CD-ROM drive. → The installer starts automatically, and the [Choose Destination Location] dialog for specifying the location for saving the DI Tool appears.

(4)

Click [Next] at the default location shown. → Installation of the DI Tool starts. When installation completes normally, the [Setup Complete] screen appears.

The DI Tool will be saved in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm” directory.

(5)

Click [Finish].

(6)

Remove the installation CD-R and close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-19

IN-20 ■ Uninstalling Procedure To uninstall the DI Tool from the PC, perform the following procedure. (1)

Check that the power of the PC is ON.

(2)

If there are any applications currently running, end them. Also turn OFF any resident virus software which may be running.

(3)

Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] Æ [Control Panel].

(4)

Double-click the [Add/Remove Programs] icon.

(5)

From the [Currently installed programs:] list, click [DPX7 PC Tool] and then [Change/Remove]. → The [Confirm File Deletion] dialog appears to confirm whether to uninstall the DI Tool.

(6)

Click [Yes]. → The [Remove Programs From Your Computer] window appears to uninstall the DI Tool.

(7)

Upon completion, click [OK].

If the message “Some elements could not be removed. ...” is displayed when deletion completes, click [Details...] and note down the files and folders which could not be deleted. After completing the following steps, delete the files and folders noted down.

(8)

Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-20

IN-21

3.2.3

Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC

To perform transmission and reception of various data with the equipment, there is a need to set the FTP site directory of the PC installed with the DI Tool. Described here is the setting method for an example of Windows 2000. The setting procedure is basically the same for Windows XP, however there are certain precautions to be taken and additional settings to be made. “APPENDIX 1 PRECAUTIONS AND SETTINGS IN THE USE OF Windows XP PC FOR SERVICING”

To set the FTP site directory of the PC, Internet Information Services (IIS) function (one of the Windows components) is required. This Internet Information Services (IIS) will not be installed in the standard installation of Windows 2000. If not installed in the PC used, install it as follows.

■ Installing the Internet Information Services (IIS) (1)

Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] Æ [Control Panel].

(2)

Double-click the [Add/Remove Programs] icon.

(3)

Click [Add/Remove Windows Components].

(4)

Select the checkbox of [Internet Information Services (IIS)] from the [Components:] list, and click [Next].

(5)

Follow the instructions of the [Windows Components Wizard] dialog to install the Internet Information Services (IIS). The message [Insert Disk] appears halfway through to prompt for the “Windows 2000 CD-ROM” to be inserted. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive and click [OK].

If the [Microsoft Windows 2000 CD] window appears upon inserting the “Windows 2000 CDROM”, click [Exit] to close the window.

(6)

After completing installation, click [Finish].

(7)

Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-21

IN-22 ■ Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC (1)

Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] Æ [Control Panel].

(2)

Double-click the [Administrative Tools] icon.

(3)

Double-click the [Internet Services Manager] icon.

(4)

Double-click the computer name of the PC used from the [Computer] list.

(5)

Check that [Default FTP Site] is set to [Running]. If set to [Stopped] or [Pause], right-click [Default FTP Site] and select [Start].

(6)

Right-click [Default FTP Site], and click [Properties] from the popup menu.

(7)

Click the [Home Directory] tab.

(8)

Note down the path set at [Local Path:]

As Windows 2000 has only one home directory for all accounts, if another directory (folder name) has already been specified for [Local Path:], other applications may be using it.

(9)

Set the folder name installing the DI Tool (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX) at [Local Path:] , and select the checkboxes of [Read], [Write], and [Log visits].

If the directory of the FTP site is not set to the folder installing the DI Tool (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX), the DI Tool will not operate properly. If using other applications on the same PC, after using the DI Tool, return to the settings noted down at step (8).

In addition, “C:\inetpub\ftproot” is the default value of Windows 2000 and can be changed.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-22

IN-23 (10) Click [OK]. (11) Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-23

IN-24

3.2.4

Setting Grouping Symbols

When the [Regional Options] of the PC installing the DPX7 PC Tool is not English, check the setting of the grouping symbol, and change it if different from below.

If the setting differs, the formatter error “0005” will occur when files are transferred to this equipment.

■ Checking Procedure (1)

Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control Panel].

(2)

Double-click the [Regional Options] icon.

(3)

Click the [Numbers] tab.

(4)

Check that [Decimal symbol] is “ . ” (period).

If as a result of the above selection, the same symbol is selected for [Digit grouping symbol] and [Decimal symbol], change the symbol for [Digit grouping symbol].

(5)

Click the [Time] tab.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-24

IN-25 (6)

Check that [Time separator] is “ : ” (colon).

(7)

Click the [Date] tab.

(8)

Check that [Date separator] is “ / ” (slash).

(9)

Click [OK].

(10) Close the [Control Panel] window.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-25

IN-26

3.3

Preparations

■ Tools used This equipment can be installed using standard tools. When installing the sorter, the spanner provided to the sorter can also be used.

BR4x10

Spanner

FP7B0532.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-26

IN-27 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-27

IN-28

4.

TEMPORARY INSTALLATION

4.1

Unpacking and Unloading

■ Equipment Main Body (1)

Disassemble the wood boards covering the equipment. Use the top board as a slope for lowering the equipment from the carrier pallet.

(2)

Remove the separately packaged box.

(3)

Cut the bottom of the protective material covering the equipment, and expose the fixtures.

(4)

Remove the four fixtures. Equipment

Fixtures Equipment

#1 [Remove] Bolt with hexagonal hole

Fixtures

#3 [Loosen] Nut

#2 [Remove] Nut

#3 [Remove] Hexagonal bolt

Carrier pallet

Equipment

#1 [Remove] Bolt with hexagonal hole #2 [Remove] Nut

Adjustable foot

Carrier pallet FP7B0403.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-28

IN-29 (5)

Hook the top panel removed at step (1) to the carrier pallet. Equipment

Top board

FP7B0405.EPS

(6)

Lower the equipment from the carrier pallet.

To avoid damage to the equipment, do not push the front cover (shaded portion in the figure below).

FP7B0404.EPS

■ Sorter (1)

Remove the protective material covering the sorter and accessories.

(2)

Remove the sorter from the base pad.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-29

IN-30

4.2

Carrying (1)

Clear the delivery path of the equipment and carry the equipment to the installation site. To ensure that the equipment can be carried out safely to the installation site, move any obstacle out of the way on the delivery entry, entry corridor, and corners. Also make sure that the elevator is made available to move the equipment.

• When delivering the equipment by means of its two-wheel casters, raise the adjustable feet all the way up. • When carrying the equipment, support it so that it does not turn over. • When moving the equipment over any bump, slowly move it to avoid shock.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-30

IN-31

4.3

Temporary Placement (1)

Ensure sufficient work space for installation. “1.6 Installation Space and Maintenance Work Space”

(2)

Lower the adjustable foot of the equipment to secure the equipment.

Equipment

[Rotate] Nut

Caster

Adjustable foot FP3B0309.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-31

IN-32

4.4

Checking Components In accordance with the PACKING LIST contained in each carton box, check to ensure that the contents of the installation package comply with the LIST. The service personnel should always retain the Inspection Data Sheet.

■ Equipment Main Body Name Equipment main body

Remarks

Qty. 1

TP7B0401.EPS

■ Accessories Name

Remarks

Qty.

Scanner data FD

1

Individual data FD

1

Software CD-R

1

Ferrite core

1

Tie band

1

Cleaning roller

1

Cutter

2

Label

1 *1

Label

*1

8

Connect to the network cable.

Label for positioning film pack Film size label

Label

1

Caution label for the lever operation of the cleaning roller set

Hexagonal head bolt (M12x25)

8

For securing equipment fixtures

Spring washer (SW12)

8

Flat washer (W12)

8

Anchor nut

8

Spacer

2

Clamp

2

Screw with cover (T4x16)

16

Screw with cover (T4x25)

8

Stand

1

Inspection data sheet

1

Operation manual

1

Screw (BR4x8)

5

Guide

2

Shaft

2

Screw (T4x35)

2

Fuse

6

1A (2 pieces), 2A (2 pieces), 5A (2 pieces)

Guide plate

1

Guide plate for changing film size in tray (2-tray or 3-tray models only)

Replace with screws for securing cover in installation. Jig for removing upper conveyor unit.

Guide pin for changing film size in tray

*1: Quantity for 1-tray models. The quantity differs for 2-tray or 3-tray models. 006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

TP7B0402.EPS

IN-32

IN-33 ■ Options Product Code

Product

Remarks

Parts No.

Additional option tray

DPX TRAY #/E

898Y0881

For 35x43 and 26x36 cm size

Additional option tray

DPX TRAY 8x10 E

898Y0896

For 20x25 cm size

Suction cup arm

DPX ARM 8x10 #/E

898Y0883

For 20x25 cm size

Optional sorter

DPX SRT #/E

000Y5398

Expanded frame buffer memory

DPX BASE FBM 256 #/E

113S0185

256MB TP7B0409.EPS

● Additional Removal Unit (35 x 43 cm Size Specification) Name

Remarks

Qty.

Film loading unit

1

Removal unit

1

Conveyor unit

1

Guide (Stopper)

2

Bracket

1

Barcode reader assembly

1

Bracket

1

Gear assembly (Idle gear) (large)

1

Gear cover (Shield cover)

1

Gear assembly (Idle gear) (small)

1

For removal unit

Label

1

Label for positioning film pack

Label

8

Film size label

Screw (BR3x6)

4

Screw (BR3x8)

5

Screw (BR4x8)

16

There may be extras depending on film size setting

Screw (TP3x8)

2

For installing barcode reader

Guide

2

Guide pin for changing film size in tray

Shaft

2

Screw (T4x35)

2

For conveyor section

TP7B0403.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-33

IN-34 ● Additional Removal Unit (20 x 25 cm Size Specification) Name

Remarks

Qty.

Film loading unit

1

Removal unit

1

Conveyor unit

1

Guide (Stopper)

2

Bracket

1

Barcode reader assembly

1

Bracket

1

Gear assembly (Idle gear) (large)

1

Gear cover (Shield cover)

1

Gear assembly (Idle gear) (small)

1

For removal unit

Label

1

Label for positioning film pack

Label

8

Film size label

Screw (BR3x6)

4

Screw (BR3x8)

5

Screw (BR4x8)

16

There may be extras depending on film size setting

Screw (TP3x8)

2

For installing barcode reader

Guide

2

Guide pin for changing film size in tray

Shaft

2

Screw (T4x35)

2

For conveyor section

TP7B0403.EPS

● 20 x 25 cm Size Suction Cup Arm Assembly Name

Qty.

20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm assembly

1

Screw (BR3x8)

4

Screw (DT3x6)

4

Remarks

TP7B0404.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-34

IN-35 ● Sorter Name

Remarks

Qty.

Sorter unit

1

Docking plate (Front)

1

Docking plate (Rear)

1

Rail

1

Screw (BR4x8)

8

Tie band

2

Bracket (Partition plate)

1

Bracket (Auxiliary plate)

1

Guide plate

1

Solenoid assembly

1

Extension spring

1

Screw (BR3x6)

5

Label

1

To warn against letting fingers get caught

Label

1

Label for filling in pin information

Operation manual

1

Inspection data sheet

1

Screw (TP4x8)

2

For securing printer power cable (One is spare)

TP7B0405.EPS

● Expansion Memory Board Name Expansion memory board

Remarks

Qty. 1

256MB TP7B0406.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-35

IN-36

5.

INSTALLATION

5.1

Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body

All fixing materials inside the equipment are tied together by several strings for the clamp release guide to ensure that none is left unreleased. Remove the fixtures according to these strings. (1)

Remove the vinyl covering the equipment.

(2)

Remove the tape securing the cover. [Remove] Tape

FP7B0501.EPS

[Remove] Tape

[Remove] Tape

[Remove] Tag

[Remove] Tape FP7B0502.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-36

IN-37

5.2

Removing Covers (1)

Open the front cover and remove the right cover, rear cover, and left cover. Left cover Rear cover

Front cover

Right cover FP7B0504.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-37

IN-38

5.3

Removing Fixtures

■ Removal Unit/Tray Loading Unit (Common Procedure for All Film Trays) (1)

Release the tray lock at the back of the equipment with your hand.

#2 [Push slightly] Tray

#1 [Release manually] Tray lock

FP7B0506.EPS

(2)

Pull the tray, and remove the tape securing the tray and shutter.

(3)

Pull out the shutter.

#1 [Remove] Tape

Form block

#2 [Remove] Shutter

FP7B0505.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-38

IN-39 (4)

Remove the foam block of the tray and cushioning material of the lower squeezing roller.

#1

#2

[Remove] Form block

[Remove] Cushioning material

FP7B0507.EPS

(5)

Push in the film tray into the equipment.

■ Controller (1)

Remove the tape securing the filter.

[Remove] Tape

Filter

FP7B0508.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-39

IN-40 ■ Upper Conveyor Unit/Middle Conveyor Unit (1)

Remove the tape securing the open/close guide, and remove the foam block.

[Remove] Tape and foam block FP7B0509.EPS

(2)

Remove the tape securing the guide plates of the middle conveyor unit. (2-tray models, 3-tray models only)

[Remove] Tape

Middle conveyor unit

[Remove] Tape

Lower conveyor unit

FP7B0535.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-40

IN-41 ■ Sub-Scanning Unit ● Removing Fixture for Securing the Equipment in Transportation (Front of Equipment) (1)

Remove the fixture for securing the equipment in transportation.

#1 [Remove] 4-TP4x8

#2 [Remove] Fixture FP7B0510.EPS

(2)

Rotate the fixture removed, and secure to the sub-scanning unit at the two round holes.

(3)

Insert the upper conveyor unit removing jig provided with the equipment below the sub-scanning unit. Secure it with the removed screw. To shield from light, attach the screw removed in the screw hole on the frame. (2)#1 [Attach] Fixing plate

(3)#3 [Attach] TP4x8

(2)#2 [Secure] 2- TP4x8

(3)#2 [Secure] TP4x8

(3)#1 [Insert] Upper conveyor unit removing jig FP7B0511.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-41

IN-42 ● Removing Fixture for Securing the Equipment in Transportation (Rear of Equipment) (1)

Remove the fixture for securing the equipment in transportation.

(2)

Move the fixture until it touches the rear of the equipment, and secure it. Sub-scanning motor

#2 [Move] Fixture

#1 [Loosen] Two screws

#3 [Tighten] Two screws FP7B0512.EPS

Hold the sub-scanning unit side plate with the hand and shake the sub-scanning unit gently with your hand, and check that there is no interference between the fixture and sub-scanning unit frame. Do not hold the sub-scanning motor at this time.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-42

IN-43 ● Frame (1)

Remove the bracket from the rear of the equipment.

(2)

Connect the connectors to CN14 and CN6 of the power supply unit.

• There is not need to reinstall the removed bracket because the bracket is intended for protecting the equipment during transportation. • Keep the bracket removed as it will be necessary when the equipment needs to be moved again in the future.

(1)#1 [Remove] Screw x 4

(1)#2 [Remove] Bracket

(2) [Connect] Connector CN14, CN6 FP7B0537.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-43

IN-44

5.4

Installing Separately Packaged Items

5.4.1

Installing the Cleaning Roller

• The cleaning roller catches and removes dusts adhering to the film. Do not therefore touch the adhesive face of the cleaning roller unnecessarily. Also handle it with care so that no dusts adhere to the adhesive face. • When holding the cleaning roller, hold the shafts at both ends.

(1)

Attach the cleaning roller

#3 [Attach] Cleaning roller

5.4.2 (1)

#2

#1

[Pull out] Holder

[Lower] Lever

#5

#4

[Push in] Holder

[Lower] Lever

FP7B0513.EPS

Affixing the Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set Affix the caution label for the lever operation of the cleaning roller set in the language the user desires.

#1 [Affix] Caution label for the lever operation of the cleaning roller set 006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7B0585.EPS

IN-44

IN-45

5.5

Changing the Film Size To change the film size set at shipment, the attaching position of the guide plate in the film tray and guide pin , as well as the attaching position of the barcode reader need to be changed.

• At shipment, each film tray is set as follows; • 1-tray model: tray 1/35 x 43 cm • 2-tray model: tray 1/35 x 43 cm, tray 2/26 x 36 cm • 3-tray model: tray 1/35 x 43 cm, tray 2/35 x 43 cm, tray 3/26 x 36 cm • To use 20 x 25 cm films, the optional 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm assembly or 20 x 25 cm size additional removal unit is required. • Equipment with the following serial numbers can be used 25 x 30 cm size film. • #21936, #22687, #23291 or later Also, to use 25 x 30 cm size film, main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later is required.

5.5.1 (1)

Changing the Film Tray Size Change the installed position of the guide plate and guide pin in the film tray according to the film size used.

35 x 43 cm size

Guide plate

26 x 36 cm size

Guide pin

Film tray

20 x 25 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

FP7B0503.EPS

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-45

IN-46

5.5.2

Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader

Change the installed position of the barcode reader (BCR) according to the film size used. ■ Installed Position 35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size

BCR

BCR

FP7B0539.EPS

■ Changing Procedure (1)

Remove the BCR assembly.

BCR assembly

#3 [Remove] 2-TP3x8

#2 [Release] Clamp

#1 [Disconnect] Connector FP7B0541.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-46

IN-47 (2)

Change the installed position of the BCR. 35 x 43 cm size BCR

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size Shield plate

Shield plate

BCR

FP7B0542.EPS

(3)

5.5.3

Reinstall the BCR assembly in the reverse order of removal.

Affixing the Film Labels

(1)

Affix the film size label.

(2)

Set the film pack of the film size used on the film tray, and affix the label for positioning the film pack (arrow mark) facing the red label indicating the inserting direction.

Affix at the back for the 26 x 36 cm film size and on the guide plate for other sizes.

(3)

If using DI-ML film, affix the base plate label. #3 #2 [Affix] Base plate label

[Affix] Film pack positioning label

#1 [Affix] Film size label

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7C0313.EPS

IN-47

IN-48

5.6

Installing Options If installing options, install here refer to the following. “6. INSTALLING OPTIONS”.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-48

IN-49

5.7

Connecting Interface Cables

5.7.1

Connecting Network Cable

CAUTION • Do not connect telephone lines to the PC board connector. Only IEC60950/UL1950 specification cables are suitable for connection to this connector. • At this time, do not connect to the network device. When performing system settings of the equipment, prevent external intrusions which may interfere with network security by rebooting only the equipment after completing various settings and then connecting to the network equipment. (1)

Attach the ferrite core to the network cable.

• Use the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX cable (UTP or STP) for the network cable. • Attach the ferrite core at 200 to 210 mm from the cable connector. • Tie the ferrite core to the cable with the tie band.

UTP: Unshielded type STP: Shielded type

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX cable

#2 [Fix] Tie band

#1 [Attach] Ferrite core

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

200 to 210 mm FP7B0540.EPS

IN-49

IN-50 (2)

Connect the network cable to the PC board connector.

When installing together with the sorter, secure the cable indicated at step #2 in the figure shown below at the same time as the interface cable of the sorter. “6.4 Installing the Sorter”

#1 [Insert] Network cable

#2 [Fix] Tie band FP7B0524.EPS

5.7.2 Connecting the PC for Servicing (1)

Connect the network cable for the PC for servicing to the network connecting this equipment.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-50

IN-51

5.8

Setting the Power Supply Switch the tap of the power supply unit, and set the power supply of the equipment. (1)

Re-connect the terminal connected to 200 V to that of the input power supply.

CAUTION Tighten the screws firmly. #3 [Switch] Tap CO M 20 0V

20 8V 22 0V 23 0V

24 0V

#1 [Remove] Two screws

#2 [Remove] Resin cover FP7B0520.EPS

(2)

Install the resin cover of the power supply unit.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-51

IN-52

5.9

Connecting the Power Cable CAUTION • Production/connection of power cables should only be done by persons certified to handle electrical facility construction. • Use a conduit to connect the power cable to the equipment. Connect properly and make sure the power cable is not exposed. • Use a power cable of the following specifications. Size: AWG14 Temperature: 105 °C

• Connect the power cable to the terminal block properly. • To prevent deformation, tighten the terminal fixing screws while holding the terminal block with the hand. • Observe the power and connection regulations in the country of use.

#3 [Secure] Clamp L N

#1 L

N

[Insert] Three power cable PE

#2 [Tighten] Terminal fixing screws Terminal block

FP7B0599.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-52

IN-53

Checking the Resistance of the Power Cable (1) Set the main power switch on the equipment to ON position ( I ).

Main power switch

FP7B0601.EPS

(2)

Measure the resistance between the following terminals of the power cable using a tester. ∞Ω 1.7Ω ∞Ω

L

N

(Reference)

E N

L L

E N

PE

FP7B0523.EPS

(3)

5.10 (1)

Set the main power switch to OFF position (O).

Installing Covers Reinstall all covers removed. At this time, use the screws with cover provided with the equipment.

Use the following screws when reinstalling covers. • Left cover: 8-TP4x25 • Rear cover: 8-TP4x16 • Right cover: 8-TP4x16 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-53

IN-54

6.

INSTALLING OPTIONS The following options are available for this equipment. Described below are the procedures for installing these options. Perform the necessary procedure. • Additional removal unit (expansion film tray) • 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm assembly • Expansion image memory board • Sorter

6.1

Installing the Additional Removal Unit Perform the following procedure to install optional additional removal units.

Two types are available for the optional additional removal unit; one for 35 x 43 cm film size and another for 20 x 25 cm film size.

6.1.1

Remove the Cushioning Materials, Changing the Film Tray Size

(1)

Remove the shutter and film tray from the optional film loading unit.

(2)

Remove the cushioning material from the film tray.

(3)

To change the film tray size, set the film tray size. ”5.5.1 Changing the Film Tray Size”.

6.1.2

Installing the Barcode Reader

Check that the installing position of the barcode reader (BCR) corresponds to the film size used. If it does not, change the position of the BCR. “5.5.2 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader” 35 x 43 cm size BCR

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size Shield plate

Shield plate

BCR

FP7B0542.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-54

IN-55

6.1.3 (1)

Installing the Removal Unit Attach the film loading unit stopper.

2-BR3x8

#1 [Attach] Stopper x 2

FP7B0548.EPS

(2)

Remove the tray cover and tray inside cover.

#2 [Remove] 4-TP4x8

#1 [Remove] 2-BR3x8

Tray inside cover Tray cover FP7B0545.EPS

(3)

To use this additional removal unit for 25 x 30 cm size, change the attaching position of the following parts referring to “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT, 4.3.3 Changing Film Size to 25 x 30 cm”. • Suction cup unit • Removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly • Film surface detection sensor • Film release plate

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-55

IN-56 (4)

Check that the suction cup arm is at the home position before installing. Home position

Removal unit

FP7B0575.EPS

(5)

Install the removal unit. Insert the removal unit into the equipment with the left side facing down, and position it horizontally while inserting the pin into the frame.

• Make sure the removal unit does not touch the barcode reader assembly. • Hold the removal unit with the hand until the screws have been secured.

#1 [Install] Removal unit

#2 [Fix] 4-BR4x8 Pin FP7B0547.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-56

IN-57

6.1.4 (1)

Installing the Film Loading Unit Attach the bracket.

#1 [Secure] BR3x8

Bracket FP7B0564.EPS

(2)

Install the film loading unit.

Push in until it hits the film loading unit stopper.

#1 [Connect] Connector

Film pack/shutter detection sensor

#2 [Secure] 3-BR4x8

Film loading unit FP7B0565.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-57

IN-58 (3)

Bind the extra length of the sensor cable so that it does not come out of the tray insertion portion. Clamp

#1 [Bind] Cable

FP7B0552.EPS

(4)

Attach the bracket.

#1 [Attach] Bracket

#2 [Secure] 2-BR4x8 FP7B0553.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-58

IN-59

6.1.5 (1)

Installing the Conveyor Unit Remove the tape securing the guide plate of the conveyor unit. Install the conveyor unit.

Do not secure the screws of the shield cover here yet.

#1 [Remove] Shield screw

Pin

Pin

#2 [Install] Conveyor unit

#1 [Remove] Shield screw Take note direction faced

#3 [Secure] 4-BR4x8

FP7B0544.EPS

6.1.6 (1)

Securing the idle gear Temporarily secure the idle gear (small) to the rear side of the removal unit. Removal unit

Idle gear (small)

#1 [Temporarily secure] 2-BR3x6 FP7B0546.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-59

IN-60 (2)

Temporarily secure the idle gear (large) to the middle conveyor unit. • When film tray 2 is added

Idle gear (large) Middle conveyor unit

#1 [Temporarily secure] 2-BR3x6 FP7B0558.EPS

• When film tray 3 is added

Middle conveyor unit

Idle gear (large)

#1 [Temporarily secure] 2-BR3x6 FP7B0559.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-60

IN-61 (3)

While touching the flange of the temporarily secured idle gear against the gears indicated by the arrows in the following figure, tighten the screws.

• When film tray 2 is added: Secure gears A and B • When film tray 3 is added: Secure gears C and D Middle removal unit

Gear A Gear B Middle conveyor unit

Gear C Lower removal unit

Gear D Lower conveyor unit

FP7B0554.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-61

IN-62 (4)

Apply molykote (EM-30L) to the installed conveyor unit and removal unit gears as shown in the figure. Apply a drop of Molykote (EM-30L) (2 mm dia) at the four points indicated by the arrow.

#1 [Apply Molykote] Gear

Middle removal unit

Middle conveyor unit

#1 [Apply Molykote] Gear

Lower removal unit

Lower conveyor unit

FP7B0574.EPS

(5)

Attach the shield cover.

#2 [Secure] 2-BR3x8

#1 [Attach] Shield cover FP7B0555.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-62

IN-63

6.1.7 (1)

Internal Wiring Connect the connectors to the removal unit and film loading unit. NC

#1

COM

[Connect] Connector x 6

#2 [Secure] Clamp x 7

FP7B0556.EPS

(2)

Disconnect the short connectors from CN4 and CN5 on the DRV board, and connect the connectors of the internally wired cables to CN4 and CN5. Connect CN5 when installing the additional film tray 2, and CN4 when installing the additional film tray 3. • For film tray 2: CN5 • For film tray 3: CN4

#2 [Connect] Wired cables

DR V

#1 [Disconnect] Short connector FP7B0557.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-63

IN-64

6.1.8

Inserting the Film Trays

(1)

Reinstall the tray inside cover.

(2)

Insert the film tray.

If adding expansion film trays to the installed equipment, after adding the film trays, run the entrance conveyance motor (MD1) for five minutes for the molykote applied to adhere well. “8.1 MD1 Operations When Adding Expansion Film Trays”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-64

IN-65

6.2

Installing the 20 x 25 cm Size Suction Cup Arm Assembly The following describes how to change the film size of the currently used film tray (35 x 43 cm, 26 x 36 cm, or 25 x 30 cm) to 20 x 25 cm.

When using 20 x 25 cm films, replace the suction cup arm assembly with the optional 20 x 25 cm suction cup arm assembly.

6.2.1 (1)

6.2.2 (1)

Changing the Film Tray Size Remove the tray, and referring to “5.5.1 Changing the Film Tray Size”, set the film tray size.

Removing the Film Loading Unit Remove the tray inside cover.

Tray inside cover

#1 [Remove] 4-TP3x8 FP7B0566.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-65

IN-66 (2)

Remove the bracket, and remove the film loading unit. COM NC

#2 [Disconnect] Connector x 4

#1 [Release] Clamp x 5

#1 [Release] Clamp Bracket

#2 [Remove] 2-BR4x8 FP7B0567.EPS

#4 [Disconnect] Connector

#3 [Release] Clamp x 2 Film pack/shutter detection sensor

#5

Film loading unit

[Remove] 3-BR4x8 FP7B0568.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-66

IN-67

6.2.3 (1)

Removing the Removal Unit Remove the shield cover, and remove the removal unit.

• Remove the screws (4-BR4x8) securing the removal unit while supporting the removal unit with the hand. • To remove the removal unit, slide it to the left until the pins dislocate from the frame, then tilt the removal unit to remove. Make sure that the removal unit does not touch the BCR assembly at this time.

#4 [Remove] 4-BR4x8

#3 [Disconnect] Connector

#2 [Remove] Shield cover Removal unit

#1 Shield cover

[Remove] BR3x8 FP7B0569.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-67

IN-68

6.2.4 (1)

Replacing the Suction Cup Arm Assembly Move the suction cup arm to the film suction position. Then remove the suction cup arm from the removal unit.

#3 [Remove] Suction cup arm

Removal unit

#1 [Disconnect] Connector

#2 [Remove] 4-BR3x8

(2)

FP7B0560.EPS

Install the optional 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm assembly.

Check that the connector is connected.

#1 [Install] 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm assembly

#3 [Connect] Connector

#2 [Secure] 4-BR3x8 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7B0561.EPS

IN-68

IN-69

6.2.5

Changing the Installed Position of the Film Release Plate

(1)

Remove the film release plate from the removal unit.

(2)

Attach the film release plate at the 20 x 25 cm size position (∆ mark). #1 [Remove] 4-DT3x6

#3 [Secure] 4-DT3x6

Mark

#2 [Move] Film release plate x 2 FP7B0562.EPS

(3)

Return the suction cup arm to the home position. Home position

Removal unit

FP7B0575.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-69

IN-70

6.2.6

Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader

To change the film size used from 35 x 43 cm to 20 x 25 cm, change the installed position of the barcode reader (BCR). “5.5.2 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader”

35 x 43 cm size BCR

26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size Shield plate

Shield plate

BCR

FP7B0542.EPS

6.2.7 (1)

Reassembling the Equipment Reinstall the removal unit, film loading unit in the reverse order of the removal procedure.

Bind the extra length of the sensor cable so that it does not come out of the tray insertion portion.

Clamp

#1 [Bind] Cable

FP7B0552.EPS

(2)

Reinstall the tray inside cover, and film tray.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-70

IN-71

6.3

Installing Additional Image Memory Boards At shipment, one image memory board (256 MB) is provided with the equipment. To add another one to increase the memory to 512 MB, perform the following procedure. (1)

Remove the lower front cover.

Lower front cover FP7B0517.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-71

IN-72 (2)

Pull out the board attaching plate. #1 [Disconnect] Shaded connector x 6

#2 [Remove] BR3x8

FP7B0514.EPS

#3 [Release] Clamp

#3 [Release] Clamp

#4 [Remove] BR3x8

#5 [Pull] Board ataching plate FP7B0515.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-72

IN-73 (3)

Insert the image memory board in the PC board slot (CN15).

• Take note of the direction of inserting the image memory board. • Push in the image memory board until it is secured by the hooks on each side of the slot.

[Insert] Image memory board

Hook

FP7B0516.EPS

(4)

Return the board attaching plate to its original position.

(5)

Attach the lower front cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-73

IN-74

6.4

Installing Sorter (1)

Remove the jam clear cover, upper left cover, upper right cover, and side ejection cover. Upper left cover

2-T4x12

Jam clear cover

Operation panel fixing screws

2-T4x12

Upper right cover Side ejection cover

2-T4x8

BR3x12 3-BR3x8

FP7B0518.EPS

(2)

Remove the screw for fixing the changeover guide.

(3)

Attach the solenoid and auxiliary plate, and connect the connector.

(3)#1 [Attach] Solenoid

Film changeover guide

#3 [Remove] Connector housing

BR3x6

(3)#4 (3)#2

2-BR3x6 [Attach] Auxiliary plate 006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

[Connect] Connector SOLJ1 [Remove] B3x14 FP7B0528.EPS

(2)

IN-74

IN-75 (4)

Install the partition plate and guide plate.

(5)

Hook the spring to the film changeover guide.

Film changeover guide

2-TP4x8

(4) #2 [Install] Guide plate

(5)

(4) #1

[Attach] Spring 2-BR3x6

[Install] Partition plate FP7B0536.EPS

(6)

Remove the cap from the right side cover of the printer. Push out the cap from the back of the right side cover.

(7)

Attach the brackets to the upper right side cover. #1 [Remove] Four caps Right cover

#2 [Attach] Bracket (Rear)

2-BR4x8 2-BR4x8

#2 [Attach] Bracket (Front) FP7B0529.EPS

(8)

Reinstall the right cover which has been attached to the brackets using the screws (8-T4x16) with cover provided with the printer. Reinstall upper right cover, upper left cover, and jam clear cover to the printer.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-75

IN-76 (9)

Paste the “Watch out hand” caution label on the right cover as shown in the figure.

Watch out hand label

FP7B0563.EPS

(10) Adjust the height of the bottom of the printer from the ground so that it is 65 ±2 mm.

At shipment, the height of the sorter is 65 mm.

(11) Connect the sorter to the bracket of the printer.

FP7B0530.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-76

IN-77 (12) Check that the height from the ground to the printer and that to the sorter are the same in the connected state. (13) Check the clearance between the sorter and printer. Check that the sorter is within the specified range shown in the following diagram in respect to the printer. If outside the specified range, proceed to step (14) to adjust the position. A

B

A ≤ 30mm B ≤ 30mm l A-B l ≤ 10mm

Casters

FP7B0531.EPS

(14) To adjust, rotate the caster height adjusting nut of the sorter using the spanner, and adjust the sorter within the specified range.

BR4x10

Spanner

FP7B0532.EPS

(15) Separate the sorter from the printer, and return the spanner to its original position.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-77

IN-78 (16) Attach the rail.

2-BR4x8

Rail

FP7B0533.EPS

(17) Connect the sorter to the bracket of the printer, and secure the sorter to the rail.

#3 [Fix] Tie band

#1 [Remove] 2-BR4x8 #2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8 FP7B0534.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-78

IN-79 (18) Separate the sorter from the printer, and remove the sorter rear cover and control board cover.

Sorter rear cover Control board cover FP7B0570.EPS

(19) Connect the cables to the sorter, and tighten the connector fixing screws.

#1 [Connect] Connector

#2 [Secure] Tie band

FP7B0573.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-79

IN-80 (20) Connect the cables to the printer, and tighten the connector fixing screws.

Secure the cables indicated at step #3 in the figure shown below at the same time as the network interface cable. “5.7.1 Connecting Network Cable”

#2 [Connect] Connector Power supply unit CN17

#1 [Connect] Connector MCT board CN6

#3 [Secure] Tie band FP7B0572.EPS

(21) Reinstall the control board cover and sorter rear cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-80

IN-81 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-81

IN-82

7.

SETTING OF THE EQUIPMENT

7.1

Power ON and Starting the M-Utility

7.1.1

Power ON

Start the equipment and start the M-Utility. (1)

Set the breaker of the switch-board to ON.

(2)

Set the main power switch on the equipment to ON position ( I ). → The POWER LED on the operation panel lights up. The equipment will not have started up at this point.

Normally, use the power ON switch to turn ON/OFF the power of the equipment. Leave the main power switch at ON.

Main power switch

FP7B0601.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-82

IN-83 (3)

Press the power ON switch on the operation panel. → The startup screen appears on the touch panel.

The power ON switch of this equipment is a software switch whose ON/OFF state cannot be distinguished from the outside.

POWER LED

Power ON switch

FP7B0602.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-83

IN-84

7.1.2

Starting the M-Utility

When installing the equipment, the date and system parameters need to be set. Use the M-Utility to set these.

In the procedure described below, system settings of this equipment are performed using the M-Utility. System settings can also be performed using the DPX7 PC Tool, but as the DPX7 PC Tool cannot be connected unless this equipment is in the standby state, there is a need to wait for this equipment to start to connect it.

■ Starting the M-Utility During Initialization (1)

After turning ON the power of the equipment, the startup screen will be displayed for about 1 minute and 30 seconds, after which the software version number will be displayed for about 15 seconds. Start-up the M-Utility while this software version number is displayed.

Touching the touch panel after the software version number disappears is invalid. If the MUtility cannot be started during initialization, wait until the equipment has completed starting up or restart the equipment.

#1 [Touch] Top left of screen

#2 [Touch within a second] UTILITY button

Version display FP7B0603.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-84

IN-85

7.2

System Settings Using the M-Utility, perform the following system settings of the equipment. Skip items which can be left at their default values when operating the equipment.

7.2.1

System Management/System Config.

■ Set Date/time Set the system date and time. (1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Date/time] → The current system date and time are displayed.

(2)

If the system date and time are correct, touch [QUIT]. To change the system date and time, enter the desired values using the numerical keys.

The changes made will be effective from the time they were made.

■ Set Tray Set the film used for each film tray. (1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Set Tray]

(2)

Touch [TRAY 1]. Select the film size and film base color used in film tray 1.

• Do not select [14x14 (35x35 cm)]. • [Blue base/ML] is available from main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 and later. If [Blue base/ML] is selected, perform [Set ML Dmax] next.

(3)

[ENT] → [QUIT]

(4)

Repeat steps (2) and (3) and set the film used in film trays 2 and 3.

(5)

Touch [QUIT] continuously to return to the [Set Parameters] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-85

IN-85.1 ■ Set ML Dmax If there is a film tray for which [Blue base/ML] is selected for the film base color, set whether or not to print by the Dmax of the image sent.

• This menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later. • This setting applies not only to each individual film tray, but to all film trays.

(1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Set ML Dmax]

(2)

If a printer request above Dmax 3.6 is received, select the maximum density value for printing on the DI-ML film. • [3.6] : Prints at Dmax 3.6 • [4.0] : Prints at Dmax 4.0

(3) If the print request is less than Dmax 3.6 and DI-HL film is run out, select whether to use the DI-ML film. • [Accept] : DI-ML film is used. • [Reject] : DI-HL film is used. If no DI-HL film, no film will be used. (4)

[ENT]

(5)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the [Set Parameters] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

■ Sorter Setting Set whether to use the sorter or not.

[Disable]

(1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Sorter Setting] → [Sorter Connection]

(2)

Select whether the sorter is used or not. • [Enable] : Sorter is used • [Disable] : Sorter is not used

(3)

[ENT]

(4)

Touch [QUIT] continuously to return to the [Set Parameters] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-85.1

IN-85.2 ■ Option Set software options as desired.

• • • • • • • •

Automated F.D.C. 17-Steps Pattern User Settable Operation After Film Loading QC Spatial Resolution Warning at system start MammoQC

: [By each film pack] : [Disable] : [Disable] : [Enable] : [Disable] : [Disable] : [Enable] : [Disable]

[User Settable], [Operation After Film Loading], and [QC] are available from main unit software A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. [Spatial Resolution] and [Warning at system start] are available from main unit software V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later. [Mammo.QC] is available from main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.

(1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Option]

(2)

Select the timing for executing automatic density correction. • Automated F.D.C. • [By each film pack] • [By each film lot No] • [None]

(3)

Set whether to enable selection of the 17-steps pattern at [TEST PATTERN] of the U-Utility. • 17-steps Pattern • [Disable] : Not selectable • [Enable] : Selectable

(4)

Set whether to enable selection of the test print of “User Settable” at [TEST PATTERN] of the U-Utility. • User Settable • [Disable] : Not selectable • [Enable] : Selectable

To print the desired User Settable pattern, save the user settable image in the equipment beforehand using DPX7 PC Tool. “SERVICE MODE, 5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Images”

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-85.2

IN-85.3 (5)

(6) (7)

If a film pack different from the base color set is set, select whether to enable resetting of the film. • Operation After Film Loading • [Disable] : Displays the warning window and using this film. • [Enable] : Displays the warning window and enables resetting. [NEXT] Set the enable/disable of the image QC function. • QC • [Disable] • [Enable]

If set to [Enable], there is a need to register the user ID using DPX7 PC Tool. “SERVICE MODE, 5.1 Registering User ID”

(8)

Set whether to enable selection of “Spatial Resolution” at [TEST PATTERN] of the U-Utility. • Spatial Pattern • [Disable] : Not selectable • [Enable] : Selectable

(9)

In the case the shutter is inserted at the time the equipment is started, set whether to warn the user to remove the shutter or to disable use of the film tray without warning. For the equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later, the equipment can be started without disabling use of the film tray because the shutter presence check can be skipped. • Warning at system start • [Disable] : Starts with the corresponding film tray in the disabled state without warning • [Enable] : Displays the warning screen to prompt the user to remove the shutter • [Ignore] : Ignore the shutter

When [Ignore] is selected, the equipment will start normally if started with the shutter inserted. However when print request is sent to the film on the film tray inserted with the shutter, “Shutter present error” will be displayed. In this case, removing the shutter clears the error and resumes printing.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-85.3

IN-85.4 (10) Set whether to enable the Mammo QC function of U-Utility. Also set the value (NEMA/EUREF) when enabled. • Mammo.QC • [Disable] : Disable • [NEMA] : National Electrical Manufacturers Association • [EUREF] : European Reference Frame

Selecting NEMA, EUREF enables output of the mammo QC pattern complying with the respective standards. • NEMA : Refer to the separate “Mammo QC Operation Manual” when using. • EUREF : In the EU, individual standards are set down by country based on the EUREF standards, use according to the status of the country installed in.

(11) [ENT] (12) Touch [QUIT] continuously to return to the [Set Parameters] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-85.4

IN-86 ■ Select Dmax Set the tone type (Dmax) selected with each command (film output, etc.) of the MUtility.

[2.64/3.0/3.6]

(1)

[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Select Damx]

(2)

Select three tone types from [2.64], [3.0], [3.3], or [3.6].

(3)

[ENT]

(4)

Touch [QUIT] continuously to return to the [System Management] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-86

IN-87 BLANK PAGE

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-87

IN-88

7.2.2

System Management/Network/Set Network

CAUTION Perform Set Network menu settings after disconnecting the network cables. Reconnect after completing settings and rebooting the equipment. If Set Network menu settings have been performed, the security will be vulnerable temporarily.

Confirm details such as IP address and subnet mask with the network administrator of the installation site. ■ AE-title Set the name of the printer for 10 pix/mm recording used in the DICOM protocol.

“DRYPIX”

(1)

[System Management] → [Network] → [Set Network]

(2)

[AE-title]

(3)

Enter the AE Title (fixed at 16 digits).

• Select the type of characters to change the screen. • If less than 16 digits are entered, enter spaces to make up 16 digits. • Characters which can be entered for the AE Title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh in the 1-byte code table. • The following are not accepted. • All spaces • Space for the first digit

(4)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-88

IN-89 ■ Fine PRT AE-title Set the name of the printer 20 pix/mm recording used in the DICOM protocol.

“DRYPIXHIGH”

(1)

[Fine PRT AE-title]

(2)

Enter the AE Title (fixed at 16 digits).

• Select the type of characters to change the screen. • If less than 16 digits are entered, enter spaces to make up 16 digits. • Characters which can be entered for the AE Title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh in the 1-byte code table. • The following are not accepted. • All spaces • Space for the first digit

(3)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

■ Port No. Set the port number used for the network.

“104”

(1)

[Port No.]

(2)

Enter the port number (decimal/5 digits).

Input range: 0 to 65535

(3)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-89

IN-90 ■ IP Address Set the IP address used for the network.

If the main unit software version is V10.0 or V10.1, the network must be in the enabled state (network cable is connected, and HUB power is ON) when the equipment is started after IP address setting. If the network is not enabled when the equipment is started, communication will not be possible even though the same display as normal start is displayed. In this case, enable use of the network and then start up the equipment again.

“172.016.001.040”

(1)

[IP Address]

(2)

Enter the IP address (decimal).

• Input range: 000 to 255 • Values cannot be entered in the following way. • “000.000.000.000” • “255.255.255.255”

(3)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

(4)

[NEXT] → The next display of the [Set Network] menu appears.

■ SubnetMask Set the subnet mask used for the network. (1)

[SubnetMask]

(2)

Enter the subnet mask (decimal).

• Input range: 000 to 255 • If no value is entered, it will be set as “000.000.000.000”.

(3)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-90

IN-91 ■ Gateway Set the gateway address used for the network.

“000.000.000.000”

(1)

[Gateway]

(2)

Enter the gateway address (decimal).

• Input range: 000 to 255 • Invalid input: “255.255.255.255” • If no value is entered or “000.000.000.000” is entered, it will be taken as incomplete setting.

(3)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

■ Hostname Set the host name used for the network.

“fujiprinter”

(1)

[Hostname]

(2)

Enter the host name (maximum 16 digits).

• Select the type of characters to change the screen. • Characters which can be entered for the host name include alphabets (upper and lower case), numerals, and hyphen “-”. • The following are unaccepted. • Space • Less than 2 characters • First character is a number

(3)

[ENT] → Returns to the [Set Network] menu.

(4)

[QUIT] → [QUIT] → Returns to the [System Management] menu.

The settings made at [Set Network] will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-91

IN-92

7.2.3

System Management/Set Main Panel

■ Size Information Set the type of film size displayed on the operation panel.

[inch]

(1)

[System Management] → [Set Main Panel] → [Size Information]

(2)

Select the type to be displayed. • [inch] : Film type will be displayed in inches. • [cm] : Film type will be displayed in cm. • [Japanese] : Film type will be displayed in Japanese.

(3)

[ENT] → [QUIT] → Returns to the [Set Main Panel] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

■ Set Alarm Set the alarm type.

Alarm: [ON], Volume: [HIGH]

(1) (2)

(3)

[Set Alarm] Select the alarm type and volume. • Alarm: • [ON] : Alarm is sounded. • [PULSE] : Alarm sounds for about 3 seconds and then stops. • [OFF] : No alarm is sounded. • Volume: • [HIGH] : Loud • [MEDIUM] : Medium • [LOW] : Low [ENT] → [QUIT] → Returns to the [Set Main Panel] menu.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-92

IN-93 ■ Select Language Set the language of the operation panel.

[English]

(1)

[Select Language]

(2)

Select the language. • Japanese • German • Italian • Spanish • Norwegian • Greek • Dutch • Chinese (Traditional)

• English • French • Swedish • Danish • Portuguese • Finnish • Chinese (Simplified) • Korean

To display [Chinese (Simplified)]/[Chinese (Traditional)]/[Korean], use an equipment installed with main unit software version A03 or later at shipment, or replace with an HDD installed with these fonts (114Y5396101A03).

(3)

[ENT] → [TOP] → Returns to the top menu of the M-Utility.

The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.

(4)

[EXIT] → The M-Utility ends.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-93

IN-94

7.3

Ending System Settings Changes made in system settings will be effective when the equipment is started up again. (1)

End the equipment by touch panel operations. [SHUTDOWN] → [YES] → The equipment starts termination operation, and the power goes OFF.

(2)

Wait for more than 5 seconds and then press the power ON switch. → The equipment reboots.

If the sorter is connected, check that the sorter initializes when the equipment starts up and that the sorter motor (MT1) rotates. (3)

After rebooting the equipment, connect the network cable of the equipment to the network.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-94

IN-95 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-95

IN-96

8.

CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS

8.1

MD1 Operations When Adding Expansion Film Trays When adding the optional film tray, run the entrance conveyance motor (MD1) for five minutes Molykote (EM-30L) to adhere to the gears well. (1)

Start the M-Utility during initialization when the equipment is started.

(2)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]

(3)

[Action]: [CW]

(4)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] → The MD1 drives.

(5)

Run the entrance conveyance motor (MD1) for five minutes for Molykote (EM30L) applied to the gears adhere well.

(6)

[Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]

(7)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

(8)

[EXIT] → The M-Utility ends.

8.2

Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations Output the 24-steps pattern for each tray, and perform automatic density correction for each tray according to the density data measured by the density measurement section. At the same time, check that there are no problems in film conveyance from each tray. (1)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state, touch [UNLOCK TRAY] button of the U-Utility, and pull out the film tray.

REMARKS> When films are loaded incorrectly, error message detected by BCR is displayed.

(2)

Load film, and push in the film tray.

(3)

Start the M-Utility.

(4)

[F.D.C.] → [AUTO F.D.C.] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT] → The 24-steps pattern is printing on film, and automatic density correction is performed.

At the same time, check that film conveyance operations are normal. (5)

[QUIT]

(6)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

(7)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-96

IN-97

8.3

Checking Density The data of the 17-steps pattern measured by the density measurement section is displayed on the operation panel. Check from this data that the density value is within the specification. (1)

[F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT].

(2)

Select Dmax → [ENT] → The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on the operation panel.

(3)

Check that the measured values is within the specified values shown below. If Dmax setting is set to “4.0 : enable”, check that the density of the 17th step is above 4.0.

(4)

[QUIT]

(5)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

(6)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

Step

Dmax 2.64

Dmax 3.0

Dmax 3.3

Dmax 3.6

1

fog

fog

fog

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

5

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

6

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

7

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

8

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

9

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

10

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

11

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

12

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

13

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

14

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

15

2.28 ±0.07

2.40 ±0.10

2.40 ±0.10

2.43 ±0.10

16

2.46 ±0.07

2.70 ±0.10

2.70 ±0.10

2.95 ±0.10

17

2.64 ±0.07

3.00 ±0.10

3.30 ±0.20

3.60 ±0.20 TP7B0701.EPS

006-259-06 07.31.2006 FM4949

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-97

IN-98

8.4

Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches Print grid patterns from each tray, and check that the recording image format is within the specifications shown in the following figure. Also check that there are no unevenness and scratches on the output film. (1)

[Output Film] → [Grid] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]

(2)

Select Dmax → [ENT]

(3)

[Copies]: “1” → [ENT] → The grid pattern is printed.

(4)

Measure the recording image format of the film.

If the recording image format is outside the specifications, perform “[4-3-1] Scanning Width”, “[4-3-2] Scanning Position”, and “[5-2-3] Adjusting Subscanner” of “SERVICE MODE Volume”.

(5)

Check that there are no problems in the output film image.

(6)

[QUIT]

(7)

Perform the same checks for each tray.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-98

IN-99 35 x 43 cm size 20 D

B

26 x 36 cm size

Film conveyance direction 20 E

C

Film conveyance direction 20

20

A

D

B

E

C

F

G

F

A

G

257.5 ±1.0

430.0 ±1.0

364.5 ±1.0

354.0 ±1.0

Film conveyance direction

20 x 25 cm size 20

20

20 D

B

E

C

F

G

B

A

252.0 ±1.0

20 D

35 x 43 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

20 x 25 cm size ≤2.0

≤1.2

C

300 ±1.2

300 ±1.2

200 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

D, E

14.5 ±1.0

27.5 ±1.0

26.0 ±1.0

25.8 ±1.0

≤1.2

≤1.2

≤1.2

≤1.2

413.0 ±1.2

226.5 ±1.0

225.0 ±1.0

200 ±0.8

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

F |F-G|

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

G

A

252.0 ±1.0

(Unit: mm) 25 x 30 cm size

≤1.2

|D-E|

E

303.0 ±1.0

≤1.2

|A-B|

C

F

201.0 ±1.0

Position

Film conveyance direction

25 x 30 cm size

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7B0705.EPS

IN-99

IN-100

8.5

Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the Sorter is Connected Output a cleaning film, and check that the film is conveyed normally, and there are no scratches on the film image. (1)

[Output Film] → [Film out to Sorter]

(2)

Select the maximum film size → [ENT]

(3)

[First output Bin #]: “1” → [ENT]

(4)

[Final output Bin #]: “10” → [ENT]

(5)

[Copies]: “10” → [ENT] → Cleaning film is output to each bin.

Check that the following. • No abnormal noise or smell is produced from the sorter. • No film has jammed. • No scratches on the film image.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-100

IN-101

8.6

Checking the Interlock Function An interlock is provided at the jam clear cover (SK1), front cover (SK2, SK3), and each film loading unit (SA12, SA22, SA32). Whether the interlock is functioning normally can be checked by opening a cover while executing the M-Utility.

SA12

SA22

SA32

SK1

SK2

SK3

FP7B0701.EPS

8.6.1

Checking the Jam Clear Cover Interlock

(1)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MJ1]

(2)

[Action]: [CW]

(3)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] → The MJ1 drives.

(4)

Open the jam clear cover. Check that the operating sound of the MJ1 stops.

(5)

Close the jam clear cover. Check that the operating sound of the MJ1 can be heard.

(6)

[Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]

(7)

[QUIT]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-101

IN-102

8.6.2

Checking the Front Cover Interlock

❍ Driving System (1)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]

(2)

[Action]: [CW]

(3)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] → The MD1 drives.

(4)

Open the front cover. Check that the operating sound of the MD1 stops.

(5)

Close the front cover. Check that the operating sound of the MD1 can be heard.

(6)

[Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]

(7)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

❍ Scanner System

CAUTION Do not place anything which reflects light (screwdriver, etc.) in the equipment when checking interlock functions. (1)

[Check Scanner] → [Diagnosis] → [Initial Check] The scanner self-diagnosis is executed, and if it ends normally, the message “Completed.” will be displayed. (Takes about 30 seconds)

(2)

[QUIT]

(3)

Open the front cover.

(4)

[Initial Check] The self-diagnosis of the scanner is executed, and the message “Failed” appears with error code. This allows the interlock function to be checked if it is normal. (Takes about 15 seconds)

(5)

[Top]

(6)

Close the front cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-102

IN-103

8.6.3

Checking the Film Tray Interlocks

The procedure for checking the interlock function is the same for all film trays. For film tray 2, replace [SOLA11] in the following procedure as [SOLA21], and for film tray 3, replace it as [SOLA31]. Check the interlock of all film trays.

(1)

Insert the shutter into the film tray.

(2)

[Check Mechanism] → [Other Actuators] → [SOLA11]

(3)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT]

(4)

Pull out the film tray.

(5)

[Action]: [OFF] → [ENT]

(6)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

(7)

[Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]

(8)

[Action]: [CW]

(9)

[Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT] Check that no operating sound of the MD1 can be heard.

(10) Close the film tray. Check that operating sound of the MD1 can be heard. (11) [Action]: [STOP] → [ENT] (12) pull out the shutter. (13) Perform the same checks for each tray. (14) Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

8.6.4

Checking the Sorter Interlock

Separate the sorter while executing the M-Utility, and check the interlock function. (1)

[Check Mechanism] → [Sorter Unit] → [Motor MT1]

(2)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The MT1starts driving.

(3)

Pull the sorter release lever to release the sorter. Check that the operating sound of MD1 stops.

(4)

Connect the sorter to the printer.

(5)

[Action]: [OFF] → [ENT]

(6)

Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-103

IN-104

8.7

Checking Fan Operations Altogether operations of five fans need to be checked. Filter section cooling fan (FANG1-3)

Power supply unit fan Ventilation fan (FANK1)

FP7B0702.EPS

(1)

[Heat-Developer] → [Temp. Control] → [OFF] → [ENT]

(2)

[QUIT]

(3)

[Fan Operation]

(4)

[Group]: [Group A] → [ENT]

(5)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The FANG1 and FANG3 start rotating. Check the operation and wind direction of the FANG1 and FANG3.

(6)

[Action]: [intermittent] → [ENT] → [QUIT]

(7)

[Group]: [Group B] → [ENT]

(8)

[Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The FANG2 starts rotating. Check the operations and wind direction of the FANG2.

(9)

[Action]: [intermittent] → [ENT] → [QUIT] → [QUIT]

(10) [Temp. Control] → [ON] → [ENT] → [QUIT] → [QUIT]

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-104

IN-105 (11) [Check Mechanism] → [Other] → [Board FAN] → [ON] (12) [Action]: [ON] → [ENT] → The FANK1 starts rotating. Check the operations and wind direction of the FANK1 and power supply unit fan. (13) [Action]: [intermittent] → [ENT] → [QUIT] (14) End the M-Utility.

8.8

Settings for U-Utility If the image QC function is set to “enable”, as well as additional removal unit is installed or change the film tray size, enter the format baseline value of the image QC function. “SERVICE MODE, 2. U-Utility [14-3-3] FORMAT”

Format baseline values by film size (Allowable range: 5%) 35x43 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 406.0 mm 26x36 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm 20x25 cm: Format A; 156.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm 25x30 cm: Format A; 202.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-105

IN-106

9.

INSTALLATION OF MULTIPLE SETS To install multiple sets of this equipment, perform “5. INSTALLATION” to “8. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS” for each set and complete all settings and operation checks of each set. After completing these operations for all sets, perform “10. SETTING CLIENTS” onwards and perform the settings of each client collectively for all sets using the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool).

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-106

IN-107 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-107

IN-108

10.

SETTING CLIENTS

■ Outline of Client Setting Client 1

Client 2

Hospital network

DPX7 PC Tool

(2)

(1)

PC for servicing DRYPIX

DRYPIX

(1) Connecting the PC for servicing to the network (2) Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the equipment

FP7B0801.EPS

PC for servicing (DPX7 PC Tool)

DRYPIX HDD

“Indv” folder

(5) (3)

(4)

(3) Importing individual data (4) Client settings (5) Sending individual data to the equipment

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

FP7B0903.EPS

IN-108

IN-109

10.1

Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network

To connect the PC for servicing to the network, set the IP address and subnet mask of the PC for servicing.

Before performing the following settings, install the DI Tool in the PC for servicing, and check that the FTP site directory settings have been completed. “3.2 Preparing the DPX7 PC Tool”

(1)

Turn ON the power of the PC for servicing.

(2)

From the Windows taskbar, click [Start] → [Settings] → [Control Panel].

(3)

Double-click [Network and Dial-up Connections] → Right-click [Local Area Connection] → [Properties] → [Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)].

(4)

Set [IP Address] and [Subnet Mask].

Confirm details such as IP address and subnet mask with the network administrator of the installation site.

(5)

[OK] → [OK]

(6)

Close all windows.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-109

IN-110

10.2

Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)/Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment

Start the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool) and complete connections for communicating with this equipment.

10.2.1 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool) (1)

Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar → [Program] → [Fujifilm] → [DI Tool]. → The DI Tool main screen appears.

(2)

Click [NET] of the “DRYPIX 7000/DRYPIX 5000/DRYPIX 4000”. → The DPX7 PC Tool starts, then the DPX7 PC Tool screen appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-110

IN-111

From DPX7 PC Tool version A09, the “Soft Ver.Up” function button display has been changed to “Upgrading”, however some parts of this manual still uses the old name.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-111

IN-112

10.2.2 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment (1)

Check that the equipment is in the standby state.

(2)

Right-click [Hospital Name] → [Add]. #1 [Right-click] [Hospital Name]

#2

FP7B0A20.EPS

→ The screen for entering the printer name (Host Name) to be registered appears.

(3)

Enter the Host Name set for the equipment connected.

(4)

Select [DRYPIX 7000/5000] for [Model].

(5)

[OK].

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-112

IN-113 (6)

[Network]. #1

FP7B0A05.EPS

→ The [HostInformation] screen appears.

Host Name set at step (3) Default value of DPX7 PC Tool

FP7B0A06.EPS

(7)

Enter the IP address and the subnet mask entered on this equipment at “7.2.2 System Management/Set Network”, and click [OK]. → This completes preparations for enabling communications between this equipment and DPX7 PC Tool.

(8)

Click the function button (ex. [Control] button) at the top of the DPX7 PC Tool screen. → Communication with this equipment starts. When all connections with this equipment have completed, the operation panel of this equipment switches to the following screen, activating the various commands from DPX7 PC Tool.

PC-UTL Executing

If communications become disabled, the [LOGIN Failure] message appears. 006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-113

IN-114

10.3

Importing Individual Data

Import individual data into the DPX7 PC Tool, and change the various parameters of the data as necessary. (1)

“Printer name importing individual data” → [Control] → [File Save/Load] → [Save from the printer] → [Execute] → Reading of individual data starts. #1

#3

#4

#2

#5

FP7B0A07.EPS

→ After import ends, the [File transfer is completed.] message appears, and the data is saved in the HD in the PC for servicing.

(2)

[OK] → The [Control] screen is returned.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-114

IN-115

To change the system settings set using the M-Utility, perform the following procedure. (1)

“Printer name importing individual data” → [Setting] → [Config] → change parameters → [Update] #2

#1

#3

#4 [Change] Parameters

#5

FP7B0A12.EPS

→ The corrected settings are saved in the HD in the PC for servicing

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-115

IN-116

10.4

Settings by Client

10.4.1 Registering Clients Register the clients (image output device) connected to this equipment with the DPX7 PC Tool.

The [Clients:] list is registered with a client named “WatchDRYPIXLink”. Because this is the internal AE Title used for communications if the DRYPIX Link is a client, do not change it. Changing it will disable communication when DRYPIX Link and this equipment are connected.

For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment, “MammoQCTest” is registered as default. If the version has been upgraded from an earlier version, read equipment data and add and register new clients.

FCR-CSL:

Settings provided for connecting CR-IR346CL (console for FCR XG-1) and CR-IR348CL (console for FCR5000 series). This settings is applied to the clients of named “FCR-CSL”. default: Settings for clients other than the above. MammoQCTest: Name of default client (AE Title) used in U-Utility Mammo QC test pattern output.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-116

IN-117 (1)

[Setting] → “printer name” → [Add] #1

#2

#3

[Clients:] list

FP7B0A08.EPS

→ The screen for entering the client name (AE Title) to be registered appears. (2)

Enter the client name → [OK] → The new client is added to the [Clients:] list.

Up to 16 characters can be entered for the AE Title.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-117

IN-118 ■ Deleting Clients Perform the following procedure to delete registered clients. (1)

Click the name of the client to be deleted from the [Clients:] list.

(2)

Click [Delete] at the bottom of the [Clients:] list. → A message to confirm the deletion of the client selected appears.

(3)

[OK]. → The selected client is deleted.

■ Correcting the Client Name Perform the following procedure to correct the name of registered clients. (1)

Double-click the name of the client to be changed from the [Clients:] list. → The [ProtocolInformation] dialog of the client selected appears.

(2)

Change the name of the client

(3)

[OK] → The name of the client selected changes.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-118

IN-119

10.4.2 Client Settings Set parameters for the registered client. Set the following items according to the corresponding client settings in “Modality Connection List”.

The default values of the parameters of newly registered clients differ from the default values of parameters set at “default”.

(1)

“Printer name” → “Registered client name” #1

#2

Screen for setting parameters

FP7B0A09.EPS

→ The screen for setting client parameters appears.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-119

IN-120 (2)

Set parameters according to the list of client settings below. For details of each function, refer to “SERVICE MODE, [PC1-3] Clients” Item

Function

Value

Protocol Attribute List Error (0107H Warning)

Send error message for unexpected data received or ignore warning.

0: not indicated 1: indicated

Attribute Value Out of Range (0116H Warning)

Send error message for out-of-range data received or ignore warning.

0: not indicated 1: indicated

Image Size is Larger than Imagebox Notify that images have been reduced if too 0: not indicated (B604H Warning) large to fit image frame, or ignore warning. 1: indicated N-Event-ReportRQ

Send event report or not.

0: disabled 1: enabled

Use Extension format

Use expansion format or not.

0: No 1: Yes

ID

ID for differentiating

EV (Philips Easy Vision) HM (Hitachi DR2000/Clavis view) CR (XG-1/CR-Console) CR (Synapse) SM (Siemens)

Use Default Annotation

Use Annotation or not.

0: No 1: Yes

Change Film

Change film or not. Enables film change. Can set whether to send details of error.

0: 0116H[W]

Details of errors are sent to the client, without changing film.

272: 0110H[F]

Details of errors (unique values for FUJIFILM systems) are sent to the client, without changing the film.

21317: 5345H[F]

Use System Timeout

Set timeout of reception from client or not.

0: No 1: Yes

Presentation LUT

Use LUT information sent from client or not. 0: No 1: Yes

Precede Picking Up

Use precedent removal function or not.

0: No 1: Yes

Use Max/Min Density

Use minimum density value or maximum density value.

0: printer 1: modality

Logging Client

DICOM communication log filtering setting

0: No 1: Yes

Reprint

Use reprint function or not

0: No 1: Yes TP7B0801.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-120

IN-121 Item

Function

Value

Magnify Procedure

Selection of enlargement/reduction processing

0:A-VR 1: SSM

Default Smoothing Type

Selection of smoothing type

1: SHARP 2: MEDIUM 3: SMOOTH

Adjustment Parameter SHARP Edge detection

Perform enlargement/reduction processing 0: OFF 1: ON for edge or not.

Detection level

Edge detection level setting

1 – 1023

Sharpness

Sharpness adjustment parameter setting

-70 – 300

Character color

Character color setting

0: White 1: Black

MEDIUM Edge detection

Perform enlargement/reduction processing 0: OFF 1: ON for edge or not.

Detection level

Edge detection level setting

1 – 1023

Sharpness

Sharpness adjustment parameter setting

-70 – 300

Character color

Character color setting

0: White 1: Black

SMOOTH Edge detection

Perform enlargement/reduction processing 0: OFF 1: ON for edge or not.

Detection level

Edge detection level setting

1 – 1023

Sharpness

Sharpness adjustment parameter setting

-70 – 300

Character color

Character color setting

0: White 1: Black

Magnification/reduction setting if client does not send information when images are reduced.

1: DECIMATE 2: CROP 3: FAIL

Default Requested Decimate/Crop Behavior

TP7B0802.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-121

IN-122 Item

Function

Value

LUT Procedure

Selection of tone processing method

0: SAR 1: BAR

Default LUT

Selection of LUT number used as default

1–8

Adjustment Parameter LUT1 – LUT8

Setting of LUT1 to LUT8

γ Table No.

Selection of γ table number of LUT

11 – 99 (BAR: 1 – 10)

*1

Max. Density

Maximum density value (x100 for SAR, BAR is % value)

0 – 300, 330, 360 (BAR: 0 – 100)

*2

Min. Density

Minimum density value (x100 for SAR, No setting for BAR)

0 – 300

Contrast

Contrast setting (x100, No setting for SAR)

(BAR: 10 – 400)

Number of Tuning Points

No. of fine adjustment points for SAR

0–5

Point1 – Point5

Dmax 3.6

Setting of fine adjustment points 1 to 5

Density

Setting of x100 of density value to be finely 1 – 300 adjusted

Shift

Setting of x100 value of movement density value

-100 – 100

Contrast

Setting of x 100 of contrast of points to be finely adjusted

10 – 400

Setting of gradation type for Dmax 3.6

0: Standard

*1: Up to 20 can be entered for BAR but enter between 1 and 10. *2: When entering density exceeding 300, enter 330 or 360.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

TP7B0803.EPS

IN-122

IN-123 Item

Function

Value

Output Format Border Density

Background density (x100 of actual value)

0 – 300

Polarity (Pos./Neg.)

Reverse the black/white of the image

1: normal (Pos.) 2: reverse (Neg.)

Trim Density

Image trim density (x100 of actual value)

0 – 300

Trim

Whether there is image trim

0: OFF 1: ON

Trim Width

Width of the trim (pixels)

1–9

Number of Copies

Default no. of prints

1 – 99

Margin between Image

Setting of image frame intervals (Unit: pixel) 0 – 50

Image Layout

Setting of image layout method Positioning to film center

0: concentration

Center of remaining segment set with frame interval value

1: spread

Film Size

Setting of default film size

1: 8IN*10IN 2: 10IN*14IN 3: 14IN*14IN 4: 14IN*17IN

Medium Type (base color)

Setting of default film base color

1: blue 2: clear

Film Orientation

Setting of film orientation

1: PORTRAIT 2: LANDSCAPE

Mirror

Setting of film back/front

0: OFF (Normal) 1: ON (Mirror)

Processing Type

Setting of density processing calculation method

0: Type1 1: Type2

Film Destination

Setting of film destination

UpperTray

Discharge to upper trays

0: not use 1: use

Bin No 1 – Bin No 10

Discharge to specified bins

0: not use 1: use

Annotation Height

Setting of magnification degree of annotation printing area along character height

1–4

Annotation Font

Setting of font type of annotation

System: System

Annotation Size

Setting of font size of annotation

8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72

Upper Left/Upper Center/ Upper Right/Lower Left/ Lower Center/Lower Right

Setting of annotation position, and entering

Annotation

TP7B0804.EPS

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-123

IN-124 (3)

To set the sorter, perform steps (4) and (5) below.

(4)

[Output format] → [Film Destination]

#1

FP7B0A10.EPS

#2

FP7B0A11.EPS

(5)

Set the film destination. • [0: not use]: The destination is not set from the corresponding client. • [1: use]: The destination is set from the corresponding client.

When [Upper Tray] is set as the film destination, the film is discharged to the upper tray. Bins cannot be specified as the destination here.

(6)

[Update] → The changed settings are saved in the HD in the PC for servicing.

Sorter related parameters set here are applied if no bin number is specified for the image data sent from the client. If a bin number is specified by the client, priority will be given to that bin.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-124

IN-125

10.4.3 Settings by Client (1)

If connecting several clients to this equipment, repeat the “10.4.1 Registering Clients” procedure and register all clients connected to this equipment.

It is not possible to register clients with the same name on one printer. Clients with the same name can be registered on different printers, however if these printers exist within the same establishment, the settings of additional clients registered will be the same as existing clients. Changing the name and settings of one client will make the same changes in the other clients as well. “SERVICE MODE, 4.5 Registering and Deleting Clients”

Up to 32 clients can be registered.

(2)

Perform “10.4.2 Client Settings” for all clients registered.

10.4.4 Setting Client [MammoQCTest] Perform the following procedure to use the mammo QC function.

• This menu is effective for DI Tool software version V3.0 or later. • This function is effective for equipment whose main unit software version is V7.0/V13.0 or later. • Added client [MammoQCTest] cannot be deleted. • To use the mammo QC function in equipment whose main unit software version has been upgraded from V6.0/V12.0 or earlier to V7.0/V13.0 or later, add the client [MammoQCTest] beforehand. “SERVICE MODE, 5.14 Settings for Using MammoQC Function After Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from V6.0/V12.0 or Earlier to V7.0/V13.0”

(1)

Import the individual data.

(2)

Set LUT2 to 8 of client [MammoQCTest]. For LUT2, set the same value as the LUT of the mammo system used in the hospital. If there are several mammo systems in the hospital, set the LUT value of one of these systems to LUT2, and those of the other systems to LUT3 to LUT8 respectively.

(3)

Transfer the individual data to the equipment.

(4)

Reboot the equipment.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-125

IN-126

10.5

Adding and Registering Printers

To install several sets of this equipment within one establishment, register all sets, and perform “10.3 Importing Individual Data” and “10.4 Settings by Client” for each set.

Up to 32 printers can be registered for one establishment.

(1)

Right-click [Hospital Name] → [Add] #1 [Right-click] [Hospital Name]

#2

FP7B0A13.EPS

→ The screen for entering printer name (HostName) to be registered appears.

Printer can also be added and registered by right-clicking printer name which have already been registered, and selecting [Copy] and [Paste]. The clients registered with this printer are also copy-registered at the same time.

(2)

Enter the printer name → [OK]

Names already registered with the establishment, names exceeding 16 characters, blanks, names starting with a number, and names consisting of 2-byte characters only cannot be registered.

→ The new printer is registered at [Equipment list]. (3)

Perform “10.3 Importing Individual Data” and “10.4 Settings by Client” for each set.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-126

IN-127

10.6

Sending Data on Setting to the Equipment

Send individual data set using the DPX7 PC Tool to the HD of the equipment. (1)

“Printer name to send data” → [Control] → [File Save/Load] → [Load to the printer] → [Execute] #1

#3

#2

#4

#5

FP7B0A14.EPS

→ The individual data set using the DPX7 PC Tool is sent to the selected printer. After transfer of individual data ends, the [File transfer is completed] message appears, and the individual data is saved in the HD of the equipment. (2)

Send each individual data to all printers registered.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-127

IN-128

10.7

Settings for U-Utility

If the following U-Utility functions have been enabled, perform the settings corresponding to each function. ■ Image QC function Register user ID. “SERVICE MODE, 5.1 Registering User ID” ■ Reprint function Register user ID, and set macro (%REPRINT%) in annotation settings. “SERVICE MODE, 5.3 Setting Reprint” ■ User settable image output function Transfer user settable image to the equipment. “SERVICE MODE, 5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Image”

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-128

IN-129

10.8 (1)

Ending the DI Tool and the Equipment Reboot the equipment for the transferred individual data to be valid. “Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Power OFF] → [Reset]

#1

#3

#4

#2

#5

#6

FP7B0A21.EPS

→ The equipment starts termination operation, and the power goes OFF. (2)

End the DPX7 PC Tool by clicking the [Exit] button.

(3)

End the DI Tool by clicking the [EXIT] button of DI Tool main screen.

006-259-08 02.15.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-129

IN-130

11.

CHECKING NETWORK CONNECTION

11.1

Checking the Start-up of the Equipment

(1)

Press the power ON switch on the operation panel.

(2)

Check that the equipment starts up.

11.2 (1)

Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment Ask the user to output images from a device on the network connected to this equipment, and check that films are output normally. Check the following. • Images are output without errors. • Images are normal.

11.3

Checking the Termination of the Equipment

(1)

Shutdown the equipment by touch panel operation.

(2)

Check that the equipment starts termination operations and its power goes OFF.

006-259-04 09.20.2004 FM4447

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-130

IN-131 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-131

IN-132

12.

INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT

12.1

Backing Up Individual Data

■ Flow of Data When Backing Up Iindividual Data PC for servicing (DPX7 PC Tool)

DRYPIX HDD

MCT board

“Indv” folder

Back-up FD FP7B0901.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-132

IN-133

12.1.1 Saving Individual Data in the Equipment HD After completing the various system settings, save them as system settings immediately after installation in the HD of the equipment. (1)

Start the DPX7 PC Tool.

(2)

“Printer name saving individual data” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Save Config.] → [Recover] → [Memory]

#1

#3

#4

#2

#5

#6

FP7B0A23.EPS

→ The current system settings are saved in the HD of the equipment.

006-259-08 01.22.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-133

IN-134

12.1.2 Saving Individual Data in the PC for Servicing Save the individual data saved inside the equipment as backup data in the PC for servicing. (1)

“Printer name saving individual data” → [Control] → [File Save/Load] → [Save from the printer] → [Execute] #1

#3

#4

#2

#5

FP7B0A15.EPS

→ Individual data is sent to the PC for servicing and saved in the HD. When the data transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] message appears.

The individual data is saved in the “Indv” folder of the registered printer name folder in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers” folder. In the above example, the individual data is saved in the “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\ Printers\Hospital Name_fujiprinter1\Indv” folder.

006-259-08 01.22.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-134

IN-135

12.1.3 Saving Individual Data on the FD Save the individual data saved in the PC for servicing to a backup FD. (1)

Insert a backup FD to the FDD of the PC for servicing.

(2)

“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Backup] #1

#2

#4

#3

#5

FP7B0A24.EPS

→ The [Backup] window for selecting the folder for saving the individual data appears.

006-259-08 01.22.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-135

IN-136 (3)

Select “Drive A” → [OK] #1

#2

FP7B0A25.EPS

→ The individual data is copied to the FD. When the data copy is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] message appears. (4)

Remove the FD.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-136

IN-137 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-137

IN-138

12.2

Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Which Occur at Installation

Check if errors have occurred during installation using the DPX7 PC Tool, then save the errors in the HD of the equipment and HD of the PC for servicing as necessary, and delete then error logs. ■ Flow of Data When Saving Error Logs PC for servicing (DPX7 PC Tool)

DRYPIX HDD

MCT board

“AppEvt.txt”

“LOG” folder

FD FP7B0902.EPS

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-138

IN-139

12.2.1 Checking the Error Log (1)

“Printer name confirming error logs” → [Control] → [File Save/Load] → [Display Error Log] → [Execute] #1

#3

#2

#4

#5

FP7B0A16.EPS

→ The error log display screen appears. (2)

Refer to each error code displayed to confirm if serious errors have occurred.

(3)

Close the error log display by clicking [OK].

006-259-08 01.22.2007 FM5077

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-139

IN-140

12.2.2 Saving Error Logs (1)

[Save IOT Log] → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7B0A17.EPS

→ The data for analysis is saved in the HD of the equipment. When the data is saved, the [Save IOT Log completed.] message appears. (2)

[Transfer Analysis Log] → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7B0A18.EPS

→ The data for analysis saved is sent to the PC for servicing, and saved on the HD. When the data transfer is completed, the [Transfer Analysis Log completed.] message appears.

• The saved analysis data is shown below. • Text file of error logs and various settings information • Communication logs (external input, formatter, formatter to printer, printer ISC) • The error log data is saved under the filename “AppEvt.txt”. • The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution. • The analysis data is saved in the “LOG” folder of the registered printer name folder in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers” folder.

(3)

To copy only the data of the error log from the PC for servicing to the FD, open the above “LOG” folder, and copy “AppEvt.txt”.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-140

IN-141

12.2.3 Deleting Error Logs (1)

[Clear Error Log] → [Execute]

#1

#2

FP7B0A19.EPS

→ All log data inside the equipment are cleared. (2)

End the DPX7 PC Tool by clicking the [Exit] button.

(3)

End the DI Tool by clicking the [EXIT] button of DI Tool main screen.

(4)

If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back to the original settings. “3.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC”

(5)

Shutdown the PC for servicing.

(6)

Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

(7)

Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected.

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-141

IN-142

12.3

Installing the Equipment

Move the equipment to the place of installation to enable use by the user.

12.3.1 Installing the Equipment and Securing with Fixtures (1)

Move the equipment to the place of installation.

(2)

Clamp the upper double nut of the adjustable foot onto the front side fixture.

(3)

Attach the spacer and fixture to the base (rear) of the equipment using the bolt removed from the equipment, and insert the fixture.

(4)

Secure the fixture to the buried anchor nut.

(5)

Perform the following check and adjustment when connecting the sorter. • If the casters of the sorter rises off the ground, adjust the height of the casters. • Connect the sorter to the equipment, and check that the respective heights from the ground to the base of the sorter and that to the base of the equipment are the same. • Check that the clearance between the equipment and sorter is within the specified range.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-142

IN-143

12.3.2 Installing the Equipment Without Using Fixtures (1)

Ensure the required installation space around the equipment.

(2)

Rotate the two adjustable foots of the equipment with the hand and ground to the floor.

(3)

Rotate the lower nut of the adjustable foot with a spanner and adjust the height. Rotate the two nuts equally. Adjust the amount the nut is adjusted so that even load is applied to the adjustable foot.

Lift the equipment until the casters rise above ground.

(4)

Rotate the double nut of the adjustable foot and push against the equipment to secure.

Equipment

[Rotate] Double nut [Rotate] Nut Caster

Adjustable foot FP3B0703.EPS

(5)

Perform the following check and adjustment when connecting the sorter. • If the casters of the sorter rise off the ground at the place of installation, adjust the height of the casters. • Connect the sorter to the equipment, and check that the respective heights from the ground to the base of the sorter and that to the base of the equipment are the same. • Check that the clearance between the equipment and sorter is within the specified range.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-143

IN-144

12.4

Cleaning the Equipment

(1)

Clean all covers with a moist cloth.

(2)

Hook the shutter to the hooks of the left side cover and rear cover.

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-144

IN-145 BLANK PAGE

006-259-03 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

IN-145

DRYPIX 7000 SERVICE MANUAL

PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)

PC-1 CONTROL SHEET Issue Date 07/15/2004 11/30/2005

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

Revision Number 00 05

Reason New release (FM4324) Revised (Revision for main unit software version V5.0 and V11.0, DI Tool version V2.0, etc.) (FM4690)

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

Pages Affected All pages 1, 5

PC-1

PC-2

INSTALLATION OF THE DRYPIX 7000 - Checklist The purpose of this checklist is to document the steps preformed and record the values determined at the time a DRYPIX 7000 is installed at a site. This document is not intended to replace the installation checklist located in the DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual but to be followed concurrently. Before passing over this equipment to the customer, check the system connection and output image (from section 8 on) after service as well as at installation.

Installation Information Serial Number: ____________________

Software Ver.:

____________________

Site Name:

____________________

Installed by:

____________________

Site Number:

____________________

Signature:

____________________

Room Number: ____________________

Date Completed: ____________________

Checklist ❐

3.

WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION

❐

4.

TEMPORARY INSTALLATION

❐ ❐

4.4 Checking Components 5.

INSTALLATION

❐

5.1 Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body

❐

5.2 Removing Covers

❐

5.3 Removing Fixtures

❐

5.4 Installing Separately Packaged Items

❐

5.5 Changing the Film Size

❐

5.6 Installing Options

❐

6.1

Installing the Additional Removal Unit

❐

6.2

Installing the 20 x 25 cm Size Suction Cup Arm Assembly

❐

6.3

Installing Additional Image Memory Boards

❐

6.4

Installing Sorter

❐

5.7 Connecting Interface Cables

❐

5.8 Setting the Power Supply

006-259-00 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PC-2

PC-3 ❐

5.9 Connecting the Power Cable • Record resistance value measured: Resistance between L and E: ________Ω Resistance between N and E: ________Ω Resistance between L and N: ________Ω

❐ ❐

5.10 Installing Covers 7.

SETTING OF THE EQUIPMENT

❐

7.1 Power ON and Starting the M-Utility

❐

7.2 System Settings

❐

7.2.1

System Management/System Config.

❐

7.2.2

System Management/Network/Set Network

❐

7.2.3

System Management/Set Main Panel

❐ ❐

7.3 Ending System Settings 8.

CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS

❐

8.1 MD1 Operations When Adding Expansion Film Trays

❐

8.2 Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations

006-259-00 07.15.2004 FM4324

• Check for film jamming (tray 1)

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

• Check for film jamming (tray 2)

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

• Check for film jamming (tray 3)

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PC-3

PC-4 ❐

8.3 Checking Density • Record density value displayed:

Dmax 2.64

Dmax 3.0

Dmax 3.3

Dmax 3.6

fog

fog

fog

fog

1 2

Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 displayed value displayed value displayed value

Standard value

Step

Dmax

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

0.30 ±0.05

5

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

0.48 ±0.05

6

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

0.66 ±0.05

7

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

0.84 ±0.05

8

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

1.02 ±0.05

9

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

1.20 ±0.05

10

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

1.38 ±0.05

11

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

1.56 ±0.05

12

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

1.74 ±0.05

13

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

1.92 ±0.05

14

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

2.10 ±0.07

15

2.28 ±0.07

2.40 ±0.10

2.40 ±0.10

2.43 ±0.10

16

2.46 ±0.07

2.70 ±0.10

2.70 ±0.10

2.95 ±0.10

17

2.64 ±0.07

3.00 ±0.10

3.30 ±0.20

3.60 ±0.20

❐

8.4 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches • Check for image unevenness and scratches ❐ Pass

❐ Fail

• Measure recording image format: 20

Tray 1

Tray 2

Tray 3

B

20 D

C

E

Film size A B C D F

E

G

F G |A–B| |D–E| |F–G|

006-259-00 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PC-4

A

PC-5 ❐

8.5 Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the Sorter is Connected

❐

• Check for abnormal sounds and smell

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

• Check for film jamming

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

• Check for scratches

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

8.6 Checking the Interlock Function

❐

8.6.1

Checking the Jam Clear Cover Interlock

❐

8.6.2

Checking the Front Cover Interlock

❐

Driving System

❐

Scanner System

❐

8.6.3

Checking the Film Tray Interlocks

❐

Tray 1

❐

Tray 2

❐

Tray 3

❐

8.6.4

Checking the Sorter Interlock

❐

8.7 Checking Fan Operations

❐

8.8 Setting for U-Utility

❐

9.

❐

10. SETTING CLIENTS

INSTALLATION OF MULTIPLE SETS

❐

10.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network

❐

10.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)/Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the Equipment

❐

10.3 Importing Individual Data

❐

10.4 Settings by Client

❐

10.5 Adding and Registering Printers

❐

10.6 Sending Data on Setting to the Equipment

❐

10.7 Setting for U-Utility

❐

10.8 Ending the DI Tool and the Equipment

❐

11. CHECKING NETWORK CONNECTION

❐

11.1 Checking the Start-up of the Equipment

❐

11.2 Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment

❐

11.3 Checking the Termination of the Equipment

006-259-05 11.30.2005 FM4690

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PC-5

PC-6 ❐

12. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT

❐

12.1 Backing Up Individual Data

❐

12.2 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Which Occur at Installation

❐

12.3 Installing the Equipment

❐

12.4 Cleaning the Equipment

Summary Test ❐

❐ Pass

❐ Fail

Leave the final film at the customer site.

Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________ Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________ Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________ Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________

006-259-00 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PC-6

PC-7 BLANK PAGE

006-259-00 07.15.2004 FM4324

DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual

PC-7